Association for Behavior Analysis International

The Association for Behavior Analysis International® (ABAI) is a nonprofit membership organization with the mission to contribute to the well-being of society by developing, enhancing, and supporting the growth and vitality of the science of behavior analysis through research, education, and practice.

Search

40th Annual Convention; Chicago, IL; 2014

Program by Day for Monday, May 26, 2014


Manage My Personal Schedule

 

Special Event #317
ABAI Business Meeting
Monday, May 26, 2014
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
W474a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Domain: Theory
Chair: Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Panelists: CHRISTY A. ALLIGOOD (Disney's Animal Kingdom), JENNIFER L. AUSTIN (University of South Wales), GORDON BOURLAND (Trinity Behavioral Associates), MARC N. BRANCH (University of Florida), PHILIP N. HINELINE (Temple University - Emeritus), MARIA E. MALOTT (Association for Behavior Analysis International), MARK A. MATTAINI (Jane Addams College of Social Work at the University of Illinois at Chicago), M. CHRISTOPHER NEWLAND (Auburn University), JENNIFER R. ZARCONE (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

This is the annual ABAI Business Meeting where the leadership of the Association will provide an update of on-going activities and major developments in the Association. Attendees will learn from ABAI's president the direction of the ABAI Council and from ABAI's CEO the status of finances and administration. Attendees will also hear from the board coordinators including Science, Education, Practice, Program, Membership, Affiliated Chapters and Publications.

CHRISTY A. ALLIGOOD (Disney's Animal Kingdom)
JENNIFER L. AUSTIN (University of South Wales)
GORDON BOURLAND (Trinity Behavioral Associates)
MARC N. BRANCH (University of Florida)
PHILIP N. HINELINE (Temple University - Emeritus)
MARIA E. MALOTT (Association for Behavior Analysis International)
MARK A. MATTAINI (Jane Addams College of Social Work at the University of Illinois at Chicago)
M. CHRISTOPHER NEWLAND (Auburn University)
JENNIFER R. ZARCONE (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Keyword(s): abai business meeting, council, finance, president
 
 
Panel #318
PDS EVENT: Applied Animal Behavior
Monday, May 26, 2014
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
W182 (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: AAB/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Joanna Thompson (McNeese State University)
TERRI M. BRIGHT (Simmons College and Massachusetts Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Animals)
SUSAN G. FRIEDMAN (Utah State University)
NATHANIEL HALL (University of Florida)
Abstract:

The Applied Animal Behavior Special Interest Group in conjunction with the Association for Behavior Analysis International Student Committee offer a panel discussion with behavior analysts who currently work as experts in applied animal behavior across multiple settings. Settings include university, zoo, and private practice. These panelists will offer overviews of applied animal behavior with specific emphasis on training, settings, career opportunities, and the importance of behavior analysts contributing to the field of applied animal behavior analytic research.

Keyword(s): animal behavior, applied settings, applied, animal, behavior analysis
 
 
Symposium #319
CE Offered: BACB
Improving the Health and Well-Being of Individuals with Autism through Behavior Analysis
Monday, May 26, 2014
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
W183c (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Catherine K. Martinez (Florida Institute of Technology)
CE Instructor: Catherine K. Martinez, M.S.
Abstract:

Individuals with autism and other intellectual disabilities often engage in dangerous behaviors or behaviors that put them in potentially dangerous situations. The research presented in this symposium focuses on evaluating assessment and treatment procedures that target improving the health and well-being of individuals with autism and other intellectual disabilities. The first two papers in this symposium will focus on treating dangerous behaviors; rumination and pica. The third paper will focus on increasing tolerance to medical and dental procedures. All presenters will discuss the applied implications of their studies and areas for future research.

Keyword(s): medical treatments, pica, problem behavior, rumination
 
Evaluating a Gum Chewing Procedure for Decreasing Post-Meal Rumination in a Young Boy with Autism
LOGAN MCDOWELL (Florida International University), Anibal Gutierrez Jr. (Florida International University)
Abstract: Rumination, or the regurgitation and consumption of previously eaten food, is a common problem behavior seen in children and adults with autism and other developmental disabilities. Rumination can lead to serious medical complications including gum erosion, digestive difficulties, and malnutrition. Typically, rumination has been treated with either antecedent interventions such as thickening liquids and starch satiation, or punishment procedures including contingent delivery of hot sauce or other aversive stimuli. In this study, we evaluated a gum chewing procedure designed to treat post meal and intermittent rumination in a young boy diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder. Following a functional behavior screening, we determined that the child’s rumination was maintained by automatic reinforcement. We then attempted to decrease the rumination using gum chewing as a functionally similar behavior. The study was conducted in two phases: an acquisition phase, in which the subject was taught how to chew gum, and an intervention phase, in which gum was provided following meals and made available per request throughout the day. Results indicated that the gum chewing was an effective replacement behavior for rumination, as rumination decreased to near zero rates when gum was available and reliably increased upon return to baseline.
 

Further Analysis of Response Effort Assessment Manipulations for the Assessment and Treatment of Pica

REBECKA CAMPBELL (Florida Institute of Technology), Alison M. Betz (Florida Institute of Technology), Meagan Gregory (Florida Institute of Technology), Alexandrea Hope Wiegand (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Pica, the consumption of inedible items, is a behavior that can result in dangerous and potentially fatal outcomes. Given the severity of the behavior, identifying efficacious assessment and treatment procedures is critical. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the efficacy of a response effort analysis as an assessment procedure for the treatment of pica for three individuals diagnosed with Autism. The response effort analysis, was conducted to evaluate the relation of response effort and consumption of pica and alternative items. Results showed that items ranked higher during the preference assessment competed more effectively with pica. Further, when response effort to obtain the alternative item was lower than the effort to obtain the pica item, two of the three participants allocated their responding towards the alternative item. However, results for one participant showed that when response effort was higher for the alternative item responding was allocated toward the pica item. Following the response effort assessment, a treatment procedure was implemented to determine whether the response effort analysis identified items that effectively competed with pica. The results suggest that the intrusiveness of the intervention required to decrease rates of pica may depend on the results of the response-effort analysis. Findings are discussed in terms of efficacy of treatment and response allocation.

 
Increasing Compliance to Medical/Dental Procedures Using Stimulus Fading/Differential Reinforcement
CATHERINE K. MARTINEZ (Florida Institute of Technology), Alison M. Betz (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: During routine checkups or when ill, disruptive behavior (i.e., aggression, physically withdrawing) often prevent medical/dental personnel from employing standard procedures. The purpose of this study was to increase compliance to these procedures for children with autism. A treatment package including differential reinforcement of compliance and stimulus fading (fading in instruments by proximity, duration, and intensity) was implemented in a multiple-probe design across procedures. The package was effective in decreasing disruptive behavior and increasing compliance to all targeted medical and dental procedures. Additionally, trials to mastery often decreased over the course of treatment, and generalization was demonstrated across staff members.
 
 
Panel #320
Can Assistive Technology Provide Clinical Benefits for Individuals Diagnosed With ASD?
Monday, May 26, 2014
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
W184bc (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: AUT/TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Michael Casale (West Health Institute )
ANDY SHIH (Autism Speaks)
MATTHEW GOODWIN (The Groden Center)
MICAH ECKHARDT (MIT Media Labs)
Abstract:

Anecdotal evidence indicates that individuals diagnosed with ASD often have an affinity for various technologies such as laptop computers and iPads. However, there are few instances of studies rigorously demonstrating the clinical utility of such technologies. The aim of the panel is to explore the clinical usefulness of various technologies and how they may or may not be able to provide clinical benefits to individuals diagnosed with ASD. We will address the current research literature surrounding such technologies looking at both their ability to provide clinical benefit for treating those with ASD as well as the limitations of the current research literature (e.g., generalization of learning). In addition, we will discuss the challenges faced when deploying such technologies in ‘real-world’ clinical setting (e.g, variance in physical settings, variance in cognitive functioning) and the implications for future designs. Finally, we will explore how ‘new-to-the-world’ technologies (e.g, Microsoft Kinect, Google Glass) may be able to provide an even greater opportunity for more effective treatments for individuals diagnosed with ASD.

Keyword(s): Assistive Technology, Autism, Virtual Environments
 
 
Paper Session #321
Technological Innovations in Data Collection
Monday, May 26, 2014
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
W183a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: AUT
Chair: Andre Maharaj (Florida International University)
 

Utilizing an Automated Motion Sensor System to Record and Analyze Modeled Replications of Stereotypy

Domain: Theory
ANDRE MAHARAJ (Florida International University), Anibal Gutierrez Jr. (Florida International University), Steven Cadavid (Cadavid Concepts)
 
Abstract:

Repetitive or stereotypic physical behaviors are frequently detected in children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). These behaviors do not appear to be either reactionary or maintained by environmental consequences. While traditional methods of measuring stereotypy have utilized paper and pencil techniques, the Kinect sensor from Microsoft provides an impartial automated system via which these movements may be detected. Software designed to record and export the sensor data was used to analyze the modeled performance of body rocking from side-to-side and front-to-back, as well as hand flapping, with the aim of identifying behavior patterns relevant to children with ASD. A standard configuration of each behavior was selected, with a predetermined threshold value, and a dynamic time warping algorithm was applied to identify relevant patterns. The data obtained indicated that the system correctly identified 90% of side-to-side rocking, 90% of hand flapping and 100% of front-to-back rocking, with a highly restrictive threshold value of 20 degrees along the x, y and z axes, respectively. The results imply a proof of concept, demonstrating the possibility of an accessible automated solution to the monitoring and identification of physical stereotypic behavior.

 

CANCELLED: Can Mobile Technology Effectively Record Skills and Behavioral Data In A One-On-One and Group Settings?

Domain: Applied Research
BARRY KATZ (Operant Systems, Inc.)
 
Abstract:

The recording, reporting and the management of session data of program targets and instances of inappropriate behaviors are the bane of a behavior analyst's existence. On average the behavior analyst manages between 20-25 programs and 2-5 behaviors for each student a day. What method and procedure is best suited to collect skills acquisition and behavior management data both in a one-on-one as well as group setting? The research question will compare a paper based to a mobile solution and determine which is more effective in managing the data collection process involved in planning, observing, recording, analyzing and modifying a student's plan. A multiple baseline design will be used to assess the training procedures outlined by TeachMe Skills. Finally, social validity measures will be taken to compare staff members' satisfaction with each method.

 
 
 
Invited Tutorial #322
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Trigger Analysis with Behavioral Description: Combining Experimental and Descriptive Methods
Monday, May 26, 2014
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
W180 (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
PSY/BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Scott T. Gaynor, Ph.D.
Chair: Scott T. Gaynor (Western Michigan University)
Presenting Authors: : ENNIO C. CIPANI (National University)
Abstract:

Experimentally manipulating antecedent and/or consequent variables has generally been conducted in analogue assessment conditions. In some individual clinical cases, the discriminative stimuli for problem behavior in the natural setting(s) may have unique stimulus control over such behavior. If this is the case, then a false negative may occur during an analogue assessment with one or more functions. Hence, in those particular cases, a method that would allow for an experimental manipulation in the natural setting(s) would be preferable. A technique termed trigger analysis (Rolider, 2003) requires a clinician to induce a hypothesized establishing operation (EO), with personnel in the natural target setting(s). The data collected can then provide the relative probability of the problem behavior (as well as latency data) across a number of inducements (trials) over time. In this tutorial, Dr. Cipani will illustrate such a procedure for use in natural context assessments. This assessment methodology can be enhanced by the observer providing a descriptive analysis of functional and nonfunctional behaviors under such EO inducements. By combining both the experimental (trigger analysis) and descriptive (behavioral description) methodologies, a clinician can obtain valuable information on the response class that produces the abolishing operation (AO), as well as an anecdotal analysis of behaviors which are currently ineffectual in abolishing the EO. This can then lead to a better understanding of the strength of alternate more desirable forms in the client’s repertoire (see Appendix A; Cipani & Schock, 2011 for an operant analysis of replacement behaviors). This information has implications for treatment design. A function-based classification system comprising 13 categories (Cipani & Schock, 2011) will be used to exemplify the procedures in this assessment method. In particular, Dr. Cipani will demonstrate how trigger analysis with behavioral description would apply to such functions as (A) access to attention or tangible reinforcers, and (B) escape and/or avoidance of unpleasant social situations, difficult tasks/assignments, or lengthy tasks assignments.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Psychologists, behavior analysts, graduate students, and anyone interested in trigger analysis.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants should be able to (1) Delineate the assessment procedures of the assessment method: trigger analysis with behavioral description; (2) Develop hypothetical data for a putative function involving the descriptive component of this method; and (3) Explain how this hypothetical data would suggest function-based intervention.
 
ENNIO C. CIPANI (National University)
Ennio Cipani, Ph.D., is a licensed psychologist (since 1983) in California and a full professor in the school psychology program at National University. He has published numerous articles, chapters, books, and software in the areas of child behavior management and behavioral consultation. His books include Punishment on Trial (2004--free online for students, practitioners and faculty at http://www.pennaba1.org/links.html#books) and a textbook he co-authored with Keven Schock entitled Functional Behavioral Assessment, Diagnosis and Treatment: A Complete System for Education and Mental Health Settings (2nd edition, 2011; see book review at http://www.nepsy.com/articles/book-reviews/functional-behavioral-assessment-diagnosis-and-treatment/. Dr. Cipani has been doing in-home and in-school behavioral consultation for families with children with severe problem behaviors since 1981. He has had clinical experience with a wide range of children who have developmental disabilities as well as assessing and treating children in the mental health and social service system (with a broad range of mental-disorder diagnoses). He has dealt with a variety of behavior problems, conducting assessment and intervention activities in natural environments (i.e., homes and classrooms) and then training direct-line people to engage in a parenting or teaching management repertoire that produces changes in child behavior. This breadth of clinical experience is reflected in the above two books, which present many case examples from his clinical practice. In addition to having his own caseload responsibility since 1981, he also was clinical director of Cipani & Associates. In this role, he enhanced his problem-solving acumen from supervising the clinical work of some of the finest master’s level employees a behavior analyst could want; most notably Steve Taylor, Ron Pekarek, Jennifer Young, Steve Witherspoon, Dr. Dan Martin, and Yolanda Bell.
Keyword(s): Trigger analysis
 
 
Invited Paper Session #323
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

What Counts as Behavior?

Monday, May 26, 2014
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
W178a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: EAB; Domain: Theory
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: William M. Baum, Ph.D.
Chair: Federico Sanabria (Arizona State University)
WILLIAM M. BAUM (University of California, Davis)
Dr. William Baum received his BA in psychology from Harvard College in 1961. Originally a biology major, he switched to psychology after taking courses from B. F. Skinner and R. J. Herrnstein in his freshman and sophomore years. He attended Harvard University for graduate study in 1962, where he was supervised by Herrnstein and received his Ph.D. in 1966. He spent the year 1965-66 at Cambridge University, studying ethology at the Sub-Department of Animal Behavior. From 1966 to 1975, he held appointments as post-doctoral fellow, research associate, and assistant professor at Harvard University. He spent two years at the National Institutes of Health Laboratory for Brain, Evolution, and Behavior and then accepted an appointment in psychology at the University of New Hampshire in 1977. He retired from there in 1999. He currently has an appointment as associate researcher at the University of California, Davis, and lives in San Francisco. His research concerns choice, molar behavior/environment relations, foraging, and behaviorism. He is the author of a book, Understanding Behaviorism: Behavior, Culture, and Evolution.
Abstract:

A final definition is impossible, but we can rule out some possibilities and propose others based on what we currently know. Behavior is not simply movement, but must be defined by its function. Also, our understanding of behavior must agree with evolutionary theory.Dr. Baum willsuggest four basic principles: (1) Only whole organisms behave; (2) Behavior is purposive; (3) Behavior takes time; and (4) Behavior is choice. Saying that parts of an organism behave is nonsense, and, moreover, evolutionary theory explains the existence of organisms mainly through their adaptive behavior. Behavior is purposive because it is shaped by its consequences, through an organism’s lifetime or through interactions with the environment across many generations of natural selection. Behavior takes time in that behavior is interaction with the environment which cannot take place at a moment. Moreover, identifying an activity requires a span of time. Behavior is choice in the sense that a suitable span of time always includes time spent in more than one activity. Activities include parts that are themselves activities on a smaller time scale and compete for time. Thus, behavior constitutes time allocation. An accounting problem arises whenever behavior is attributed to multiple consequences. It remains to be solved.

Target Audience:

Experimental and applied behavior analysts interested in how to measure and define behavior.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the event, participants should be able to: -Explain why behavior must be extended in time. -Explain why time allocation is the measure of behavior. -Explain why only whole living organisms behave.
Keyword(s): choice, evolutionary theory, time allocation
 
 
Paper Session #324
Teaching Numerical and Reading Skills
Monday, May 26, 2014
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
W196a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: EDC
Chair: João S. Carmo (Universidade Federal de São Carlos)
 

Evaluating an Online Reading Program With Children With Intellectual Disabilities: Feasibility and Pilot Research

Domain: Service Delivery
EMILY TYLER (Bangor University), J. Carl Hughes (Bangor University), Richard P. Hastings (University of Warwick)
 
Abstract:

Many children with Intellectual Disabilities (ID) struggle to learn to read. However, information and guidelines regarding teaching reading or other academic skills for children with ID are scarce, and often inadequate. MimioSprout Early Reading (MSER) is an online reading program. Although designed for typically developing children, there is some evidence MSER can be beneficial for children with ADHD and autism. Through a series of case studies conducted as previous pilot work, we have demonstrated that children with ID can also access and benefit from MSER with minimal or no adaptations. In the present research, we conducted a pilot RCT to investigate the feasibility of a RCT design evaluating an online reading program with children with ID attending special needs schools in the UK. Twenty-two children with mild-moderate ID (aged between 5 and 17 years) were randomly allocated to either the MSER group or a waiting list control group. Following pretest reading assessments, the MSER group enrolled in MSER for approximately 6 months. This talk will discuss the feasibility objectives of the study in relation to informing the design of future evaluations, as well as discussing reading outcomes and the potential for MSER to improve reading instruction for children with ID.

 

Teaching Numerical Skills to Preschoolers Using Stimulus Control Technology

Domain: Basic Research
JANAINA DE FATIMA CASTRO ZAMBONE (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), João S. Carmo (Universidade Federal de São Carlos)
 
Abstract:

Pre-arithmetic skills takes an important role in future learning of more complex mathematics skills such as addition and subtraction. The objective of this work was to plan, implement and evaluate a program for teaching pre-arithmetic repertoires to students of early childhood education. Three preschoolers served as participants, ages from four to five years old. Procedures involved pre-testing of arithmetic skills, training those skills under 90% of correct responses in pre-test, and post-testing. Pre and post-tested skills consisted of (a) naming and discrimination of numerals, (b) discriminations of quantities, (c) numeral-quantity relation, (d) production of number sequences, (e) ordinal relations, (f) production of sets and subsets, (g) counting, and (h) comparing sets. All tasks were conducted in a MTS or CRMTS format, and were computer programmed. Results indicates that participants showed different repertoires in pre-tests, even though attended the same preschool. Worse scores were in tasks (e), (f), (g), and (h). Training was effective to establish growing repertoires, and all participants showed an average increase of 95% to 100% of correct responses during post-tests. The program was effective to assess initial repertoires as well as to teach new pre-arithmetic skills.

 
 
 
Symposium #325
CE Offered: BACB
The Use of Trial-Based Functional Analysis in Applied Settings
Monday, May 26, 2014
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
W194b (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Mack D. Burke (Texas A&M University)
CE Instructor: Mack D. Burke, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The purpose of this symposium is to provide an overview of three studies focused on aspects of Trial-Based Functional Analysis (TBFA). Traditional functional analyses of challenging behavior can be difficult to implement in applied settings such as classrooms. The use of trial-based functional analyses of challenging behavior may provide a viable alternative to identifying behavioral functions in applied settings. Study 1 provides an overview of the state of the literature on TBFA. Study 2 provides results of a multiple probe design for training Head Start teachers in TBFA in early childhood settings. Study 3 provides results of examining function vs. non-function interventions identified based on the results of a TBFA conducted with young children engaged in challenging behavior in early childhood settings.

Keyword(s): Challenging behavior, Function-based interventions, Functional analysis, Functional assessment
 

A Systematic Review of the Literature on Trial-Based Functional Analysis of Challenging Behavior

SAMAR ZAINI (Texas A&M University), Mandy J. Rispoli (Texas A&M University), Jennifer Michelle Ninci (Texas A&M University), Leslie Neely (Texas A&M University)
Abstract:

Traditional functional analyses of challenging behavior can be difficult to conduct in applied settings such as classrooms and in the community. Recently, the use of trial-based functional analyses of challenging behavior has gained attention in the literature as a potential means of maintaining tight experimental control of environmental variables while also capturing relevant establishing operations for challenging behavior in applied settings. The purpose of this paper is to systematically review the literature to date on the use of trial-based functional analysis published in peer-reviewed journals. Studies were identified using electronic database searches, hand searches, and ancestral searches. After applying specific inclusion criteria, a total of 14 studies evaluating the use of trial-based functional analysis were synthesized. Results of this synthesis show that trial-based functional analyses have been conducted in a variety of applied settings, with natural change agents serving as implementers and have been successful in identifying functions of challenging behavior. Implications for practice and for research will be discussed.

 

Training Early Childhood Teachers to Implement Trial-Based Functional Analyses (TBFAs)

HEATHER HATTON (Texas A&M University), Mack D. Burke (Texas A&M University), Jennifer Michelle Ninci (Texas A&M University), Samar Zaini (Texas A&M University), Lisa Sanchez (Texas A&M University)
Abstract:

The purpose of this presentation is to provide results from an study focused on training Headstart teachers to implement Trial-Based Functional Analyses (TBFAs). TBFAs provide an alternative to analog functional analysis, can be completed in less time, and occur in the same environment as the challenging behavior is exhibited. This study employed a multiple-baseline design across 4 participants. Two assistant teachers worked in the same classroom at Head Start location, while two lead teachers worked in independent classrooms at a separate center. In baseline teachers read an article on TBFAs and attempted to implement the procedures in role-play scenarios representing each trial condition (demand, attention, and tangible). During intervention, teachers received training that consisted of direct instruction, viewing videos of in-vivo demonstrations, and role-play activities with performance feedback. In the post-intervention condition, the teachers implemented the procedures in same role-play scenarios as baseline. Teachers received performance feedback and repeated the role-plays until they reached 100% implementation fidelity. Finally, during generalization, teachers implemented TBFAs in each condition with a student in their classroom. Again, teachers received performance feedback and repeated the trial until they reached criterion. This study demonstrated that classroom teachers in early childhood settings can feasibly conduct TBFAs after a short training process. The data demonstrate a strong functional relationship between the training and the ability of early childhood teachers to implement TBFAs with fidelity.

 

Validation of Trial-Based Functional Analysis in Early Childhood Settings

JENNIFER NINCI (Texas A&M University), Mandy J. Rispoli (Texas A&M University), Mack D. Burke (Texas A&M University), Heather Hatton (Texas A&M University), Samar Zaini (Texas A&M University), Lisa Sanchez (Texas A&M University)
Abstract:

The technology of the functional analysis (FA) has come to be considered the gold standard in the functional assessment and treatment of challenging behavior. The traditional FA permits controlled experimental analysis of behavioral functions via comparison of analog test and control conditions in a multi-element design. The trial-based functional analysis (TBFA) is adapted from the traditional FA and similarly utilizes analog conditions to simulate contingencies potentially maintaining a challenging behavior. The TBFA differs from the traditional FA in that the procedures and measures are designed to capture the natural maintaining contingencies through analog discrete trials embedded into ongoing activities. Previous studies demonstrate that the TBFA can be linked to successful treatments. The purpose of this study is to validate the putative reinforcers identified in TBFAs by matching the assessment results to function-based and non-function based treatments in an alternating treatments design. Results will be provided baaed on TBFAs conducted in Head Start programs using early childhood teachers who have been trained to implement the TBFA in their classrooms. Social validity measures will be included and implications for practitioners will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #326
CE Offered: BACB
Large-Scale Analyses of Single-Case Design Research: Effects of NCR on Challenging Behavior and Function-Based Treatment of Elopement
Monday, May 26, 2014
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
W187c (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: David M. Richman (Texas Tech University)
Discussant: James E. Carr (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
CE Instructor: Layla Abby, M.S.
Abstract:

One primary advantage of single-case design research is that it allows for demonstration of experimental control of the dependent variable via manipulation of the independent variable for individual participants. That is, single-case designs result in high degrees of confidence with regards to internal validity of the experimental findings, but generalization of these findings beyond the single participant are unknown pending replication of findings across additional participants and investigators. Behavior analysts often struggle to document the external validity of our findings by showing how well our treatments work for a relatively large number of people with similar characteristics. If behavior analysts are going to continue to contribute to the development of interventions that are labeled as evidence-based or empirically-supported best practices, we need to advance and refine our ability to assess the effect size of the interventions we already know work well for individual participants. The focus of this symposium will be on two examples analyzing (1) the effect size of noncontingent reinforcement on challenging behavior, and (2) large scale outcomes for function-based treatment of elopement.

Keyword(s): Elopment, Meta-analysis, Noncontingent reinforcement, Problem behavior
 
Meta-Analysis of Noncontingent Reinforcement Effects on Challenging Behavior
LAYLA ABBY (Texas Tech University), David M. Richman (Texas Tech University), Lucy Barnard-Brak (Texas Tech University), Laura Melton Grubb (Texas Tech University), Amanda Bosch (Sam Houston State University)
Abstract: Noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) occurs when reinforcers are delivered independent of the target responses, and numerous single-case design studies have shown that it is an effective treatment for problem behavior. A meta-analysis of single-subject design data will permit researchers to quantitatively synthesize the results of published studies to enhance the evaluation of NCR as an empirically supported intervention. The current study utilized hierarchical linear modeling techniques to quantitatively analyze NCR via (1) documenting the effect size of NCR for decreasing challenging behavior, (2) assessing NCR effect size when functional reinforcers were used vs. highly preferred arbitrary reinforcers, and (3) documenting how schedule thinning affected the effect size of NCR. Of the 326 studies initially identified, 57 studies (with 91 participants) met inclusion criteria. Results suggest that (1) NCR resulted in a strong effect size (d = -1.58) for problem behavior, (2) treatments using functional reinforcers were slightly more effective than arbitrary reinforcers, and (3) thinning the schedule of reinforcement following stable treatment only slightly decreased the overall effect size of treatment (d = -1.34).
 

Clinical Outcomes for the Treatment of Elopement in Children with Developmental Disabilities

JESSICA ALVAREZ (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

Elopement is typically defined as any instance in which an individual leaves a caregiver or designated area without permission (Bodfish, 1992). This behavior is extremely concerning because of the potentially lethal consequences, such as drowning or being struck by an automobile. The treatment literature is limited to a small number of studies and participants. In addition, the potential for publication bias makes it difficult to ascertain whether positive outcomes reported in that literature are representative of what can be expected in clinical settings. The present study attempted to address this gap in the literature by reviewing the records from a clinical program that specialized in the assessment and treatment of problem behavior, including elopement. All clients who were referred for the treatment of elopement that received a functional analysis of elopement (Piazza, Hanley, Bowman, Ruyter, Lindauer, & Saiontz, 1997) were included. Data from a total of 13 participants were analyzed for treatment outcomes. Across all clients a calculated Cohen's D effect size from the non-overlap of all pairs index (Parker & Vannest, 2009) equaled 2.01. Such results suggest that function-based interventions for elopement can be highly effective.

 
 
Symposium #326a
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Research on Reactivity in Staff Management
Monday, May 26, 2014
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
W192c (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: OBM/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida)
CE Instructor: Raymond G. Miltenberger, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium includes three papers investigating the influence of reactivity on staff and teacher behavior during the implementation of staff management procedures. Reactivity occurs when behavior changes as a result of observation. In staff management, the concern is that staff will only engage in correct procedure implementation when they are being observed and not in the absence of supervision. In the first study Fuesy and Miltenberger demonstrate the effects of reactivity during to observation during the implementation of behavior plans by staff in a group home setting. In the second study by Minard and Miltenberger, teachers in a preschool setting were observed to increase their positive interactions only when being observed. However, the use of video monitoring lead to increased performance in the absence of the supervisor. In the third paper, Rickerson and Weil evaluate staff management procedures to increase proper hand washing by staff in a group home setting. The results show that the frequency and accuracy of hand washing increased but only when the supervisor was present, again demonstrating the effects of reactivity.

Keyword(s): reactivity, staff management
 

An Evaluation of Staff Reactivity Following Performance Feedback and Self-Monitoring Procedures in a Group Home Setting

SAMANTHA LYNN FUESY (University of South Florida; ABA Solutions), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Research has investigated staff management procedures that produce treatment adherence and maintenance overtime. Treatment integrity is one of the most important aspects of staff management; without adequate treatment adherence, behavior analysts are unable to determine whether treatment is effective, function has been identified, or intervention revisions are needed. The literature on staff management procedures has demonstrated that performance feedback and self-monitoring are effective procedures for increasing treatment integrity of behavior plans in the presence of the observer, however, few studies have evaluated the effectiveness of these procedures when the observer is absent. This study evaluated the effectiveness of performance feedback and self-monitoring procedures and the level of reactivity to the presence of an observer exhibited by staff trained to implement individualized behavior plans. The results showed that staff performance increased with the intervention almost exclusively in the conspicuous observation condition.

 

Evaluating and Controlling Reactivity Following Supervisor Training and Feedback

NICOLE MINARD (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

This study was designed to evaluate self-monitoring and feedback procedures with preschool teachers and reactivity that occurred in a preschool classroom due to a supervisors presence. Preschool teachers positive interactions following the implementation of a self-monitoring and feedback procedure only slightly increased without the presence of a supervisor. Reactivity was identified with the presence of the supervisor as accurate reporting increased most in the supervisors presence. Following the identification of reactivity, positive interactions remained at high levels during the reactivity control and maintenance conditions.

 

Impacting Correct Hand Washing Among Human Service Employees: Findings from Obtrusive and Unobstrusive Observations

Tamika Rickerson (University of South Florida), TIMOTHY M. WEIL (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Hand washing has been proven to be effective in preventing many serious diseases; however, both the general public and many healthcare professionals fail to wash their hands. Very little research has been conducted outside of healthcare settings to evaluate the adherence of hand-washing procedures. This study investigated if hand washing adherence in a residential setting can be improved with the use of verbal and graphical feedback a probabilistic bonus. Results suggested that the probabilistic bonus had a substantial impact on hand washing performance: more so than signs, educational in-service, and verbal-graphical feedback alone. Reactivity data were collected and showed performance was weak to non-existent throughout all phases until the probabilistic bonus; but that performance was still variable and occurred at low levels in this contingency phase. That is, the probabilistic bonus appeared to improve performance even when staff did not know they were being watched, however, performance was only moderate and variable

 
 
Symposium #327
CE Offered: BACB
Designing Systems to Support Inclusion
Monday, May 26, 2014
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
W185d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: PRA/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Jamie Pagliaro (Rethink Autism)
Discussant: Patricia I. Wright (Easter Seals)
CE Instructor: Pamela J. White, M.Ed.
Abstract:

While the concept of "including" students with disabilities has only recently entered the collective consciousness of educational reformers nationwide, it is far from being a new fad or trend. The Least Restrictive Environment (LRE) component of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA) has been a cornerstone of special education policy for nearly 40 years now. Mandating that, "to the maximum extent appropriate," children with disabilities be educated alongside children who are not disabled, while still receiving the supports and services they need to be successful, LRE has not, since it became law in 1975, been amended and is one of the few pieces of education policy that has remained relatively uncontroversial over the years, at least in theory. Despite this consistency, meeting the requirements of LRE, creating a culture of inclusion, and ensuring staff and student success in this model of education continues to be a struggle for many schools and service providers. This presentation will review some of the quantifiable benefits of including students with disabilities in general education, and highlight both specific practices for implementing behaviorally-based teaching in group settings and an online curriculum model for supporting implementation fidelity. Promising avenues for
"scaling" inclusive practices through technology will also be discussed.

Keyword(s): classroom, curriculum, inclusion, school-based
 

From Chaos to Cohesion... Social Skills Groups that Promote Inclusion

PAMELA J. WHITE (Inspire Behavior Therapy & Consulting), Tarsah Dale (Inspire Behavior Therapy & Consulting)
Abstract:

Social skills deficits often preclude a child from reaping the benefits of, or even participating in, inclusive settings. Social skills groups can be effective in teaching children with autism social competence skills (e.g., Cotunga, 2009; Barry et al., 2003; Solomon, Goodlin-Jones, & Anders, 2004). However, working with children to develop social skills in a group setting can present significant challenges to clinicians and educators trained in highly individualized teaching strategies, such as discrete trial teaching, shaping and chaining procedures, and incidental teaching. This presentation will describe the process of developing social skills groups for children with a wide range of abilities, in a structure that works across age groups. The essential features of the social skills group model - structure, curricula, data collection, and communication- will be reviewed. Common obstacles and strategies for generalizing individualized teaching strategies to a group format will also be discussed. Finally, several case studies will be used to illustrate how participation in these types of group instructional settings can lead to more meaningful and successful outcomes in a variety of inclusive settings.

 

An Online Curriculum Model to Support Inclusive Practices

LIN CHONG (Rethink Autism), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract:

This presentation looks at the research basis and process behind creating an online training curriculum for teachers, therapists and paraprofessional staff working with students in an inclusive environment, utilizing the principles of Applied Behavior Analysis. The main considerations are how to present research-based teaching strategies in video modeling format, providing practical strategies for educators of students at various levels of inclusion and creating written and technical support to ensure fidelity and facilitate data tracking. Response to Intervention (RTI) and Positive Behavior Support (PBS) frameworks will also be discussed, providing a contextual basis for introducing the curriculum model in public school districts and large systems that provide support to both general and special education students. Literature and research around best practice teaching strategies for the classroom, such as choral responding (Heward et al, 1996), giving clear directions (Gettinger & Seibert, 2002; Gettinger, 1988) and class participation (Heward, 1994) will also be reviewed.

 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #328
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

From Action to Interaction to Learning: How Parental Responsiveness Promotes Children's Language Development

Monday, May 26, 2014
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
W375e (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Anna I. Petursdottir, Ph.D.
Chair: Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University)
CATHERINE TAMIS-LEMONDA (New York University)
Catherine S. Tamis-LeMonda is a professor of developmental psychology at New York University’s Steinhardt School of Culture, Education, and Human Development, and director of the Center for Research on Culture, Development, and Education. Her research examines infants’ developing language, play, cognition, motor skills, and social understanding across the first four years of life, with a focus on reciprocal associations among emerging skills. Of special interest are the social and cultural contexts of early skill development, especially the ways in which mothers’ and fathers’ interactions with children shape children’s developmental trajectories in different populations within the United States and internationally. She uses multiple methods in her research (naturalistic, observational, experimental, surveys, qualitative interviews, and direct child assessments), and is an expert on the microanalysis of real-time behavioral interactions between infants and parents. This research highlights how infants’ engagements with the world function to elicit “contingently responsive” input from parents, which in turn facilitates language learning and development. Her research has been funded by the National Institute of Child Health and Development, National Institute of Mental Health, the National Science Foundation, Administration for Children and Families, the Ford Foundation, and the Robinhood Foundation. Dr. Tamis-LeMonda has more than 100 publications in peer-reviewed journals and books, and has co-edited the volumes Child Psychology: A Handbook of Contemporary Issues, Handbook of Father Involvement: Multidisciplinary Perspectives, and The Development of Social Cognition and Communication.
Abstract:

Parent-infant interaction is the primary context in which infants learn culturally valued skills. In the domain of language development, parental verbal responsiveness has consistently been found to promote infants' learning of new words. Why might this be? Here, the speaker will highlight several features of responsiveness that explain these parent-child associations: (1) Responsive behaviors are temporally connected (contiguous) and dependent upon (contingent) infant actions (i.e., exploratory or communicative behaviors), and thereby facilitate infants' mapping of words to their referents; (2) Parents are more likely to use lexically rich language in response to infant actions than in the presence of infant off-task behaviors; (3) Responsive behaviors are multi-modal in their structures, thereby provide infants with physical cues (e.g., gestures) to the words that are spoken. These principles have been demonstrated in several longitudinal studies of infant-parent interactions in families from diverse socio-cultural backgrounds (e.g. European-American, African-American, and Dominican and Mexican immigrants). Frame-by-frame coding is applied to video-recorded interactions to examine how mothers respond ("response type") to specific infant behaviors ("infant-given behavior"), and relate "infant-to-mother behavioral sequences" to children's current and later language skills. The developmental significance of parental responsiveness is observed across cultural communities and reflects universal processes of early language learning.

Target Audience:

Behavior analysis researchers, graduate students, and practitioners.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this event, participants should be able to (1) Understand why the first years of life (infancy) are foundational to later learning and school readiness, and how parents can promote early language development; (2) Understand the value of "microgenetic" coding systems for documenting the real-time process of learning seen in infant-parent interactions; and (3) Discuss how and why early learning processes generalize across cultural communities that otherwise might differ along several meaningful dimensions (e.g., parental education, income, beliefs, and practices).
Keyword(s): infants, language development, parental responsiveness
 
 
Paper Session #329
Collaboration and Community Outreach: Establishing Comprehensive Service Delivery for Individuals with Autism
Monday, May 26, 2014
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
W184a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: AUT
Chair: Amy-Jane Griffiths (The Center for Autism & Neurodevelopmental Disorders, Chapman University)
 

Interagency Collaboration: Working Together to Improve Behavior Intervention Outcomes for Youth With Autism Spectrum Disorders

Domain: Service Delivery
AMY-JANE GRIFFITHS (The Center for Autism & Neurodevelopmental Disorders, Chapman University), Kelly McKinnon (Kelly McKinnon & Associates), Hayley Taitz (Chapman University), Jared Izumi (Chapman University)
 
Abstract:

Improving the quality of life and the education of children with disabilities and their families requires the collective knowledge, skills, experience and expertise of all family members and professionals. Many youth with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) and neurodevelopmental disorders receive support and services from a variety of agencies, including schools, physicians, ABA providers, and other rehabilitative services. Although these service providers are working very hard to assist the child and family, they may be working in isolation, and could potentially contradict the work done in other settings. In this session, we will discuss an interagency collaboration model that we have used in our agency in order to bring together service systems, identify common goals, and improve outcomes for our children and their families. Specifically, we will discuss the importance of collaboration, a series of steps and tips for developing collaborative interagency relationships, and positive outcomes associated with such collaborations. With an emphasis on working together, children will benefit from continuity in delivery of services and support and improved outcomes in their areas of need.

 

Collaboration With a Community-Based Preschool on Implementing a Positive Behavior Support Plan

Domain: Applied Research
DAISY WANG (Autism Spectrum Therapies)
 
Abstract:

Collaboration with community-based childcare facilities can be a challenging or a fruitful experience. When the community partner feel their methods or beliefs are challenged, it is difficult to achieve "buy in" and work seamlessly as a team. On the other hand, with genuine collaboration, it is possible to partner with early childhood educators to develop contextually sensitive and clinically sound interventions. This presentation outlines a successful experience of working with a community-based preschool in Vancouver, British Columbia. The participant exhibited aggression toward other children in the facility, which had severe negative impact with establishing friendships and even his placement in the classroom. Through weekly team meetings, the author helped facilitate the development, implementation, and ongoing monitoring of a Positive Behavior Support plan for challenging behaviors for a young child with autism. At the end of a 3 month period, aggression was completely eliminated and the child had developed friendship with a few children in the class. A workable model and video feedback from the preschool staff are provided.

 

Autism Intervention Via Parental Training in Northern Brazil

Domain: Applied Research
MARILU MICHELLY CRUZ DE BORBA (Universidade Federal do Para), Romariz Barros (Universidade Federal do Para)
 
Abstract:

Early and intensive, one-to-one, behavioral intervention to autism is highly effective but inaccessible to a great portion of the affected population in northern Brazil. This applied research evaluated the efficacy of an parental-based ABA intervention program to develop basic repertoire in six children (2 to 6 years old) diagnosed with autism in Belm, Par State - northern Brazil. The following repertoires were focused in the intervention: "sit down", "attend when called by name", "wait", "visual tracking", "imitation with and without objects". Phase 1 (lasting 32 hours) was to teach basic behavior-analysis concepts to caregivers via PSI. Meanwhile, children were evaluated to establish individualized intervention plans. In Phase 2, the caregivers were taught to carry out the intervention programs, using role-playing and demonstration with teaching assistants. In Phase 3, caregivers carried out the intervention programs with their children in the laboratory setting. In Phase 4, the caregivers were allowed to administer the intervention programs at home. Five of the children reached independent responding in all programs (with exception of one program for one child). The data reported here shows that our simplified parental intervention program is a promising alternative to give a more comprehensive access to ABA intervention to autism.

 

The Reality of Working With Individuals With Autism in Peru using an ABA Approach

Domain: Service Delivery
MAPY CHAVEZ CUETO (Alcanzando), Antuanete Chavez (Alcanzando)
 
Abstract:

Working with individuals with autism has particular challenges in every culture. We have met these challenges as a newly funded organizacion in Lima, Peru. Six-Years after relocating to Lima, Peru, a Peruvian-born, American-raised certified behavior analyst shares what the data show in Alcanzando, an ABA Early Intervention Center located in Lima, Peru. We will discuss the challenges of working in our home country, as well as dissemination and outreach.

 
 
 
Symposium #330
CE Offered: BACB
Evaluating Integrity of Behavioral Services Delivered to Children with Autism
Monday, May 26, 2014
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
W183b (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: AUT/TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Todd G. Kopelman (The University of Iowa Hospitals and Clinics)
Discussant: Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (The University of Kansas)
CE Instructor: Todd G. Kopelman, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Interventions for children with autism are often implemented by parents, trained staff, or students. The integrity with which components of the intervention are followed can be closely linked to overall outcome effectiveness. This symposium focuses on describing novel procedures used in four different treatment programs for children with autism to evaluate treatment integrity. Suess will discuss the integrity of parents who were trained through telehealth consultation to conduct in-home Functional Communication Training with their child. Higbee will describe two studies in which on-line training was used to teach students and teachers to conduct discrete trial training (DTT) with young children with autism. Brunson will present on a study examining the maintenance and generalization of DTT procedures that are taught to parents via telehealth consultation. Higbee will detail a study focused on evaluating and increasing the integrity with which therapists conduct DTT with children with autism through the use of video recordings.

 

Evaluating the Integrity of Parents Who Conduct In-Home FCT With Coaching via Telehealth

ALYSSA N. SUESS (The University of Iowa), Patrick Romani (The University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa), Shannon Dyson (The University of Iowa), Jennifer Kuhle (The University of Iowa), John F. Lee (The University of Iowa), Scott D. Lindgren (The University of Iowa), Todd G. Kopelman (The University of Iowa Hospitals and Clinics)
Abstract:

Evaluating parent integrity with treatment procedures is relevant to telehealth since parents do not have physical contact with a behavior consultant. We conducted a retrospective, descriptive evaluation of the integrity with which parents of three children with autism conducted functional communication training (FCT) in their homes. All training was provided to the parents via telehealth by a behavior consultant in a hospital setting. FCT trials coached by the behavior consultant were conducted during weekly 1-hr visits. Parents made video recordings of treatment trials in which they conducted the procedures independent of coaching. We evaluated the levels of integrity during coached and independent trials within a multielement design and recorded parents omission and commission errors during different components of the treatment over time. The results showed no consistent differentiation between the coached and the independent trials. Some errors (e.g., omission errors associated with reinforcing manding) occurred more frequently overall, but none of the errors appeared to have a strong relationship with treatment outcomes. All children showed reductions in problem behavior during the final treatment trials. These results suggest that behavior analysts can use telehealth to implement FCT with acceptable integrity and to achieve substantial reductions in childrens problem behavior.

 

Using Teleconsultation to Maintain Parent Implementation of Discrete-Trial Training Procedures

LASHANNA BRUNSON (West Virginia University Center for Excellence in Disabilities  ), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University), James E. Cook (West Virginia University), Nicholas Larson (West Viginia University), Shrinidhi Subramaniam (West Virginia University), Susannah Poe (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

Learning behavior-analytic skills, specifically discrete-trial training (DTT), may be of particular importance for parents of young children with autism living in rural areas who may have difficulty accessing providers. The current study used a multiple baseline design to examine the extent to which DTT skills trained in-vivo maintain across time and generalize to new teaching programs. Participants were rural parents of children with autism spectrum disorders under the age of 12. Parents conducted a baseline session with their child at an area clinic and were provided a written manual on DTT to read prior to their next appointment. During the second appointment, parents worked with a clinician to complete a behavioral skills training package aimed at developing the skills necessary to conduct DTT sessions and demonstrated mastery of the skills. Clinicians met with the parents via webcam bi-weekly and weekly following training and provided praise for components implemented correctly and corrective feedback for components implemented incorrectly. During the teleconsultation phase, parents maintained skills at mastery level and generalized the skills to new programs. This suggests that teleconsultation can be an alternative method for service delivery when traditional methods are not available.

 

Discrete Trial Training: Assessment of Treatment Integrity by Sequential Analysis

DENYS BRAND (The University of Auckland), Oliver C. Mudford (University of Auckland), Douglas Elliffe (University of Auckland)
Abstract:

Discrete trial teaching (DTT) is often used to teach academic and other skills. Previous research has shown that therapists fidelity to DTT protocol must be high (>90%) to promote optimal learning. Our aim was to identify, and then correct, therapists within-trial treatment integrity errors in DTT for 8 children with a diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder and intellectual disability. All components of discrete trials were coded and time-stamped from video recordings of therapist-learner dyads in their typical setting (home or school). Between 110 and 1531 discrete trials per dyad were included. Markov transition matrices identified treatment integrity errors for all dyads. Errors that were consistent across all dyads included learner self-corrections, response prompt errors, and incorrect application of error correction procedures. With 4 dyads, program consultants were advised of the errors so that therapist re-training could be targeted. At follow-up, increases in treatment integrity were observed for 3 of the 4 dyads. We conclude that Markov transition matrices may be a useful tool in evaluating treatment integrity in DTT and can have clinical utility.

 

Evaluation of an Interactive Online Program for Training Teachers to Implement DTT with Individuals with Autism

THOMAS S. HIGBEE (Utah State University), A. Celso Goyos (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos  ), Joy S. Pollard (Utah State University)
Abstract:

As behavior analytic teaching techniques have become more widespread in applied practice with young children with autism, the need for improved training procedures to facilitate the rapid dissemination of these techniques has become apparent. Interactive online training is one approach that has emerged to fill this need. Interactive online training incorporates behavior analytic teaching procedures, such as programmed instruction and video modeling, to help the learner acquire the targeted skills. Researchers have recently begun to systematically evaluate the effectiveness of this approach to train practitioners to implement behavior analytic techniques with young children with autism. This presentation will describe two studies that were completed in Brazil investigating the effectiveness of interactive online training to teach university students and special education teachers to implement discrete trial teaching (DTT) with young children with autism. Participants performance of DTT with children with autism was measured both before and after the training modules, within a multiple baseline across participants design, to evaluate the effectiveness of the training package. All participants acquired the targeted skills and their behavior generalized to new teaching programs and maintained over time.

 
 
Symposium #331
Translational Research in Health Behavior
Monday, May 26, 2014
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
W175a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: BPH; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Philip Erb (University of Florida)
Discussant: Mikhail Koffarnus (Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute)
Abstract:

This symposium will feature basic and human laboratory research, as well as research conducted in naturalistic settings, all centered on health behavior. The topics to be addressed include historical variables that predict delay discounting and drug self-administration, mechanisms underlying the relation between substance abuse and sexual risk behavior, and contingency management approaches to reduce cigarette smoking. Jeff Stein will discuss effects of pre-exposure to reinforcement delays on discounting and alcohol/sucrose self-administration. Patrick Johnson will discuss effects of alcohol and oral methamphetamine on delayed and probabilistic hypothetical sexual outcomes. Allison Kurti will discuss the effects of a combined (exercise plus contingency management) behavioral intervention to reduce cigarette smoking relative to its independent components. Finally, Paul Romanowich will discuss effects of different incentive schedules on the initiation and maintenance of smoking abstinence in hard-to-treat smokers.

Keyword(s): contingency management, delay discounting, health, substance abuse, translational
 

Impulsive Choice and Prolonged Pre-Exposure to Reward Delay in Rodent Models of Drug Self-Administration

JEFFREY S. STEIN (Utah State University), Renee Renda (Utah State University), Kennan J. Liston (Utah State University), Shayne Barker (Utah State University), Gregory J. Madden (Utah State University)
Abstract:

In humans, high levels of impulsive choice (delay discounting) are associated with drug abuse and dependence. In rodents, similar impulsive-choice measures are associated with greater drug self-administration (SA) across a range of experimental paradigms (e.g., acquisition, escalation, and reinstatement of drug SA). Together, these findings implybut do not confirmthat impulsive choice (or its underlying neurobiology) predisposes organisms toward drug vulnerability. With few exceptions, however, this possibility has not been subjected to experimentation (i.e., determining whether experimental changes in impulsive choice produce predictable changes on drug SA, or vice versa). In this ongoing research line, we have sought to develop and refine an historical treatment variable (prolonged pre-exposure to reinforcement delay, or PPRD) to: (a) reduce impulsive choice in rats, and (b) evaluate its concomitant effects on subsequent drug self-administration. Across two experiments, PPRD has reduced impulsive choice in delay-exposed (DE; n = 62) compared to delay-nave (DN; n = 46) rats. Topics for discussion will include: potential mechanisms of PPRDs effect on impulsive choice, generality of this effect across time and intervening experience, and preliminary examinations (and interpretation) of post-PPRD alcohol and sucrose self-administration.

 

Effects of Commonly Abused Drugs on Discounting of Delayed or Probabilistic Sexual Outcomes in Recreational Users

MATTHEW W. JOHNSON (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Patrick S. Johnson (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract:

Substance abuse is associated with increased likelihood of engagement in sexual risk behavior, which may increase vulnerability to transmission of sexually transmitted infections (STIs). One possible mechanism underlying the relation between substance abuse and sexual risk behavior is steep discounting of delayed or probabilistic outcomes. In an attempt to model the acute effects of commonly abused substances on discounting, we are administering oral methamphetamine (20 & 40 mg) or oral alcohol (1 g/kg) to recreational users in two independent within-subject, double-blind, placebo-controlled laboratory studies. On session days, participants are administered a placebo or active dose and are asked to complete tasks assessing discounting of delayed or probabilistic hypothetical sexual outcomes. In both tasks, participants are given repeated hypothetical choices between unprotected or protected sex (i.e., with a condom) with self-selected photographed individuals. The tasks differ in that either condom access is delayed (delay discounting) or unprotected sex results probabilistically in STI infection (probability discounting). Data collected thus far reveal a pattern of steeper discounting of condom-protected sex in alcohol (n = 10), but not methamphetamine (n = 8), sessions relative to discounting in placebo sessions. Important individual differences in drug effects and their implications for public health will be discussed.

 

Translational Research on Innovative, Behavioral Treatments for Cigarette Smokers

ALLISON KURTI (University of Florida), Jesse Dallery (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Innovative smoking cessation interventions may be inspired by a behavioral economic view of addiction, which suggests that cessation may be promoted by increasing the reinforcing value of abstinence, decreasing the reinforcing value of smoking, or both. Previous work conducted in our laboratory, in which exercise decreased smoking motivation and increased the latency to smoke, suggests that exercise may decrease the value of smoking. One treatment that increases the value of abstaining is contingency management. This work assessed the effects of a combined (exercise plus CM) approach to smoking reduction, and the mechanisms through which its effects were achieved. Thus far, 12 smokers (targeted N= 20) have undergone the following sessions: (1) CM + exercise, (2) CM control (non-contingent incentives) + exercise, (3) CM + non-exercise, (4) CM control + non-exercise. Results to date indicate a main effect of CM, in that latencies to smoke (in min) are longer after CM (M= 15.2) versus CM-control conditions (5.4). Exercise also decreases smoking reinforcement (M= 33% decrease in global QSU score; Cox et al., 2001) relative to non-exercise (27% increase). Mediation analyses will be conducted to assess whether effects of exercise on smoking are mediated through smoking motivation and/or temporal discounting.

 

The Effects of Percentile versus Escalating Incentive Schedules on Smoking with Equal Incentive Magnitude for Initial Abstinence

PAUL ROMANOWICH (The University of Texas at San Antonio), Richard Lamb (University of Texas Health Science Center San Antonio)
Abstract:

Percentile incentive schedules have increased abstinence in hart-to-treat (HTT) smokers, relative to escalating incentive schedules. However, participants receiving incentives on a percentile schedule typically earn more for their first abstinent breath carbon monoxide (BCO) sample, relative to participants in equivalent escalating incentive schedules. Many studies have shown that larger incentive magnitude increases abstinence rates. The present study tested whether the magnitude of the first abstinent BCO sample caused differential rates of abstinence initiation and maintenance in 93 HTT smokers. Smokers were randomized to either percentile, escalating, or random incentive schedules. The magnitude of the first abstinence BCO sample (< 3 ppm) was held constant at $5.00 for participants in the percentile and escalating incentive schedule groups. Results showed similar patterns of abstinence initiation between the percentile and escalating incentive groups (percentile = 64%; escalating = 66%). However, Figure 1 shows that once initiated, abstinence was more likely to be maintained by escalating incentive participants. Percentile group participants were no better than random incentive participants at maintaining abstinence. In HTT smokers, the magnitude of the first abstinent BCO sample seems to be responsible for the better outcomes (both abstinence initiation and maintenance) previously observed for percentile incentive schedules.

 
 
Symposium #332
CE Offered: BACB
Behavior Can Be "All Fun and Games": Gamification Research and Applications
Monday, May 26, 2014
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
W190b (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: CSE/EAB; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jillian Rung (Utah State University)
Discussant: Janet S. Twyman (University of Massachusetts Medical School/Center on Innovations in Learning)
CE Instructor: Bethany R. Raiff, Ph.D.
Abstract:

While games have been a part of human culture for many years, gamification, or the application of game elements to another activity, is an under-utilized tool within the experimental analysis of behavior and within applied methodologies for promoting behavior change. A brief history of games and features of games are discussed, along with a behavior-analytic perspective of game elements; the future implications of gamification for basic and applied research are described. Current research adopting gamification in a behavioral intervention to increase fruit and vegetable consumption in school-aged children, as well as within a contingency management program for smoking cessation are reviewed. Novel developments in the experimental analysis of behavior using gaming environments are described, which allow us to explore behavior within complex environments where contingencies are constantly changing. These methods thus far support the utility of gamification as an engaging, sustainable approach to behavioral interventions, and as an effective, time-efficient mode of assessing dynamic reinforcement contingencies in humans.

Keyword(s): contingency management, decision making, gamification
 
Playing to Learn: Formulating a Behavior Analytic Account of Games
ZACHARY H. MORFORD (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Games have been a ubiquitous part of human culture for thousands of years. While games began simply in human culture, today games come in a wide variety of forms, including board games, dice games, card games, athletic games, and video games. The conditions surrounding games result in people spending millions of dollars and billions of hours on games each year. As such, these conditions warrant a closer examination regarding how games are designed behavior analytically. In this talk, a brief history of games is provided and a few important definitions of games are reviewed. Many of these definitions fail to adequately identify the common elements of all games. Thus a conceptual analysis of games is discussed from a behavior analytic perspective, with an emphasis placed on the critical and non-critical features of games. Lastly, a brief discussion will be provided regarding the implications for this analysis, and how it relates to both applied and basic research in behavior analysis.
 

Playing Games with Food: Using Gamification to Increase Fruit and Vegetable Consumption in Elementary-School Cafeterias

BROOKE ASHLEY JONES (Utah State University), Gregory J. Madden (Utah State University), Heidi Wengreen (Utah State University), Sheryl Aguilar (Utah State University)
Abstract:

School-based interventions designed to increase fruit and vegetable (FV) consumption can be effective, but the most effective ones require that schools allocate time, effort, and financial resources to program implementation. The present project used a behaviorally based gamification approach to develop an intervention designed to increase FV consumption while minimizing the school's labor/material costs. During the intervention, the school (N=180 students in grades K-8) played a cooperative game in which school-level goals were met by consuming either fruit or vegetables. School-level consumption was quantified using a weight-based waste measure in the cafeteria. Results of Study 1 showed that over a period of 18 school days, fruit consumption increased by 67% and vegetable consumption by 43% above baseline levels. Use of an alternating-treatment time-series design with differentiated levels of FV consumption on days when fruit or vegetable was targeted for improvement supported the role of the intervention in these overall consumption increases. These findings suggest that gamification principles may prove practically useful in addressing concerns about poor dietary decision making by children in schools. In Study 2, we further explore the gamification approach by examining the effects of (a) a longer-term intervention and (b) individual-level (in addition to group-level) consumption.

 

Internet and Videogame-based Contingency Management for Promoting Healthy Behavior

BETHANY R. RAIFF (Rowan University), Jesse Dallery (University of Florida), Darion Rapoza (Entertainment Sciences, Inc.)
Abstract:

We developed an Internet-based Contingency Management (CM) intervention, where participants earn monetary incentives contingent on web-camera verified evidence of healthy behavior, such as smoking abstinence and diabetes management. Not only has our Internet-based CM intervention been effective at initiating smoking abstinence and diabetes regimen adherence (e.g., in a current clinical trial, 43% of videos submitted indicate smoking abstinence, compared with only 14% of videos submitted by a control group), participants have also rated the intervention favorably on a number of dimensions. To overcome barriers to Internet-based CM, such as the cost of incentives and long-term sustainability, we are currently developing a videogame-based CM intervention for smoking abstinence. Smokers will be able to earn game-based resources, or access to special features in the game, in place of monetary incentives. Videogame-based CM will promote widespread access to an innovative, fun, sustainable intervention at a relatively low cost (the game will be available to play for free), thereby offering the potential to have a substantial public health impact.

 
Impulsivity and Risk Taking in a Gaming Environment
MICHAEL YOUNG (Kansas State University), Tara Webb (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Jillian Rung (Utah State University), Anthony McCoy (Kansas State University)
Abstract: Individuals frequently face decisions where the nature of outcomes change as a function of time; for example, the longer one waits to reserve a flight, the more likely it is that the price has increased as the departure date nears, while the likelihood of having available seats declines. Dynamically changing situations in which magnitude and probability are in flux have typically been measured in isolation, or only in one direction (increasing magnitude while decreasing probability). Using a video game engine, choice was assessed under conditions in which waiting produced a continuously increasing probability of an outcome with a continuously decreasing magnitude (Experiment 1) or a continuously increasing magnitude of an outcome with a continuously decreasing probability (Experiment 2). Performance in both experiments reflected a greater desire for a higher probability even though the corresponding wait times produced substantive decreases in overall performance. The differential weighting of these two aspects allows us to understand how individuals make decisions in complex contingencies where magnitude and probability are constantly changing.
 
 
Symposium #333
Diverse Applications of Preference Assessment Procedures
Monday, May 26, 2014
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
W186 (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: DDA/CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Patricia F. Kurtz (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Mark O'Reilly (The University of Texas at Austin)
Abstract:

A substantial body of research exists on the identification, use, and efficacy of reinforcers with individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities. Increasingly, researchers are focusing on extensions to preference assessment methodology. This symposium includes four data-based presentations from two institutions that highlight unique applications of preference assessment methods. The first paper examines the utility of single-stimulus, paired-choice and competing stimulus assessments in the treatment of severe behavior problems in young children with developmental delays. The second describes the identification, assessment, and application of preferred stimuli with pediatric patients in a minimally conscious state in a rehabilitation setting. In the third presentation, preference assessments were conducted with an adolescent with Smith Lemli Opitz syndrome to assess dimensions of task effort and task preference. The final presentation describes the use of paired-choice preference assessments with bilingual children with disabilities to assess preferences for language and across three social contexts. Methodological extensions as well as implications for use of preference assessments are discussed.

 
An Examination of the Use of Preference Assessments with Preschool Children Exhibiting Severe Problem Behavior
ASHLEY ROBINSON (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Patricia F. Kurtz (Kennedy Krieger Institute), jaclyn Brande (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: The identification of effective reinforcers is often critical for the success of behavioral interventions utilizing a positive reinforcement framework. Preference assessments have been consistently shown to be a successful means for identifying items that are preferred by individuals and may, subsequently, serve as reinforcers during assessment and treatment. However, there is a dearth of research on the use of preference assessments with young children with developmental disabilities presenting with severe problem behavior. The purpose of the present study was to examine the utility of indirect (e.g., interviews) and direct preference assessment techniques with children ages 0-5 years exhibiting problem behavior maintained by social or automatic reinforcement. Results support the use of paired-choice, single stimulus, and competing stimulus preference assessments with preschool children exhibiting a range of problem behaviors. Figures 1-2 represent example data with interobserver agreement averaging 97.45. Modifications to standard assessment procedures in addition to implications for incorporating preference assessment results into behavioral interventions for this population will be discussed.
 

Preference Assessments with Youth in a Minimally Conscious State in a Pediatric Rehabilitation Setting

LUCY LEIBOWITZ (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Valerie Paasch (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Keith J. Slifer (The Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins University), Adrianna M. Amari (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Minimally Conscious State (MCS) is a state of partial conscious awareness following a brain injury. Those in a MCS show evidence of subtle, inconsistent but reproducible command following, gesturing, verbalizations, and/or purposeful behavior (Giacino et al., 2002). The extent to which salient stimuli can be identified to help arouse or calm individuals in a MCS can impact the rehabilitation course. Applied Behavioral Analysis (ABA) is uniquely suited to systematically assess individuals reactions to potential stimuli. Data will be presented displaying the systematic approach to presenting and assessing stimuli across sensory domains with pediatric cases with varying levels of consciousness treated as inpatients in a rehabilitation setting. Clinicians first conducted a survey with caregivers adapted from the RAISD (Fisher et al., 1996) and consulted with staff to further identify potentially salient stimuli. Based on these interviews, in-vivo stimulus preference assessments evaluated the varying items across sensory domains. Data presented show the idiosyncratic responses (neutral, negative, positive - arousing, and positive - calming) to stimuli, as well as clinical applications (vent weaning, therapy participation, relaxation) of positive stimuli during rehabilitation. Discussion will focus on the unique and important nature of using ABA methods of preference assessments with this population.

 

An Evaluation of the Influence of Various Dimensions of Effort on Choice Responding

KELLY M. SCHIELTZ (The University Of Iowa), David P. Wacker (The University Of Iowa), Alyssa N. Suess (The University Of Iowa), Jessica Emily Schwartz (The University Of Iowa), Nicole H. Lustig (The University of Iowa)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to evaluate choices between dimensions of effort (task amount and task strategy) and preference (type of task) on choice responding. Jake was a 14 year old male diagnosed with Smith-Lemli-Opitz Syndrome. All procedures were conducted in an outpatient clinic and IOA averaged 99%. During Phase 1, a preference assessment was conducted within a concurrent schedules design to determine Jakes relative preferences between completing an academic task (single-digit subtraction) with or without an instructional strategy (use of a calculator) and the amount of work required. Results (Figure 1, top left panel) showed that Jake always chose to complete the lesser amount of work. During Phase 2, a second preference assessment evaluated Jakes relative preferences between completing the same academic task with a calculator or a more preferred vocational task (photo copying). Results (top right panel) showed that Jake continued to choose the option with the lesser amount of work. These results suggested that response effort, in the form of amount of work, influenced Jakes choice responding more than preference.

 

Evaluation of Choices by Bilingual Children with Disabilities Across Social Contexts: The Role of Stimulus and Language Preference

YANIZ C. PADILLA DALMAU (Virginia Institute of Autism), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa), Patrick Romani (The University of Iowa), Jessica Emily Schwartz (The University of Iowa), Gregory Breznican (Virginia Institute of Autism)
Abstract:

Stimulus and language preferences of four children with disabilities who were exposed to Spanish and English in their natural environment were evaluated during three sequentially administered paired-stimulus preference assessments across three contexts: attention/talking, tangible/playing, and demands/working. The purposes of this study were to (a) identify whether participants displayed a language preference and if so, if their language preference was consistent across the three social contexts and to (b) evaluate the interaction between language and stimulus preference within each context. Nine choice options (four in English, four in Spanish, and one no stimulus/no language) were presented in pairs for a total of 36 choice trials per preference assessment. Data were collected on participants choices and IOA averaged 97.92%. The results of this study showed that (a) children demonstrated language preferences for their L1 or L2, and these preferences were not always consistent across social context(see Figures 1-4) and (b) all children showed displacement of stimuli across the preference hierarchy due to language, but the magnitude of the displacement varied across context and participant (see Figure 5). These results suggest that the language of presentation may influence the results of preference assessments and that the influence of language may vary across context.

 
 
Symposium #334
CE Offered: BACB
Applications of Technology for Prompting, Reinforcement, and Data Collection: Teaching Individuals with Varying Skill Levels
Monday, May 26, 2014
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
W187ab (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: DDA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell College)
Discussant: Paul Argott (EPIC School)
CE Instructor: Sharon A. Reeve, Ph.D.
Abstract:

As behavior analysts, it is important to stay current in technological advancements to ensure their effective use. The four studies in this symposium applied various aspects of technology for prompting, reinforcement, and data collection. In the first study, classroom clickers were used to increase quiz scores in college students. The second study used self-directed video prompting on iPads to increase vocational skills in young adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities. In the third study, an electronic token economy application was compared to a tangible, traditional token economy in pre-adolescents with autism. The purpose of the final study was to compare direct observation methods such as momentary time sampling and partial interval recording of interfering behavior such as stereotypy, self-injury, aggression, and disruptions with the use of a tablet-based application. Collectively, all studies demonstrated effective and innovative use of technology with individuals with varying skill levels that may be useful in clinical applications.

 

The Effects of Clickers on College Students' Quiz Scores Accuracy in a Teacher Preparation Course

CHRISTINA A. ROUSE (The Ohio State University), Jennifer Marie Cullen (The Ohio State University), Sheila R. Alber-Morgan (The Ohio State University)
Abstract:

An alternating treatments design was used to examine the effects of using classroom clickers in a teacher preparation class. On alternating class sessions, the students participated in one of two conditions, no clickers and clickers. During the no-clickers condition, the instructor delivered lectures using PPT presentations with accompanying guided notes, called on individual students to answer questions throughout the lecture, and required students to work on their group projects for about 20 to 25 minutes at the end of the lecture. After working on their group projects, the students took a 12-item quiz that covered the material from the lecture. The quizzes contained 10 multiple choice questions and 2 short answer questions. During the clicker condition, all classroom procedures were the same, except that the students used clickers to answer questions as a whole class throughout the lecture. When presented with a PPT slide with a multiple choice question, the students each used an individual electronic clicker to select the correct response. Then the students and instructor were able to immediately see the poll of responses on the LCD screen and receive immediate feedback. Results demonstrated a clear functional relation of clickers on higher mean quiz scores.

 

Effects of Self-Directed Video Prompting Using iPads on the Vocational Task Completion of Young Adults with Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities

JENNIFER MARIE CULLEN (The Ohio State University), Sheila R. Alber-Morgan (The Ohio State University), Evette A. Simmons-Reed (The Ohio State University), Mike Hanes (The Ohio State University Nisonger Center)
Abstract:

Individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities struggle to find integrated employment because of their challenges with vocational task acquisition and completion. In this study, self-directed video prompting on iPads was used with three adult male participants with intellectual and developmental disabilities completing vocational tasks. A multiple probe across tasks design was used to examine the effects of the intervention on the accuracy of vocational task acquisition in integrated employment settings. Prior to intervention with self-directed video prompting in the integrated employment setting, a multiple probe across participants design was used to determine the effects of a training package for teaching iPad usage consisting of modeling and least-to-most prompting on a training task. All three participants acquired device usage in two to five trials. A functional relation was demonstrated for all three participants. The participants acquired three new vocational tasks in the course of the study and demonstrated generalization to new materials, settings, or people in two of their three tasks.

 

Comparing Electronic and Tangible Token Systems to Teach Tacting to Pre-adolescents with Autism

BRIDGET SPANARKEL (Caldwell College), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell College), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell College), Tina Sidener (Caldwell College), David W. Sidener (Garden Academy)
Abstract:

The present study compared two different token systems to teach tacting to three pre-adolescents with autism. The token systems used were the iReward application for the iPad, in which star tokens are graphically displayed on the screen, and a more typical token board in which star stickers are placed with Velcro on to a clipboard. An adapted alternating treatments design was embedded in a multiple-probe across participants design. Results indicated that both electronic and tangible token boards increased the percentage of correct tacts by participants. However, the electronic token system resulted in more rapid acquisition of tacts for two of three participants. Additionally, there was 100% agreement for both interobserver agreement and procedural integrity measures. Social validity measures demonstrated that typically developing peers, parents, instructors, and staff members found the electronic token system to be as practical, fair, acceptable, and reasonable as tangible token boards. In addition, participants themselves reported that they preferred using the electronic token boards over tangible token boards. These results indicate that electronic token systems may provide parents, teachers, and caregivers a means of reinforcing the behavior of individuals with autism that is more portable, practical, and socially acceptable than tangible token systems.

 
A Comparison of Direct Observational Methods Using an App for Data Collection
RUTH M. DEBAR (Caldwell College), Carolina Lenis (Caldwell College), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell College), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell College)
Abstract: The purpose of this investigation was to replicate and extend previous research comparing direct observational methods to measure behaviors in children with autism through the use of an Apple® application called ABC Data Pro. Approximately twenty children between the ages of three and sixteen years old diagnosed with ASD who have interfering behaviors such as stereotypy, self-injurious, aggressive, and disruptive behaviors were invited to participate. Interfering behaviors were observed during both teacher directed and student directed activities. To analyze the reliability and validity of the measurement systems, behaviors were evaluated through discontinuous measurement systems such as whole interval recording, partial interval recording, and momentary time sampling and compared to continuous measurement system of frequency or duration. Forty video samples were scored across the measurement systems and compared. It was found that momentary time sampling of 30 seconds and one minute mostly estimated duration of stereotypy with much smaller errors than whole interval, partial interval, and momentary time sampling of 5 minutes. These findings are consistent with previous research and may assist clinicians in the selection of measurement systems to estimate the frequency and duration of behaviors.
 
 
Symposium #335
Using Applied Behavior Analysis to Meet the Academic Needs of 21st Century Learners
Monday, May 26, 2014
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
W195 (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Katelyn M. Fishley (Ohio Dominican University)
Discussant: Katelyn M. Fishley (Ohio Dominican University)
Abstract:

Applied Behavior Analysis can offer much in the way of helping students and teachers, alike, to meet the increasingly stringent academic standards and accountability measures. Although schools already use behavioral principles as a base for many interventions, behavior analysis continues to be seen in a negative light in K-12 educational settings. Because educational reform is putting such a large emphasis on outcome-based measures and the use of evidence-based practices in academic instruction, we feel that behavior analysis has the potential to become widely accepted into these settings. In this symposium, we will begin by discussing the link between educational reform and Applied Behavior Analysis and make a case for why schools should be looking to Applied Behavior Analysis to improve their practices. We will discuss the research to practice gap and theories regarding why K-12 educational settings have been hesitant to embrace behaviorism in a more public way. Three presentations will present research that illustrates the effectiveness of these behavioral techniques.

Keyword(s): Educational Reform, Explicit Instruction, Research-to-Practice Gap
 

ABA and K-12 Education Reform: How ABA Approaches Can Increase Student Achievement and Teacher Effectiveness

KATELYN M. FISHLEY (Ohio Dominican University), Kristall J. Day (The Ohio State University)
Abstract:

Traditionally, those in K-12 settings have been hesitant to seek out and/or acknowledge their use of behavioral techniques to improve school environments. However, with educational reform pushing K-12 educators to new levels of accountability, the principles of behaviorism and evidence-based interventions based on behaviorism offer much assistance in meeting these demands for high levels of accountability. This presentation outlines the link between ABA and educational reform and introduces behavioral interventions that can be used daily in K-12 settings to improve teacher and student performance.

 

Computer-Assisted Instruction: A Supplementary Tool for Learners At Risk for Reading Failure

STARR E. KEYES (Bowling Green State University)
Abstract:

Using technology embedded with evidence-based strategies (i.e., repeated reading, model reading, progress monitoring, etc.) promotes learning for all students, especially those who require supplemental services. Computer-assisted interventions empower students by increasing their academic skills and confidence, which will impact their success in school and later life. This presentation will describe the effects of a computerized reading program to increase oral reading fluency (ORF). The study used changing criterion tactics embedded in a multiple-baseline design. Dependent variables included ORF, oral retell, and comprehension questions on treatment and generalization passages. Participants included five low-income African-American students, four of whom were at-risk for reading failure, and one who had a Speech and Language Impairment (SLI); as well as an English-Language Learner (ELL). The participants were required to reach an individualized criterion throughout the study. The students made gains across treatment and generalization probes.

 

The Effects of the Headsprout Early Reading Program on the Literacy Skills and On-task Behavior of At-risk Urban Kindergarten Students

SHANNON S. HAMMOND (The Ohio State University)
Abstract:

Young children who experience difficulty learning to read are at an increased risk for reading failure and behavior problems. Emerging evidence suggests that improving the literacy skills of young struggling readers also improves levels of on-task behavior. This study examined the effects of Headsprout Early Reading, a phonics-based online reading program, on the reading achievement and levels of on-task behavior of urban kindergarteners with concomitant reading and social behavior deficits. The study included six participants who received the intervention and one participant who did not, but whose performance data were used as a comparison tool to represent ideal achievement (reading and on-task behavior) for a kindergartener in the school in which the study occurred. A multiple probe across behaviors (i.e., Headsprout instructional targets) and participants was utilized. Data were collected on program-specific reading performance, generalized reading performance (e.g., AIMSweb Tests of Early Literacy), and levels of on-task behavior during classroom reading instruction. In general, the results of the study demonstrate that the Headsprout Early Reading program was effective at increasing the reading skills of at-risk kindergarten students, especially those students who experienced more of the program. Additionally, improved reading skills appear to be positively correlated with improved on-task behavior.

 

Using Word Box Instruction to Improve Literacy Skills for Emergent Readers and Older, Struggling Readers

SUSAN KEESEY (Western Kentucky University)
Abstract:

Accountability in the 21st century requires educators to incorporate evidence-based practices along with accurate and thorough data collection in an attempt to provide a quality education for all students. Demonstrating adequate progress for all students is a difficult challenge, especially for students possessing skills significantly below their peers. This is particularly true when it comes to reading. Improving literacy skills positively impact many areas of students learning. This presentation demonstrates how a word box intervention was implemented to develop important prerequisite reading skills in both young, emergent readers and older, struggling readers. Concurrent interventions, one for kindergartners and the other for fifth graders, utilizing a multiple probe across three phonemic awareness skills design that was sequentially replicated across subjects demonstrated the effectiveness of the word box intervention. Results demonstrated a functional relation between the word box instruction and increases in all eight students ability to segment and develop phoneme-grapheme relationships, along with demonstrated improvements in spelling and reading skills. Results of this study will be presented along with suggestions for using explicit instruction to improve the reading skills for struggling students of all ages.

 
 
Symposium #336
Application of Behavior Analysis with Staff and Parents: Some Current Research
Monday, May 26, 2014
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
W192b (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: OBM/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Elizabeth A. Harton (California State University Los Angeles)
Discussant: Jonathan J. Tarbox (Autism Research Group, Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD))
Abstract:

This symposium elucidates various nuances of the application of behavior analysis with staff and parents. The first paper compares model prompts and pictorial prompts in teaching non-English speaking parents how to implement behavioral programs. The second paper compares live group instruction to individual video instruction on parents' implementation of 3-step compliance protocol. The third paper compared didactic instruction with and without response cards to train staff on behavior analysis principles and procedures. The forth paper evaluated the use of a group contingency to promote staff adherence to work schedules. In totality, these papers provide some insight on current research in the use of behavior analysis to change both staff and parent behavior. Moreover, our discussant will provide a cogent summary of the papers and perhaps some avenues for future research.

Keyword(s): group contingencies, Parent Training, prompting, Staff Training
 

A Picture is Worth a Thousand Words- Or is It: A Comparison of Modeling vs. Pictorial Prompts

KRISTINE SAFARYAN (California State University Los Angeles), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles)
Abstract:

As the prevalence of autism and other developmental disorders continues to be on the rise, effective training techniques are required to reach a broader range of families. Non-public agencies that provided ABA services are not always able to identify staff that can communicate with families in their primary language. The purpose of this study was to conduct a component analysis to identify the most effective prompting strategy when training non-English speakers to teach a self-help skill to a child with autism. Six participants were randomly assigned to Group 1 (Model Prompts: MP) or Group 2 (Visual Prompts: VP). Participants in Group 1 met mastery criterion within 3-4 sessions as compared to the 5-8 sessions required by Group 2. These results are significant because they indicate that modeling, a quick and efficient prompting strategy, was most effective when teaching non- English speakers to teach self-help skills to children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD).

 

Mother Knows Best: A Comparison of Video Training and Group Instruction without and with Individualized Feedback on Parents Implementation of 3-Step

MEGAN HINDS (Seek Education, Inc.), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles)
Abstract:

We evaluated two popular training modalities, group instruction and video training, paired with individualized feedback to determine which method of training led to the best implementation of the three-step prompting procedure by parents with their child. A multiple baseline design was used with twelve participants divided into two groups. One group was trained using video instruction and the other was trained using group instruction. Any participant who did not meet mastery criterion after their respective initial instruction phase was moved into the individualized feedback phase. Results showed no statistically significant difference between the two groups, but two participants in the group instruction phase did not require individualized feedback to obtain mastery. A discussion of the benefits and limitations of each training modality is discussed as well as avenues for future research.

 

A Comparison of Response Cards and Traditional Lecture on Quiz Performance of Newly Hired Behavioral Interventionists

SU WONG (California State University, Los Angeles), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles)
Abstract:

An alternating treatment design was used to evaluate the effects of response cards on quiz performance of new interventionists. Five participants (ages 23-37) with bachelor and master degrees in psychology, sociology and education participated in the study. A coin flip determined the condition (response cards [RC] or traditional lecture [TL]), and participants were informed of the condition at the beginning of session. Participants took an identical pre- and post-quiz every session. In RC, participants presented answers on a board to the trainer in unison. In TL, participants raised hand to answer questions. In both conditions, praise or feedback was provided depending on correct or incorrect answers. Results indicated that both methods produced higher levels of post-quiz performance. No functional relation was obtained between the two conditions. However, response cards produced more 90% and above scores. Moreover, participants preferred RC to TL.

 

An Evaluation of Group Contingencies in Organizational Behavior Management

MEGHAN THOMPSON HERRON (California State University, Los Angeles), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles)
Abstract:

Businesses lose money every year due to employee absences. Customer service is often interrupted by employee absenteeism and companies lose money due to overtime costs for employees who cover and paying out for "paid time off." Twenty behavior therapists employed at a non-profit organization were assigned to 10 groups of two, each with a supervisor as the team leader. Teams were eligible for lottery-based incentives based on the average weekly attendance rate. The results indicated that the employees had the highest percentage of sessions attended during the first dependent group oriented contingency phase. The percentage of sessions attended by behavior therapists increased immediately following the instruction but prior to delivery of any "incentives," indicating that rule governed behavior was the mechanism of behavior change.

 
 
Symposium #337
CE Offered: BACB
Going Beyond the Gold Standard: Alternatives and Adaptations of Functional Analysis Methodology
Monday, May 26, 2014
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
W185a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center)
Discussant: Pamela L. Neidert (The University of Kansas)
CE Instructor: Joanna Lomas Mevers, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Functional analysis (FA) is the gold standard for identifying the function of problem behavior, but it is sometimes impractical or not feasible to implement. Therefore, it is important to develop alternative and adapted methods that can be implemented in settings where FAs are not possible. The current symposium will present recent research evaluating alternative methods such as indirect assessments, use of mand and preference assessments, and trial-based FAs. Data presented will compare alternative methods to FAs to determine the correspondence and validity of these alternative methods. Finding show improved correspondence when indirect assessments were completed by experts when compared to those completed by caregivers, good correspondence between concurrent operant preference assessment using the same reinforcers provided during the FA and positive treatment outcomes for interventions developed based on trial-based FAs. Taken together these results provide preliminary support for these alternative methods. Data will also be presented on the use of mand assessments as an alternative method for identifying the function of problem behavior. Results of the mand assessment were compared to those of FAs, showing low correspondence between mand assessments and FAs. Results from this study indicate mands may not be a viable alternative to FAs.

Keyword(s): Functional Analysis, Problem Behavior
 
An Evaluation of Trial-Based Functional Analyses in Classroom Settings
BLAIR LLOYD (Vanderbilt University), Joseph H. Wehby (Vanderbilt University), Emily Weaver (Vanderbilt University), Michelle Harvey (Vanderbilt University), Daniel Sherlock (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract: Although the functional analysis (FA) remains the gold standard for identifying the function of problem behavior for students with disabilities, traditional FA procedures are typically costly in terms of time, resources, and perceived risks. The purpose of the present study was to replicate and extend a trial-based FA methodology that shows promise in classroom settings. Participants were 4 paraprofessionals and 4 students with developmental disabilities and histories of high-frequency problem behavior who attended public elementary schools. Descriptive data on student problem behavior (i.e., direct observation and paraprofessional report) were collected to identify hypotheses and design experimental trials. Paraprofessionals conducted trial-based FAs in students’ usual instructional settings. To validate the outcomes of the trial-based FAs, paraprofessionals conducted subsequent intervention trials in the same setting. Results of the present study add to the growing evidence validating the trial-based FA as a practical alternative to traditional methodologies that are difficult to implement in classroom settings.
 

Experts Versus Caregivers: A Comparison of Indirect Assessments and Functional Analysis Outcomes

ERICA JOWETT (The University of Kansas), Joseph D. Dracobly (The University of Kansas), Claudia L. Dozier (The University of Kansas), Adam M. Briggs (The University of Kansas), Jessica Foster (The University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Functional analysis (e.g., Iwata, Dorsey, Slifer, Bauman, & Richman, 1982/1994) is the most effective methodology for identifying the function of problem behavior. However, skills and resources needed to conduct functional analyses are often not available in many settings, which has resulted in the use of indirect assessments to predict the function of problem behavior. To date, researchers have found that caregiver-completed indirect assessments are not valid (i.e., they do not correspond with functional analysis outcomes; Smith et al., 2012), but it is possible that "experts" may be better at accurately completing indirect assessments. The purpose of the current study was to compare the outcomes of an indirect assessment (Functional Analysis Screening Tool; Iwata, DeLeon, & Roscoe, 2012) completed by two caregivers and two experts in functional behavioral assessment and the outcome of a functional analysis. Five children with autism who engaged in problem behavior, their caregivers, and several experts participated. Comparison of the outcomes of the indirect assessments and functional analysis outcomes suggested that experts were more likely than caregivers to identify all functions of problem behavior via indirect assessments, but sometimes identified additional functions. The use of experts for completing indirect assessments could have significant impact on their utility.

 
Use of a Brief Concurrent Operant Preference Assessment as a Predictor of Function of Problem Behavior
JOANNA LOMAS MEVERS (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Ally Coleman (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Functional analysis (FA) technology, as developed by Iwata and colleagues, (1982/1994) is considered the gold standard for identifying the function of problem behavior. Information gained via a FA can be used to develop function based interventions leading to better treatment outcomes than non-function based interventions (Campbell, 2003). Despite the utility of FAs, there are times in which they are not practical to implement in the natural environment. Common concerns include the inability to properly control extraneous variables, the need to have highly trained personnel oversee and conduct the assessment (Tarbox et al., 2009), as well as the necessity to observe problem behavior during the assessment. Thus, exploring alternative methods of functional assessment for those situations in which an FA is not feasible seems warranted. The current study replicates and extends the use of a concurrent operants preference assessment (St. Peter-Pipkin et al., 2010) to determine preferences for escape, attention and tangible items. For each participant the results of the preference assessment were compared to the results of an FA. Preliminary findings indicate good correspondence between the preference assessment and identified function found via FA providing some evidence for the use of this preference assessment to predict function of problem behavior.
 

Correspondence Between Functional Analyses of Mands (With and Without Prompting) and Functional Analyses of Problem Behavior: A New Perspective

Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University), Sarah E. Bloom (University of South Florida), S. SHANUN KUNNAVATANA (Utah State University), Megan A. Boyle (Utah State University), Andrew Samaha (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Although functional analyses (FAs) are the gold standard in identifying the function of problem behavior, they may not always be feasible. One alternative may be to assess the function of appropriate requesting (i.e., mands) under the same circumstances that problem behavior is assessed during traditional FAs. The assumption behind this type of assessment is that the motivating variables that evoke target problem behavior would also evoke functionally equivalent mands. Two recent studies have evaluated correspondence between FAs of problem behavior and mand assessments, however, results conflicted: Scheiltz et al. (2010) found correspondence for 20% of participants, whereas LaRue et al. (2011) found correspondence for 75%. The studies differed in whether or not they incorporated mand prompting. This study sought to determine whether procedural variations accounted for the difference in correspondence. Thus, we conducted three assessments with four children: a mand assessment with prompts, a mand assessment without prompts, and an FA of problem behavior. The results indicate poor correspondence between FAs of problem behavior and mand assessments with prompts (0%), as well as mand assessments without prompts (25%), suggesting mand assessments should not be used as a basis for identifying function of problem behavior.

 
 
Symposium #338
CE Offered: BACB
Research on the Prevention, Assessment, and Treatment of Challenging Behavior
Monday, May 26, 2014
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
W184d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: PRA/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Javier Virues Ortega (University of Manitoba, St. Amant Research Centre, University of Auckland)
Discussant: Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida)
CE Instructor: Javier Virues Ortega, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium presents a series of studies each featuring a novel methodological approach to the prevention, assessment, and treatment of challenging behavior. Tara Fahmie will present the effects of differential reinforcement and delay training on behavior maintained by access to tangibles in the prevention of severe problem behavior. Prevention in this study is demonstrated by a post-intervention decrease in moderate behaviors in the intervention setting and by a continued increase in the severity of behaviors in untreated settings. Flavia Julio will present a high-resolution post-effect analysis to evaluate changes in problem behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement following the discontinuation of noncontingent matched stimuli. This strategy may help to identify short-term post-effects consistent with either establishing or abolishing effects of matched stimuli over the putative sensory reinforcer. Jade Wightman will present an evaluation of the usability and reliability of electromyography-aided approach to the identification of bruxism episodes in individuals with profound intellectual disability. The study features a minimally invasive system for the direct recording on muscle activity that could provide more accurate measures during the functional analysis and treatment of bruxism. Finally, Javier Virues-Ortega will present an intervention protocol for tracking and reducing excessive head movement in children with autism undergoing neuroimaging examinations. Our discussant, Dr. Brian A. Iwata, will provide his informed perspective on these contributions to the prevention, assessment, and treatment of challenging behavior.

Keyword(s): assessment, challenging behavior, prevention, treatment
 
Prevention of Problem Behavior Maintained by Access to Tangible Items
TARA A. FAHMIE (California State University, Northridge), Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida), Sarah C. Mead (University of Florida)
Abstract: Very little research has been conducted on the efficacy of function-based procedures in preventing the development of problem behavior among individuals with developmental disabilities. We evaluated the effects of differential reinforcement and delay tolerance training on behavior maintained by access to tangibles. Participants first were exposed to varied establishing operations (e.g., blocked access to a preferred tangible, removal of a preferred tangible, requests to share a preferred tangible) to screen for the occurrence of mild, moderate, and severe topographies of problem behavior. The severity of behavior subsequently was tracked during conditions of intermittent reinforcement. Treatment was introduced in a multiple baseline across settings (establishing operations) design. Prevention was demonstrated by a post-intervention decrease in moderate behaviors in the intervention setting and by a continued increase in the severity of behaviors in untreated settings. Results of this research provide preliminary support for the extension of function-based approaches to the prevention of severe behavior.
 

CANCELED: A High-Resolution Post-Effect Analysis to Identify Establishing and Abolishing Effects of Noncontingent Matched Stimulation

FLAVIA JULIO (University of Manitoba), May S. Lee (University of Manitoba), Bethany Craig (University of Manitoba), Alison Cox (University of Manitoba), Javier Virues Ortega (University of Manitoba, St. Amant Research Centre, University of Auckland)
Abstract:

Noncontingent matched stimulation is intended to reduce behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement by emulating the sensory products of problem behavior, thereby inducing satiation (reinforcer replacement hypothesis). By contrast, matched stimuli may simply interfere with the sensory products of the behavior, thereby establishing the value of the sensory reinforcer over the duration of the matched stimuli (interference hypothesis). Post-effect analyses could help to reveal which behavioral process may be operating during noncontingent matched stimulation. Specifically, increments of problem behavior following the discontinuation of matched stimuli would be consistent with the interference hypothesis. By contrast, gradual recovery of problem behavior following the termination of matched stimuli would be consistent with the sensory reinforcer replacement hypothesis. Published post-effect analyses (e.g., Rapp, 2007) do not provide definitive evidence in favor or against either hypothesis, chiefly because changes in motivating operations induced by noncontingent matched stimuli may be short lived and could be masked by the overall variability of the behavior. In order to evaluate subtle post-effects induced by matched stimuli we conducted a high-resolution post-effect analysis in a series of cases of problem behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement. Our results indicated that both the interference and the reinforcer replacement hypotheses were consistent with the post-effects of matched stimuli in different subjects. Clinical recommendations based on our findings will be discussed.

 

Accuracy of an Electromyography-Aided Approach to the Identification of Bruxism Episodes during Assessment and Treatment

JADE WIGHTMAN (University of Manitoba), Javier Virues Ortega (University of Manitoba, St. Amant Research Centre, University of Auckland), Ashley L. Boris (University of Manitoba)
Abstract:

There are few studies on bruxism in the behavioral literature. Functional analyses of bruxism in individuals with developmental disabilities have relied on audible responding to assess the occurrence of bruxism. However, bruxism can also be inaudible. An electromyography (EMG) measures the frequency, duration, and amplitude of bruxism and allows for the assessment of both audible and inaudible bruxism events. We used a minimally invasive EMG wireless device to record bruxism episodes. Bruxism is typically defined as episodes of masseter muscle activity over 30% of muscle voluntary contraction (MVC). We present a proxy of the 30% MVC index for individuals with profound intellectual disability that are not able to follow verbal instructions skill necessary to estimate MVC. Over a series of free operant sessions we recorded a minimum of 100 EMG activity events and obtained the 30th percentile of the distribution of events as a proxy of the 30% MVC value. Subsequently, we used this threshold to train observers to identify bruxism events based on real-time EMG recordings. Our study indicates that it is possible (and time-efficient) to estimate a proxy to the 30% MVC value for individuals with profound intellectual disability. Our results also show that it is possible to train observers to use the proxy threshold to reliably identify bruxism events based on EMG recordings. A functional analysis and treatment study using this methodology is currently under way.

 

Promoting Steadiness in Children with Autism Undergoing MRI Scans: Training and Generalization

Alison Cox (University of Manitoba), Bethany Craig (University of Manitoba), Flavia Julio (University of Manitoba), Kylee Hurl (University of Manitoba), Deborah L. Hatton (University of Manitoba), Toby L. Martin (St. Amant Research Centre), JAVIER VIRUES ORTEGA (University of Manitoba, St. Amant Research Centre, University of Auckland)
Abstract:

Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) is a non-invasive medical procedure that is an essential diagnostic tool for a myriad of neurological conditions. During the scanning session the individual is required to remain still throughout the procedure, which can last from a few seconds to several minutes. This task is particularly difficult for children with autism as they often present with diminished capacity to comprehend instructions and may also present with sensory sensitivities. Traditionally, individuals with disabilities have been sedated in order to undergo an MRI scan, which has been correlated with numerous medical side effects including death. Moreover, sedation has a success rate below 70%. There is some evidence suggesting that it is possible to promote steadiness in children using exposure-based methods. However, none of these studies have included participants with autism. Also, the studies available frequently fail to include a generalization test in a real scanner. We used an exposure-based intervention to promote tolerance to a mock scanner, followed by a 5-min DRO adjusting schedule to establish steadiness. Training was followed by a real scanner session. The results of this study are promising in that we were able to establish steadiness in all participants. Moreover, the real scanner quality indices resulting from the real scanner sessions were all within the acceptable range.

 
 
Paper Session #339
40 Years of Teaching Behavior Analysis
Monday, May 26, 2014
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
W193b (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: TBA
Chair: Amy J. Davies Lackey (Manhattan Childrens Center)
 

CANCELED: Translating a Behaviorist Vocabulary Into a Small Language Community

Domain: Theory
KRISTJAN GUDMUNDSSON (Reykjavik College of Women)
 
Abstract:

A small group (4 people: Gudridur Adda Ragnarsdottir, Thorlakur Karlsson, Ingi Jon Hauksson and Kristjan Gudmundsson) have for the last 5 years attempted to translate the vocabulary of behaviorism and behavior analysis into the small language community of Icelandic. We were gracefully allowed to use a number of published and unpublished glossaries, most notably by Julie Vargas and Charlie Catania for this purpose. Originally we thought that this would take a year or so, but we have just recently finished the basic translation of technical terms, mostly without even attempting to translate the definitions. And this has taken us over 5 years! A preliminary report was the subject of our paper at the Oslo ABAI conference in 2009. A number of issues have turned up, that have to be addressed. Some of them have been addressed in a recent paper in JEAB (2012, 97, 347-355) by a similar team from Finland. Among the topics is the ever changing field of behavior analysis, but also some theoretical, even philosophical issues, such as how to effectively advertize and help spread the good word of behaviorism. In some respects our field is held back by older technical terms that can be regarded negative, even offensive, to some of our readers. Terms such as "control" and even "behavior modification" come to mind. Finally, there are some difficult issues regarding the interconnections between basic technical terms, and how they are best presented and translated.

 

A Module Training Package to Increase Basic Competencies in BCBA Supervisees

Domain: Applied Research
AMY J. DAVIES LACKEY (Manhattan Childrens Center), Virginia S. Wong (Manhattan Childrens Center), Karlee Miller (Manhattan Childrens Center)
 
Abstract:

One of the challenges of supervising and training candidates for the BCBA certificate is identifying the contingencies that shape and maintain in-situ behavior analytic repertoires. While many traditional approaches to the training of BCBA supervisees involve periodic supervision meetings, these meetings are insensitive to the consequences experienced in a classroom/therapeutic setting and can vary from supervisor-to-supervisor as to the content and competencies expected. Supervision and training has been examined by some systems-based approaches such a CABAS (Greer, 1997) in which behavior analytic staff are taught through a combination of in-situ experiences and modules/units of study. In this paper, we extend Greer's work by evaluating a BCBA supervisee module system (Cordova, Reeve, Sheehan, O'Brien & Cruz, in-press) designed to establish basic competencies in skills identified through the BACB task list. Of particular interest were the extent to which BCBA supervisees could implement basic behavior analytic procedures. Initial results showed that participants were able to achieve an accuracy level of 90% correct responding or better following training utilizing the competencies within the module system.

 

Lessons Learned: Forty Years Training Teachers to Use Applied Behavior Analysis

Domain: Service Delivery
BETTY FRY WILLIAMS (Whitworth University), Randy Lee Williams (Gonzaga University)
 
Abstract:

This presentation draws from evidence-based practice and personal experience to recommend ten instructional strategies for effective preservice and inservice training of classroom teachers, both in general and special education, on the use of ABA principles and procedures. Among the points discussed are: 1. Recognize that linear analysis does not come naturally to some teachers and paradigm shift is challenging. 2. Insist on precision in operational definitions of principles and procedures. 3. Define principles by function; separate intention from effect. 4. Provide visual diagramming as well as verbal definitions to assist in mastery. 5. Supply many examples and non-examples in teaching concepts. 6. Apply principles and procedures in real classroom settings, using strong research designs and reporting results. 7. Teach data collection, research design, and visual analysis of data. 8. Use components of a Personalized System of Instruction such as study guides, frequent testing over small units, mastery criteria, tutoring, and retake options. 9. Teach formal APA writing style in small units with multiple examples, immediate feedback, and required revision. 10. Arrange for public presentation of applied research, with opportunities for recognition of effort and/or effectiveness.

 
An Empirical Evaluation of Different Active Responding Formats in Taiwanese College Classrooms
Domain: Applied Research
PEI-FANG WU (National Kaohsiung Normal University)
 
Abstract: Active Student Responding (ASR), such as the use of response cards, choral responding, or guided notes, has shown to be an effective approach in engaging students in learning. However, there have been very few studies directly compare different formats of choral responding questions on the effects of students' learning. This presentation contained two studies. In Study 1, an alternating treatment design replicated across two classes was used to compare the use of three different question formats in the choral responding strategy: multiple-choice, true-false and fill-in-blank questions. The dependent variable was the performance on post-session quizzes, which contained mixed question formats (e.g., multiple-choice, fill-in-blank and short-answer questions). Data showed the true-false type of questions produced slightly higher post-quiz scores than other formats for both classes. There were mixed results for short answer and multiple-choice questions on post-quiz scores. Study 2 replicated Study 1, except the participants were required to produce textual responses rather than choral responses. In addition, post-session quizzes contained different question formats, including true-false, multiple- choice, and fill-in-blank questions. It showed mixed results using different types of questions. Overall, the two studies showed different question formats did not produce differential effects on students' post-session quizzes. Educational applications, limitations, and direction for future research will be discussed.
 

Teaching ABA to Front-Line Staff in Neuropsychiatry--Key Strategies and Long-Term Outcomes

Domain: Service Delivery
MARY ROBERTA HOADLEY (Parley Services Limited)
 
Abstract:

Applied Behavior Analytic teaching programs were provided in 2008 and again in 2012 to staff in two regional neuropsychiatric facilities that assess and treat patients/residents with aggravated behaviors and complex neuropsychiatric presentations. This presentation includes a review of specific topics and strategies that were successfully taught to both professional and non-professional staff; were meaningful and had a good contextual fit to facilities; significantly reduced the use of aversive seclusion and restraint punishment procedures; and had a long-term influence on increasing the use of evidence-based ABA treatment practices and positive behavior supports. The session will identify behavioral strategies with a good contextual fit for facility supports, as well as technically sound practices that can be taught and implemented successfully (systematically and with fidelity) by most non-ABA personnel. Evidence of the impact of ABA teaching in the programs will be included. The on-site support required to ensure staff follow-through of behavioral best practices will be reported as facility feedback and data on the outcomes, which were presented by hospital staff at a Neuropsychiatry conference. A bibliography of supporting research is available.

 
 
 
Paper Session #340
Applying Behavioral Principles to Human-Animal Interactions
Monday, May 26, 2014
10:00 AM–10:20 AM
W182 (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: AAB
Chair: Laura Bassette (Indiana Mentor)
 
Applying Behavioral Principles to Human-Animal Interactions
Domain: Theory
LAURA BASSETTE (Indiana Mentor)
 
Abstract: The field of human-animal interactions (HAI) is increasingly identifying complex human behavior in relation to interactions with animals, yet the conversation lacks a comprehensive behavioral approach. Furthermore, Normand & Kohn (2013) proposed that behaviorist perspectives must address socially significant problems in areas beyond the current realm. This need is not limited to human relationships; the complex chains of stimuli and responses that occur during various HAI also warrant the broad application of behavioral principles. Such investigations ought to cover interactions in the following areas: pet ownership, animal welfare, applied animal behavior, agricultural management, zoo enrichment programs, and animal assisted activities. Human behavior as a function of HAI should be examined in terms of both respondent and operant conditioning, reinforcing and punishing events, and establishing operations that contribute to an improved understanding of the reciprocal relationships between humans and animals. Ultimately, increased awareness of potentially reinforcing and punishing consequences involved in HAI may provide opportunities to effectively shape human behavior; thus improving the quality of life for people and the animals they interact with. References Normand, M. P. & Kohn, C. S. (2013). Dont wag the dog: Extending the reach of applied behavior analysis. The Behavior Analyst, 36, 109-122.
 
 
 
Symposium #341
CE Offered: BACB
The Use of Explicit Instruction Curricula to Teach Academics to Students with Autism Spectrum Disorders
Monday, May 26, 2014
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
W184bc (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Josh Plavnick (Michigan State University)
Discussant: Debra M. Kamps (Juniper Gardens Children's Project, The University of Kansas)
CE Instructor: Josh Plavnick, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Kasari and Smith (2013) emphasize the need for research to align to the goals of teachers (e.g., teaching academics aligned to common core state standards) to increase buy-in and durability of implementation. Due to budget, time, and personnel constraints, researchers must identify academic interventions for students with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) that are feasible, effective, and efficient. Historically, there has been an emphasis on discrete trial instruction for students with ASD. However, it is important to identify curricula as opposed to isolated skills instruction. Curricula are more likely to be adopted by teachers, which may increase feasibility and durability of research-based instruction (Kasari & Smith, 2013). Scripted, explicit, and systematic instructional programs such as Direct Instruction appear to be well matched to the characteristics of students with ASD (Watkins, Slocum, & Spencer, 2011). This session will include: (a) a review of the literature on the effects of scripted, explicit, and systematic programs on academic performance of students with ASD, and (b) an overview of a recent study investigating the effects of antecedent strategies on responding during small group Direct Instruction mathematics lessons with elementary students with ASD.

Keyword(s): Autism, Direct instruction, Explicit instruction, Systematic instruction
 
Explicit Academic Instructional Programs and Students with Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Review of the Literature
JOSH PLAVNICK (Michigan State University), Nancy Marchand-Martella (Eastern Washington University), Ronald C. Martella (Eastern Washington University), Julie L. Thompson (University of North Carolina at Charlotte), Leah Wood (University of North Carolina at Charlotte)
Abstract: Compared to individuals with other disabilities, school-aged individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) spend little time in general education classrooms for academic instruction. There are very few empirically validated interventions for teaching academic skills to students with ASD. Academic interventions that better prepare students with ASD to participate in general education settings are needed to mitigate this deficit. Curricula that include scripted, explicit, and systematic instruction match the needs associated with characteristics of autism spectrum disorder. In this paper, the authors proposed a clear definition of scripted, explicit, and systematic curricula. This definition was then used to identify and describe the research literature on the use of these curricula with individuals with ASD. A review of the literature identified 8 articles published between 2006 and 2013. Results indicated positive effects of scripted, explicit, and systematic curricula on academic skill acquisition of students with ASD. Implications and directions for future research will be discussed.
 
Increasing Responding During Direct Instruction Mathematics Using Antecedent Strategies with Students with Autism
JULIE L. THOMPSON (University of North Carolina at Charlotte)
Abstract: Students with ASD need specialized interventions that are feasible and durable for school settings. Direct Instruction (DI) curricula may be effective for teaching students with ASD due to the explicit features of the DI programs that match the learner characteristics of individuals with ASD. DI is designed to be taught during group instruction and relies heavily on unison responding; yet, individuals with ASD are primarily taught one-on-one or sequentially within groups. Students with ASD who demonstrate problem behaviors and/or limited participation during instruction may have limited access to group instruction. The purpose of this study was to investigate the effects of proximity fading and task breaks on responding during small group DI in mathematics with students with ASD. Four students with ASD participated in this study; one student served as a peer model and three received the intervention. Three students were culturally and or linguistically diverse. Results indicated a functional relation between the intervention and participant responding. An English Language Learner required a Spanish cognate directive to increase responding to an acceptable level. Implications for research include considerations for teaching diverse learners with ASD and multi-tiered instructional supports to increase inclusive opportunities.
 
 
Symposium #342
CE Offered: BACB
Implications of Teaching Multiple Communication Responses on the Generalization and Maintenance of FCT Treatment Effectiveness
Monday, May 26, 2014
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
W183c (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Henry S. Roane (State University of New York Upstate Medical University  )
CE Instructor: Henry S. Roane, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Functional communication training (FCT) has proven to be one of the most effective differential reinforcement-based procedures for treating challenging behavior. While the basic procedures of FCT are well understood, questions remain about programming for generalization of FCT-based treatments. The current symposium examines factors that might enhance the generalization and maintenance of FCT interventions. The study by Isenhower et al. describes a process by which two individuals were taught multiple FCT responses to access preferred tangibles in an attempt to broaden their communication repertoires while maintaining low levels of problem behavior. In a related investigation, Gainey et al. also examined programming for communication variability following treatment with FCT; however, these researchers used Lag 1 schedules of reinforcement to promote response variability. The final study in this symposium also addresses the generalization and maintenance of multiple FCT responses. Specifically, Ringdahl et al. employed a concurrent-schedule arrangement to identify a preference between two communication responses. Next, the authors exposed these responses to different disruptor events (i.e., extinction, noncontingent reinforcement) to examine response maintenance. Each of these papers will include a discussion of the clinical implications of promoting response maintenance within the context of FCT-based treatments.

Keyword(s): challenging behavior, Differential Reinforcement, Functional communication, generalization/maintenance
 

Broadening the Functional Communication Repertoires of Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder

ROBERT W. ISENHOWER (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Rachel Davis (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Kyung Mo Nam (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Jaime Decker Mulcahy (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Meghan Reilly (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Chariana Guzik (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Lauren Alison Pepa (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract:

Functional Communication Training (FCT) is a differential reinforcement procedure that involves providing reinforcement for a communicative response to replace maladaptive behavior. FCT procedures generally include providing reinforcement for the communication response while maladaptive behavior contacts extinction (or, in some cases, punishment). Oftentimes, the last phases of FCT training involve generalization across therapists and settings and thinning the schedule of reinforcement to allow the response to contact reinforcement on a schedule that more closely matches the contingencies of the natural social environment. However, another important terminal goal for FCT is broadening the communication repertoire itself. Therefore, we examined a communication repertoire broadening procedure in two adolescent males with autism spectrum disorder. Functional analyses revealed that both individuals emitted problem behavior maintained by restricted access to tangible items. To address challenging behavior, FCT with extinction was implemented. Both individuals successfully acquired a Please response in order to gain access to preferred tangible items while low rates of problem behavior were achieved. Subsequently, Participant 1s FCT response was split into Food and Toys and Participant 2s FCT response was split into Food, Toys, and Music. Both individuals acquired the new, broadened communication repertoire while low rates of problem behavior were maintained.

 

An Evaluation of Lag Schedules of Reinforcement Embedded in Functional Communication Training to Increase Variant Responding

SUMMER GAINEY (The University of Texas at Austin), Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin), Colin S. Muething (The University of Texas at Austin), Katherine Hoffman (The University of Texas)
Abstract:

Functional Communication Training (FCT) is one of the most commonly cited reinforcement-based approaches to the treatment of challenging behavior (Tiger et al., 2008). Previous studies have demonstrated that lag schedules of reinforcement can be effective in increasing variant responding pertaining to clinically relevant behavior (e.g., Lee, McComas, & Jawor, 2002); however previous studies have not evaluated their use during FCT to increase variant mand responding during the treatment of challenging behavior. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of lag schedules of reinforcement on communicative variability in three individuals with autism during FCT. Following functional analyses of challenging behaviors, mands were reinforced on Lag 0 or Lag 1 schedules of reinforcement respectively and variant responding and challenging behavior were evaluated. Results showed that a Lag 1 schedule of reinforcement increased variant mand responding considerably relative to the Lag 0 schedule for all participants. Results further showed that the FCT treatment package produced considerable reductions in challenging behavior. These results may have implications for improving the robustness of FCT in terms of the prevention of clinical relapse.

 

An Evaluation of the Interaction Between Communication Modality Preference, Disruptor, and Response Maintenance

JOEL ERIC RINGDAHL (Southern Illinois University), Wendy K. Berg (The University of Iowa), Kristina Vargo (Sam Houston State University), Jodi Elizabeth Nuernberger (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Patrick Romani (The University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa)
Abstract:

Functional communication training (FCT) is the most widely used approach to the treatment of severe behavior problems exhibited by individuals with developmental disabilities (Tiger, Hanley, & Bruzek, 2008). Typically, this approach to treatment includes two components: (a) discontinuing the response-reinforcer relation between problem behavior and its maintaining variable(s), and (b) programming those functional reinforcers to be delivered contingent on appropriate communication. A number of research studies have been conducted demonstrating the robust effectiveness of this intervention across various types of severe problem behavior (e.g., self-injurious behavior, aggression, tantrums) and incorporating a wide variety of alternative, appropriate communicative responses (e.g., vocal requests, manual signs, use of alternative/augmentative communication devices). However, little research has been conducted regarding the maintenance of treatment effects when FCT is disrupted (see, Wacker et al., 2010 for an exception). The current study investigated: (a) the maintenance of FCT effects relative to the continued exhibition of appropriate communication as a function of response preference when FCT was disrupted, and (b) the interaction between disruptor type (i.e., extinction and noncontingent reinforcement) and response preference. Results suggest that high-preference responses have higher response strength than low-preference responses when challenged with extinction. This relationship is not observed across disruptors, as low-preference responses demonstrate higher response strength than high-preference responses when challenged with noncontingent reinforcement. Clinical implications and future directions for research will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #343
CE Offered: BACB
Using Technology to Improve the Access to, Effectiveness and Efficiency of Services for Individuals with Autism
Monday, May 26, 2014
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
W183a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Robert F. Putnam (May Institute)
Discussant: Susan Wilczynski (Ball State University)
CE Instructor: Robert F. Putnam, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The growing number of children with autism has placed demands on the service delivery system. There is increased demand for competent behavior analysts and direct therapist in the delivery of services using applied behavior analysis methodologies with this population. These services are often delivered in a variety of environments including school, homes and community settings. The use of technology to improve access and quality of services will be highlighted in this data based symposium. The first data based symposium shows how the use of school-wide data in schools for autism and developmental disabilities have assisted staff in developing system-wide interventions to improve the quality of behavior support interventions. The second data presentation demonstrates the use of an on line video training package that can used to evaluate and train staff in the delivery of effective services based on applied behavior analysis. This will focus on the comparison of standard classroom based training as compared to the online video series. The third presentation will focus on The fourth symposium will

 

Developing and Implementation of a System-Wide Data Information System to Reduce Problem Behavior

MELANIE DUBARD (May Institute), Robert F. Putnam (May Institute), Bonnie Souza (May Institute)
Abstract:

Using data based decision making concerning the effectiveness of behavior support interventions and the use of crisis intervention procedures in a large school serving students with autism spectrum disorder and/or developmental disabilities is often made on a student by student basis. This presentation will review the ongoing development of a system to collect system-wide data that could be used to determine the effectiveness of school-wide behavior support as well as individual behavior support. The use of functional assessment information to ascertain system interventions particularly in these schools is often lacking. Often schools do not review data at the systems level to make programmatic decisions and if so only examine the frequency and duration of procedures. Staff at this center assisted in designing the system to examine the frequency, duration and type of crisis intervention procedure. In addition the system allowed the review of location, time, activity and staff involved in these procedures to help the program as a whole improve its behavior support practices. Presentation of data as well as the effective use of this to make system level changes in interventions will be presented.

 

Effectively Training Direct Therapists Serving Students with Autism

Melanie DuBard (May Institute), Robert F. Putnam (May Institute), MEGAN R. JOY (May Institute)
Abstract:

The growing number of children with autism has placed demands on the service delivery system. The provision of school and in home services with a school based and mobile workforce presents a challenge in effectively training this workforce in a cost effective way. A comparison of on site standardized training with senior BCBA as compared to online video competency based training will be compared. Data will be compared on the effectiveness of both models included the amount of time needed to complete the training, the extent of knowledge of applied behavior analysis concepts and the application of these competencies. Data will be presented on the rate of learning with staff with differing academic achievement levels. A comparison of direct instruction competencies will be analysed between both groups. Finally a cost comparison of both methods will be completed.

 
 
Symposium #344
CE Offered: BACB
Health Sports & Fitness SIG Symposium 1: Behavior Analytic Interventions for Healthy Lifestyles
Monday, May 26, 2014
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
W179b (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: CBM/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Bobby Newman (Room to Grow)
Discussant: Stephen Ray Flora (Youngstown State University)
CE Instructor: Jennifer Klapatch, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Poor exercise and eating habits have resulted in a national health crisis in the United States. Obesity is currently considered an epidemic in the United States, with two-thirds of Americans being categorized as overweight and almost a third of the population meeting criteria for being obese. In response to this prevalence, interventions focusing on increasing healthy behaviors, such as exercise and making healthy food choices, have received increasing attention in the literature. However, the difficulty of implementing these interventions is often cited the reason for little generalization of these itnerventions to mainstream society. Two easy, cost-effective interventions will be presented, one utilizing Internet-based contingency management to increase walking behavior and one utilizing antecedent interventions to increase healthy food choice making. To evaluate these results in a broader context, we will discuss the historical effectiveness of behavior-analytic programs to increase exercise and other healthy lifestyle behaviors as well as discuss the reasons why behavior analytic interventions are currently not a standard choice of treatment for obesity.

Keyword(s): eating, exercise, healthy lifestyles, obesity
 
Improving College Student Health: Simple Interventions to Increase Healthy Food Selection Behavior
SHARLET D. RAFACZ (Savannah State University), Sandra Nerestant (Clark Atlanta University), Marquella Johnson (Savannah State University)
Abstract: Rates of obesity are continuing to increase and the field of behavior analysis is uniquely qualified to assist in addressing this issue. While a great deal of effort has been focused on improving dietary behaviors and exercise, little research has been done at exploring interventions with college students in particular. This demographic is of primary concern due to their limited finances to purchase healthy food and a lack of knowledge regarding selecting and preparing healthy meals. The current study evaluated using cost effective interventions to increase healthy food choices with college age students on a university campus. The first study compared a simple antecedent based prompt to the same prompt combined with a raffle in an ABACA design. The second study further evaluated the antecedent based prompt. The target behaviors for the first study included food selection behaviors while the second targeted drink selection behavior. Data indicated that healthy choice behavior may increase as a result of the antecedent based intervention, but that the nature and saliency of the prompts are particularly important. This presentation will further discuss the implications of these findings for college and university campuses, but also for other educational and non-educational food establishments.
 

The Effects of Internet-based Deposit Contracts on Increasing Physical Activity of Typically Developing Sedentary Adults

STEPHANIE GORBOLD (ABA of Illinois, LLC), Jennifer Klapatch (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Diana J. Walker (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

The present study examined the effects of Internet-based deposit contracts on increasing physical activity of typically developing sedentary adults. Three participants who were currently living sedentary lifestyles (i.e., walking less than 5,000 steps per day on average) entered into an Internet-based deposit contract and wore a Fitbit Zip device blinded for the duration of the study (i.e., they could not view the number of steps being recorded by the device). The experimental design of the study was an ABAB reversal design with a changing criterion design during the two-week intervention phases. Baseline conditions varied between one and two weeks and all participants received two weeks of intervention during each intervention phase. During each intervention phase, participants received incremental amounts of their deposit back for meeting or exceeding their walking criterion for reinforcement (which were calculated based on previous walking data). The results showed that an Internet-based deposit contract could effectively increase walking in sedentary adults even without the feedback that would typically be provided by a pedometer.

 
 
Panel #345
CE Offered: BACB
Breaking Borders: Bringing Behavior Analysis to the Forefront
Monday, May 26, 2014
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
W192a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: CSE/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Amanda N. Kelly, Ph.D.
Chair: Amanda N. Kelly (Malama Pono Autism Center)
MOLLY OLA PINNEY (Global Autism Project)
AMANDA N. KELLY (Malama Pono Autism Center)
Abstract:

This panel discussion will highlight how to bring behavior analysis to the forefront of discussions, with an emphasis on looking forward toward the future. It is imperative that we, as practitioners, scientists, dreamers and game changers become effective at marketing ourselves and disseminating behavior analytic principles and technologies to others, throughout communities, across cultures and beyond borders. The presenters of this panel will share their personal experiences with consulting; providing insight into their inspiration for dissemination, sharing the moments that compelled them to become involved in dissemination, highlighting those who have mentored them and sharing insight into others they have inspired in turn. This presentation will showcase the challenges one may encounter when attempting to go beyond our backyard. The presenters will describe common (and some unique) obstacles they have had to overcome and will share insight into the lessons they have learned. From these experiences, the panelists hope to shed light on how behavior analysts can raise awareness, increase accessibility of services and effectively market ourselves and our science.

Keyword(s): Culture, Dissemination
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #346
CE Offered: PSY

Reward, Reinforcement, and the Neural Bases of Decision-Making

Monday, May 26, 2014
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
W375e (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Bernard Balleine, Ph.D.
Chair: Federico Sanabria (Arizona State University)
BERNARD BALLEINE (The University of Sidney)
Dr. Bernard Balleine received his B.A. with first-class honors and with the University Medal from the University of Sydney in 1987 and his Ph.D. from the University of Cambridge in the United Kingdom in 1992. He was made a fellow of Jesus College Cambridge in 1992 and conducted post-doctoral research in neuroscience in the Department of Experimental Psychology at Cambridge University until 1995. He was then appointed assistant professor at the University of California, Los Angeles, in 1996, given tenure in 2000, and made a full professor at UCLA in 2004. He was elected a fellow of the American Psychological Association in 2004 and appointed director of research in the Brain Research Institute at UCLA in 2005. In 2009, Dr. Balleine received an inaugural Australian Research Council Laureate Fellowship and was appointed to a professorial position at the University of Sydney establishing the Behavioral Neuroscience Laboratory in the Brain & Mind Research Institute there in early 2010. Dr. Balleine's research is focused on the psychological and neural bases of decision-making and has been instrumental in establishing the processes determining the acquisition of and choice between goal-directed actions, the development of habits and the reward and reinforcement processes that suport these fundamental classes of behavior.
Abstract:

Recent studies point to a number of learning and modulatory processes that contribute to food-seeking. Distinct learning processes mediate the acquisition of goal-directed and habitual actions and are subserved by parallel circuits involving the dorsomedial and dorsolateral striatum, respectively. In addition, food can function as an incentive, to reward actions, and as a reinforcer, to strengthen habits. Evidence suggests that two forms of incentive process affect food seeking: (i) the experienced value of a particular food based on consummatory experience, and (ii) the predicted value of a particular action based on cues that predict food delivery. Although incentive theories generally assume that these processes are mediated by a common associative mechanism, a number of recent findings suggest that they are dissociable behaviorally, anatomically, and neurochemically. The latter predictive learning process also may play a role in habitual food-seeking, particularly in the function of the reinforcement signal, long ascribed to the dopaminergic input to dorsolateral striatum which we have found is heavily regulated by the central amygdala. As the basolateral amygdala is heavily involved in reward processing, it appears the amygdala plays the generally role of parsing food events into the reward and reinforcement signals that support goal-directed and habitual action control, respectively.

Target Audience:

Behavior analysts interested in the neurobiological underpinnings of learning and motivation, and their implications for theories of reinforcement.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants should be able to (1) Articulate the difference between habitual and goal-directed action in behavioral terms; (2) Identify the neural mechanisms underlying reward and reinforcement processing; (3) Explain why theories of reward and reinforcement based on single associative mechanisms are insufficient.
Keyword(s): basolateral amygdala, dorsolateral striatum, goal-directed behavior, habit formation
 
 
Symposium #347
CE Offered: BACB
Improving Reading and Writing Repertoires in Students With and Without Disabilities
Monday, May 26, 2014
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
W194b (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: EDC/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: JoAnn Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Discussant: Caitlin Rasplica (University of Oregon)
CE Instructor: JoAnn Pereira Delgado, Ph.D.
Abstract:

It is critical for students to develop fluent reader and writer repertories. Students with disabilities, English language learners, as well as students from impoverished communities are particularly at risk. Direct Instruction is one evidence-based procedure that has resulted in academic gains for students. In the first paper, the implementation of an Accelerated Independent Learner model coupled with the Direct Instruction Corrective Reading program resulted in educationally and statistically significant outcomes in students in grades 3-5 that were identified as performing below grade level in reading. In the second paper, the participants were students diagnosed with emotional disturbances and autism respectively. The experimenters found that the use of general case instruction resulted the emergence of metaphorical production responses for all participants.

Keyword(s): Direct Instruction, Metaphors, Reading, Writing
 

Effects of the Corrective Reading Program on Reading Skills in an Accelerated Independent Learner Classroom

JoAnn Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University), JENNIFER WEBER (Morris School District and Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences  )
Abstract:

We tested the effects of the Corrective Reading (CR) program on reading outcomes of students with and without disabilities in grades 3 though 5 who were identified as reading below proficient. Students were selected based on reading scores derived from the New Jersey Assessment of Skills and Knowledge (NJ ASK) & Developmental Reading Assessment (DRA). The students in the CR condition (n=25) were selected from Accelerated Independent Learner (AIL) model classrooms that apply a scientific approach to teaching in a general education setting. Students were provided with 1 or 2 sessions of CR daily for 45 minutes each over the course of 4 months. A comparison group of students (n=25) were selected from other classrooms in the school that did not implement the AIL model. Teachers of students in the comparison group implemented a variety of reading approaches consistent with the school districts curricula. Statistically and educationally significant improvements were found between those students that received the CR program and those in the comparison condition on reading skills. Students that received the CR intervention showed increases in independent reading levels between 1 and 4 levels according to the DRA. Results, limitation and implications are discussed.

 
Unblocking Metaphorical Production Responses Using General Case Instruction
KATHERINE M. MATTHEWS (The Faison School for Autism), Dolleen-Day Keohane (Nicholls State University)
Abstract: We tested the effects of using general case instruction (GCI) on the emergence of untaught metaphors and extended tacts in a multiple probe design across students diagnosed with emotional disabilities. In the baseline phase, participants emitted low levels of extended tacts using an experimental word set, which primarily consisted of cliché phrases and other commonly used metaphors. During the GCI condition however, students were taught to identify and write metaphors and non-metaphors (literal sentences) using an instructional set of word sets. Following GCI, the students emitted significantly more metaphors using the experimental word sets compared to baseline. In a further extension, students diagnosed with ASD were taught to write using technical and esthetic functions, which included metaphorical components. All components were examined in relation to verbal behavior and relational frame theory.
 
 
Paper Session #348
Exploring Feedback and Training Mechanisms in OBM
Monday, May 26, 2014
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
W192c (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: OBM
Chair: Amy K. Loukus (Southern Illinois University Carbondale)
 

Effect of Descriptive Feedback Compared to Basic Feedback on Productivity and Response Maintenance on a Problem-Solving Task

Domain: Basic Research
MONICA GARLOCK (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno)
 
Abstract:

Feedback is widely used in organizational settings and is the most frequently used method to change behavior in organizations. This study uses informational feedback to identify work patterns. Using a computer program, the participants were asked to identify three letter codes that corresponded to product movement from factory to store. The more successful codes that were entered, the more product was moved. The experimental design used was ABABC and BABAC. In one phase (A), the participant received basic feedback in the form of correct or incorrect code only. In phase (B), the participant received descriptive feedback in the form of (e.g., 2 out of 3 letters correct). In phase (C), the participants were given the option to choose one of the previous phases for continued participation. If the submitted code was successful, an amount of product was moved. The dependent variables included the amount of product moved, response accuracy, trial duration and time in phase and survey answers. Data show a shorter response time when given basic feedback than when provided with descriptive feedback. Preliminary results show subjects moved more product with basic feedback than with descriptive feedback. Further data analyses and associated discussion will be provided.

 
Expanding the Utility of Equivalence-based Instruction: New Avenues for Staff Training in OBM
Domain: Applied Research
AMY K. LOUKUS (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
 
Abstract: Computerized, equivalence-based instruction (EBI) has been shown to enhance learning outcomes when teaching complex material to large groups in the academic setting. Characteristics deemed unique and appealing to EBI include ease of implementation, self-paced learning, and the emergence of derived (i.e., untrained) relations on the part of the learner following a combination of directly trained relations. Given the benefits of EBI training strategy and its potential benefits to the resource-stricken human service sector, the current study evaluated the utility of EBI procedures in training direct support personnel working with individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities. Participants were randomly assigned to one of three experimental groups: control (training as usual), individualized, or group-based instruction, and were exposed to either training as usual for the agency, or EBI of appropriate prompting strategies. Additional dependent variables included pre- and post-training direct observation of on-the-job performance, and the adoption and retention of trained concepts via a paper-and-pencil written examination. Preliminary results suggest that EBI procedures may offer an effective, efficient, and budget-friendly avenue for training staff in large human service facilities that allows for flexible learning and promotes the application of derived principles when observed in on-the-job performance trials.
 
 
 
Symposium #349
Shaping Solutions to Common Problems in Applied Settings
Monday, May 26, 2014
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
W187c (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: PRA/TPC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Daniel Adam Openden (Southwest Autism Research & Resouce Center)
Abstract:

There are a number of important problems that are tackled in applied settings. For example, behavior analysts work with people who can't communicate, people who engage in unhealthy behavior, and people who interact in dangerous ways. These problems can be addressed with a variety of procedures. They can either follow a pathological or a constructional approach. Often the pathological approach is followed because the elimination of the problem is pressing. The purpose of the symposia is to provide three examples of applied behavior analysts using shaping procedures in each of their respective settings. The presenters and the discussant have a commitment to a philosophical approach that is constructional, empirical, and to describing the problem solving process. Each presenter will describe the problem, the goals, and the methods to address the problem at hand. Each presentation places an emphasis on analysis and arrangement of the stimulus conditions and using shaping procedures to produce desired behavioral changes. The behaviors addressed include teaching children with autism to talk, increasing favorable responses to food and mealtimes in children with autism, and teaching a variety of populations to interact in safe ways with canines.

Keyword(s): constructional, shaping
 

Yummy Starts: A Constructional Approach to Mealtimes for Children with Autism

JOSEPH H. CIHON (University of North Texas), Sara M. Weinkauf (Easter Seals North Texas), Nicole Zeug (Positive Behavioral Connections), Shahla S. Ala'i-Rosales (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Children diagnosed with autism appear to be at greater risk for developing feeding problems such as food selectivity. This can put children with autism at greater risk for compromised health and decrease opportunities for social interactions and development. To date most behavioral approaches to treating food selectivity have involved an escape extinction component. While successful in increasing immediate consumption, the use of escape extinction is worrisome. In many cases it appears that food and mealtimes are aversive and, if this is the case, it is not clear from the research if forcing consumption decreases the aversive properties of events related to mealtimes. In general, the approach has been pathological in that it focuses solely on the decontextualized problem. An alternative approach is to conceptualize the issue within a constructional framework; that is, a contextualized analysis with specification and measures of desired goals. This presentation will provide an alternative behavioral conceptualization of food related contingencies and a set of procedural guidelines for increasing generalized and favorable responses to food and mealtimes. An overview of ecological baseline assessments, environmental arrangements, criterion performances and shaping procedures will be described and illustrated.

 

"Rules" We Needed to Learn about Use of Shaping at Walden Early Childhood Programs

GAIL G. MCGEE (Emory University School of Medicine, Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences), Michael J. Morrier (Emory University School of Medicine, Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences)
Abstract:

Although shaping is a fundamental procedure in ABA, there are surprisingly few concrete details on how to apply shaping to clinical activities. We will offer videotaped examples and guidelines for concrete shaping "rules" we use regularly in speech shaping at Walden. Walden developed rules are not inherently right or wrong, compared to another program's strategies, but the process of internal specification of rules or guidelines offer clear advantages in achieving procedural consistency.

 

To Be Good, All Dogs Need is a Little Timely Affection

SEAN WILL (University of North Texas), Chase Owens (University of North Texas), Morgan Katz (University of North Texas), Laura Belcher (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Common behavior problems encountered by pet owners include jumping on people, unwanted vocalizations, running out open doors, destruction of property when left alone, and requiring attention from owners at inopportune times. Currently, dog trainers advise owners to use a marker signal, followed by food as a reinforcer, to train alternative behaviors to the unwanted one. While this method can be effective in some situations, it is not always practical and it requires a certain level of knowledge and skill on the owner's part to be effective. But even if it is effective, owners are usually not inclined to carry food and clickers all day to maintain the behavior. One natural reinforcer available to every pet owner is petting, and one simple conditioned reinforcer is body language. This presentation will show a simple procedure to shape desirable behavior that uses petting as a reinforcer and hand signals as conditioned reinforcers. The procedure is errorless and can be taught easily to pet owners of all ages.

 
 
Panel #350
CE Offered: BACB
40 years of ABA Preparing Competent Practitioners Part I: Advancing the Academic Experience
Monday, May 26, 2014
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
W193a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Michael E. Rohr, Ph.D.
Chair: Matthew A.T. Lehman (Able Pathways)
MATTHEW A.T. LEHMAN (Able Pathways)
WESLEY H. DOTSON (Texas Tech University)
DAYNA BEDDICK (University of West Florida)
Abstract:

Programs to train behavior analysts have evolved greatly in the 40 years of ABAI. Current programs represent a wide array of delivery modes (on ground, online, hybrid), across a number of levels of training (master degree, graduate respecialization, and doctoral programs) in different departments and with different training requirements. How best to produce high quality student outcomes in these different program types to ensure a well-trained next generation of behavior analysts is important to program directors and members of our profession. Means of advancing the academic experience in behavior analysis training will be discussed with special focus on elements of the coursework requirement that maximize comprehension and application instead of just retention and getting beyond the basics in class and ensuring that the students demonstrate understand of the complexity of our science as it relates to the types of clients they're going to have to work with as a BCBA.

Keyword(s): BCBA preparation, program design, student outcomes, supervised experience
 
 
Symposium #351
CE Offered: BACB
Reinforcing the Verbal Conditional Discriminations of Individuals with Autism
Monday, May 26, 2014
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
W185d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Lee L. Mason (The University of Texas at San Antonio)
CE Instructor: Lee L. Mason, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium presents the findings from a series of research questions related to conditional discrimination in the intraverbal relation. The symposium centers on one large study on the effects of a token economy system on the auditory conditional discriminations of children with autism spectrum disorders. Three children with mild to moderate autism participated in this research, and were systematically introduced to individuals with whom they were previously unfamiliar. These strangers introduced themselves to each participant, and in doing so, conveyed a series of personal information. Immediately following each introduction, the participants were asked to recall specific information about the person they had just met. Employing a multiple-baseline across participants design, researchers reinforced conditional discriminations in the intraverbal relation for each participant. Follow-up statistical analyses were performed to identify some of the relations controlling the responding of each participant. Results were analyzed in terms of the number of statements about the individual recalled, the effects of systematic pausing as a negative reinforcer, the number of information seeking questions asked, and the mutual interests between the stranger and the child with autism.

Keyword(s): conditional discrimination, intraverbal responding
 

The Effects of a Token Economy on Increasing Verbal Conditional Discriminations

LEE L. MASON (The University of Texas at San Antonio), Don Davis (The University of Texas at San Antonio)
Abstract:

To what extent can a token economy system increase the number of auditory conditioned discriminations of children with autism spectrum disorders? To answer this question, three children with autism who were receiving behavior analytic intervention in a university-based center were systematically introduced to visitors to the center. Each participant and visitor engaged in a brief, structured conversation, in which the visitor mentioned 20 facts about him- or her-self. After the visitor left the participant was asked to recall these facts about the visitor. Employing a multiple-baseline across participants design, a token economy system was implemented with each participant to reinforce the number of conditional discriminations in the intraverbal relation made by each participant. Results show that the number of correct discriminations increased for each participant only after the token economy system was introduced. Additionally, the data remained at treatment levels following a two week maintenance period. Results will be discussed within the greater context of teaching intraverbal relations.

 

An Examination of the Reinforcing Contingencies of Social Interactions

ALONZO ANDREWS (South Texas Behavioral Institute), Lee L. Mason (The University of Texas at San Antonio), Don Davis (The University of Texas at San Antonio)
Abstract:

To what extent does a lag in conversation negatively reinforce the social interactions of students with autism? And to what extent does the reinforcement of verbal statements about other people increase the rate of information seeking behavior? To answer these questions, researchers programmed in multiple 10 second pauses throughout the conversation between the participant and stranger. The verbal behavior of participants during these pauses was then analyzed to identify the contingencies of reinforcement associated with maintaining social interactions. Previous research has found that for many children with autism the establishing operations may simply not be sufficient to evoke verbal behavior, such as manding for information. However, other researchers have found that children who progress to advanced stages of language acquisition will eventually become capable of developing new language skills in the absence of explicit training. In this paper, we present our findings and discuss the results along with implications for reinforcing social interactions.

 

The Effects of Mutual Interests on Verbal Conditional Discriminations

DON DAVIS (The University of Texas at San Antonio  ), Lee L. Mason (The University of Texas at San Antonio  ), Alonzo Andrews (South Texas Behavioral Institute)
Abstract:

To what extent are shared interests/activities more likely to be recalled? During their interactions, strangers provided each participant with answers to twenty "personal interest" questions (i.e., facts about themselves). We sought to determine whether students were more likely to recall mutual interests, or were more susceptible to reinforcement towards recalling such matched answers. To determine this, we evaluated the interests identified by each stranger against the self-reported interests of the participants. Researchers found no statistically meaningful relationship between participants' characteristics (e.g. "favorite music"), their ability to recall such information, nor their susceptibility to reinforcement to recall such information. This lack of significance is potentially meaningful for multiple reasons. Not only does this finding reinforce previous discussions of the lack of "empathy" exhibited by students with autism spectrum disorders, it, more importantly, raises significant questions regarding the role of interactional histories and their affect on students with autism spectrum disorders, verbal behaviors and susceptibility to (or lack thereof) contingencies of reinforcement related to their interactional histories. Namely, these findings extend discussions of limitations of students' self-other correspondence to broader questions of potentially diminished significance of "self" for children with autism spectrum disorders.

 
 
Symposium #352
CE Offered: BACB
Addressing Interpersonal Functioning in Clinical Behavior Analysis
Monday, May 26, 2014
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
W179a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: CBM/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jordan T. Bonow (Veterans Affairs Puget Sound: Seattle Division  )
Discussant: Thomas J. Waltz (Eastern Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Thomas J. Waltz, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Clinical behavior analysts frequently assess and treat problems related to interpersonal functioning. The first presentation will introduce the audience to how clinically relevant interpersonal behavior is conceptualized within Functional Analytic Psychotherapy (FAP). The second presentation reviews the challenges and opportunities in developing contemporary measures aimed at facilitating descriptive functional analyses in outpatient clinical settings. The third presentation presents data from new measures under development aimed to capture clinically relevant variables in terms of discounting and positive and negative reinforcement. The final presentation will present data from a small randomized clinical trial of FAP for individuals screening positive for social intimacy deficits and meeting criteria for one of the following DSM-5 disorders: Social Anxiety Disorder, General Anxiety Disorder, a Major Depressive Disorder, Avoidant Personality Disorder, or Dependent Personality Disorder. The discussion will elaborate on the opportunities interpersonally focused behavior therapies have for expanding the reach of behavior analysis.

Keyword(s): Assessment, FAP, functional analysis, Interpersonal Functioning
 

A Clinical Behavior Analytic Approach to Interpersonal Behavior: Functional Analytic Psychotherapy

JORDAN T. BONOW (Veterans Affairs Puget Sound: Seattle Division  ), William C. Follette (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

Clinical Behavior Analysis (CBA) represents a behavior analytic approach to complex human behaviors traditionally falling within the purview of the field of clinical psychology. One domain of complex human behavior of interest to clinical behavior analysts is interpersonal interaction. Functional Analytic Psychotherapy (FAP), one of the few distinct therapies belonging to the CBA tradition, provides one comprehensive approach to interpersonal interaction. This presentation provides an overview of FAP and its theoretical account of interpersonal repertoires, interactions, and influence. Particular focus is placed on clinically relevant interpersonal behaviors (CRBs) and the mechanisms by which FAP is thought to lead to changes in client interpersonal repertoires.

 

The Challenges of Developing Functional Assessments in CBA

SABRINA DARROW (University of California, San Francisco), Jordan T. Bonow (Veterans Affairs Puget Sound: Seattle Division  ), Glenn M. Callaghan (San Jose State University)
Abstract:

Functional analysis of target behavior in clinical behavior analysis is complicated and time consuming. Developing descriptive functional assessments is one method to increase the efficiency of this process and ease implementation of CBA interventions. This presentation will provide an overview of some functional assessments related to clinical behavior analytic targets (e.g., the Functional Ideographic Assessment Template, the Functional Assessment of Depression, and the Acceptance and Action Questionnaire). Different methods of developing this type of assessment will also be presented. Finally, the challenges inherent in this process will be discussed.

 

Using Clinically Relevant Discounting Tasks to Assess Distress Tolerance Related to Social Functioning

THOMAS J. WALTZ (Eastern Michigan University), William C. Follette (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

Discounting characterizes how rapid the value of an outcome is degraded when that outcome is accompanied by increasing levels of inconvenience. In interpersonally focused behavior therapies the degree to which a client's social goals and aspirations are discounted when then they are accompanied by experiences inconvenient or distressing circumstances is of interest. Participants in this study (n = 219) completed a battery of measures including a) discounting of social goals and related distress, b) positive and negative reinforcement related to social functioning and managing distress, and c) social anxiety. While pervious analyses have found differences in discounting in this data set by those scoring low and high on social anxiety (t(70)= 3.00 , p =0.003, d =0.71, 95% CI [1.31-3.07]), additional analyses will be presented looking at differences in discounting based on self-report of positive and negative reinforcement related to social functioning and managing distress. The results from this analysis will be related to interpersonal functioning treatment targets in clinical behavioral psychotherapy.

 

Evaluating the Efficacy of FAP for Enhancing Social Connectedness in a Distressed College Student Population

DANIEL W. MAITLAND (Western Michigan University), Rachel Petts (Western Michigan University), Christopher Briggs (Western Michigan University), Julissa Duenas (Western Michigan University), Justin A. Moore (Western Michigan University), Scott T. Gaynor (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Functional Analytic Psychotherapy (FAP) is a radical behavioral approach to therapy. This therapy focuses on contingently responding to clinically relevant behavior as it occurs in the room. To date, little research has been conducted exploring the differential impact of FAP compared to other therapeutic conditions. The current study investigates the differences between FAP and a watchful waiting condition in a distressed population recruited from a large Midwestern university. Participants in this study scored one standard deviation below the mean on a measure of social intimacy and met diagnostic criteria for Social Anxiety Disorder, General Anxiety Disorder, a Major Depressive Disorder, Avoidant Personality Disorder, or Dependent Personality Disorder. Participants were then given 6 sessions of FAP or 6 sessions of a watchful waiting condition. Data presented will highlight the impact of FAP on measures of social intimacy and the differential impact compared to the watchful waiting condition.

 
 
Paper Session #353
Biological, Epigenic, and Neurophysiological Mechanisms and Early Child Development
Monday, May 26, 2014
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
W181b (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: DEV
Chair: Grazielle Noro (Universidade Estadual de Londrina)
 

Neuroscience and Behavior Analysis: The Use of Biological Variables to Explain Behavior

Domain: Theory
Grazielle Noro (Universidade Estadual de Londrina), Marcia Cristina Gon Caserta (Universidade Estadual de Londrina), ROBSON ZAZULA (Universidade Estadual de Londrina)
 
Abstract:

Behavior is explained by Behavior Analysis through the interaction between the subject and its environment. The variables that control behavior are in the environment and are determined through a functional analysis. Recently, Neuroscience, which object of study is the nervous system, has also aimed at the study of human behavior through its high-technological instruments and methods. It explains behavior through the clarification of neurophysiological mechanisms that occur within the organism. The aim of this study is to show the current relation between Neuroscience and Behavior Analysis and discuss whether these two sciences may complement each other and contribute to the scientific advance in general. Some studies in Neuroscience were presented, its explanation about the behavioral process based on biological variables and Skinner's objections to such explanations. These objections are based on the different realm of each science and, mainly, on the impossibility of determining through the technology that was known until the 1980s which processes were occurring under the skin. Such limitation may be overcome through the new current technology that can show precise data about the neurobiology of behavior, without invalidating the principles of Behavior Analysis.

 
Discontinuity or Delay Represented by Developmental Measures in Early Childhood
Domain: Basic Research
RAY BROGAN (Kaplan University)
 
Abstract: Measures of developmental progress such as the Revised Gesell Developmental Schedules are normed for infants, toddlers, and children between the ages of birth and six years old. If these measures are taken continuously over the six years for which they are valid, an otherwise normally developing child may demonstrate behavior that is more appropriate for a child of a younger age. Sometimes this younger age is only six months different from the child’s current age. Still, as the schedules were extensively normed, a normally developing child (by definition) would always demonstrate age appropriate behavior. Many times the deviations work themselves out, so that a child in later assessments demonstrates age-appropriate behavior. However, the nature and cause of these deviations have to be explored. These deviations may be presumed to represent either discontinuous development or developmental delay. Without clarifying these issues of the nature and cause, behavioral professionals may reach conclusions that could have long-term effect on the child’s education and welfare. This presentation will report on the lessons learned from conducting early childhood assessments in five different developmental areas. Suggestions and recommendations on addressing these issues will be presented.
 

Epigenetic Mechanisms and the Effects of Post-Natal Maternal Care in the Development of Offspring's Stress Vulnerability

Domain: Basic Research
GRAZIELLE NORO (Universidade Estadual de Londrina), Marcia Cristina Gon Caserta (Universidade Estadual de Londrina)
 
Abstract:

Early life experiences have been consistently related to alterations in the genetic expression through epigenetic mechanisms such as DNA methylation or DNA histone modification. The present study aims to investigate the effects of the maternal care on the development of the stress vulnerability on the infant through epigenetic alterations and its relation as well as the relation of other studies on neurodevelopment, to Behavior Analysis. Dam's behavioral responses of licking, grooming and arched-back nursing their offspring have been related to epigenetic mechanisms that regulate stress reactivity through alterations in the HPA axis function. Offspring of high rates LG-ABN dams showed low vulnerability to stress because of the hypoactivation of the HPA axis mediated by low rates of corticotrophin hormone (CRF), high rates of novelty seeking, low rates of DNA methylation and high rates of DNA deacethylation of glucocorticoids receptor gene promoters as well as GABA and benzodiazepinic receptor gene promoters. The epigenetic mechanisms that operate on the offspring show the importance of post-natal maternal care and also relate to B. F. Skinner's statement about the possible physiological alterations related to the operant conditioning. It also signalizes to effective intervention based on the plasticity of the epigenome formation.

 

CANCELLED: Risk-Resiliency Trans-Disciplinary Evaluation: Integration of Developmental and Applied Behavioral Methods for Children 0-5

Domain: Service Delivery
KATHRYN LELAURIN (Memphis, TN)
 
Abstract:

This presentation describes a risk and resiliency trans-disciplinary team approach to diagnostic evaluation and assessment of at risk and developmentally disabled children, birth to five. The evaluative process involves multiple settings, multiple opportunities to respond and multiple informants in an overlapping format compressing evaluation time to minimally tax children and families plus yield higher reliability and validity of findings. Widely available instruments to assess parent, family and child status, risk and protective factors were further operationalized and used by simultaneous observers to yield high inter-observer reliability and data based profiles as well as functional narrative descriptions of current functioning and next steps in development and family support. Video samples of team functioning as well as illustrations of child profiles will illustrate how these methods improve diagnostic precision as well as enhanced specificity in intervention recommendations for families and their children.

 
Conditioning Towards a Climax: A Behavior Analytic Account of Sexual Behavior and Sexual Problems
Domain: Basic Research
DERIC E. TONEY (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
 
Abstract: Among the few powerful primary reinforcers for human behavior we have is sexual contact. The biological and evolutionary roots of such reinforcers are obvious: a species’ survival relies upon the engagement of behavior that results in sexual reinforcement. With the consideration of its evolutionary value, sexual behavior in today’s society occurs less frequently for procreation but more so for recreation. Sexual behavior serves many functions beyond reproduction including a foundational form of interaction within a relationship, an addiction, revenge, and escape. Along with its many functions, sexual behavior also bears with it many problems such as the spread of disease, unplanned pregnancy, sexual dysfunction, the destruction of a healthy relationship, and of course, its ability to break a heart. Despite its immeasurable power and prevalence, behavior analysts have inadequately addressed sexual behavior, perhaps due to its taboo nature. The breadth of sexual problems within a relationship or with an individual is endless. Behavior analysts are equipped with the necessary understanding of human behavior to address such problems but their efforts continue to be placed in almost every area of human behavior except sexual behavior. In this presentation, the author will discuss a behavior analytic account of the complexities of sexual behavior in terms of classical and operant conditioning, the problems associated with sexual behavior, and potential behavioral solutions to such problems.
 
 
 
Symposium #354
Application of the Model of Hierarchical Complexity and Precision Teaching in Interventions
Monday, May 26, 2014
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
W181a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: DEV/OBM; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Michael Lamport Commons (Harvard Medical School)
Discussant: Patrice Marie Miller (Salem State University)
Abstract:

The Model of Hierarchical Complexity is a model that assesses a general, unidimensional behavioral developmental stage that measures difficulty across different domains. Precision teaching involves giving answers to questions and charting the rate of that behavior. These when combined bring about effective behavioral change. The first presentation introduces Developmental Behavior Analytic Therapy that employs the Model of Hierarchical Complexity and aspects of Precision Teaching to help change individuals maladaptive behaviors. The second presentation shows that Precision Teaching is the most effective way of teaching the Model of Hierarchical Complexity. The third presentation shows that the Model of Hierarchical Complexity may be used to promote organizational development. Finally, the fourth presentation discusses how to get individuals to plan their own development using the Model of Hierarchical Complexity and Precision Teaching.

Keyword(s): Hierarchical Complexity, Organizational Development, Planning development, Precision Teaching
 
Developmental Behavior Analytic Therapy
ALICE LOCICERO (Boston Medical Center), Charu Tara Tuladhar (Mount Holyoke College), Michael Lamport Commons (Harvard Medical School)
Abstract: Developmental Behavior Analytic Therapy is the first behavioral therapy with developmental underpinnings. The foundation of this therapy is the theory that developmental stages and value of consequences of a behavior interact to predict an individual's behavior, and also suggests that behavioral problems affect both behavioral developmental stage and value of consequences. The developmental stage model that the therapy incorporates into its working is the Model of Hierarchical Complexity. The therapy aims to help individuals with behavioral problems change specific problem behaviors that consequently help them to lead more satisfying lives. It is suggested that this therapy be used as an adjunct to conventional therapies that specialize in helping individuals cope with behavioral problems. The procedures of the therapy are categorized into three broad steps: a) Building an alliance; b) Presteps in intervention; and c) Intervention. Results from six case studies in which the therapy was used as an intervention showed that five out of the six individuals achieved their target behaviors and increased their developmental stages. The positive results yielded from the small sample the therapy has been applied to thus far, suggests potential benefit and success of the therapy.
 

Effectively Teaching the Model of Hierarchical Complexity

SHULING JULIE CHEN (Stony Brook University), Michael Lamport Commons (Harvard Medical School), Darlene E. Crone-Todd (Salem State University)
Abstract:

The Model of Hierarchical Complexity is a model that assesses a general, unidimensional behavioral developmental stage that measures difficulty across different domains. Teaching the model is a challenge because of the abstract nature of the model. Using traditional method of lecturing to teach the model failed because there was no action required for the learners. One cannot learn without active behaving. Here precision teaching was employed as a new and more effective method of teaching the model to improve students' learning performance. Two components of Precision Teaching were used. First was the systematic method of evaluating instructional tactics and curricula (West & Young, 1992) using Standard Celeration Charting to record the frequency of responding. That helps students to learn the concepts of the model by recording their direct observable behavior that gives them feedback on their success. Second, a variant of SAFMED (Say-All-Fast-Minute-Each-Day-Shuffled) cards with information about the model were used. The 24 participants were from four workshops. Results showed that all the participants met criteria for acquisition indicating that precision teaching was the most effective way of teaching the model.

 

How Measuring Complexity Can Help to Promote Organizational Development

ANDREW M. RICHARDSON (Salem State University), Michael Lamport Commons (Harvard Medical School)
Abstract:

There are many approaches to organizational development (OD), but regardless of what approach is chosen, the end result should be long-lasting change. Making employees aware of the company vision, strengthening inter-personal trust, cooperation and communication, and creating opportunities for employees to be more involved in decision making are just a few common organizational development objectives. These objectives, as well as others, can be easier to achieve with an understanding and utilization of the Model of Hierarchical Complexity. The model is a framework for understanding exactly how hierarchically complex a behavior is. Understanding the complexity of behaviors and recognizing any skills gaps within the organization can shed light on various organizational policies or procedures that may be contributing to an ongoing issue. This understanding can aid consultants and managers alike in making sure that changes are approached systematically. The model provides a basis for sequencing behavioral stage change interventions. Behavioral stage change interventions need to be conditional on the stage of decision making and social perspective taking that exists within the organization. Examples of ways that the model can be used to guide the thinking and planning of organizational development practitioners is explored.

 

Planning One's Own Development within the Developmental Behavior Analytic Therapy

CHARU TARA TULADHAR (Mount Holyoke College), Michael Lamport Commons (Harvard Medical School)
Abstract:

In the Developmental Behavior Analytic Therapy, we have described the basic approach as presented by Charu Tara Tuladhar. This presentation adds what individuals are taught in this therapy to help them achieve their goals. There are two areas in which individuals are coached: a) how to plan one's future and b) how to design external contingencies to accomplish the plans. This is accomplished by follow the standard behavioral and precision teaching rules of thumb including small steps and charting progress. Individuals are assisted in understanding their ultimate goals and the processes needed to achieve them through training in social perspective taking. The intervention also requires organizing environments that push one along the steps that lean one to one's goals. The behavioral Model of Hierarchical Complexity is used to explicitly teach the individuals the developmental sequence required for designing the steps to attain their goals. The substeps within that order of hierarchical complexity are also taught. This intervention causes behavioral stage change in social perspective-taking skills.

 
 
Symposium #355
CE Offered: BACB
Effective Training Strategies and Performance Feedback
Monday, May 26, 2014
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
W194a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Ellie Kazemi (California State University, Northridge)
Discussant: Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Ellie Kazemi, Ph.D.
Abstract:

For decades, researchers have highlighted the importance of establishing effective training strategies and provided evidence that incorrect or unsystematic implementation of behavioral procedures result in variable and poor treatment outcomes. In this symposium, we will present four research studies in which we focus on cost-effective, efficient, and effective training strategies. The first and second presenter will discuss the results of replications of Graff and Karsten (2012), who provided evidence that a self-instructional package could be used to teach special education teachers to implement, score, and interpret the outcomes from both the paired-stimulus and multiple-stimulus without replacement assessments. The third presenter will discuss the results of a component analysis of performance feedback. Lastly, the fourth presenter will discuss the methodological challenges that restrict the current training and supervision literature and will offer possible solutions. We will end the symposium by discussing the implications of these presentations for clinical supervisors who conduct trainings and for researchers invested in effective use of performance feedback.

 

How Can we Maximize a Supervisor's Efficiency?

MARNIE NICOLE SHAPIRO (The Ohio State University), Melissa L. Mendoza (California State University, Northridge), Meline Pogosjana (California State University, Northridge), Ellie Kazemi (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract:

Researchers have developed supervisor-facilitated training to teach staff to implement preference assessments with fidelity. However, it is not time-efficient for supervisors to model appropriate skills, role-play, or provide feedback if the use of a self-instructional package is sufficient to bring staff to mastery. Graff & Karsten (2012) were the first researchers to provide evidence that a self-instructional package could be used to teach staff to implement, score, and interpret the outcomes from both the paired-stimulus and multiple-stimulus without replacement preference assessments. Thus, our objective was to replicate the results obtained by Graff and Karsten. We employed a multiple baseline design across participants and taught 7 undergraduate students to implement, score, and interpret the outcomes from a paired-stimulus preference assessment. We found that 5 out of 7 participants met mastery after we introduced a modified version of the self-instructional package; the remaining 2 participants needed brief sessions of feedback to achieve mastery. We conclude that the use of a self-instructional package may be sufficient for many individuals to acquire the skills for conducting a stimulus-preference assessment. For some individuals, however, a few sessions of brief performance-specific feedback in conjunction with modeling may be necessary for meeting mastery.

 

Can Behavioral Staff be Trained to Implement Paired-Stimulus Preference Assessments Using Only a Self-instructional Package?

MELISSA L. MENDOZA (California State University, Northridge), Marnie Nicole Shapiro (The Ohio State University), Meline Pogosjana (California State University, Northridge), Ellie Kazemi (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract:

Researchers have focused on designing effective and time-efficient strategies to maximize supervisors' time spent on training behavioral staff. Graff and Karsten (2012) found that a written instructional package was sufficient to train 11 special education teachers to conduct, score, and interpret the results from both the paired-stimulus and multiple-stimulus without replacement preference assessments and that the skills generalized to clients. Thus, our main objective was to replicate the study conducted by Graff and Karsten with 5 behavioral staff who provide services to children with developmental disabilities in their homes. We used a multiple baseline across subjects and conducted generalization probes in-field with actual clients. We found that 3 of the 5 participants met mastery after reading the self-instructional package. Of the 2 remaining participants, 1 met mastery after we introduced a slightly modified version of the self-instructional package and the other required brief sessions of feedback and modeling to meet mastery. Results of this study suggest that self-instructional packages can be used to teach staff to conduct paired-stimulus preference assessments; however, some staff may need the addition of feedback and modeling to acquire the skill.

 

A Component Analysis of Feedback

DENICE RIOS (California State University, Northridge), Meline Pogosjana (California State University, Northridge), Candice Hansard (California State University Northridge), Ellie Kazemi (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract:

Feedback interventions have included some or all of the following components: information regarding performance criteria or accuracy of previous performance, strategies for correct responding, delivery of praise or tangibles contingent on correct responding, and opportunities to ask questions. Given the variability in the use of feedback across studies, it is unclear which specific components are necessary for feedback to be effective. This variability may be why researchers have reported inconsistencies in the overall effectiveness of feedback. In this study, using a multiple baseline design, we conducted a component analysis of feedback by exposing 5 undergraduate students to 3 different levels of feedback in an additive sequence. The feedback intervention consisted of the following components: (1) stating the performance criteria, (2) specifying the accuracy of previous performance and (3) modeling plus strategies for future correct responding. We found that the first two feedback components in the sequence were sufficient in bringing the performance of 4 of the 5 individuals to mastery criterion. The implications of these findings for clinical supervisors who provide performance feedback will be discussed.

 

Can a Robot Serve as a Simulated Client?

LISA STEDMAN-FALLS (California State University, Northridge), Denice Rios (California State University, Northridge), Melissa L. Mendoza (California State University, Northridge), Ellie Kazemi (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract:

There are methodological challenges when applied researchers try to isolate effective training variables because in many instances the trainee's performance depends on client responses. Variance in client responding could affect the trainee's opportunities for correct responding and possibly threaten the study's internal validity. To circumvent this problem, some researchers use standardized scripts to train simulated clients (e.g., research assistants) and monitor procedural fidelity as the simulated client interacts with the trainee. We propose the use of a humanoid robot as another potential solution because a robot can be programmed to produce consistent responses eternally. To test if a robot is an effective simulated client in training research, we taught 6 undergraduate students to implement a paired-stimulus preference assessment with either the robot (3 participants) or human simulated client (3 participants). We used a multiple baseline across subjects design and found that all participants implemented a PS preference assessment at the mastery criteria following training and skills generalized across both simulated clients. We conclude that a humanoid robot can serve as a viable simulated client to test training intervention effectiveness. In the future, researchers could evaluate methodological advantages to using a humanoid robot in lieu of a human simulated client.

 
 
Invited Symposium #356
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Contributions of Behavior Analysis to the Study of Obesity
Monday, May 26, 2014
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
W178a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: SCI/CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Erin B. Rasmussen (Idaho State University)
Discussant: Kelly M. Banna (Millersville University)
CE Instructor: Erin B. Rasmussen, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Researchers in the field of behavior analysis have contributed both applied and basic science internationally to the study of obesity. By focusing on the most critical behaviors--eating and physical activity--and the conditions under which they occur, treatment of this health risk becomes possible. Dr. Richard Fleming will begin by reviewing the role of behavior analysis in the obesity literature. Dr. Fergus Lowe and Dr. Pauline Horne will discuss the Food Dudes program, which has enhanced healthy food choices and physical activity with children in the United Kingdom and beyond. Dr. Matthew Normand will describe his programmatic work with measurement and change of physical activity in children. Finally, Dr. Erin Rasmussen will discuss the role of impulsive food choice in obesity in humans and using animal models.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): obesity, eating
Target Audience:

Basic and applied behavior analysts, parents, teachers, and anyone interested in behavior analysis, health, or obesity.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the workshop, participants should be able to (1) Describe some examples of behavior analytic contributions to the study of obesity; (2) Describe behavior analytic techniques that enhance healthy food choices with children and adults; and (3) Describe how to increase physical activity with obese populations.
 

Contributions of Behavior Analysis to Childhood Obesity Research: A Review and Example

RICHARD K. FLEMING (University of Massachusetts Boston)
Abstract:

Behavior analysis has influenced how researchers conceptualize, analyze, prevent, treat, and drive policy around childhood obesity. These contributions have appeared not only in traditional behavior analysis outlets, but also in (1) mainstream pediatrics and obesity journals, often in the form of randomized controlled trial (RCT) between-groups research; (2) the work of centers devoted to affecting food policy, notably the Rudd Center for Food Policy& Obesity); and (3) mass media publications, such as Scientific American. This paper reviews some of these contributions as a means of discussing a promising context for increasing the influence of behavior analysis. It also presents an example of the author's behavioral research on family-based weight loss and weight maintenance intervention with adolescents and young adults with intellectual disabilities (see Figure). Recommendations are made for future contributions of behavior analysis in the area of childhood obesity.

Richard Fleming received his Ph.D. in psychology from the University of Massachusetts Amherst in 1990. He then joined the Department of Psychology at Auburn University, where he was promoted to associate professor and received tenure. In 2000, Dr. Fleming returned to his native New England, where he was an associate professor in the Department of Psychiatry at the University of Massachusetts Medical School. In 2012, he accepted his current position as associate professor and graduate program director in the Department of Exercise and Health Sciences at the University of Massachusetts Boston. Dr. Fleming's research addresses the translation and application of psychological principles to problems of social importance. Specializing in behavioral psychology, he has conducted numerous National Institutes of Health-funded studies that address the prevention and treatment of child and adolescent obesity, the promotion of physical activity and exercise, and media-driven online education, with particular emphasis on people with intellectual and developmental disabilities and their families.
 

Get Up and Go: How ABA Can Help Increase Exercise

RAYMOND G. MILTENBERGER (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

This presentation will discuss Dr. Miltenberger's recent research on promoting exercise and physical activity in children and adults. The talk will start with a discussion of accurate measurement of physical activity and then review studies evaluating behavioral procedures to increase physical activity. The research with children evaluated goal setting, contracting, daily rewards, and exergaming to increase physical activity. Research with adults evaluated an Internet-based program with and without behavioral coaching, goal setting and feedback, and daily action planning. Discussion will center on issues of measurement, treatment effectiveness, and treatment fidelity.

Dr. Raymond G. Miltenberger received his Ph.D. from Western Michigan University and currently is professor of psychology and director of the Applied Behavior Analysis Master's Program at the University of South Florida. He is the author of a highly regarded textbook on behavior modification, which is used at many universities across the country in both undergraduate and graduate courses. Dr. Miltenberger is most well known for having conducted a longstanding and systematic series of studies on clinical (habit) disorders, prevention of abduction, and firearms safety. In particular, his research in the latter two areas has been characterized by the highly creative use of simulations and generalization testing, and by the careful development of task-analysis-based instruction described as "behavioral skills training." In recognition of this work, he has received the Award for Distinguished Contributions to Applied Research from the American Psychological Association (Division 25), and he has served as president of ABAI.  
 

Toward a Functional Analysis of Moderate-to-Vigorous Physical Activity in Children

MATTHEW P. NORMAND (University of the Pacific)
Abstract:

Physical activity, particularly moderate-to-vigorous physical activity (MVPA), is an important class of health-related behavior for children and adults. Insufficient physical activity is risk factor associated with a host of medical problems, including hypertension, Type 2 diabetes and, more generally, obesity. To mitigate these risks, current guidelines from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and World Health Organization state that children should engage in at least 60 minutes of MVPA per day. Unfortunately, recent estimates suggest that few children are this active. Various behavioral interventions have been developed to increase physical activity in children, but with mixed results. Many such studies involve indirect measures of behavior change and, even when change seems evident, suffer from relatively poor long-term intervention effects. More systematic research involving direct measures of behavior is warranted. Moreover, the kinds of pre-intervention functional analyses common in the behavior analysis literature are notably absent from the physical activity literature, perhaps explaining, at least in part, the less than robust intervention effects sometimes reported. This talk will describe a programmatic line of research that begins with the validation of direct measurement strategies for MVPA, progresses to pre-intervention experimental analyses of the environmental variables functionally related to MVPA, and currently involves intervention evaluations based on the outcomes of the pre-intervention analyses. The results of these studies suggest that physical activity can be accurately measured, pre-intervention experimental analyses can be used to identify specific variables that promote MVPA, and that this information can be used to develop interventions to increase MVPA.

Dr. Matthew Normand is an associate professor in the department of psychology at the University of the Pacific and a Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA). His primary scientific interests, broadly defined, are the application of basic behavioral principles to problems of social significance (including obesity and community health issues), verbal behavior, and the philosophy of science. He has authored about three dozen scientific papers and book chapters and more than 100 conference presentations. He is the current editor of The Behavior Analyst, an associate editor for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, and serves on the editorial board of Behavioral Interventions. He is a former associate editor for the journals The Behavior Analyst, Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, and Behavior Analysis in Practice. Dr. Normand is the 2011 recipient of the B. F. Skinner New Researcher Award from the American Psychological Association (Division 25).
 

Obesity, Impulsive Choice for Food, and the Role of Dopamine

ERIN B. RASMUSSEN (Idaho State University)
Abstract:

A pattern of choosing smaller, sooner rewards over larger, later rewards is known as impulsive choice and is an established behavioral mechanism in a variety of putative "addictive" behaviors, including substance abuse and gambling. This model has been applied to understanding food-choice patterns involved in obesity with humans and with rodent models. The talk will present some human and animal data that suggest that dopaminergic processes, particularly those at the D2 receptor subtype, may underlie impulsive food choices. These data suggest, one, that impulsive choice patterns as a behavioral mechanism of addictive behaviors can be extended to obesity, and two, that dopamine may be involved in these processes.

Erin Rasmussen received her Ph.D. from Auburn University in experimental analysis of behavior with an emphasis in behavioral toxicology and pharmacology. She is currently a professor of psychology at Idaho State University, where, in her 9.5 years there helped build a new Ph.D. program in experimental psychology. She conducts research on the behavioral economics and behavioral pharmacology of food and exercise reinforcement using animal models of obesity and humans, with special emphasis on the endocannabinoid, opioid, and dopaminergic neurotransmitter systems. Her recent work has been published in journals including the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, Physiology and Behavior, Experimental and Clinical Psychopharmacology, Behavioral Brain Research, Behavioral Pharmacology, Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior, Behavioural Processes, and Behaviour Research & Therapy. She currently serves on the editorial board for the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior and the ABAI Science Board. She also served as president of Four Corners Association for Behavior Analysis and as the program chair for the Southeastern Association for Behavior Analysis.
 
 
Symposium #357
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Research on Stimulus Equivalence
Monday, May 26, 2014
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
W185bc (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: VBC/EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Megan D. Aclan (The Chicago School, Los Angeles)
Discussant: Linda A. LeBlanc (Trumpet Behavioral Health)
CE Instructor: Megan D. Aclan, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Stimulus equivalence is a critical area of human learning, with broad implications for the analysis of language, cognition, and other areas of complex human behavior. Although much is known about stimulus equivalence classes and how they are formed, much research is still needed on the breadth of repertoires to which stimulus equivalence applies, how equivalence can be more effectively established, and on the application of stimulus equivalence technology to topics conventionally relegated to the cognitive and educational domains, such as analogical reasoning. The papers contained in the current symposium address these challenges. The first paper investigates the effects of differential tact training on the emergence of untrained analogical reasoning relations. The second paper uses tact training of class consistent compounds to investigate the emergence of analogical relations. The third paper uses a stimulus equivalence paradigm to conduct a behavioral investigation into learning styles. The fourth paper evaluates the effectiveness of a novel training procedure by comparing it to the standard match-to-sample equivalence training procedure. The symposium concludes with a discussion by Dr. Linda LeBlanc.

Keyword(s): analogy, derived relations, learning styles, stimulus equivalence
 

The Effects of Differential Tact Training of Stimulus Components on the Emergence of Analogical Reasoning

KELLY QUAH (California State University, Sacramento), Charisse Ann Lantaya (California State University, Sacramento), Careen Suzanne Meyer (California State University, Sacramento), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract:

The purpose of the current study was to examine the effects of differential tact training of stimulus components in the emergence of analogical reasoning. Six undergraduate students were initially trained to tact the images individually as "vek" and "zog" and then were taught to tact compound stimuli as "same" for compound stimuli consisting of images from the same class membership and "different" for compound stimuli consisting of images from different class membership. Participants were then presented with tact and matching-to-sample analogy test consistent with symmetry (BA and CB) and transitivity (AC and CA). Lastly, participants were tested on equivalence class formation across the individual stimuli. All six participants successfully completed the tact and analogy tests without requiring any remedial training. Results show that teaching the participants to name the stimuli individually established discriminative control of the individual components into two separate classes. Verbal reports suggested that when presented with a new compound stimuli, the participants engaged in the intraverbal mediation (e.g., when shown A1C2 the participants will say vek-zog is different) to determine the relations between the stimuli.

 

Developing Analogical Reasoning via Common Tact Training of Class-consistent Compounds

CHARISSE ANN LANTAYA (California State University, Sacramento), Danielle Lise LaFrance (California State University, Sacramento), Sarah Dickman (Marcus Autism Center), Jonathan Fernand (University of Florida), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract:

Attempts to teach analogical reasoning via speaker training alone have produced mixed results, possibly due to the merger of stimulus classes. The purpose of the current study was to control for the possibility that a common reinforcer for tact training of class consistent and class inconsistent compounds would produce non-differential responding on matching-to-sample analogy tests. Six college students were trained to tact AB and BC compounds as "same" if stimuli were of the same class membership and trained to not respond to figures from a different class membership, (e.g., A1B1 as "same" and A1B2 as "different"). Tests of tacts and then analogies (matching compounds) followed. These tact and analogy tests were presented across the compounds consistent with symmetry (BA and CB) and transitivity (AC and CA). Lastly, the participants were exposed to a matching-to-sample task to assess the emergence of equivalence class formation across individual components. Three out of six participants successfully demonstrated all emergent relations. Three participants required remedial training and following the training successfully demonstrated responding to tact and analogy tests of transitivity compounds. Findings thus far suggest the possibility that the common reinforcer in previous studies may have served as a confound.

 

A Comparison of Visual Versus Auditory Match-to-sample in Establishing Stimulus Equivalence: A Behavioral Evaluation of Learning Styles

TAMMY FRINCU (Chicago School for Professional Psychology), Jonathan J. Tarbox (Autism Research Group, Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)), Rachel Findel (Intercare Therapy, Inc.)
Abstract:

There is currently a high social interest in the area of "learning styles," particularly in the field of education. Although much attention is paid to identifying and tailoring instruction to individual's specific learning styles, there is very little empirical support regarding learning styles. Although the concept of learning styles is popular in education, little behavior analytic research has attempted to directly address it. The purpose of the current investigation was to bridge the gap between the lack of research in the area of learning styles with the wide body of behavior analytic research on skill acquisition. Specifically, the current investigation empirically evaluated the effects of stimulus presentation and response requirement on the emergence of derived equivalence relations in typically developing adults. The outcomes will be discussed with respect to the established learning theories and styles, potential impact on traditional educational settings, and directions for future research and practice.

 

Comparison of Two Stimulus Equivalence Training Procedures

MEGAN D. ACLAN (The Chicago School, Los Angeles), Jonathan J. Tarbox (Autism Research Group, Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)), Rachel Findel (Intercare Therapy, Inc.)
Abstract:

Derived relational responding in general, and derived stimulus equivalence in particular, are critical ways in which verbally competent humans demonstrate the application of learning to new and important contexts. The most common approach to teaching equivalence relations is through match-to-sample discrimination training, wherein correct responses to discriminative stimuli are positively reinforced. However, there is limited research on other discrimination training methods for establishing derived equivalence relations. One particular approach that has not been previously investigated is to teach learners to identify "non-examples" of the discrimination being taught, that is, reinforcing selection of incorrect choices when presented with an instruction such as "choose an option that is not an example of X." Therefore, the purpose of this investigation was to compare this modified discrimination training procedure to traditional match-to-sample training, in terms of their relative effectiveness in establishing derived equivalence relations. In addition, a stimulus generalization test was included to compare the relative effectiveness of the two procedures in establishing stimulus generalization of derived relations.

 
 
Paper Session #358
Stimulus Equivalence Using Graph Theory: Basic Concepts and Operations
Monday, May 26, 2014
11:00 AM–11:20 AM
W175a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: TPC
Chair: Celso S. Oliveira (University of Sao Paulo)
 

Stimulus Equivalence Using Graph Theory: Basic Concepts and Operations

Domain: Theory
CELSO S. OLIVEIRA (University of Sao Paulo)
 
Abstract:

Since 1982, many papers have showed results on learning skills using the Stimulus Equivalence paradigm, based on the mathematical Set Theory, using the properties of reflexivity, symmetry and transitivity applied over elements and sets to explain the "emergence"of new relations (not directly taught). Those papers usually refer to words like node, arc, and distance that cannot be explained within the Set Theory. This paper suggests Graph Theory to substitute the Set Theory as the major mathematical support of the equivalence concepts, based on empirical observations from those papers and selects some basic concepts and operations to justify that and to show that it improves the efficiency of learning. Under this new approach, those words have a specific meaning and provide more mathematical properties and attributes such as weight and length of an arc. On the other hand, since a Graph is a complex structure composed of sets (set of arcs, set of nodes, set of Psi relations), it can hold more mathematical properties without excluding the three Set properties mentioned and used to test the emergence of new equivalent classes stimuli during the matching-to-sample (MTS) testing phase. MTS is considered a Graph operator that builds up the resulting graph, after each iteration, that contains the equivalent stimuli in an acyclic connected net. The way MTS works on the graphs shows a unique path between any two equivalent class stimuli, and those paths can be tested with the transitivity and symmetry properties. A teaching strategy can be directed to build balanced tree-like graphs. An experiment uses four classes A, B, C and D, each containing three abstract symbols as elements, and shows the two possibilities of training structures, while another experiment with five classes (A to E), shows the results over the three possible arrangements under Graph Theory. Although MTS is a Graph Operator of Union, there are different strategies to use it to build bigger and more stable graphs.

 
 
 
Invited Tutorial #359
CE Offered: BACB
The Poisoned Cue and its Implications for the Treatment of Children With Autism
Monday, May 26, 2014
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
W180 (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: AAB/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Jesus Rosales-Ruiz, Ph.D.
Chair: Erica N. Feuerbacher (University of Florida)
Presenting Authors: : JESUS ROSALES-RUIZ (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Much is known about discriminative stimuli established using either reinforcing or aversive stimuli and about how these stimuli work as conditioned reinforcers or conditioned aversive stimuli. However, little is known about discriminative stimuli established using both reinforcing as well as aversive events. For this type of stimulus, it has been reported that the interaction between reinforcing and aversive events makes the discriminative function somewhat different from other discriminative stimuli (Hearst & Sidman, 1961). Karen Pryor (2002) called this phenomenon the Poisoned Cue. She suggested that a cue, or SD, that is established using both reinforcing and aversive events leads to the breakdown of the behavior preceding and following the cue. This may be because of an increase in avoidance behaviors and the uncertainty that exists regarding the consequence that will follow. The Poisoned Cue phenomenon is important because it reflects the majority of teaching situations in the real world. SDs in the real world are rarely taught with purely positive reinforcement or purely aversive consequences. This tutorial will present an experimental analysis of the Poisoned Cue, teach participants how to identify situations that involve Poisoned Cues, and discuss solutions for overcoming the effects of Poisoned Cues.

 
JESUS ROSALES-RUIZ (University of North Texas)
Jesus Rosales-Ruiz is an associate professor at the University of North Texas in the Department of Behavior Analysis. He earned his Ph.D. from the University of Kansas in 1995, under the mentorship of two pioneers in the field of behavior analysis, Donald M. Baer and Ogden R. Lindsley. Dr. Rosales-Ruiz is one of the few scientists in the world studying animal training from both the theoretical and applied perspectives. He, along with his students, has greatly contributed to the understanding of the science and practice of animal training. He also studies the antecedent control of behavior, generalization, behavioral cusps, fluency-based teaching, treatment of autism, teaching of academic behavior, rule-governed behavior, and contingency-shaped behavior. He has served on several editorial boards, including the Journal of Precision Teaching and Celeration, the European Journal of Behavior Analysis, and the International Journal of Psychology and Psychological Therapy. He also has served as a reviewer for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, the Journal of Neuroscience Methods, Behavioral Processes, and the Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Bulletin. Dr. Rosales-Ruiz is a fellow of the Eastern Psychological Association, a trustee of the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies and a member of the Association for Behavior Analysis International.
Keyword(s): conditioned stimuli, discriminative stimuli, poisoned cue
 
 
Symposium #360
CE Offered: BACB
The Use of Handheld Technology in Educational Settings: Staff Training, Deictic Frames, and Sentence Discrimination
Monday, May 26, 2014
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
W184a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jason Travers (University of Massachusetts Amherst)
CE Instructor: Elizabeth R. Lorah, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Technological advances continue to abound, while the use of evidence based best practice in terms of technology in educational settings remains relatively stagnant. This can partially be attributed to the lack of research on the use of technology in educational settings. This symposium will present three evidence based research projects that investigate the use of powerful, portable, and readily available technologies are used in instructional settings for students with autism or related disabilities. The first presentation will describe ways in which the use of technology can enhance staff training for individuals working in early intensive behavior intervention. The second presentation will describe an application for handheld devices that can be used to teach deictic frames to students with a diagnosis of autistic spectrum disorder. Finally, the effects of handheld computing devices as a speech-generating device for teaching tacting in a complete sentence for learners with autism or a developmental disability will be described.

 

A Comparison of Data Collection Methods for Conducting Multiple-Stimulus Without Replacement (MSWO) Preference Assessments

JULIE CROUSER (Temple University), Donald A. Hantula (Temple University)
Abstract:

Applied behavior analysis (ABA) therapists working with children with autism in early intensive behavioral intervention programs have higher than average turnover rates. Thus, there is a need for use of job aids to alleviate organizations expenses in training new ABA therapists. At the outset of any intervention program, therapists should conduct a preference assessment with their clients. Undergraduate students, interested in a career working with people with disabilities, participated in a study comparing 2 data collection methods for conducting MSWO preference assessments: electronic and paper-and-pencil. An instructor trained, then evaluated with a checklist, participants in conducting preference assessments using both data collection methods. Paired t-tests were used to compare the 2 types of data collection methods across all mastery criteria. Of 6 checklist components, 2 showed significant differences, indicating the electronic method aided in accuracy in terms of data collection and appropriate placement of items. There was also a significant difference in the total number of checklist components completed correctly, indicating higher accuracy when using the electronic data collection methods. When asked to indicate preference of data collection methods, 31 of 33 participants indicated their preference was the electronic method. These findings should be interpreted with caution as the study had 33 participants and further research should be conducted to determine more conclusive results.

 

Teaching Perspective Taking with Mobile Technology: Expansions on Deictic Framing Protocols

SHAWN PATRICK GILROY (Rowan University, Temple University), Elizabeth R. Lorah (University of Arkansas), Jessica Dodge (Temple University)
Abstract:

Deficits in age-appropriate social interaction in a variety of social situations are often a hallmark feature of autistic spectrum disorder, developmental disability, and intellectual disabilities. Early, intensive intervention using applied behavior analysis is the only intervention that has met criteria for being a ?well-established? treatment many types of these deficits. However, more complex forms of social behavior (e.g. perspective-taking) are not as readily remediated using traditional early, intensive behavioral intervention packages. Deictic framing protocols, instances of relational frames, have been implicated in various forms of complex social behavior. These frames, instances of operant behavior, have been successfully taught to young children with and without autism. Despite the presence of a teaching protocol, typically implemented by adults, such types of behavior are unlikely to generalize to same-age peers. The current study investigated the effectiveness of mobile technology, implemented by matched same-age peers, specifically designed to deliver and guide an intervention protocol.

 

Teaching Tacting Sentence Discrimination with the Use of Handheld Technology

ELIZABETH R. LORAH (University of Arkansas), Ashley Parnell (University of Arkansas), Peggy Schaefer Whitby (University of Arkansas)
Abstract:

The use of the iPad as a speech-generating device for mand training with individuals with autism or related developmental disabilities has received much attention in the literature, as of late. However, little research exists that investigates the use of the iPad as a speech-generating device beyond initial mand training. The purpose of the research was to determine what effect training sentence frame discrimination has on the emerging tact repertoire of children with autism or a developmental disability. To investigate this, participants were taught to answer questions regarding environmental stimuli using the iPad as a speech generating device (SGD), across two-to-three different sentence frames. Baseline data indicated that prior to training, none of the participants accurately labeled environmental stimuli, using a complete sentence, at 80% accuracy. During training, participants were instructed to label environmental stimuli using the electronic device until they reached mastery criteria of 80% accuracy across two-to-three-sentence frames. Following acquisition, discrimination training was introduced. Lastly, generalization was assessed through the removing the SGD and contriving an opportunity for participants to label the environmental stimuli vocally.

 
 
Symposium #361
CE Offered: BACB
Innovations in Assessment and Treatment of Challenging Behavior in Children with Autism
Monday, May 26, 2014
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
W184bc (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Mandy J. Rispoli (Texas A&M University)
CE Instructor: Mandy J. Rispoli, Ph.D.
Abstract:

In this symposium we present three recent single case studies regarding functional analysis and antecedent interventions for challenging behavior with children with autism spectrum disorders. The first paper provides a systematic literature review of 20 peer reviewed studies examining how educators have been trained to conduct functional analyses of challenging behavior. The second paper presents a comparison of the latency to behavior change in a differential reinforcement of other behaviors (DRO) procedure with and without a contingency statement for 3 children with autism. The third paper evaluates the effects of embedding preferred stimuli into instructional materials to facilitate the transfer of mands to receptive identification with 3 children with autism who engage in escape-maintained challenging behavior. All papers will present implications for future research and clinical practice.

Keyword(s): differential reinforcement, functional analysis,, preference
 

Training Educators to Implement Functional Analyses of Challenging Behavior: A Systematic Review

KRISTI MORIN (Texas A&M University), Leslie Neely (Texas A&M University), Mandy J. Rispoli (Texas A&M University), Stephanie Gerow (Texas A&M University)
Abstract:

Functional analyses have been established as an effective assessment methodology used to identify the maintaining function of a variety of behaviors. In recent literature, educators have been successfully trained in transferring this methodology to the classroom by conducting a functional analysis of challenging behavior and implementing a function-based intervention. This study reviews the literature and the evidence base for training educators to conduct a functional analysis. A systematic search was conducted with a total of 20 studies meeting criteria for inclusion in this study. These studies were evaluated in terms of (a) educator characteristics, (b) description of the functional analysis procedures, (c) training procedures, (d) setting where the training occurred, (e) duration of the training, (f) the educator outcomes, and (g) the certainty of evidence. Twenty studies trained 63 participants to implement a combination of five possible functional analyses conditions. Results of training indicated that educators were able to implement the functional analyses with high treatment integrity following training. Implications for practice and recommendations for future research will be included.

 

An Analysis of Contingency Statements in a Differential Reinforcement of Other Behaviors Procedure

STEPHANIE GEROW (Texas A&M University), Mandy J. Rispoli (Texas A&M University), Leslie Neely (Texas A&M University), Jennifer Ninci (Texas A&M University)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to compare the latency to behavior change in a differential reinforcement of other behaviors (DRO) procedure with and without a contingency statement. Three children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) between the ages of 4 and 8 years participated in the study. The study utilized an ABAC design counterbalanced across the three participants, consisting of (A) baseline, (B) DRO with a contingency statement, and (C) DRO without a contingency statement phases. Results indicated that both DRO with and DRO without a contingency statement decreased challenging behavior for all three participants. In addition, the latency to behavior change criteria was shorter in the DRO with contingency statement condition as compared to the DRO without contingency statement condition for two participants. The latency to behavior change was equivalent in both conditions for the third participant. Results indicate that a contingency statement may increase the efficiency of a DRO procedure.

 

The Utility of Preferences in Transferring Mands to Receptive Identification in Children with Autism

JENNIFER NINCI (Texas A&M University), Mandy J. Rispoli (Texas A&M University), Samantha Guz (Texas A&M University), Leslie Neely (Texas A&M University), Kristi Morin (Texas A&M University)
Abstract:

Motivation plays is a pivotal role in the development of language, particularly for individuals with significant language delays. This study aims to assess the role of motivation in facilitating the transfer of mands to receptive identification. Specifically, the purpose of this study is to compare preferred to non-preferred but functional targets on the speed of receptive identification acquisition using an alternating treatments with repeated acquisitions design. Participants include 3 children with autism who communicate through picture exchange and exhibit no prior receptive identification abilities. Mand training through picture exchange will take place with high and low preferred targeted items available and the picture icons exchanged will be paired with the corresponding verbal word. Pictures exchanged to request will be identical to the pictures targeted in receptive identification probes, but reduced in size. Mand training will take place prior to receptive identification probes to determine if the items that the child is more likely to mand for would more readily generalize to receptive identification. Receptive identification of targets will be trained using a research-based teaching package. Generalization to multiple exemplars will also be assessed. Implications for teaching the skill of receptive identification to individuals with autism will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #362
CE Offered: BACB
Challenges to Establishing Joint Attention and Social Referencing Repertoires in Children with Autism
Monday, May 26, 2014
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
W183b (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (New England Center for Children)
CE Instructor: Rebecca P. F. MacDonald, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Deficits in both joint attention and social referencing are core to a diagnosis of autism and remain the most challenging skills to teach in this population. In this symposium we will present data from 3 studies illustrating procedural variations in establishing these skills. The common element across studies is the use of multiple exemplars in training and generalization. This appears to be a critical variable in the demonstration and maintenance of these skills. In the first study Sng assessed and taught children to orient to distressful social stimuli using a variety of scenarios and using social interactions as reinforcers. Her results showed that all children acquired the social orienting response and 2 of the participants generalized to untrained distress scenarios. The second study examined a procedure for establishing the affective behavior of an adult as a discriminative stimulus. Children acquired the discrimination and demonstrated the new skill across untrained stimuli and environments. The third study showed the effectiveness of teaching joint attention using multiple exemplars and script fading. The target population was adolescents who could read. Their findings showed that the training package resulted in acquisition and generalization of initiating joint attention.

Keyword(s): joint attention, social referencing
 

Teaching Children with Autism to Orient to Social Stimuli

SYLVIA SNG (The New England Center for Children), Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (The New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

One of the hallmarks of autism is a failure to orient to social stimuli that are present in the natural environment, and an important implication of this is the failure to attend to distress. The purpose of this study was to teach three 2-year-old children with autism to orient to distress using a multiple baseline across participants design. Orienting to distress in "Hurt," "Spill," and "Choke" scenarios was taught using social reinforcers in a multiple exemplar training format. Mastery of one distress scenario was followed by generalization probes across settings, untrained distress scenarios, and experimenters. Interobserver agreement was collected in 33% of sessions. Results showed that all participants acquired orienting to the Hurt scenario, and that 2 of the 3 participants showed generalization of skills to a different setting, untrained distress scenarios, and to a different experimenter. Results have implications for the use of the multiple exemplar training procedure and identified social reinforcers to teach social orienting and other social behaviors.

 
Teaching Children with Autism to Respond to Facial Expressions within a Social Referencing Paradigm
JAIME DEQUINZIO (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract: Responding to the affective behavior of others (i.e., facial expressions), is an important component of the development of social behavior. One type of social interaction that relies heavily on the ability to respond to the facial cues of others is known as social referencing. During social referencing, infants as young as 6 months of age look to others when confronted with unfamiliar or unexpected events in the environment as a means of determining how to respond to such events. Typically, approach or avoidance responses are learned by responding to positive and negative affective cues of the parent or caregiver (e.g., smiling and frowning). Unfortunately, social referencing repertoires are limited or completely lacking in children with autism. Despite these documented social deficits, little research has focused on ameliorating social referencing deficits. The current study evaluated procedures for establish the affective behavior of others as discriminative stimuli within the social referencing paradigm. One of the three participants learned to discriminate between two facial expressions using manual guidance implemented using a constant time-delay procedure (i.e., 0s delay for the first three sessions of intervention, followed by 3s delay for the remaining sessions). Two of the participants required modifications to the manual guidance procedure (i.e., blocking trial types and pairing verbal instructions) in order to learn the discrimination between facial expressions. Generalization across stimuli and environments was demonstrated by all three participants once acquisition was made during training sessions. This study demonstrate the challenges of teaching social referencing responses to young children with autism.
 

Teaching Joint Attention Skills to Adolescents and Young Adults with Autism Using Multiple Exemplar Training and Script-Fading Procedures

ERIC ROZENBLAT (Caldwell College), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell College), Dawn B. Townsend (Institute for Educational Achievement), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell College), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell College)
Abstract:

Joint attention is defined as coordinating attention between an object and person in a social context and may include such responses as shifts in eye gaze and the use of gestures. Researchers who have taught initiating bids for joint attention have primarily taught it to children with autism between 3 and 8 years of age. The purpose of the current study was to teach four adolescents and young adults with autism to initiate bids for joint attention using multiple-exemplar training, written prompts, and script-fading procedures. Three training categories of stimuli and one probe category were assigned to each participant. A multiple-baseline across participants design was used to examine the effectiveness of the treatment procedure. The results demonstrated that all four participants learned to initiate bids for joint attention under training conditions using both scripted and novel language. Bids for joint attention also generalized to stimuli not used during training.

 
 
Symposium #363
CE Offered: BACB
Extensions of Functional Communication Training to Treat Challenging Behavior Exhibited by Individuals with Autism and other Developmental Disabilities
Monday, May 26, 2014
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
W183c (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin and the Meadows Center for Preventing Educational Risk)
CE Instructor: Terry S. Falcomata, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Although Functional Communication Training (FCT) is one of the most commonly utilized behavioral treatments of challenging behavior, research continues to be conducted for the purpose of extending literature pertaining to FCT. This research has sought to evaluate variables that influence the treatments effectiveness, apply the treatment in novel ways, and evaluate innovative procedures for improving its utility. In this symposium, three papers will be presented describing innovative research in the area of FCT for the treatment of challenging behavior exhibited by individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) and other developmental disabilities. First, Nicole DeRosa and colleagues present data on the relative effects of differing levels of exposure to establishing operations on the effectiveness of FCT. In the second paper, Christina Fragale and Mark OReilly present data on the use of antecedent-based FCT procedure to alter motivating operations and treat challenging behavior displayed by individuals with autism. In the third study, Colin Muething and colleagues present data on the relative effects of various increasing lag schedules of reinforcement on variant mand responding and challenging behavior when embedded in FCT.

Keyword(s): Autism, Challenging Behavior, Developmental Disabilities, FCT
 

The Effect of Varying Duration of Exposure to Establishing Operation On Functional Communication Training Outcomes

NICOLE DEROSA (The Kelberman Center and State University of New York Upstate Medical University), Henry S. Roane (State University of New York Upstate Medical University), William Sullivan (Syracuse University), Janet Diaz (The Kelberman Center and State University of New York Upstate Medical University)
Abstract:

Several studies have identified variables that influence functional communication training (FCT) outcomes. Findings from DeRosa, Fisher, and Steege (in press) suggested that the duration of exposure to the relevant establishing operation (EO) during the initial stages of FCT may be another variable that influences the effectiveness of the intervention. The current study extends previous findings by systematically altering the duration of exposure to the EO based on pre-determined variable interval (VI) schedules of reinforcement across two FCT interventions that include the same response modality. One condition (EO limited) was associated with a dense VI schedule of reinforcement, thus producing relatively brief durations of exposure to the relevant EO. The second condition (EO prolonged) was associated with a lean VI reinforcement schedule, thereby producing longer exposure to the relevant EO. Results of the effects of duration of exposure to the relevant EO on reduction of problem behavior and acquisition of an alternative response varied across participants. Clinical and conceptual implications are discussed.

 

Examination of an Antecedent Communication Intervention within the Classroom Routine to Reduce Tangibly Maintained Challenging Behavior of Students with Autism.

CHRISTINA FRAGALE (The University of Texas, The Meadows Center for the Prevention of Educational Risk), Mark O'Reilly (The University of Texas at Austin)
Abstract:

We examined the use of antecedent communication training as a motivating operation and embedded as part of a school routine, on challenging behavior for two school-aged students with developmental disabilities. The students were taught to request items that were identified as reinforcers for problem behaviors through functional analyses. We hypothesized this condition would serve as an abolishing operation (AO) for challenging behavior. For both students, a multielement design was used to compare the effects of antecedent communication intervention to no communication intervention conditions. Immediately following either condition, the students returned to routine school activities with the reinforcer from the requesting trials present. Results indicate that the students engaged in less challenging behaviors during the school routine activity with the prior condition with the antecedent communication intervention. Teachers may consider how scheduling specific activities in a functional order may help manage challenging behaviors maintained by preferred items in the classroom. Further discussion and implications will also be discussed.

 

Further Evaluation of Lag Schedules of Reinforcement and Functional Communication Training to Increase Variant Mand Responding

COLIN S. MUETHING (The University of Texas at Austin), Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin and the Meadows Center for Preventing Educational Risk), Summer Gainey (The University of Texas at Austin), Cayenne Shpall (The University of Texas at Austin), Katherine Hoffman (The University of Texas), Jennifer Hamrick (The University of Texas at Austin), Bryant C. Silbaugh (The University of Texas at Austin)
Abstract:

Lag schedules of reinforcement have been demonstrated to be effective for increasing response variability in both the basic (e.g. Page & Neuringer, 1985) and applied literature pertaining to individuals with autism (e.g., Lee & Sturmey, 2006). Few studies have evaluated the applied utility of lag schedules on increasing variant responding (e.g., Lee & Sturmey, 2006; Lee et al., 2002); and none have evaluated their effects during functional communication training (FCT) to increase variant mand responding. Previous work of ours has suggested the utility of lag schedules during FCT at relatively dense schedule requirements. In the current study, we evaluated the effects of several distinct and increasing lag schedules of reinforcement and FCT on mand variability in individuals with autism. Functional analyses were first conducted to determine the variables maintaining challenging behavior. Next, we systematically evaluated responding at several increasing lag schedule requirements. Results showed increases in variant mand responding concurrent with increasing requirements of lag schedules of reinforcement. The results also showed that relatively lean lag schedules of reinforcement were achieved while challenging behavior continued at low levels relative to baseline. These results will be discussed in terms of the prevention of clinical relapse during challenges to treatment.

 
 
Paper Session #364
Increasing Social Initiations in Children with Autism
Monday, May 26, 2014
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
W184d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: AUT
Chair: Corinna F. Grindle (University of Wales Bangor)
 

Comprehensive Use of Scripts and Script-Fading Procedures With Young Children With Autism

Domain: Basic Research
ANNA BUDZINSKA (Institute for Child Development in Gdansk), Iwona Ruta-Sominka (Institute for Child Development)
 
Abstract:

This presentation will offer many examples of the uses of scripts and script-fading with young children with autism. These procedures permit planned teaching of language throughout the school day, both in structured activities and in naturally occurring situations. For example, in the classroom, scripts enable children to report what they are going to do and what they have done, and these initiations can be programmed to include multiple sentence structures. Scripts used in the classroom can also promote independence from teachers' prompts, by using textual or photographic cues that enable children to complete academic tasks without teachers' assistance. The presentation will demonstrate uses of scripts presented on PowerPoint, as well as scripts for gym, playground, and independent cooperative play in hallways and common areas of the school. The teaching strategy is particularly well-suited to teaching children to respond to natural stimuli, because instructors can embed audiotapes or textual cues in daily routines and in children's instructional materials. Scripts and script fading is a useful behavior analytic instructional strategy for teaching children with autism language content as well as the interactive process of conversation.

 

Use of a Tactile Prompt to Increase Social Initiations in Children With Autism

Domain: Applied Research
CORINNA F. GRINDLE (University of Wales Bangor), Pagona Tzanakaki (Bangor University), Sarah Dungait (Bangor University), Amy Hulson-Jones (Bangor Univeristy), Maria Saville (Bangor University), J. Carl Hughes (Bangor University), Richard P. Hastings (University of Warwick)
 
Abstract:

Making appropriate verbal initiations to others is an aspect of social interaction that can be problematic for individuals with autism. A variety of teaching and prompting methods have been developed to address the issue including the use of a tactile prompt, a small device that can fit in the participant's pocket and can be programmed to vibrate at regular intervals. Our aim was to extend the existing research on the use of the tactile prompt by incorporating reinforcement during intervention and attempting a systematic fading of the prompt. Three children with autism participated in Study 1 and two children in Study 2. In both studies, the intervention was conducted during free-play activities with mainstream peers. Results indicated that the participants' verbal initiations to their peers increased in comparison to baseline. Additionally in Study 2, the use of both the tactile prompt and the prosthetic reinforcement were successfully faded. Implications regarding the use of covert prompting methods to help individuals with autism in the area of social interactions will be discussed

 
 
 
Symposium #365
Recent Research on ABA in Sports and Fitness
Monday, May 26, 2014
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
W179b (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Diego Valbuena (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

This symposium discusses recent research on the application of ABA in the area of sports and fitness. Increasingly, ABA approaches are being evaluated for enhancing sports performance and increasing fitness levels to promote health. The first paper by Downs, Miltenberger, and Biedronski evaluates video self-evaluation for enhancing the skills of novice yoga practitioners. Increased skill levels can enhance enjoyment and reduce the chance of injuries. The second paper by Kelley and Miltenberger evaluates video feedback for enhancing horseback riding skills of riders who participate in competitions. Increased skill levels can make riders more competitive and help reduce injuries. The third study by Wack, Crosland, and Miltenberger evaluated goal setting and feedback for increasing weekly running distance in beginning runners. The results showed an increase in distance for all 5 runners. These findings are important because the procedures are easy to use and accessible.

Keyword(s): feedback, fitness, goal setting, sports
 

The Effects of Video Self-Evaluation on Skill Acquisition with Yoga Postures

HOLLY DOWNS (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), Jessica Biedronski (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

This study evaluated the use of video self-evaluation and video feedback procedures to enhance the accuracy of yoga poses. In the self-evaluation intervention participants watched their behaviors via video and scored task analyses for feedback for each pose. In the video feedback intervention, the participants and the researcher together scored the task analyses for the behaviors along with practice during video recordings. The interventions were assessed in a multiple baseline across behaviors design. Results show that video self-evaluation increased the accuracy of all poses and video feedback further increased the accuracy on one pose for one participant.

 

Using Video Feedback to Improve Horseback Riding Skills

HEATHER KELLEY (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

This study evaluated video feedback to improve the horseback riding skills of advanced beginner riders. The study focused on three skill sets, those used in jumping over obstacles, dressage riding on the flat, and jumping position riding on the flat. Baseline consisted of standard lesson procedures. Intervention consisted of video feedback in which a recorded attempt at the target behaviors was immediately shown to the rider with the instructor and the rider reviewing the video while the instructor delivered feedback. Target behaviors, scored according to checklists that correspond to each skill, increased with each implementation of the intervention procedure in a multiple baseline across participants design.

 

Using Goal-Setting and Feedback to Increase Weekly Running Distance

STEPHANIE WACK (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

This study used a multiple baseline across participants and a changing criterion design to evaluate goal setting with performance feedback for increasing running distance for five healthy adults. Participants set a short-term goal each week and a long-term goal to achieve upon completion of the study. Results demonstrated that goal setting and performance feedback increased running distance for all participants.

 
 
Symposium #366
CE Offered: BACB
Ethical Issues Related to the Use of Social Media by Behavior Analysts
Monday, May 26, 2014
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
W190b (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: CSE; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Neal Miller (University of Memphis)
Discussant: Amanda N. Kelly (Malama Pono Autism Center)
CE Instructor: Neal Miller, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium will explore the unique ethical issues raised for practitioners when using modern online tools such as social media sites. One presentation will cover issues related to dissemination of behavior analysis, and how this can be done responsibly and honestly through these new forms of media. The other presentation will cover privacy issues and dual relationships as they relate to professionals in our field. Each presentation will tie these concerns to the BACB guidelines for ethical conduct, and standards that have been established in other fields of practice. After these presentations, the discussant will share her perspective as someone who has used social media sites extensively to promote behavior analysis, and we will take questions from attendees in order to further explore and discuss the topic of how social media might impact our ethical responsibilities to the public.

 
Privacy and Dual Relationships: Challenges of Practicing Behavior Analysis Ethically in the Digital Age
Laura Baylot Casey (University of Memphis), NEAL MILLER (University of Memphis), Elisabeth Claire Langford (University of Memphis)
Abstract: Practicing behavior analysts are increasingly involved in online marketing and networking through social media. Electronic communication is the means by which we set appointments, send documents, and discuss ideas with colleagues. It is also the way we store personal pictures, joke with our friends, and talk about our formerly private lives. Due to the inevitable overlap of personal and professional lives in the world of social networking, there is a need for special caution when posting information online. Furthermore, issues like “friending” clients or co-workers, and setting up personal blogs can raise issues of confidentiality and dual relationships that relate to our professional ethics. The connection between these issues and the BACB guidelines for responsible conduct will be discussed, with an emphasis on steps we can take to protect our clients and professional reputation in the digital age.
 

Ethical Considerations in the Dissemination of Behavior Analysis Through Social Media

JONATHAN W. IVY (Mercyhurst University)
Abstract:

As behavior analysts, we believe that we possess a science that could improve the world. However, society has been slow or even reluctant to adopt a science of behavior. The advent of social media and continued improvements in information technology provide new methods by which dissemination could occur. For the first time, behavior analysts have the tools to present our science on the grandest scale. The very potential of this technology is exciting for our field; however, this must be tempered by an ethical duty to be truthful and maintain objectivity. In this presentation, the ethical issues related to dissemination via social media and other information technologies will be explored. Additionally, guidelines and suggestions as to how to make the most of this technology will be provided.

 
 
Symposium #367
Factors Affecting Acquisition and Generalization of Academic Tasks
Monday, May 26, 2014
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
W186 (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kara L. Wunderlich (University of Florida)
Abstract:

The evaluation of methods to increase acquisition rate as well as generalization of language and other academic skills is a critical area of study for both behavior analysts and educators alike. In the first presentation, Wunderlich will present data of an evaluation of the acquisition and generalization of letter names and letter sounds using serial and concurrent training methods with developmentally delayed preschoolers. In the second presentation, Peterson will present data on the relative effects of pre-trial versus post-trial reinforcement choice on academic task performance with children diagnosed with autism. In the third presentation, Richardson will present data on two potential strategies for reducing the effects of overshadowing when using picture prompts to teach sight-word reading with two children diagnosed with autism and one typically developing child. Overall, in this symposium, research will be presented evaluating various methods to improve acquisition rate and generalization when teaching academic skills to students.

Keyword(s): academic skills, choice, generalization, overshadowing
 

An Evaluation of Tact Generalization

KARA L. WUNDERLICH (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Cara L. Phillips (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Jeanne M. Donaldson (Texas Tech University)
Abstract:

In many cases, generalization to novel exemplars does not happen automatically; specific teaching procedures must be used to promote generalization of newly acquired responses. One specific method recommended by Stokes and Baer (1977) was to train sufficient exemplars of stimuli. This research assessed the effectiveness and efficiency of two different training methods (serial and concurrent training) on the generalization of letter identification and letter sounds to untrained exemplars of each stimulus with preschoolers identified as developmentally delayed. Two letters were trained using the serial method and two letters were trained using the concurrent method. Probe sessions to assess for generalization to novel exemplars were conducted throughout the course of the study. Results of the study indicated that the ideal method for promoting generalization may be idiosyncratic; however, concurrent training was more likely to result in greater levels of generalization and required fewer training trials to reach acquisition criteria than serial training.

 

The Effects of Pre-trial Versus Post-trial Reinforcement Choice on Task Performance

CHARLES PETERSON (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Melissa Nissen (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract:

We compared the relative effects of pre-trial versus post-trial reinforcement choice on task performance. Participants were three children diagnosed with autism. Participants were given opportunities to choose a preferred food reinforcer prior to each instructional trial (pre-trial condition) or immediately following each instruction trial (post-trial condition) for completing a certain number of academic tasks. The criteria for earning the reinforcer systematically increased after each trial, and each session continued until the participant asked to switch to a different task. The number of academic tasks completed during each session was compared for the two reinforcement-choice conditions. Two participants completed a similar number of tasks under the two conditions, whereas the third participant showed better performance under the pre-trial choice condition. After the comparison was completed, participants were given opportunities to complete academic tasks under one of the two choice conditions or under a control condition (no reinforcement). Results of this assessment indicated that one participant preferred the post-trial choice condition, whereas the other two participants preferred the pre-trial choice condition. Results have implications for the use of reinforcer choice in academic settings.

 

Using Pictures to Teach Sight-Word Reading

AMY RICHARDSON (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Melissa Nissen (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract:

Research indicates that pairing picture prompts with written text may hinder the acquisition of sight-word reading, a phenomenon that is due, at least in part, to overshadowing (Dittlinger & Lerman, 2011) Nonetheless, few studies have evaluated the conditions under which pictures may be used successfully to teach individuals with disabilities to read sight words. In this study, we extended prior research by examining two potential strategies for reducing the effects of overshadowing when using picture prompts. In the first experiment, sight words were embedded within pictures, but the pictures were gradually faded in as needed using a least-to-most prompting hierarchy. In the second experiment, we embedded text-to-picture matching within our sight-word reading sessions. Two children with autism and one typically developing child participated. Results suggested that these strategies reduced the interference typically observed with picture prompts and enhanced performance during teaching sessions. However, neither strategy accelerated mastery of the sight words relative to a condition under which words were presented without pictures.

 
 
Symposium #368
CE Offered: BACB
Current Issues in Negative Reinforcement and Applied Behavior Analysis
Monday, May 26, 2014
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
W187ab (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University)
CE Instructor: Joseph Michael Lambert, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Negative reinforcement is an important area for applied researchers but it poses certain challenges to understanding and examining its effects on behavior. These three studies examine different aspects of negative reinforcement that are relevant to applied behavior analysis. The first presentation asks whether allowing children with disabilities and escape-maintained problem behavior to delay demands using a functional communication response will reduce problem behavior once those demands are re-presented. The second presentation examines whether individuals are equally sensitive to reinforcement parameters within positive and negative reinforcement contexts, or whether sensitivity can vary according to the type of reinforcement contingency. The implication of this question determines the degree to which parameter sensitivity assessments can be considered valid across functions. The third presentation reveals the degree to which conducting a systematic demand assessment prior to a functional analysis avoids false-negative findings for escape functions. Together, these presentations provide a practical and theoretically interesting approach to current issues in negative reinforcement and applied behavior analysis.

Keyword(s): delayed demands, demand assessment, Negative reinforcement, parameter sensitivity
 

Effects of Delaying Demands on Escape-maintained Problem Behavior

DANIEL CLARK (Kennedy Krieger Institute, University of Maryland Baltimore County), Sarah E. Bloom (University of South Florida), Megan A. Boyle (Utah State University)
Abstract:

A common suggestion for caregivers of individuals who engage in escape-maintained problem behavior is to provide the option to delay having to complete non-preferred tasks. However, it is unknown whether this eliminates problem behavior or merely delays problem behavior until the time at which the task is unavoidable. The purpose of this study was to determine the extent to which allowing participants to delay non-preferred tasks decreases problem behavior when those tasks are re-presented. Two children participated in this study: one six-year-old male with a diagnosis of attention deficit hyperactivity disorder and one eight-year-old male with a diagnosis of Aspergers syndrome. We compared levels of problem behavior that occurred during unavoidable tasks to those that occurred during tasks that participants postponed using a functional communication response. Results showed that the percentage of unavoidable demands resulting in problem behavior was higher when participants were allowed to postpone the task. Thus, the suggestion to allow individuals to delay having to complete non-preferred tasks may only postpone problem behavior and may in fact increase the percentage of unavoidable tasks that results in problem behavior.

 

Sensitivity of Human Choice to Manipulations of Parameters of Positive and Negative Sound Reinforcement

JOSEPH MICHAEL LAMBERT (Vanderbilt University), Sarah E. Bloom (University of South Florida), Cicely M. Nickerson (Utah State University), Casey Clay (Utah State University), Andrew L. Samaha (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Evidence of the utility of parameter sensitivity assessments in the assessment and treatment of problem behavior is beginning to emerge. Although these assessments have been conducted to evaluate participant sensitivity to parameter manipulations in both positive and negative reinforcement paradigms, no convincing evidence currently exists demonstrating that separate assessments of positive and negative reinforcement are required. The purpose of the current investigation was to determine whether positive and negative reinforcement processes have differential effects on human response allocation when parameters of responding and reinforcement are manipulated. Three undergraduate students participated in a series of assessments designed to identify preferred and aversive sounds with similar reinforcing values. Following sound identification, therapists conducted parameter sensitivity assessments for both positive and negative reinforcers. Parameter manipulations influenced behavior in the same way across reinforcement processes for two participants. However, for one participant, the way in which parameter manipulations influenced behavior differed according to the reinforcement process. Thus, for at least some individuals, positive and negative reinforcement processes may not always influence behavior in identical ways. Clinical and theoretical implications will be discussed.

 
Utility of a Latency-Based Assessment of Demands Prior to Functional Analyses
JOSLYN CYNKUS MINTZ (Little Leaves Behavioral Services), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Andrea R. Reavis (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Functional assessments (FA) are frequently a key element in developing treatments to decrease problem behaviors. It is common practice to systematically assess an individual’s preference for potential positive reinforcers prior to beginning the FA. In contrast, negative reinforcers are commonly conducted at random or by asking caregivers. Call, Pabico, & Lomas, (2009) described a systematic demand assessment to identify the demands most (i.e., high-aversive task) and least (low-aversive task) likely to evoke problem behavior. Following the assessment, a FA was conducted with two demand conditions. For one of the participants, problem behavior was observed in the high-aversive condition and not the low-aversive condition. These results raise the question of the importance of a demand assessment to avoid a false-negative finding for an escape function. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to identify the likelihood of a false-negative finding. From a review of archival data, the FA of individual’s problem behavior used to identify an escape function that included two demand conditions was examined for a false-negative finding. Results showed that a false-negative finding for an escape function would have occurred for two-thirds of participants if only the low-aversive condition had been conducted.
 
 
Symposium #369
Additional Measures within Research on Emergent Relations
Monday, May 26, 2014
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
W176b (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College )
Abstract:

In the present symposium, three papers on additional measures within research on emergent relations will be presented. Steingrimsdottir and Arntzen present a paper on equivalence class formation in six healthy older adults and electroencephalography (EEG) measures. The preliminary results showed some correlation between the likelihood of formation of equivalence classes and the likelihood of being at the first stages of developing dementia, recorded by the EEG (see Figure S_A). In the second paper, Hansen and Arntzen present an experiment in which the was to explore the differential outcomes among eye-response topographies, when using head-mounted eye-tracking technology during the concurrent matching-to-sample formation of five 3-member as well as three 5-member stimulus equivalence classes, respectively. Collected data suggest different eye response pattern in the many-to-one training structure when compared to the one-to-many as well as linear series structures (see Figure H_A). In the third paper, Vie and Arntzen asked if a shift was observed when a one-to-many training structure is used, where each sample is matched to at least two comparisons in the training. The results, so far, does not show the large shift in talking from the last part of training to the test for emergent relations (see Figure V_A).

Keyword(s): additional measures, EEG, eye-fixation, stimulus equivalence
 

Electroencephalography (EEG) Measures and Matching-to-Sample Performances in Older Adults

HANNA STEINUNN STEINGRIMSDOTTIR (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences  ), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences  )
Abstract:

It has been suggested that studying responding in accordance with stimulus equivalence might provide important information about changes in cognition as a function of age. Importantly, such studies could also be important contribution to our understanding of the cognitive changes that happen when a person gets a neurocognitive disorder (NCD) such as Alzheimers disease. It has been difficult to identify those who are at the earliest stages of the disease and efficient methods have been called for. In that regard, it has been suggested that testing for responding in accordance to stimulus equivalence may be an important contribution when looking for those early signs. In this presentation, the results from conditional discrimination learning and testing for responding in accordance with stimulus equivalence in six healthy older adults (6070 years of age) were compared to electroencephalography (EEG) results that are particularly designed for diagnosing dementia. The preliminary results showed some correlation between the likelihood of responding in accordance with stimulus equivalence and the likelihood of being at the first stages of developing dementia, recorded by the EEG. The results are important contribution for further studies in this area.

 

Variability in Fixation Across Training Structures

STEFFEN HANSEN (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences  ), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences  )
Abstract:

Applying eye-tracking technology during Matching-to-Sample performance, additional dependent measures (i.e., observing behavior topographies) add to the evidence that observing behavior vary among different conditional discriminations procedures (e.g., Dube, Balsamo, Fowler, Dickson, Lombard, & Tomanari, 2006). Moreover, initial laboratory work suggests that dependent molecular variables, such as fixation duration, rate, and variability, contribute with supplementary knowledge on stimulus equivalence class formation when generated with different training structures (i.e., Hansen & Arntzen, 2013, October). In a systematic replication, therefore, the purpose of the following investigation is to explore the differential outcomes among eye-response topographies, when using head-mounted eye-tracking technology during the concurrent matching-to-sample formation of five 3-member as well as three 5-member stimulus equivalence classes, respectively. As of now, collected data suggest different eye response pattern in the many-to-one training structure when compared to the one-to-many as well as linear series structures. Hence, in our group design, we plan to recruit a total of 60 university-college students to participate. Furthermore, in accordance with Hansen & Arntzen (2013, October), we expect to note differential results in fixation variability when introducing a more solid (i.e., mixed) training format.

 

Use of a Talk-aloud Protocol and OTM in a Delayed Matching-to-Sample Procedure

ALEKSANDER VIE (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences  ), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences)
Abstract:

In a recent study on the use of a talk-aloud protocol by Vie and Arntzen (2013), showed that several participants had a large shift from almost no talking in the last part of training when the comparison array was present, to over 80 percent talking when the comparison array was present in the test for emergent relations. A many-to-one training structure was employed, and it was suggested that the finding was a result of the training structure. Hence, it was possible for the participants to predict the correct comparison since the samples were matched to one comparison only. The research question in the current study is if the same shift emerges when a one-to-many training structure is used, where each sample is matched to at least two comparisons in the training. The parameters are identical to Vie and Arntzen's (2013) study, except the training structure used. The results, so far, does not show the large shift in talking from the last part of training to the test for emergent relations.

 
 
Symposium #370
Predicting Risk Taking on the Balloon Analogue Task: A Dynamic Analysis of Choice
Monday, May 26, 2014
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
W176c (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Elias Robles (Arizona State University)
Abstract:

The Balloon Analog Risk Task (BART; Lejuez et al., Journal of Experimental Psychology: Applied, 2002, 8, 7584) is a behavioral assessment developed to estimate individual propensity to take risks. Responding on the BART is probabilistically followed by wins or loses over a fixed number of opportunities (balloons). BART scores positively correlate with other behavioral and self-report measures of impulsivity and risk taking. The presentations that make up this symposium explore the utility of dynamically analyzing local response patterns as a function of wins, losses, nature of the reward, and amount of exposure to a modified balloon analogue task (BAT). The first study looks at the predictive validity of the task in relation to real and hypothetical rewards; The second looks at the effects of individual balloon explosions on the behavior of risk takers and non-risk takers; and the third describes an exponential model that effectively predicts responding on individual trials. Taken together, these studies show how differential propensity to make risky choices interacts with the contingencies of reinforcement embedded in the task to produce systematic response patterns, and characteristic overall risk taking scores.

Keyword(s): balloon analogue, choice, dynamic analysis, risk taking
 

Predictive Validity of the Balloon Analogue Task (BAT): Choice Between Real and Hypothetical, Certain and Uncertain Cash

MUCHEN ZHU (Arizona State University), Sineenuch Wongsomboon (Arizona State University), Araceli Moreno (Arizona State University)
Abstract:

Balloon analogue tasks are behavioral simulations developed to estimate individual propensity to take risks. Responding on the BAT is probabilistically followed by wins or loses over a fixed number of opportunities (balloons). BAT scores positively correlate with other behavioral and self-report measures of impulsivity and risk taking. Following random assignment to 1 of 3 choice tasks, young adults (n=61) played the BAT (30 balloons) for points with no monetary value, and then were offered a choice between $5 in cash and betting to win $0 to $15. A fourth group was offered a hypothetical choice between $5 and $0 or $10 based on a coin flip. As expected, the mean number of adjusted responses per balloon in the BAT predicted choice for the riskier monetary option, regardless of whether the choice was real or hypothetical. In addition, the specific task offered to participants in each group significantly contributed to the choice between certain and uncertain cash.

 
Dynamic Adaptation to Wins and Losses on the Balloon Analogue Task (BAT)
ROBERT ROSS (Arizona State University), Mikayla Gilbreath (Arizona State University)
Abstract: The effects of 1, 2, and = 3 consecutive explosions on subsequent risk taking on the BAT were assessed in 30- and 60-balloon sessions. One hundred college students played the BAT for either cash or points without monetary value. Individual responding within balloons was analyzed in terms of the number of immediately preceding consecutive explosions and the distance between each unexploded balloon and the last explosion. A systematic decrease in responding was observed after explosions, followed by recovery to above average levels. In 4 out of 6 cases this pattern was well described by a linear model accounting for = 75% of the variance; data for the remaining function did not have enough cases. Both, the observed decrease in responding following explosions and the subsequent recovery to each subject’s mean were a function of the frequency and recency of the immediately preceding explosions. The effects on risk taking of earning cash and points without monetary value are discussed.
 
Modeling Within- and Between-Trial Patterns of Responding on the Balloon Analogue Task (BAT)
AMANDA SMALL (Arizona State University), Brandon McColley (Arizona State University)
Abstract: Mean adjusted responses (those occurring on unexploded balloons) follow a negatively accelerated pattern over the course of a BAT session. Based on 30-balloon sessions, we tested (n = 61) an exponential raise to the maximum model, r = a (1- e ^(-bi)), where r is the number of responses on balloon in position i, and a is the intercept corresponding to the subject’s overall risk taking score. The simple model effectively predicted (R2 = .75) responding on a different sample of college students (n = 40) playing a 60-balloon BAT session. Consistent patterns of responding within balloons were also observed. For risk takers, responding during unexploded balloons was often characterized by a high steady rate followed by a decrease in response rate right before cashing points to the permanent bank; conversely, for non-risk takers, responding within balloons was often characterized by a wavy pattern resulting from alternating periods of higher and lower rates, and a lower mean number of adjusted responses. These patterns are consistent with rates of risk evaluation associated with varying degrees of loss aversion.
 
 
Symposium #371
Marijuana, Munchies, and Moments: Current Research on Discrimination of Interoceptive and Temporal Stimuli
Monday, May 26, 2014
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
W175c (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: EAB/TPC; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Travis Ray Smith (Southern Illinois University Carbondale)
Abstract:

Behavior analytic interpretations of subjective experience rest upon discrimination of complex relations between environmental stimuli and behavior. Often those discriminations involve interoceptive, private stimuli or spatiotemporally diffuse relations between public stimuli and behavior. This session will be composed of three papers assessing basic research questions related to discriminative control by these complex stimuli. Kangas describes similarity and differences of delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) and anandamide in subjective drug effects and behavioral performances on a remembering task. Jewett explains how a food deprivation discrimination task is used to determine what compounds or nutrients produce subjective states correlated with food deprivation (i.e., hunger) or satiety. Brooks demonstrates how an apparent failure of exteroceptive stimulus control can be understood when subjects responding are shown to be an orderly function of the longest schedule requirement in a variable-interval schedule. The results of these basic behavioral studies can provide the empirical grounding for interpretations of consciousness and self-awareness in everyday situations and perhaps inform our understanding of clinically relevant behavior problems.

Keyword(s): cannabinoid discrimination, hunger discrimination, subjective experience, temporal discrimination
 

Acute Food Deprivation Discrimination and the Search for New Treatments of Eating-related Conditions

DAVID C. JEWETT (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire)
Abstract:

The present talk will describe a novel application of discrimination techniques to further our understanding of the processes associated with the regulation of food intake. We trained rats to discriminative between 22 and 2 hours acute food deprivation in a two-choice operant task. After acquisition of the discrimination, generalization tests were conducted with a variety of orexigenic (feeding-inducing) and anorectic (feeding-suppressing) compounds to determine to what extent compounds that affect food consumption also alter or mimic the discriminative stimulus effects of acute food deprivation. Other tests involved medications with current clinical uses in humans. Results will be discussed both in terms of pharmacological and nutritional mechanisms of action. Results of generalization tests assessing the ability of solid and liquid solutions to alter the discriminative stimulus effects of acute food deprivation will also be discussed. Our findings indicate discrimination tasks can be used to further the understanding of normal biological processes, and these results may also complement the search for better therapeutics.

 
Drug Discrimination as a Benchmark for Emerging Assays in Preclinical Pharmacology
BRIAN D. KANGAS (Harvard Medical School)
Abstract: Drug discrimination procedures have provided a wealth of pharmacological information about behaviorally active drugs including receptor selectivity, potency, efficacy, and indications of abuse liability. The present talk will describe how drug discrimination can also serve as a useful interoceptive standard upon which to juxtapose more complex behavioral endpoints. We studied a variety of cannabinergic CB1 agonists, including delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol (THC), the primary psychoactive ingredient of marijuana. This class of drugs may produce medicinal effects but also may have deleterious effects on cognitive endpoints that cloud their use and further development. Squirrel monkeys engaged in touchscreen-based learning and memory tasks. The effects of several cannabinergic drugs revealed adverse effects on learning and memory at doses comparable to those required to be reliably reported by the subject as THC-like. However, the endocannabinoid anandamide produced no adverse effects, even following doses much larger than those needed to fully generalize to THC. These results indicate that drugs may differ in the relative potency with which they produce comparable interoceptive effects, presumably a measure of their useful receptor-mediated actions, and undesirable effects using cognitive endpoints. The dose ratio of discriminative-stimulus to such adverse effects may provide preclinical evidence of relative safety among therapeutic alternatives.
 

Temporal Discrimination of Inter-reinforcer Intervals in a Modified Stimulus Compounding Procedure

MICHAEL BROOKS (Central Michigan Univeristy)
Abstract:

Stimulus compounding is a procedure in which two or more discriminative stimuli, trained separately, are presented simultaneously in probe sessions and typically results in summated response rates of the compound components. The purpose of this study was to produce the compounding effect of additive summation using stimuli that, during training, alternated daily rather than within the session as is more traditionally done with multiple schedules. Six Sprague-Dawley rats were trained to lever press under a variable-interval 60-s schedule in the presence of either a light or tone stimulus, with the absence of the light and tone signaling extinction. Sessions featuring light or tone alternated daily and were separated by extinction sessions. After extensive training on this procedure, compound probes revealed no evidence of additive summation when the light and tone were presented together. Subjects responded steadily during extinction sessions until a length of time equal to the longest interval of the variable interval schedule had elapsed, at which point responding ceased. Although responding was intended to come under control of exteroceptive tone and light stimuli, it appears that the longest constituent schedule within the array of VI values gained control over responding via acquisition of a more abstract temporal discrimination.

 
 
Symposium #372
CE Offered: BACB
Academic Skills Instruction for Postsecondary Learners with Intellectual Disability
Monday, May 26, 2014
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
W194b (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: David L. Lee (Penn State)
Discussant: William Therrien (The University of Iowa)
CE Instructor: David L. Lee, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Results from the National Longitudinal Transition Study 1 and 2 indicate that more and more young adults with disabilities are pursuing a postsecondary education after high school. However, young adults with intellectual disabilities continued to be the group that was the least likely to participate in any postsecondary education. As a result, these individuals are not likely to benefit from occupations that offer opportunities for advancement and financial security in this economy (Wagner et al., 2005). One of the factors that lead to the low enrollment of young adults with intellectual disabilities in postsecondary education is their limited academic skills, particularly in the areas of reading and writing. Therefore, educators should prepare learners with intellectual disabilities with the academic skills necessary to succeed in the postsecondary education settings. The symposium will include two experimental studies that focus on teaching academic skills to young adults with intellectual disabilities at the postsecondary level. We will also discuss the implication of our findings.

Keyword(s): Academic skills, Assistive technology, Reading comprehension, Writing instruction
 

Reading Comprehension Instruction Using iPad for Learners with Intellectual Disability

YOUJIA HUA (The University of Iowa), Saeed Alqahtani (University of Iowa), Wei Lin Chen (The University of Iowa)
Abstract:

Reading is one of the most important academic skills because it enhances individuals learning opportunities as well as general well-being. One research-based reading intervention that targets both oral reading fluency and reading comprehension is the Reread-Adapt and Answer-Comprehend (RAAC) intervention. Although effective, we found this intervention required extensive amount of time and resources. As an alternative to the RAAC intervention, we utilized the text-to-speech feature of the iPad as a component of a reading intervention for learners with ID. Three students diagnosed with ID participated in the study. RAAC and iPad + Comprehension monitoring are the two interventions. We scored student oral story retell as a dependent variable. During the RAAC condition, the student first read the story grammar questions. Then the student read passage three times. During the iPad + Comprehension monitoring condition, each student read the story grammar questions. The student then listened to the passage using iPads text-to-speech feature. We used a multiple-baseline across the participants design to first investigate the two interventions on reading comprehension of the participants. Then we compared the effects of the two interventions in the context of an alternating treatment design. We will complete data collection by the end of November, 2013.

 
An Investigation of an Editing Strategy with Postsecondary Students with Developmental Disabilities
SUZANNE WOODS-GROVES (The University of Iowa), Doreen J. Ferko (California Baptist University)
Abstract: This investigated the efficacy of an editing strategy designed to improve the editing skills of young adults (ages 19-to-22 years), who were enrolled in a post-secondary education program for individuals with developmental disabilities study (Woods-Groves, Hua, Therrien, Kaldenberg, Kihura, & Hendrickson, in press). Sixteen students were randomly assigned to treatment or control groups and a pre- and posttest design was employed. The students were taught a multi-component editing strategy. The EDIT Strategy (Hughes, et al., 2010) is an example of a learning strategy that was designed to target students’ ability to correct editing errors (i.e., spelling, punctuation, capitalization, substance, and overall appearance) commonly found within their electronically written documents. The treatment group significantly outperformed the control group with regard to the total number of editing errors corrected and in the correction of punctuation and overall appearance errors. In addition, the treatment group significantly outperformed the control group on a maintenance test given 11 weeks following intervention. The results supported the utility of the EDIT Strategy in improving the editing skills of the young adults with developmental disabilities who were taught the strategy.
 
 
Paper Session #373
Efficacy of Varied Prompting Procedures and Considerations of Procedural Fidelity
Monday, May 26, 2014
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
W195 (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: EDC
Chair: Elif Tekin-Iftar (Anadolu University)
 
An Analytic Review of Tactile-Cued Self-Monitoring Interventions
Domain: Applied Research
DENNIS MCDOUGALL (University of Hawaii)
 
Abstract: For the following reasons, tactile-cued self-monitoring (TCSM) is an important topic for people who aim to promote behavioral self-management (BSM) for children and adults. First, TCSM is a variation of audio-cued (ACSM) and visually-cued self-monitoring (VCSM), both of which have moderate to strong impacts on a wide range of behaviors, across diverse participants and settings (McDougall, Morrison, & Awana, 2012). Second, like ACSM and VCSM, TCSM utilizes reactivity (Meichenbaum, 1977; Rachlin, 1974), yet TCSM has emerged only recently as a promising technique (Morrison, McDougall, Black, & King-Sears, in press). Third, TCSM is less intrusive than ACSM and VCSM (McDougall, Farrell, Skouge, & Hoff, 2006). Fourth, the emergence of personal electronic devices, such as smart phones, makes TCSM convenient and accessible. The intended audience for this session includes practitioners and researchers with interests in BSM or self-monitoring, particularly individuals in education and psychology, and individuals who wish to learn how to conduct analytic literature reviews. The presenter will describe processes and outcomes from an analytic literature review that critically analyzes procedural integrity and efficacy of eight TCSM single-case research interventions conducted in educational settings. Major findings from this analytic literature review include: (a) TCSM remains an underutilized, but emerging technique; and (b) most TCSM studies inadequately address important procedural integrity variables (e.g., fail to collect data to evaluate fidelity of initial training and adherence to ongoing procedures during baseline, intervention, or maintenance phases). The session concludes with recommendation for practitioners and researchers.
 

The Importance of Treatment Integrity in Promoting Learning of Children With Developmental Disabilities

Domain: Applied Research
AHMET FIDAN (Sakarya University), Elif Tekin-Iftar (Anadolu University)
 
Abstract:

This study was designed to compare the effectiveness and efficiency of pre-service teacher delivered constant time delay procedure with high and low treatment integrity in promoting learning object naming. The effects of both interventions were tested on acquisition, maintenance, and generalization levels. Efficiency data were collected in the study to compare the efficiency of both procedures and semi-structured interviews were conducted with pre-service teachers to examine the social validity of the study. The pre-service teachers who were the trainers of the study were the senior students at Special Education Department at Anadolu University. Three preschoolers with developmental disabilities (pervasive developmental disorders and autism spectrum disorders) were the participants of the study. They were attending at a university unit at Anadolu University. The independent variables of the study were constant time delay intervention with high and low treatment integrity. Low treatment integrity was defined as delivering controlling prompting with 70% treatment integrity during intervention in terms of the timing of prompting. The dependent variable of the study was learning the names of objects (i. e., the names of school materials, recognizing numbers, and the names of animals). An adapted alternating treatments design was used in the study. The results showed that pre-service teachers were able to implement constant time delay intervention reliably, constant time delay intervention with high and low treatment integrity were equally effective in two participants in promoting learning of object naming. However, this result was not replicated with the third participant. In this participant constant time delay delivered with high treatment integrity was found to be more effective than the other. Generalization findings showed that participants were able to generalized the acquired skills across persons and materials. Due to summer vacation maintenance data were collected only in one participant and these data showed that one, two, and four weeks after the intervention, the participant was able to maintain the acquired skills. Mix results were obtained for the efficiency of both procedures. Social validity findings were positive in general. Based on the data the findings of the study was discussed and recommendations were made for future research and practice.

 
 
 
Invited Paper Session #375
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Clinical and Statistical Applications of Contingency Space Analysis

Monday, May 26, 2014
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
W183a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Brian K. Martens, Ph.D.
Chair: Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
BRIAN K. MARTENS (Syracuse University)
Brian K. Martens, Ph.D., is a professor of psychology at Syracuse University. He received an M.S. degree in combined school/experimental psychology from Colorado State University (behavior analysis focus) and a Ph.D. in school psychology from the University of Nebraska-Lincoln. Dr. Martens served as director of training for the Syracuse University Psychology Program from 1998-2007 and as associate chair and chair of the Psychology Department from 2007-2009. He was editor-in-chief of the Journal of Behavioral Education from 2009-2012 and is a past associate editor for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis. Dr. Martens is a fellow in Division 16 of American Psychological Association, a member of the Society for the Study of School Psychology, and previously served on the board of directors of the Society for the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. He has published more than 110 articles, books, and chapters concerned with translating findings from basic operant research into effective school-based interventions, functional assessment and treatment of children's classroom behavior problems, and the instructional hierarchy as a sequenced approach to skill training.
Abstract:

Sequential recording of behavior and its consequences is a common strategy for identifying potential maintaining variables in the natural environment. Disagreement remains over a standard approach to detecting contingent relations in the resulting data as well as a suitable association metric. One approach reported in the literature involves comparing the conditional probability of a consequence given the occurrence of problem behavior to its conditional probability given the absence of problem behavior. This approach, known as contingency space analysis (CSA) can be used to identify the direction and magnitude of potential reinforcement effects from descriptive assessment data. Moreover, joint occurrences of behavior and its consequences can be summarized in a 2 by 2 contingency table for which an operant contingency value (OCV) can be computed. In this presentation, procedures for conducting and interpreting a CSA are described, and data are presented showing various applications of CSA to clinical decision making. The presentation concludes by comparing the OCV to other measures of association using simulated and empirical data. These analyses suggest that CSA as a general analytical approach and the OCV as an index of contingency are useful tools for helping behavior analysts identify contingent relations during a functional behavior assessment.

Target Audience:

ABA practitioners and applied researchers.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this event, participants will be able to; (a) conduct observations of problem behavior and its consequences using modified partial-interval recording, (b) graph and interpret behavior-consequence data in a contingency space analysis (CSA), (c) describe the relationship between CSA, functional analysis, and treatment outcome data, and (d) describe why the operant contingency value (OCV) is a more robust measure than either the phi coefficient or Yule's Q as a measure of association for 2 by 2 contingency tables.
 
 
Symposium #376
CE Offered: BACB
Examples of Behavioral Analysts Meeting the Needs of School-based Personnel in Behavior Assessment and Intervention
Monday, May 26, 2014
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
W193a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: TBA/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Brenda J. Bassingthwaite (The University of Iowa Children's Hospital)
CE Instructor: Sean D. Casey, Ph.D.
Abstract:

When mandates to conduct function-based assessments of challenging behavior were included in the reauthorization of IDEA in 1997, school-based personnel turned to the field of applied behavior analysis to assist them in understanding how to conduct these assessments (Barnhill, 2005). Behavior analysts have an important role in evaluating the skills of school-based personnel and training personnel to conduct function-based assessment and implement interventions. This symposium discusses findings regarding the needs of school-based personnel to be trained. While Dutt et al. present a tool for assessing the needs and expertise of special educators and associates, Strickland-Cohen and Horner, and Casey et al. present on function-based assessment training projects. All three talks focus on professionals most often responsible for the mandated assessments and most frequently working with students with challenging behaviors (e.g., special educators, associates, school psychologists, social workers, and counselors). As a profession we can help to ensure that they are able to conduct the necessary assessments and implement successful interventions for students engaging in challenging behaviors. Who better than behavior analysts to provide the training that is needed?

Keyword(s): FBA Training, school-based practice
 

A Needs Analysis in Behavioral Assessments and Interventions within Special Education Schools in Singapore

ANURADHA DUTT (Nanyang Technological University), Iris Chen (Nanyang Technological University), Rahul Nair (Nanyang Technological University)
Abstract:

The primary intent of this study was to evaluate the level of skill and training needs/supports required among school personnel (i.e., special educators and teacher associates) in the area of classroom based behavioral assessments and intervention within special education schools in Singapore. Secondary aims included evaluating the psychometric properties of the needs assessment survey form in terms of its reliability (i.e., internal consistency and test retest) for future use within the Singaporean context. A needs assessment survey was administered to 416 respondents across 7 special education schools in Singapore. Results were analyzed using non-parametric statistics (i.e., Mann Whitney U tests) and multiple regression analyses. Results indicated that skills in the areas of behavior assessment and interventions seemed higher in special educators than teaching associates. Conversely, training needs seemed lower in special educators than teaching associates, suggesting that the teaching associates should be the primary target population for training. Additionally, results revealed specific areas of training that need to be targeted in future training workshops. Finally, results suggest that the needs assessment survey is a highly reliable tool to assess competencies/skills in the area of behavior assessments and interventions and moderately reliable to assess training needs within the local context.

 

Training Typical School Personnel to Develop and Implement Basic Behavior Support Plans

M. KATHLEEN STRICKLAND-COHEN (Texas Tech University), Robert H. Horner (University of Oregon)
Abstract:

It has been over 15 years since the 1997 amendments to IDEA explicitly recommended that schools use FBA in their behavior management and disciplinary practices. Yet, in current practice FBA continues to be under-utilized and schools still struggle in their efforts to design and implement effective behavior supports for students who engage in problem behavior (Blood & Neel, 2007; Cook et al. 2012). We evaluated the ability of typical school personnel (i.e., counselors, SPED teachers, school psychologists) with basic behavioral training to develop and implement function-based supports for students with low-level problem behaviors (e.g., talk-outs, out of seat behavior). Descriptive results indicated that following 4 one-hour training sessions 13 participants increased their knowledge related to identifying interventions that were and were not functionally related to problem behavior, and lead school-based teams in developing support plans that were rated as technically sound by external behavior analysts. Data resulting from a multiple baseline analysis across 5 of the trained professionals, each working with a team to address the problem behavior of one elementary school student, demonstrate that plan implementation occurred with high fidelity and was functionally related to decreases in problem behavior and increases in academic engagement.

 

The Challenging Behavior Specialist Project: What Have We Learned After 4.5 Years?

SEAN D. CASEY (The Iowa Department of Education), Brenda J. Bassingthwaite (The University of Iowa Children's Hospital), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa), John F. Lee (The University of Iowa), Kelly M. Schieltz (The University of Iowa), Tory J. Christensen (Association of University Centers on Disabilities), Todd G. Kopelman (The University of Iowa Hospitals and Clinics)
Abstract:

The Iowa Challenging Behavior Specialist Project has completed its fourth year. The purpose of the project was to help develop the skills of Area Education Agency personnel in the area of Function Based Assessment. Through 4 years the CBS project has been successful in achieving its goal of training personnel in the state who address the challenging behavior needs to conduct the advanced level FBAs. The personnel who have trained through the project come from 3 main training backgrounds: school psychologists, special education consultants, and social workers. We evaluated our data on the FBA skills across the 3 types of challenging behavior specialists across 3 main dependent measures (i.e., self-assessments, performance exam, and direct observation) and had found only one statistical difference across groups (i.e., school psychologists > special education consultants and social workers on the performance exam). Despite this lone finding most of our data indicate that training background was of little relevance in the acquisition of FBA skills and the speed upon which skills were learned. Results are further discussed relative to decisions of who should perform high level FBAs in Iowa schools and beyond.

 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #377
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Thinking Scientifically about Clinical Psychology: A Prescription for Narrowing the Science-Practice Gap

Monday, May 26, 2014
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
W375e (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: TPC; Domain: Applied Research
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Edward K. Morris, Ph.D.
Chair: Edward K. Morris (The University of Kansas)
SCOTT O. LILIENFELD (Emory University)
Dr. Scott O. Lilienfeld is a professor of psychology at Emory University in Atlanta, GA. He received his bachelor’s degree from Cornell University in 1982 and his Ph.D. in psychology (clinical) from the University of Minnesota in 1990. Dr. Lilienfeld is associate editor of the Journal of Abnormal Psychology, past president of the Society for a Science of Clinical Psychology, and current president of the Society for the Scientific Study of Psychopathy. Dr. Lilienfeld has published more than 300 manuscripts on personality disorders, dissociative disorders, psychiatric classification, pseudoscience in psychology, and evidence-based practices in clinical psychology. His 2010 book, 50 Great Myths of Popular Psychology, examines a host of widespread misunderstandings regarding human behavior. His most recent book, Brainwashed: The Seductive Appeal of Mindless Neuroscience, was published in 2013, and is co-authored with psychiatrist Sally Satel. Dr. Lilienfeld is a fellow of the Committee for Skeptical Inquiry and (along with Dr. Hal Arkowitz) a regular columnist for Scientific American Mind magazine. In 1998, Dr. Lilienfeld received the David Shakow Award for Outstanding Early Career Contributions to Clinical Psychology from APA Division 12, and in 2007, he was elected as a fellow of the Association for Psychological Science.
Abstract:

Dr. Lilienfeld will begin by laying out the magnitude and scope of the science-practice gap in clinical psychology and allied fields, which refers to striking disjunction between the research evidence for intervention and assessment techniques, on the one hand, and their use in everyday clinical practice, on the other. He will then examine both the distal and proximal sources of this gap, including the resistance to systematic research evidence, with a particular eye on commonplace errors in reasoning to which all of us are prone (e.g., naive realism, confirmation bias, and illusory correlation). In addition, he will discuss the perils of neurocentrism--the assumption that the brain-based level of analysis is inherently more important than other levels of analysis in understanding human behavior--and its implications for research and practice in clinical psychology. He will close with a plea for curricular reform designed to inculcate “fallible humility”--an awareness of our own strengths and limitations as information processors--in the next generation of students.

Target Audience:

Researchers, practitioners, instructors, graduate students, and advanced undergraduates interested in clinical psychology.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the event, participants should be able to (1) Describe the nature and magnitude of the science-practice gap in mental health, including survey statistics on practitioners' use of evidence-based interventions; (2) Identify important sources of this gap, including impediments in reasoning (e.g., naive realism, confirmation bias) and reasons for resistance to scientific evidence; and (3) Understand the dangers or potential dangers of neurocentrism as an approach to understanding human behavior.
 
 
Symposium #378
Determining the Predictive Utility of the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP)
Monday, May 26, 2014
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
W185d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: VBC/OBM; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Gregory S. Smith (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Abstract:

The Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) measures the putative strength of verbal relations among stimuli in an individual's verbal behavioral repertoire. These verbal relations, as measured by the IRAP, have commonly been termed "implicit", as opposed to other methods of assessing verbal relations, such as surveys and questionnaires, which have been labeled as "explicit" measures. Interestingly, implicit and explicit measures tend to diverge when socially sensitive topics are in question, and it has been suggested that the IRAP can provide insight into an individual's attitudes (i.e., history of verbal behavior) which might not otherwise be available for assessment. To the extent this is the case, it is important to investigate which set of assessment measures (implicit or explicit) provides greater prediction of how individuals may behave in other, more naturalistic settings of interest. The papers presented in this symposium investigate this question by use of various implicit and explicit assessments, as well as fairly complex behavioral tasks, for the purposes of determining the extent to which the IRAP or a newer variation of it is capable of serving as a reliable predictor of other behaviors of interest.

Keyword(s): IRAP, predictive utility, verbal behavior
 

Exploring the Predictive Utility of IRAP with an Analog Data Entry Task

GREGORY S. SMITH (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

The IRAP has been used as a means of measuring implicit attitudes, or assessing implicit verbal relations, for several years. Much of the early work with IRAP consisted of validating the results obtained using the IRAP with those of another well-documented tool used for measuring implicit attitudes (i.e., IAT; see Barnes-Holmes, Barnes-Holmes, and colleagues). Findings in this vein have been promising, leading researchers to begin asking the next logical set of empirical questions; primarily, to what extent are the measures captured by the IRAP indicative or predictive of more overt, probable patterns of behavior in naturalistic settings, such as the home, the workplace, or the community at large. Recent work has begun to address this question and more research is needed. The present study investigated this question, as it relates to patterns of behavior in organizational settings, by asking participants to complete an IRAP assessment comprising target stimuli related to attitudes toward the workplace and then exposing participants to an analog data entry work task, with dependent measures related to those concepts assessed in the IRAP. IRAP results are correlated with more overt, persistent behavior patterns in the analog work task to evaluate the extent to which IRAP results are predictive of such behavior, in this particular setting.

 

Refining Investigations of the Predictive Utility of IRAP

BAILEY WILCOX (University of Nevada, Reno), Fabiane Fogaca (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Gregory S. Smith (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

As research with the IRAP has begun moving toward evaluating the predictive utility of the tool, in terms of the extent to which its results are indicative of how individuals may behave in other settings of interest, one particularly challenging aspect of such research has been the ability to develop overtly and objectively observable behavioral measures which correspond well with the concepts assessed in the IRAP. This is an integral component of research designed to investigate the predictive utility of the IRAP, since the inability of an IRAP to predict behaviors which arguably are not relevant to the concepts assessed by the IRAP does not thereby demonstrate that the IRAP cannot, in fact, predict patterns of behavior. Instead, in such an instance nothing can be concluded one way or the other regarding the ability of the IRAP to predict other behaviors of interest. In order to overcome this challenge, observable behavioral tasks and measures that map-on more closely to the concepts targeted by the IRAP are needed. This study extends the research of the first paper presented in this symposium (Smith & Houmanfar), in terms of further refinement of a behavioral task and associated measures which allow for a more confident interpretation of the IRAPs predictive utility with respect to those behavioral measures.

 
 
Poster Session #379
EAB Mon Noon
Monday, May 26, 2014
12:00 PM–2:00 PM
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
1. Problem Solving and Verbal Report in Children and Adults Through a Complex Task
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
HORTENSIA HICKMAN (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Diana Moreno Rodriguez (FES Iztacala Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México  ), Maria Luisa Cepeda Islas (FES Iztacala Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México  ), Patricia Plancarte (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Noe Gracida (Facultad de Estudios Superiores Iztacala, Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Viridiana Ruiz (FES Iztacala Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México  ), Rosalinda Arroyo (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico)
Abstract: Experimental measures that are obtained to evaluate effective behavior in solution of problems and their possible link with the thought or prior planning include reaction times and/or verbal reports of the participants. The purpose of this study was to compare the effective execution of children and adults in a problem-solving task. This was the Tower of London artifact that has proven to be a powerful tool for the study of complex behavior. It worked with two experimental groups of children and adults consisting of 10 members each one. Three experimental conditions were carried out: one training and two test, and at the end of each condition was asked to each participant the verbal report. The data shows descriptive and statistics differences in the three dependent variables evaluated (duration of the trial; movements by way of trial and movements extras for trial) and differences in the verbal reports between children and adults.
 
2. Habilitation non Linguistic Behavior: A Type of Comprehension
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
FARID KALEB HERNADEZ GAMEZ (Universidad Veracruzana), Cecilia Magdalena Molina Lopez (Universidad Veracruzana), Enrique Zepeta Garcia (Universidad Veracruzana), Agustin Daniel Gomez Fuentes (Universidad Veracruzana)
Abstract: Based on Wittgenstein notions of language games the purpose of this study was to describe the actions and activities that make possible a non-linguistic behavior. That is, to study the know-how; this refers to actions. The study objective was analyzed the achievement criteria and the contextual conditions of the resolution of an origami task. Twenty college students of psychology of the University of Veracruz, both sexes between 18 and 21 years old participated on the study. It was used a design intra e inter subject with a training phase, a test of acquisition, a second training phase and a habilitation test. The measurement system was based on an achievement criterion. In the training phases, at least 80% of the students met the achievement criteria. In the habilitation test a 60% of the students achieved the criteria, 45% more that the acquisitions test. The results are discussed from a point of view different to traditionally comprehension notion. These types of comprehensions have to study like an episode and none a inner activities that precede the behavior as an act. The results allowed observing that comprehension is tied to specific performance and differential actions mediated by language.
 
3. Verbal and Non-Verbal Behavior Interactions in a Computerized Adaptation of the Task Designed by Catania et al. (1982): Effects of Embedding an Aversive Contingency
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Camilo Hurtado-Parrado (University of Manitoba & Konrad Lorenz Fundación Universitaria), MÓNICA ANDREA ARIAS HIGUERA (Konrad Lorenz Fundación Universitaria), Camilo Gonzalez (Konrad Lorenz Fundación Universitaria), Erika García (Konrad Lorenz Fundación Universitaria), Karen Henao (Konrad Lorenz Fundación Universitaria), María Carolina Bohórquez (Konrad Lorenz Fundación Universitaria)
Abstract: Research on verbal (VB) and nonverbal behavior (NVB) interactions declined after 1992 (Lloyd, 2002). Aiming to contribute to the revival of this area, we have developed a computerized adaptation of Catania et al.s (1982) procedure that consists of a random-interval (RI) random-ratio (RR) multiple schedule (MSR) operating on buttons that appear on the screen, and automatic shaping of written verbal reports about performance in MSR (SVR). We are using this software to extend Torgrud and Holborns (1990) notion regarding the role of discriminative schedule control (DSC) on VB-NVB correspondence by testing the effects of embedding a response-cost (RC) contingency on the RI component (high response rate produces point loss). We predict that such manipulation will favor DSC and, therefore, VB-NVB correspondence. Four treatment conditions were designed: MRS, MSR+RC, MSR+SVR, and MSR+RC+SVR. In phases with SVR, stable responding interrupts the MSR for a 2-min period during which the participant fills out blanks with unrestricted number of phrases and feedback is provided after each try. Preliminary data of eight participants support the following overall findings: (a) all participants developed the expected differential response rates (low during RI and high during RR), though in different conditions. Six participants maintained these differential rates throughout the rest of the experiment, regardless of change in phases. (b) Seven participants developed verbal reports that conformed to the expected performance in RI and RR. (c) A minimum exposure to seven MSR cycles was required for successful SVR to occur.
 
4. Rates of Delay Discounting as a Function of Decoy Delay and Amount
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
BENJAMIN KOWAL (University of Arkansas at Little Rock)
Abstract: Self-control choices can be influenced by changes in context and researchers are particularly interested in identifying contexts that increase self-control. Participants in the current study were presented with choices between hypothetical immediate and delayed monetary rewards when offered a choice between one immediate (I) and one delayed (D) reward and offered the same choices with the addition of one of three different decoys. Decoys were: D which was available after a longer delay than D, I which was a smaller dollar value than I, or DI which was a smaller dollar value and was available after a longer delay than the other two rewards. D decreased delay discounting rates (t[49])=-3.934, p <.001) and increased self-control as indicated by an increased number of delayed rewards chosen. I had no statistically significant effects. DI marginally decreased delay discounting rates (t[53]=-2.443, p =.018); and increased the number of delayed rewards chosen. The results were only consistent with a priori predictions for D decoys; however, this studys results were similar to results from Reed, Thompson, Osborne, and McHughs (2011) study examining the effects of concurrent tasks on self-control. Both sets of results are consistent with an explanation of self-control in terms of stimulus control.
 
5. On the Persistence of Sunk Cost Effects
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MICHAEL SOFIS (The University of Kansas), David P. Jarmolowicz (The University of Kansas), Jennifer L. Hudnall (The University of Kansas), Mary Ritch (The University of Kansas), Shea M. Lemley (The University of Kansas)
Abstract: The sunk cost effect entails a propensity to differentially allocate future resources as a function of previous investment of time, effort, or money. In a previous experiment, we developed a paradigm wherein trials consisted of a forced choice initial link with three initial investment conditions ($5, $20, $35) and a terminal link investment choice ($5, $20, $50, $80, $95). Using that paradigm, we were able to differentiate the sunk cost effect from the related phenomenon of escalation, yet whether these response patterns would persist over time was unclear. The current experiment was identical except participants had to complete 100 projects as opposed to 30 projects, highlighting the propensity of these response patterns (i.e., the sunk cost effect) to persist or dissipate. The results of the present experiment revealed two main findings. One, the current results replicated our previous findings indicating that the sunk cost effect appears to function differently than escalation. Two, participants are more likely to exhibit both escalation and the sunk cost effect in the first three rounds of trials compared to the last three rounds suggesting potential learning effects.
 
6. Stability Of Delay Discounting Of Gains And Losses Across Two Different Procedures
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
FABIO LEYSER GONCALVES (Universidade Estadual Paulista), Gabriella Fares Carvalho (Universidade Estadual Paulista)
Abstract: Choices between immediate and delayed consequences have been studied through different delay discounting procedures. The study of delay discounting across different procedures is important to evaluate the influence of methodological variables and the stability of the phenomenon. The aim of this research was to compare delay discounting of gains and losses with two different procedures. To evaluate the results 13 participants (undergraduate students, age 19 to 28, 7 men and 6 women) completed the two different procedures for both gains and losses. The first procedure was a long titration procedure with fixed sequences of immediate amounts consecutively presented in ascending or descending order. The second procedure was an amount adjusting procedure in which the immediate amount depends on the participants choice. The order of presentation of gains and losses and of the two procedures was randomized. Results indicates that the mean area under the curve was similar for both procedures [F(1,48) = 0.0252; NS], but smaller for gains when compared to losses [F(1,48) = 8.3231; p < 0,01], no interactions were found. Correlation analysis corroborates the stability of the phenomenon across the two procedures (r = 0.6761, for gains and r = 0.6412 for losses, both with p <0.05).
 
7. Assessing Differences in Discounting Using Linear vs. Exponential Delay Progressions
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
CHARLES FRYE (Utah State University), Jillian Rung (Utah State University), Jonathan E. Friedel (Utah State University), William DeHart (Utah State University), Amy Odum (Utah State University)
Abstract: Studies investigating delay discounting in human participants traditionally use an exponential delay progression. The reason for this seems to be historical precedence, but the importance of the arranged delay progression has not been investigated empirically. The current study investigates differences in discounting rates, within-subject, using exponential versus linear delay progressions. This way of arranging delays also introduces differences in how the delays are described, however. Linear progressions produce fractionated delays (delays described in more than one unit of time). Thus, between subjects, we also assessed differences between the linear delay progression and a pseudo-linear delay progression that controlled for the degree of fractionation. Thus far, there are no systematic differences between either of the linear delay progressions and the exponential progression. Furthermore, there are no differences between the linear and pseudo-linear delay progressions. Thus, the manner in which delays are arranged appears to have little influence on the degree of discounting obtained.
 
8. Test-retest Reliability of a Sexual Activity Discounting Task
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
STEVEN R. LAWYER (Idaho State University)
Abstract: Delay discounting refers to the tendency to prefer smaller-sooner outcomes over larger-delayed outcomes and is an important behavioral aspect of impulsive choice. Researchers typically assess patterns of discounting by posing a series of questions regarding an individual’s preference for different monetary outcomes. Lawyer, et al. (2010) found that individuals also discount the value of sexual activity and that decisions for sexual activity may predict sexual outcomes better than discounting for money (Lawyer & Schoepflin, 2013). The purpose of this study was to establish the test-retest reliability of a sexual activity discounting task vis-à-vis a money delay discounting task. Adult college-student participants (N = 39) completed a standard discounting task that assessed their preferences regarding immediate versus delayed money and a similar task used in previous research that assessed their preferences for immediate versus delayed sexual activity. Bivariate correlations of area under the curve for discounting tasks completed at Time 1 and Time 2 revealed significant correlations for the money (r = .721, p < .01) and sexual activity (r = .724, p < .01). These preliminary data suggest that the sexual activity discounting task has strong test-retest reliability that is similar to the money discounting task.
 
9. A Comparison Involving Delay Discounting of Money and Daily Events for Undergraduate Students
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
TAKU ISHII (Tokuyama University)
Abstract: Discounting of delayed outcomes is an essential component within models of self-control and impulsive choices in various daily settings. However, most laboratory studies with humans investigated choice between immediate and delayed monetary outcomes. In this study, the choice outcomes were six daily events that 53 undergraduate students had likely experienced, such as new hobbies. In the experiment’s first phase, the participants repeated their choices between immediate small amounts of money and delayed large amounts of money in a random adjusting delay procedure that was used to obtain their delay discounting functions. In the second phase, the degrees of desirableness for the six daily events were evaluated via the method of magnitude estimation. In the third phase, the participants repeated the choice between the most desirable event (which was delayed) and a less desirable event (which was immediate), in the same random adjusting delay procedure. The results demonstrated that no participant showed orderly discounting of delayed daily events, even though 23% of participants discounted their delayed monetary outcomes monotonically. This result indicated that the discounting functions of delayed monetary outcomes cannot be directly extrapolated to interpret daily self-control and impulsive choices.
 
10. Probability Discounting of Gains and Losses: The Effect of "Insurance'' on Risk Choice
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
YAUHISA HIZA (Teikyo University), Tomotaka Orihara (Teikyo University), Kaname Mochizuki (Teikyo University)
Abstract: There is growing interest in the difference between prospect theory and behavioral account of risky choice. In this experiment we added "insurance'' to discounting tasks and examined its effect on risk choice. University students performed three discounting tasks with insurance: probability discounting of gains, losses, and gains-losses. At the beginning of each trial, participants made a choice between buying 100 points insurance at 50 point or not. When they didn't buy insurance, standard discounting task was followed: they bet 50 points and made a choice between a probabilistic (50 %) gain/loss (100 points) and a certain gain/loss (50 point). For the gains-losses task, they made a choice between 50 % gain (100 points) and 50 % loss (100 points). When they bought insurance, they could get 100 points from the insurance when they lost gain or made losing, but they lost insurance points (50 points) when they got gain or avoided losing. One participant preferred risk choice in the probabilistic gains condition and preferred risk avoidance in the probabilistic losses. This result is opposed to the prediction from prospect theory. But other showed the preference which is similar to what prospect theory predicts. We continue the experiment with more participants.
 
11. Cross-Strain Delay Discounting in Rats: Several Levels of Analysis
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
BRYAN YANAGITA (University Of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Carla H. Lagorio (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire)
Abstract: Delay discounting procedures evaluate how the value of an outcome decreases as its receipt is delayed over time. In these procedures, subjects typically make repeated choices between having a smaller-sooner outcome (e.g., 1 food pellet now) versus a larger-later outcome (e.g., 4 food pellets in 30-s). Sensitivity to these delays can be assessed using a hyperbolic discounting model, and quantified as a numerical value (k). K-values are widely thought to indicate individual differences in impulsivity; there have been notable differences in average k-values across strains of species as well. The current study compares k-values of two rat strains (Fisher 344 and Sprague Dawley). Initial results suggest that the two strains have similar k-values. However, more molecular analyses indicate that the F-344 strain responds with heightened variability prior to reaching stability, and reaches stability more rapidly. Further research has been continuing to investigate potential strain differences through a series of discrimination assays.
 
12. Social Discounting of Cigarette Smoking in College Students
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
TAKEHARU IGAKI (Ryutsu Keizai University), Paul Romanowich (The University of Texas at San Antonio), Yosuke Hachiga (Keio University)
Abstract: The purpose of the present study was to examine whether social discounting rates differ between cigarette smokers and non-smokers. Participants were college students in some Japanese university. Some were cigarette smokers (n=35), whereas others were nonsmokers (n=186). Social discounting questionnaire was drawn up on the basis of Rachlin & Jones (2008) that assesses the amount of money a participant is willing to forgo in order to give a fixed amount of money (7,500 yen or 7,500,000 yen) to another person. The amount of money a person is willing to forgo decreased as a hyperbolic function of the social distance between that individual and the other person. Moreover, the magnitude effect regarding social discounting was observed across two reward conditions. That is, larger reward amounts were discounted more steeply than smaller ones. However, contrary to the results of Bradstreet et al. (2012) which examined the social discounting function of women smokers during pregnancy, there were no obvious differences of social discounting rates between cigarette smokers and non-smokers. This result may be in part due to a very small number of college students who smoke cigarettes, suggesting that additional research considering the sample size is needed.
 
13. Impulsivity and Credit Card Debt in College Students
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
JORDAN KIST (Mercyhurst University), Jin Ho Yoon (Baylor College of Medicine), Matthew T. Weaver (Mercyhurst Univesity)
Abstract: Increased personal freedom and poor decision making are two common hallmarks of college life. The purpose of this ongoing study is to assess the relationship between impulsivity (delay discounting, Barratt Impulsiveness Scale, Sensation Seeking Scale) and credit card debt among college students. We are particularly interested in the relationship between delay discounting and credit card debt as delay discounting assesses changes in the subjective value of delayed consequences, and previous research has observed associations between delay discounting and impulse disorders (e.g., drug addiction, obesity, problem gambling, etc.). To date, we have enrolled 24 college students, and we project that we will reach our target 90=? by month April, 2014. Preliminary findings indicate an inverse relationship between magnitude of debt and delay discounting. Final results will include an analysis of self-report measures of impulsivity, a credit card survey, and general health assessment. Figure 1. Delay discounting functions for individuals with debt greater than $100, and less than $100. Points show median indifference points for money as a function of delay. Curves represent the best-fit discount functions.
 
14. Temporal and Probabilistic Discounting of Reinforcing Behavior in Couples
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
RAUL AVILA (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Guadalupe Moguel (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Claudia Villagomez (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Abstract: A common assumption in behavior analysis is that what a human does in his interaction with somebody else could be a powerful reinforcer of what the other person does. In the present study the previous assumption was evaluated asking couples to estimate the subjective value of different activities common in the marriage. The value of these activities was compared with the value estimated for different amounts of money by the same couples. Specifically, 30 couples were exposed to an adjusting-amount procedure and chose between different amounts of hypothetical money as reward and between different amounts of time dedicated to different marital activities. For a temporal discounting task delays of 1, 2, 7, 30, 180 y 360 days was evaluated and the discounting of a reward with probabilities of 0.95, 0.75, 0.50, 0.25, 0.10 y 0.05 were implemented. As Figures 1 and 2 show, it was found that for the delayed rewards men discounted the value of money more than the value of marital activities and women showed the opposite effect. For probabilistic rewards both, men and women discounted marital activities more than money. Globally, the previous findings supports the assumption regrinding the reinforcing value of social behavior and also show the generality of the reward-type from primary to marital behavior rewards.
 
15. Effects of Reinforcement Rate and Sugar Concentration on Preference for Traditional and Light Food Composition.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MARINA ZANONI MACEDO (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), A. Celso Goyos (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos  )
Abstract: Food with high sugar concentration exhibits relation with impulsive eating behavior and obesity. This study investigated preference for food with traditional and light composition that has similar organoleptic characteristics and different sugar concentration. One undergraduate student participated in this study that investigated the effect of different schedule on the choices responses pattern. Two stimuli representing the initial link (VI 10s VI 30s) was presented simultaneously to the participant in a chain-concurrent schedule. Choice response in the initial links was followed by the second link of the chain-concurrent schedule. Response in FR1 on second link was followed by the delivering of samples of traditional juice composition (Phase 1) or light juice composition (Phase 2), a 10 seconds inter-trials interval and another trial. Each session lasted 10 minutes. Previous results showed that human subjects have difficult to exhibit maximization in chain-concurrent schedule and edible items may cause satiation throughout the sessions. The results presented here are already been used as a basis for future studies.
 
16. Time Allocation and Response Effort by Free-Ranging Eastern Fox Squirrels (Sciurus Niger)
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
BRADY J. PHELPS (South Dakota State University)
Abstract: Preferred food for free-roaming Sciurus Niger was made available in two identical feeders. The feeders have a hinged-front ledge under which a microswitch was located. The animals can only access the food by raising a lid and can only do by standing or perching on the front ledge. The microswitch which was closed by an animal's weight, operated a timer which incremented cumulative time in terms of hundreths of an hour (36 second intervals). Recordings of time allocation took place from approx. 8:00 am until dusk beginning in September 2013 ongoing in December 2013. Manipulations of response effort took place by the addition of weights to the lids of the feeders. Each weight was approx. 25 grams (24.94 grams) and weights were added in a progressive series of 1, 2, 4, 8, 16 and 24 weights. Weights were used to manipulate the time allocation on a specific feeder by a given animal. Animals typically showed a response bias to feed at a specific feeder and the addition of the weights were able to alter time allocation from one feeder to the alternative and back again. Previous research had been conducted with video time-sampling measures of feeder visits; this is the first study with improved measures of time allocation.
 
17. Effects of Reinforcer Magnitude Variability on Operant Responding and Choice in Rats
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
CRANE A HAVENS (College of Charleston), Chad M. Galuska (College of Charleston)
Abstract: In animal models of gambling, each “play” (e.g., a rat’s lever press) has a small but fixed probability of producing a “win” (food pellets). While probabilistic schedules of reinforcement engender high rates of responding that perhaps model slot machine play, little attention has been devoted to studying how aspects of the payout (size, variability, etc.) affect play. This experiment examines the effects of fixed (e.g., 2 food pellets per win) and variable (e.g., 0-12 pellets per win but averaging 2) payouts on rats’ responding under random-ratio schedules, and also will assess preference between these alternatives. Preliminary results suggest that while fixed reward sizes initially engender higher response rates, variable reward sizes maintain responding longer. Choice between the alternatives and parametric manipulations of the variable reward are underway.
 
18. Failure to Replicate Matching in Conversations
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
CARSTA SIMON (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences  )
Abstract: In an attempt to replicate and extend a 1974 demonstration of matching in conversation by Conger & Killeen, nine German subjects, aged 20-63, each participated in three hours of discussion with two confederates offering different rates of verbal agreement. In condition A, approval was given contingent upon and contiguous with the subjects statements made while they had eye-contact with the approving confederate. In condition B, approval was uttered following a subjects statement whenever scheduled and non-contingent upon eye-contact. Sessions were video-recorded and coded to obtain the duration of the subjects looking at and talking to each confederate, as well as the actual reinforcement rates delivered by each confederate. The equation for the generalized matching law was fitted to the data. Contrary to Conger and Killeens findings, data were not described well by the generalized matching law. What are possible reasons for the data not yielding slopes suggesting that the subjects behavior were sensitive to the approval delivered? In natural interactions, Germans do not express their approval as vividly as Americans do, which might have derogated the reinforcers effects. Additionally, continued interaction with the confederates may have precipitated biases as opinions were stated. Moreover, although statements of approval were standardized as much as possible, merely due to its sparseness, approval delivered by the confederate currently on the lean schedule might have had a larger reinforcement value than approval given by the confederate on the rich schedule. These possibilities are to be reviewed.
 
19. Reinforcer Strength: An Examination of Assumptions of Preference Assessment Results
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
MONIQUE LITCHMORE (Mercyhurst University), Jonathan W. Ivy (Mercyhurst University), Matthew T. Weaver (Mercyhurst Univesity)
Abstract: When using a multiple stimulus without replacement (MSWO) preference assessment, an assumption is made that the item selected first is the most highly preferred, and therefore has the greatest efficacy as a reinforcer. However, an individual who engages in self-control may select the most highly preferred item last (e.g., saving the best for last). This study addressed the validity of the underlying assumption that individuals choose the most highly preferred item first in an MSWO preference assessment. Two groups of subjects participated in an MSWO assessment with various food times and then were reinforced for completing mathematical problems under a progressive ratio schedule (PR). One group (N=16) was reinforced with the first item selected, while the other group (N=16) was reinforced with the last item selected. PR break point, a measure of reinforcer efficacy, was then compared between the groups. The group that responded for the first item the item traditionally interpreted as highly preferred - had a greater mean break point (M=6.6SEM=0.7) than the other group (M=3.5SEM=1.1) (t=2.13, p<.05). This outcome supports the assumption that most participants selected a highly preferred reinforce first. Along with mean data, we will present representative data from individual participants.
 
20. Concurrent Ratio Schedules and the Matching Law
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
BENIGNO ALONSO ALVAREZ (University of Oviedo), Carlos F. Aparicio Naranjo (Salem State University)
Abstract: The generality of the Matching Law was established across species using concurrent variable interval schedules of reinforcement with choice in steady state. Research using concurrent variable ratio instead of variable interval schedules found exclusive preference for the better-off alternative. Yet, this finding has not been documented with choice in transition. This study used concurrent random ratio schedules arranging different rates of reinforcement defining seven components occurring in random order within sessions. Each unsignaled component provided 10 reinforcers and was followed by a 1-minute black out. Results were in keeping with undermatching, ruling out the possibility of exclusive preference. Local and extended levels of analyses showed results consistent with those obtained with choice in transition and concurrent variable interval schedules: a) sensitivity increased with successive food deliveries; b) preference changed with continuations and discontinuations of reinforcers; c) pulses of preference and sequences were similar to those obtained in dynamic reinforcing environments.
 
21. Pigeon Choice Behaviour With Multiple Alternatives
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
EMMA BEEBY (University of Otago), Brent L. Alsop (University of Otago)
Abstract: A lot of what we know about choice is based on research using just two alternatives, there have been relatively few studies that investigate choice using multiple (more than 2) alternatives. Recent research has suggested that data from multiple alternative choice experiments cannot easily be accommodated by the Generalized Matching Law. The goal of this experiment was to look at choice behavior in pigeons with multiple alternatives available and also compare two alternative choice to three alternative choice. Pigeons were presented with three simultaneously available alternatives using a concurrent schedule. These alternatives were assigned to one of three reinforcer ratios, 9:3:1. The reinforcer ratios positions were counterbalanced across pairs of birds. In some conditions all three keys were available and in other conditions only two keys were available. The results showed that pairs of alternatives with the same ratio of reinforcers but different reinforcer rates (i.e., 9:3 & 3:1) produced different measures of preference; log response ratios were greater on average for the 3:1 pair than the 9:3 pair. Choice behavior also seemed to differ when there were two options available compared to three options. This suggests that choice behavior gets more complicated when there are more than two alternatives.
 
22. Choice Between Reinforcers With and Without Delayed Shock
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
AARON DUMAS (West Virginia University), Michael Perone (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Studies comparing the relative value of immediate and delayed consequences have emphasized choice between smaller immediate reinforcers versus larger delayed reinforcers. Less is known about choice situations that feature immediate reinforcement and delayed aversive events. The present experiment used Mazurs titration procedure to examine how an immediate reinforcer is devalued when it is followed by delayed electric shock. Rats were presented with a choice between 1 immediate food pellet versus 2 or 3 immediate pellets and a delayed shock. Trials were divided into blocks with 2 forced-choice trials and 2 free-choice trials. Delay to the shock was raised or lowered across blocks, based on the rats choices in free-choice trials, until an indifference point was reached that is, until the rat chose the two consequences equally often. Indifference points identify the delay to shock that effectively reduces the value of the larger reinforcer to equal the smaller reinforcer. Shock intensity was manipulated across a range from 0.05 mA to 0.8 mA, and shock duration from 100 ms to 200 ms. Indifference points were directly related to shock intensity and duration.
 
23. Contrast and Matching in Multiple VI-DRL schedules
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MATTHEW E. ANDRZEJEWSKI (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater), Nicole Holder (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater), Megan Richards (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater), Kayla Fleck (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater), Amanda Terrinoni (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater)
Abstract: Behavioral contrast refers to a change in responding in one component of a multiple schedule induced by changes in reinforcement probability in another component. Seven rats were exposed to a 2 component multiple schedule, where lever presses in one component were reinforced on a VI-30” schedule, and a DRL schedule in the second component. The value of the DRL (30”, 22.5”, 15”, 7.5” and 3.75”) was manipulated across phases in a pseudo-counterbalanced way and changed only after stable performance was obtained. DRL responding changed as a function of DRL value, as did VI responding, confirming behavioral contrast. The Matching Law described the relationship between DRL and VI performance well (>90% VAC in 6 of 8 rats). In a second, ongoing experiment, the DRL value will be held constant at 15” while the VI will be systematically manipulated. Data from these two experiments will be compared and contrasted in light of the Matching Law and other quantitative models of multiple schedule performance.
 
24. Historical Effort is Not Related to Subsequent Value of Rewards and Cues in Individuals with Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
ASHLEY JONES (Little Red Car ABA Services LLC), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Erin Schaller (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Christopher E. Bullock (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Previous research on within-session contrast has demonstrated that history with discriminative stimuli may bias choice toward cues associated with greater effort (Clement, Feltus, Kaiser, & Zentall, 2000). However, shifting preference for rewards using this procedure has only been demonstrated in one study with rats (Johnson & Gallagher, 2011) and attempts to replicate this procedure have been unsuccessful to date (DeLeon et al., 2011). The current study attempted to alter the value of rewards and discriminative cues associated with these rewards by increasing the historical effort to obtain those rewards. Results indicate that this procedure was unsuccessful or shifted preference away from that reinforcer across participants. The possible sources for these failures are discussed and could be related to methodological or participant specific variables.
 
28. Holding For a Better Outcome: Continuously Changing Probability and Magnitude in an Accumulation Task
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
CHARLES FRYE (Utah State University), Eric A. Jacobs (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Michael Young (Kansas State University)
Abstract: We assessed sensitivity to trade-offs between reinforcer immediacy and amount while probability of reinforcement was simultaneously increasing using the escalating interest task and hold duration as the dependent measure. Four long-evans hooded rats served as subjects for the experiment. Lever holding was probabilistically reinforced with sucrose solution. The magnitude and probability of reinforcement were determined by separate feedback functions. The growth rate for the probability of reinforcement varied daily according to a pseudo-random quaternary sequence. Each day, the growth rate for probability could be positively accelerating, negatively accelerating, or linear. The growth rate for magnitude was always linear. Thus, relatively long hold durations made reinforcement both more likely and, if it was delivered at all, of a greater magnitude. Reinforcement magnitude and probability reached a maximum after hold durations of 10 s. For all four rats, the distribution of hold durations tracked daily changes in feedback conditions, indicating sensitivity to the contingencies.
 
29. The Effects of Reinforcer Banking on Variable-Interval Responding in Pigeons
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
BRIAN TALSMA (Central Michigan University), Eric James French (Central Michigan University), Mark P. Reilly (Central Michigan University)
Abstract: The present research attempts to elucidate the effects of inter-reinforcement interval length on response allocation in concurrent schedules. Variable interval schedules were modified such that reinforcers were added to a bank at the end of each interval with the next interval beginning immediately. A single response produced a single reinforcer from the bank. In this way minimum work requirement and maximum reinforcement rate was identical to typical variable interval schedules with the same intervals. Pigeons responded on a concurrent schedule in which pecks on the left key were reinforced according to a typical variable interval 60-s schedule and pecks on the right key were reinforced according to a variable interval t-s schedule in which reinforcers were banked, in which the average interval (t) value for the right key changed daily between seven different values (7.5, 15, 30, 60, 120, 240, and 480). Analysis using the generalized matching law showed a bias towards the banked schedule of reinforcement in all pigeons.
 
30. Evaluation of Fixed-Ratio Pausing on High Response Cost Activities in Human Healthy Adults
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
BRUNO ANGELO STRAPASSON (Universidade Federal do Paraná), Rodrigo H. Puppi (Universidade Positivo), Rosilaine Morfinato (Universidade Positivo)
Abstract: Laboratory experiments on multiple and mixed fixed-ratio schedules have shown different relations on pauses between reinforcements. We evaluated the relationship between pauses and schedules sizes in two experiments, with five healthy adults subjected to physically intense exercises on an almost natural environment (a regular bodybuilding gym), in the absence of arbitrary reinforcers. In Experiment 1, abdominal exercises of two participants occurred in programmed sessions under a multiple fixed-ratio schedule, alternating between large (30 repetitions) and small (6 repetitions) amounts of exercise series. Joint effects of discriminative stimuli and magnitude of executed series were found, with longer pauses prior and after larger components. In Experiment 2, components of multiple and mixed fixed-ratio schedules were alternated in conditions similar to Experiment 1. All three participants exhibited longer pauses prior to larger components when under multiple schedules, while under mixed schedule the longer pauses occurred after large components for two participants and no important differences in pauses were found for the third participant. The results are consistent with those from highly controlled experimental designs, despite procedural differences, demonstrating a generalization of the effects from pauses on fixed-ratio schedules and expanding the conclusions to healthy adults on usual everyday life activities.
 
31. The Role of Lever Location and Post-Reinforcement Pauses on Fixed Ratio Performances in Rats
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ERIC JAMES FRENCH (Central Michigan University), Mark P. Reilly (Central Michigan University)
Abstract: The purpose of the current study was to assess the role of the post-reinforcement pause in the formation of the Mathematical Principles of Reinforcement (MPR) function. The coupling coefficient in the model carries the theoretical implication that rich schedules garner lowered response rates due to incomplete response-reinforcer coupling. The current research explores the possibility that rates are reduced due to competing behaviors occurring during post-reinforcement pause. Four rats first experienced an increasing progression of fixed-ratio schedules across sessions (2, 4, 16, 32, 64, and 128) under a condition with the lever near the food hopper, followed by a condition where the lever was distal to the hopper. MPR was used to assess both response rates and run rates (post-reinforcement pauses excluded). The model adequately described the data. The rate measures in three rats were distinctly lower with the lever distal from the food hopper. Parameter estimates for the coupling coefficient suggest that the post-reinforcement pause is a large determiner in the ascending limb of the function. However, the longer pauses recorded in the distal lever condition do not fully explain the reduced overall response rates in three of the four rats.
 
32. A Comparison of Response-Contingent and Noncontingent Pairing in the Conditioning of a Reinforcer
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
SARAH J. MILLER (Louisiana State University), Jeffrey H. Tiger (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), George H. Noell (Louisiana State University)
Abstract: Two pairing procedures were compared in the conditioning of a secondary reinforcer with three typically-developing preschoolers. Pairings of neutral stimuli (colored cards) and primary reinforcers were delivered either contingent upon a participant response or noncontingently (i.e., independent of a participant response). Maintenance of responding when responses resulted in the neutral stimulus alone was compared prior to and throughout pairing using progressive-ratio probes. Results yielded undifferentiated responding between the contingently-paired and noncontingently-paired stimuli and a stimulus never paired with reinforcement (a control card), indicating that no conditioning effect occurred. Potential factors in producing this lack of differentiation are discussed, including differences in methodology between this study and past studies.
 
33. Adjustment of Behavior Under Short Functionally Different Temporally Defined Schedules
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MARIO SERRANO (Universidad Veracruzana), Guadalupe Azamar Gonzalez (Universidad Veracruzana), Jose Francisco Dominguez Barrera (Universidad Veracruzana), Zaira Jacqueline García Pérez (Universidad Veracruzana)
Abstract: Using a within subject design rats were exposed to non-contingent (NK), contingent (K), and conditional-contingent (CK) reinforcement (water) using 15 s long temporally defined schedules. The limited-hold period for reinforcement was signaled by tones. Adjustment of behavior to contingency arrangements was calculated using formulas that arithmetically related stimuli (i.e., scheduled and obtained) and functionally-defined different kinds of responses (i.e., required, contingent and persistent). As in previous experiments in which 60 s long schedules were used and lights served as signals, the performance under NK reinforcement was higher that under K reinforcement, which in turn was higher than under CK reinforcement. Adjustment, however, was lower than in previous experiments. These results are discussed in the context of the respondent-operant distinction and interbehavioral psychology.
 
34. Adjustment of Behavior Under Two, Three, and Four Term Contingencies Using Tones as Correlated Stimuli
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MARIO SERRANO (Universidad Veracruzana), Jose Francisco Dominguez Barrera (Universidad Veracruzana), Zaira Jacqueline García Pérez (Universidad Veracruzana), Guadalupe Azamar Gonzalez (Universidad Veracruzana)
Abstract: Using a within subject design rats were exposed to non-contingent (NK), contingent (K), and conditional-contingent (CK) reinforcement (water) using 60 s long temporally defined schedules. The limited-hold period for reinforcement was signaled by tones. Adjustment of behavior to contingency arrangements was calculated using formulas that arithmetically related stimuli (i.e., scheduled and obtained) and functionally-defined different kinds of responses (i.e., required, contingent and persistent). As in previous experiments in which lights were used as correlated signals, the performance under NK reinforcement was higher that under K reinforcement, which in turn was higher than under CK reinforcement. These results are discussed in the context of the respondent-operant distinction and interbehavioral psychology.
 
 
Keyword(s): poster session
 
Poster Session #380
EDC Mon noon
Monday, May 26, 2014
12:00 PM–2:00 PM
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
35. Effects of Attendance of One Disruptive Student on Classroom Wide Rates of Inappropriate Behavior
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
SAMANTHA EVANS (Youngstown State University), Katie DiCola (Youngstown State University), Kristopher Brown (Youngstown State University), Stephen Ray Flora (Youngstown State University)
Abstract: How much trouble can one child be? High rates of inappropriate behavior by a child in educational settings will adversely affect that childs learning and socialization. When a student is behaving inappropriately, by default the student is not behaving appropriately the student is not learning. Compounding this problem is that, through various processes such peer imitation and social reinforcement, inappropriate behaviors of just one child may spread throughout the entire classroom resulting in high rates of inappropriate behavior by many, most, or all, of the other students in the classroom, i.e., whether or not the class as a whole is considered out of control may end up being a function of the presence or absence of just one student. Here pre-intervention data is presented from a fourth grade classroom in an inner city school for children with behavioral and developmental disabilities (ADHD, Autism, etc.) showing that high classroom wide rates of out-of-seat behavior and verbal disruptions were a function of just one students attendance. Thus efforts may need to be made to increase appropriate behaviors and thus decrease inappropriate behaviors of a single student, not just for that students wellbeing, but for the sake of the entire classroom.
 
36. Noncontingent Reinforcement to Decrease Disruptive Classroom Behavior in a Student With Emotional/Behavioral Disorder
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
CHRISTOPHER RUBOW (University of Florida), Christina F. Noel (Western Kentucky University), Joseph H. Wehby (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract:

Noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) is the provision of reinforcing stimuli at fixed intervals, regardless of behavior, while simultaneously extinguishing a behavior that has the same reinforcing stimuli. Noncontingent reinforcement is an evidence-based practice for reducing maladaptive behaviors with a variety of maintaining stimuli in individuals with developmental disabilities (Carr, Severtson, & Lepper, 2009). Noncontingent reinforcement has previously been used to reduce disruptive classroom behaviors in students with emotional/behavioral disorders (EBD) in a psychiatric hospital setting (Rasmussen & O�Neill, 2006). The purpose of this study was to determine the effectiveness of NCR for decreasing disruptive classroom behaviors maintained by attention in a student with EBD. A secondary purpose was to determine the effects of NCR on teacher praise and reprimands. Using a withdrawal design, NCR was provided to a student with EBD during typical classroom instruction. Resulting data supported the effectiveness of NCR to decrease this student�s disruptive behaviors. Additionally, during intervention phases, teacher praise statements increased and teacher reprimands decreased. Results suggest NCR can be used to decrease disruptive classroom behaviors maintained by attention and improve student-teacher dynamics.

 
37. Teachers' Reported Use of Evidence-Based Strategies Based on Applied Behavior Analysis When Dealing With Challenging Student Behavior
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Snaefridur Drofn Bjorgvinsdottir (University of Iceland), ANNA-LIND PETURSDOTTIR (University of Iceland)
Abstract: This poster presents findings on Icelandic teachers' views about challenging behavior and teachers' reported use of strategies based on applied behavior analysis and positive behavior support when dealing with challenging behavior. Additionally, the preservice and in-service preparation for preventing and handling challenging student behavior was examined. Data was collected using a translated and adapted version of Westling's (2010) Questionnaire About Teachers and Challenging Behavior. Participants were 124 general education and special education teachers from nine schools in the capital region in Iceland. Participants answers indicated that they were most likely to use strategies directed to changing the antecedents of behavior and consequences of behavior, such as positive reinforcement. Only 12% felt they received adequate preservice preparation to deal with challenging behavior but one third felt they had received adequate in-service preparation to deal with challenging behavior. Finally, results showed a positive correlation between teachers' preparation in selected areas of applied behavior analysis and positive behavior support and their use of effective strategies when dealing with challenging student behavior (r(70) = 0,33, p = 0,005). The results indicate that there is room for improvement when it comes to teacher preparation in Iceland to deal with challenging behavior and that in-service preparation relates to teachers' use of effective strategies when dealing with challenging behavior.
 
38. Challenging Student Behavior: Perceived Effects on Teachers'Well-Being
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Snaefridur Drofn Bjorgvinsdottir (University of Iceland), ANNA-LIND PETURSDOTTIR (University of Iceland)
Abstract: This poster presents findings on Icelandic teachers' views about challenging behavior and their perceived effects on their well-being and job satisfaction. The study examined the extent of students' challenging behavior, as reported by teachers, as well as its impact on teachers and students. It also examined teachers' perceived support when dealing with challenging student behavior and level of emotional exhaustion, and whether these factors were related to students' challenging behavior. Data were collected using a translated and adapted version of Westling's (2010) Questionnaire About Teachers and Challenging Behavior, with an addition of questions about emotional exhaustion. Participants were 124 general education and special education teachers from nine schools in the capital region in Iceland. Participants reported about one in every four students showing challenging behavior and most teachers said they had to deal with it daily. In most participants' opinion, challenging behavior has negative impacts on themselves and their students. Teachers most often received support from co-workers when dealing with challenging behavior, but seldom from behavior specialists or professionals from outside their school. Finally, results showed that one to three teachers out of every ten experience symptoms of emotional exhaustion and more than half of teachers thought about leaving the profession due to student challenging behavior. Also, a positive correlation between how frequently teachers had to deal with challenging behavior and experience of symptoms of emotional exhaustion was observed (r(84) = 0,34, p = 0,001). The results indicate that challenging behavior of students is common and has a negative impact on teachers' well-being and job satisfaction.
 
39. The Effect of Type, Frequency, and Severity of Children’s Problem Behaviors on Teachers’ Psychosocial Adjustment
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research
SOYOUNG HEO (Yonsei University), Hyeonsuk Jang (Yonsei University), Harim Kim (Yonsei University), Dayi Jung (Yonsei University), You Na Kim (free-lancer), Kyong-Mee Chung (Yonsei University)
Abstract: The purpose of this study is to investigate the effect of type (aggression, self-injurious and stereotypic behaviors), frequency, and severity of children’s problem behaviors on psychosocial adjustment of special education teachers. Participants were 80 teachers (12m & 68f) and their age ranged from 23 to 50 (M=32.33, SD=7.6). Behavior Problem Inventory(BPI), PSS(Perceived Stress Scale), modified Parenting Stress Index(PSI), Maslach Burnout Inventory-General Survey(MBI-GS), and WHOQOL-BREF(World Health Organization Quality of Life Assessment Instrument Brief) were administered. Correlation analysis and backward regression analysis were conducted in this study. The result showed that teachers' psychosocial adjustment, especially stress, was significantly influenced by frequency or severity of aggressive behaviors. The impact of self-injurious and stereotypic behaviors was relatively weak, though it varied across different psychological domains. For example, both behaviors significantly affected teachers' quality of life and job satisfaction. These results suggest that reducing aggressive behaviors should be prioritized when diverse problem behaviors co-exist. Although self-injurious behaviors do not affect significantly to teachers' psychosocial adjustment, it should not be less attended due to its impact on children. More research is needed to investigate the relative impact of other types of challenging behaviors including disruptive behaviors, pica, elopement, etc.
 
40. Assessment of Supportive Behavior of Assistant Teachers in a Japanese Regular Classroom
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
YUKI DOJO (Kobe Gakuin University)
Abstract:

The purposes of the present study were (a) to demonstrate the supportive behavior of assistant teachers in group-oriented regular classrooms in Japan using direct behavioral observation and (b) to examine assistant teachers' descriptive assessment of off-task behaviors of children with special educational needs. Two regular classrooms in a public elementary school in Kobe City were used for this study. The participants of behavioral observation were two assistant teachers: teacher "A", a 40-year-old female supporting a first grade class; and teacher "B", a 43-year-old female supporting a second grade class. We used 30-second interval recordings to observe their supportive behaviors, and antecedent and consequent events. The results of the behavioral observation showed that the most practiced behavior for both teachers was "doing things together" with an average of 25.8%, e.g., letting the target child write in a notebook and read a textbook while at the child's side. "Sitting beside the target child" was the most conducted supportive behavior for teacher A (26.9%), whereas "checking" was the most conducted supportive behavior for teacher B (28.9%). The results of the descriptive assessment revealed that many assistant teachers focused on and supported inattentive behaviors of target children.

 
41. CANCELLED: Teachers Understanding and Management of Challenging Behavior
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
ANNE BUTLER (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign), Lisa Monda-Amaya (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to examine an intervention package on teachers understanding and management of challenging behavior. The study was conducted with five general educators in elementary grades with students with and without disabilities (K-4). A multiple baseline across participants was used to examine both student behavior and teacher behavior and observational data were recorded throughout all phases. After baseline, in Phase One, teachers were provided with an inservice to model typical professional development about function-based interventions and how to recognize and identify the antecedent (and setting events), the operational behavior, and the consequences. In Phase two, teachers were provided with coaching sessions collaboratively with the researcher, to develop interventions to match the function of each students behavior. Results indicate that when teachers were provided with coaching, student challenging behavior decreased and teacher behavior to use effective interventions increased.

 
42. Teacher Praise and Reprimands Directed Toward Students With Problem Behavior: A Reexamination
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
TARA MOORE (The University of Tennessee, Knoxville), Joseph H. Wehby (Vanderbilt University), Daniel M. Maggin (University of Illinois at Chicago)
Abstract: Findings from classroom-based observations indicate recent trends of higher overall rates of teacher approval and lower overall rates of disapproval. However, further results indicate students identified to exhibit problem behaviors generally receive greater amounts of disapproval from their teachers in both general and special education settings. Teachers use of praise and reprimands was examined for 305 elementary-age students identified as exhibiting problem behaviors across two educational settings (i.e., self-contained special education classrooms and general education classrooms). Results indicated slightly higher median rates of teacher reprimands than median rates of teacher praise in both classroom settings, with evidence of high variability in rates of praise and reprimands received by students in the sample. Results also indicated students observed in both classroom settings typically received ratios of praise to reprimands that were much lower than recommendations for effective classroom management. Results of analyses of variance components indicated some teachers were more successful than others at providing high levels of praise to the students in their special education classrooms. This finding may indicate a need for focusing future research and intervention efforts at both classroom levels and within classrooms to increase implementation of positive behavioral interventions and supports for all students.
 
43. The Effects of Response Cost and Self-Monitoring on the Off-Task Behavior of Two Fourth Graders During Large Group Instruction
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
TAYLEE ELESCANO (Weber State University), Natalie Allen-Williams (Weber State University)
Abstract:

This poster will present data from two function-based behavioral interventions that were implemented to decrease the occurrences of off-task behavior by two fourth-grade students with moderate disabilities. Both students were receiving services under IDEA 2004 having been identified with Learning Disabilities. Off-task was defined as any occurrence of the following: looking away from the board, teacher or unfinished work for longer than five seconds, eyes closed and head on students' desk, out of seat, vocal verbal non-content related statements or noises to adults or peers, eyes away from the teacher or text at the time of the observation or playing with items not related to the current lesson. The students were engaging in this behavior in order to escape unwanted tasks and/or gain peer and adult attention. A reversal design was used to verify the effectiveness of the intervention selected. For Chris, whose behavior was maintained both by escape and attention, response cost was implemented using an ABAB design. During baseline his off-task behavior occurred an average of six times during a 15-minute observation. During intervention the students average off-task behaviors decreased to 1.5 occurrences. During the return to baseline, the average off-task behaviors increased well above the initial baseline levels to an average of 11 occurrences. The final implementation phase resulted in an average of 1.68 occurrences of off-task behavior. For David, whose behavior was escape motivated an ABA design was implemented using a self-monitoring system with the MotivAider. During baseline, this student averaged 11 occurrences of off-task behavior and during intervention averaged 4 occurrences, using momentary time-sampling. At the time of submission, data for the return to baseline phase were being collected.

 
44. The Effect of Daily Reinforcement on Student Behavior in a Private Academic School
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
JODI DUGAN (Wesley Spectrum Services)
Abstract: Students attending a private academic school for various reasons; onsite therapeutic support, smaller classroom size/ student population, or alternative placement, pose challenges in meeting the varying needs while maintain motivation. The school is a safe and comfortable environment for students so the week leading up to break present challenges as students prepare for unstructured days equaling increase in inappropriate behaviors. The study examined the effects of daily reinforcement the week leading to break. The study consisted of an ABAB design across the student population of 76 students as well as a focus on 5 students (regular and special education, with varying diagnoses). The dependent variable is the percentage of students earning 80% or more of daily points, which are earned in the classroom by being respectful, responsible, and safe. During baseline, students had no access to a reward. During the experimental phase, students were reinforced with snacks based on having 80% or more points from the day before. Findings thus far show that the number of students earning 80% or more points increased. The 5 students also showed an increase daily through the week. Further data will be collected to confirm the functional relationship.
 
45. Teacher Consultation as an Intervention to Improve Classroom Behavior
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
TERYN BRUNI (Central Michigan University), Michael D. Hixson (Central Michigan University), Jessica Sevecke (Central Michigan University), Seraphim Mork (Central Michigan University), Maria Alejandra Ramirez (Central Michigan University)
Abstract: Using behavioral consultation, off-task behavior of a five-year-old girl measured by the number of redirections by the teacher was decreased using environmental modification (i.e., moved to a different seat in the classroom), differential reinforcement, and token economy. Controlling variables were assessed and baseline data were collected. Variables maintaining the behavior included attention from peers and teacher. Results show that after moving the student away from reinforcing peers, off task behavior reduced dramatically. Reinforcement procedures and the token system was also introduced and seemed to help further reduce and maintain behavior. A natural reversal was implemented when a substitute teacher was present in the classroom. During this time, the number of redirections increased to baseline level. Upon return of the classroom teacher and reinstatement of the intervention, the number of redirections returned to post-baseline frequency.
 
46. Decreasing Talking Out Behavior Using Differential Reinforcement, Response Cost, and Token Economy Through Teacher Consultation
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
SERAPHIM MORK (Central Michigan University), Michael D. Hixson (Central Michigan University), Maria Alejandra Ramirez (Central Michigan University), Jessica Sevecke (Central Michigan University), Teryn Bruni (Central Michigan University)
Abstract: Through teacher consultation “talking out” behavior of an eight-year-old boy was targeted. Goldstein and Goldstein (1990) operationally defined talking out as “spoken words, either friendly, neutral, or negative in content which are directed at either the teacher without first obtaining permission to speak or unsolicited at classmates during inappropriate times or during work periods”(pp. 94-95). His behavior was maintained by teacher and peer attention. The teacher was asked to use a response cost procedure in combination with a token system and time-out from reinforcement as the intervention for a 40-minute duration during the second period of class, when reading was usually taught. Additionally a differential reinforcement procedure using attention from peers was introduced. A replacement behavior of “hand raising” was also instituted. The reinforcers used were praise, peer attention, time with the computer, and reading breaks. Despite the difficulties with fidelity, the intervention was useful in reducing the frequency of talking out in the target student.
 
47. A Multi-Site Efficacy Trial of the Class-wide Function-related Intervention Teams-CW-FIT: A Research to Practice Agenda for Students with and At Risk for EBD-Year 2 Findings (IES # R324A120344)
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
DEBRA KAMPS (Juniper Gardens Children's Project, The University of Kansas), Howard P. Wills (Juniper Gardens Children's Project), Rose Mason (Juniper Gardens Children's Project, The University of Kansas), Joseph H. Wehby (Vanderbilt University), Terrell McGuire (Vanderbilt University), Paul Caldarella (Brigham Young University Positive Behavior Support Initiative), Leslie Gunter (Brigham Young University), Blake Hansen (Brigham Young University)
Abstract: The purpose of the project is to conduct a multi-site efficacy trial of the Class-wide Function-related Intervention Teams Program (CW-FIT) for elementary school students including students with and at risk for Emotional/Behavior Disorders (EBD). The CW-FIT Program includes four elements designed from hundreds of empirical studies: (1) teaching socially-appropriate communicative skills, (2) differential reinforcement using an interdependent group contingency, (3) extinction or eliminating potential reinforcement (attention, escape) for problem behavior, and (4) Tier 2 using self-management, help cards, and functional assessment. The study is based on strong prior evidence of the efficacy of the CW-FIT intervention in seventeen schools. In the current study, schools in Missouri, Utah, and Tennessee are participating in a randomized trial over four years. Year 2 findings will be highlighted with overall outcomes for the first two years as well which include improved class-wide on task behavior and decreased disruptive behaviors for at risk students. Figures present data for the first semester for four classes and at risk students at the Missouri site. Final data will be presented from classes and students across the three national sites for intervention classrooms and for individual students.
 
48. A Comprehensive Intervention to Support Students With Emotional Disturbance Transition to Public Education Placements
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
TRACI ELAINE RUPPERT (University of Oregon), Rohanna Buchanan (Oregon Social Learning Center), Tom Cariveau (University of Oregon), Marilynn Porritt (University of Oregon), Michael Schwartz (University of Oregon), Jill Kornelis (University of Oregon)
Abstract: Students with emotional disturbance are at-risk for multiple negative outcomes including school failure. Statistics from 2003 show that 56% of students with emotional disturbance dropped out of school (USDED, 2005). Prior research has shown that students with emotional disturbance benefit from individualized behavior interventions that include parents and data to inform treatment decisions (Vernberg et al., 2004). The Students with Involved Families and Teachers program incorporates these findings to support parents and students who are placed in treatment settings and transition back into public education placements. The goal of the current study is to increase school success and maintain or increase levels of prosocial behavior during school transitions for students with emotional disturbance. The current project supports parents and students through the development of routines, differential reinforcement, and manipulation of consequences using modeling, shaping, and role-playing during weekly sessions. Coaching sessions are informed by teacher and parent data that rates student behavior across 21 prosocial and 35 challenging behaviors. The results showed that student participants had high rates of challenging behavior before entering the current study with decreases in challenging behavior and increases in prosocial behavior during intervention. These outcomes inform educational practices during transitions for at-risk students.
 
49. Acceptability of Functional Assessment Procedures to Special Educators and School Psychologists: Data From National and State Samples
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
ROBERT E. O'NEILL (University of Utah), Kaitlin Bundock (University of Utah)
Abstract: Functional behavioral assessment (FBA) procedures have been widely researched, disseminated, and practiced for over 30 years. However, there are relatively little data concerning the acceptability of such procedures to various practitioners. This study reports data from both national and state level samples of special education teachers and school psychologists. They were surveyed with regard to their acceptance of various types of FBA procedures (e.g., questionnaires/interviews, observations, experimental functional analyses), their level of familiarity with such procedures, and perspectives on their suitability for students exhibiting milder and more severe problem behaviors. Results will summarize participant demographic characteristics, perceived acceptability of different procedures, and open-ended comments made by participants. (Please note: the attached data tables are a subset of all of the tables that will be presented/available at the poster presentation).
 
50. CANCELLED: Teacher Consultation: Decreasing Student Office Referrals using Self-monitoring and Token Economy
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
JESSICA SEVECKE (Central Michigan University), Michael D. Hixson (Central Michigan University), Teryn Bruni (Central Michigan University), Maria Alejandra Ramirez (Central Michigan University), Seraphim Mork (Central Michigan University)
Abstract:

Through teacher consultation, an intervention was implemented to decrease student office referrals that were a result of excessive "blurting out" in the classroom. "Blurting out," which was defined as speaking out of turn, typically resulted in the teacher sending the student to the office. The teacher identified that referrals were highest during the 90-minute reading block period. A self-monitoring intervention and token economy reward system was implemented by the classroom teacher. Additionally, the teacher was instructed to attend to the student only if he raised his hand before speaking. If the child demonstrated "blurting" behaviors, the teacher was instructed to ignore the student. Results indicated that there were a variable number of referrals during baseline. Referrals dropped to zero per week over several weeks after the intervention was implemented. Additionally, treatment integrity observations indicate that the intervention was performed with integrity. Overall, the implementation of self-monitoring and use of a token economy reward system delivered through a consultation model improved classroom behavior.

 
51. Knowledge and Implementation of ABA Strategies: Perceptions of Rural Teachers
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Suneeta Kercood (Butler University), JANICE A. GRSKOVIC (Indiana University Northwest), Devender Banda (Texas Tech University), Jasmine Begeske (Purdue University)
Abstract:

This survey explored rural educators knowledge and application of applied behavior analysis and barriers to implementation. Results can guide the design of training materials and planning of professional development in rural schools. Teachers from three Midwestern rural districts participated in the survey. We currently have 64 responses but expect to collect at least 200 by April. Current survey completers were mostly general education secondary teachers (66%) from rural schools (90%). Most (50) were experienced teachers, female (76%), and half had Masters degrees. About 55% taught in inclusion classrooms. About half had taken a college course on behavior management; only 30% had taken a course in applied behavior analysis. When questioned about their knowledge of ABA, 100% of respondents rated that they were knowledgeable about positive reinforcement using teacher praise and food. More than half rated themselves as knowledgeable or very knowledgeable for each of the 17 items. A few respondents had no knowledge of 8 of the principles. Three strategies were used most: praise and social reinforcement, modeling, and prompting. Least used were over correction, group contingencies, primary reinforcement, and token economies. Identified barriers included lack of knowledge and feedback and a lack of understanding of effective use. (198 words)

 
52. Outcomes of Training School Personnel in Brief Experimental Analysis
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
BARBARA A. PLINE (Keystone Area Education Agency), Michelle Hinzman (Keystone Area Education Agency), Chamoni J. DeLong (Keystone Area Education Agency), Pamela A. Fields (Keystone Area Education Agency), Doug A. Penno (Keystone Area Education Agency)
Abstract: For this project, a model of professional development was developed and implemented to train 33 school personnel (i.e., school psychologists, educational consultants, social workers) to conduct Brief Experimental Analysis (BEA) in school settings. Trainees each selected two students (for a total of 66 students) who struggled in the area of reading fluency for whom to complete BEA and implement a BEA-identified intervention for an extended period. Training occurred in five sessions spanning five months with continued support throughout that time period. In addition to instruction in the tenets of experimental analysis, trainees were provided instruction in the following topics: foundations of reading instruction, evidence-based interventions, progress monitoring, data analysis, and intervention integrity. Several sources of data were analyzed to determine the effectiveness of the training in addition to student outcome data. One source of data was a survey administered as a pretest/posttest measure to determine trainees understanding of the content covered in the training. Second, the Behavior Intervention Rating Scale (BIRS) was administered to each teacher who provided instruction to students with BEA-identified interventions. This survey data was used to measure the acceptability and perceived effectiveness of the BEA-identified interventions. Finally, student data was analyzed to determine whether implementation of BEA-identified interventions produced positive reading outcomes for students. Oral reading probes were administered weekly to determine students rate of progress and intervention effect sizes. Additionally, the Gray Oral Reading Test (GORT-5) was administered as a pretest/posttest measure of reading growth. This study will be completed with final data collected March 2014.
 
53. The Effects of Teacher Training Program for Functional Behavior Support
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
KENICHI OHKUBO (Hokkaido University of Education, Asahikawa Campus)
Abstract: In Japan, many schools struggle with behavior problems. These problems are not only in the field of special education but also in a wider context. These problems include violence and bullying by students at school and the use of corporal punishment by teachers. The purposes of the present study was examination of effects of teacher training for FBA skills that enable to organize information and design BSPs properly. We evaluated effects of training program by AB design. 3 teachers who worked in preschool, elementary school, and special school participated in this study. I conducted "lectures" about basic principles of ABA, FBA, and designing BSP by using on-line video clip. And I conducted "exercises" for organizing information and designing BSP by using checklist and feedback. As a results, knowledge pertaining to Behavior Analysis of all teachers improved, and problem behavior of all students decreased and appropriate behavior of all students increased. Furthermore the points of CBCL(Child Behavior Checklist) and depressive tendency of teachers improved. These findings suggest effectiveness, validity, and necessity to train typical school personnel for conducting functional behavior support. Implications, limitations, and directions for future research are presented.
 
54. An Evaluation of the Overjustification Effect Based on Task Preference in Typically Developing Preschool Children
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
JEREMY DASHIELL (Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg), Shawn Fox (Penn State Harrisburg), Catherine Cordaro (Penn State Harrisburg), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (Penn State Harrisburg)
Abstract:

The overjustification effect, a concept from self-perception theory, states that an individuals intrinsic motivation to engage in activities is lost following reinforcement. However, previous research suggests the level of intrinsic motivation may be an important variable in the occurrence of the overjustification effect. An individuals intrinsic motivation (or preference) may be measured directly through preference assessments. Because reinforcement is commonly used in educational settings, for activities of varying preference, it is important to evaluate this phenomenon and the effects of different preference levels. For the current study, participants preference for various tasks was evaluated using a modified-MSWO procedure. Next, an evaluation was conducted to determine if this initial preference (high, moderate, or low) would affect the prevalence of the overjustification effect following reinforcement. For one participant, the overjustification effect occurred for the high-preferred task, but it did not occur for the second participant with any task. Based on these data, it is unlikely that the overjustification effect will occur following moderate- and low-preferred tasks, the tasks for which reinforcement is most likely to be provided.

 
55. An Evaluation of the Reinforcing Efficacy of General Praise and Behavior-Specific Praise in Typically Developing Preschool Children
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
NINA CARRAGHAN (Penn State Harrisburg), Angela Nestico (Penn State Harrisburg), Amanda Cleveland (Penn State Harrisburg), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (Penn State Harrisburg)
Abstract: Research on problem behavior has indicated that attention will function as a reinforcer, and that certain types of attention may function as stronger reinforcers than other types. One type of attention that may function as a reinforcer is praise. It has also been suggested that behavior-specific praise, or praise that described the target behavior, is more effective than general praise, which does not describe the target behavior. The purpose of the present study is to evaluate whether behavior-specific praise will result in higher levels of behavior than general praise in typically developing preschool children. A multielement design was used to compare behavior-specific and general praise delivered for correct responses on a maintenance task. Our data indicate that both behavior-specific and general praise functioned as a reinforcer; however, behavior-specific praise resulted in slightly higher levels of correct responses. This indicates that behavior-specific praise may be a more effective reinforcer than general praise; therefore it may be beneficial for therapists and teachers to use behavior-specific praise to increase classroom and academic behavior.
 
56. An Evaluation of the Effects of Reinforcer Preference on the Value of Choice in Typically Developing Preschool Children
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
MEGAN RHETT (Penn State Harrisburg), Samantha Dubs (Penn State Harrisburg), Szu-Chi (Jennifer) Liu (Penn State Harrisburg), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (Penn State Harrisburg)
Abstract: Recent research on choice has shown that it, in itself, is a reinforcer. However, there is little research on variables that may affect the reinforcing efficacy of it. One variable may be the preference level of the reinforcers provided. Providing choices may be more reinforcing, or only reinforcing, if the items provided are high-preferred items. The current study replicated and extended previous research on the reinforcing value of choice by evaluating the effects of reinforcer preference in isolation to determine if there is an effect on participant’s preference for making choices. Results suggest that when the reinforcers presented are of moderate- and low-preference, the participant selected the child-choice option at a high frequency and at a low frequency when the reinforcers presented were high-preferred. This indicates that choosing may be more valuable in situations in which the reinforcers provided are less-preferred. One reason may be that when low- and moderate-preferred items are available, the participant has learned the act of choosing their reinforcer increases the likelihood that the reinforcer consumed will be better than when someone chooses for them.
 
 
Keyword(s): poster session
 
Poster Session #381
OBM Mon Noon
Monday, May 26, 2014
12:00 PM–2:00 PM
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
57. The Effects of Visual Graphic Feedback, Performance Feedback, and Goal Setting on Increasing Staff Performance With Data Collection Procedures
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
PAMELA GIL (Texas Tech University), Stacy L. Carter (Texas Tech University), Jim Forbes (Department of Aging and Disability Services)
Abstract:

The current study investigated the effects of providing visual graphic feedback, performance feedback, and goal setting with supervisory staff at a state supported living center for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities. The dependent variable being measured was direct care staff’s compliance with submission of behavior data cards to document the implementation of behavior support plans. The facility had been experiencing on-going difficulty ensuring proper documentation of the implementation of behavior interventions prescribed within behavior support plans. The interventions were implemented in isolation and as a package intervention and analyzed within a multiple baseline across residential homes format. Data collected over a period of more than 12 months determined that a packaged intervention including: performance feedback, goal setting, and visual graphic feedback resulted in increased levels of data card submission and subsequently improved the documentation at the facility. A discussion of the relevant effectiveness of the procedures along with potential barriers to implementation will be discussed.

 
58. Reducing Electricity Use on Campus: Using Feedback to Decrease Unnecessary Classroom Lighting
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
SAMANTHA NESNIDOL (Youngstown State University), Michael C. Clayton (Youngstown State University)
Abstract: Energy conservation is an important component in the effort to reduce greenhouse gas emissions and reduce company overhead costs. Energy consumption itself represents the greatest environmental impact associated with college campus operations. Previous efforts towards increasing energy conservation have included instituting energy awareness campaigns on college campuses (Simpson, 2003) as well as instituting programs using monthly group-level feedback to employees and educators to increase awareness and promote energy conservation among businesses (Carrico and Riemer, 2010). The current study used a multiple baseline design to decrease excessive lighting in a large public university building. A visual prompt containing the school mascot was placed in each classroom. The sign asked users to help save energy by turning off the lights and provided visual feedback of the room's performance compared to the average performance of the building. Baseline data identified two floors (out of 5) as particularly problematic and it was those floors to which we directed our efforts.
 
59. Improving a Psychology Association´s performance with Behavioral Systems Analysis
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
GUILLERMO E. YABER OLTRA (Universidad Simon Bolivar)
Abstract: Complexity and selection analysis were used along with the total performance system in order to develop the Venezuelan Federation of Psychology associations´ plans, monitor their progress and improve the performance of the system. . By 2011, the Federation has no major financial resources to cover it expenses, the infrastructure of the building had some problems and only two out of 20 states chapters were operating across the nation. After two years working with the CEO members, the financial income improved; seven states chapters were re-instated; a new contract agreement with the government in the health sector was signed; and three annual meetings of the Federation with universities and state chapter’s collaboration were held after several years without meetings. Current efforts are made for developing the receptors feedback system, as well as to provide more and better services to the Venezuelan Federation of psychologists 8000 registered members, in order to guarantee the behavioral system’s maintenance and sustainability.
 
60. Effects of Graphic and A-B-C Recording Feedback on Decision-Making in a Japanese Foster Home
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
GINGA SASAKI (University of Tsukuba), Fumiyuki Noro (University of Tsukuba)
Abstract: Performance feedback has been effective in improving a variety of staff's performance. But effects of performance feedback on decision-making during the meeting has not been clear. In this study, we attempted to develop the automatic performance feedback tool so that staffs could make data-based decision during the meeting of living support in a Japanese Foster Home. It consisted of graphic feedback about a child's performance and A-B-C recording about events when a child's target behavior is occurring or not occurring. We evaluated decision-making during the meeting using (a) concreteness scores of descriptions for a child's target behavior that written after the meeting, (b) percentage of words that staffs said during the meeting, and (c) times spent until the end of the meeting. Results showed that (a) concreteness scores of descriptions for a child's target behavior increased, (b) statements for evaluation and proposition of living support that made during the meeting increased, and (c) meeting times decreased after graphic and A-B-C recording feedback. In conclusion, the results suggest that the automatic performance feedback tool is useful for improving decision-making during the meeting for living support.
 
61. Effects of Positive-Positive feedback and Positive-Negative Feedback on Work Performance and Emotional Response
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
EUNJU CHOI (Chung Ang University), Kyehoon Lee (Chung-Ang University), Shezeen Oah (Chung Ang University)
Abstract: The current study examined the effects of two types of feedback sequence on work performance and emotional responses. Participants were asked to work on a simulated quality control task. Twenty eight undergraduate students participated in this study and they were randomly assigned into two groups: 1) positive-positive (P-P) feedback condition, 2) positive-negative (P-N) feedback condition. The dependent variable of this study was the number of correct response. In addition, emotional responses of feedback recipient were measured at the end of the experiment. The results showed that the average number of correct responses under the P-P feedback condition was higher than that under the P-N feedback condition at the intervention phase. For the emotional responses, the score of positive emotional responses under the P-P feedback condition was higher than the P-N feedback condition. On the other hand, the score of negative emotional responses under P-N feedback condition was much higher than the P-P feedback condition.
 
62. Effects of Rule with Deadline on Performance, Stress and Task Interest
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
JAEHEE LEE (Chung Ang University), Seul Kim (Chung-Ang University), Kwangsu Moon (Chung-Ang University), Shezeen Oah (Chung Ang University)
Abstract: This study examined the effects of deadline on work performance, stress, and task-interest. Participants were asked to work on a simulated banking task. The dependent variable were performance quantity, quality, perceived stress and task interest A between-subjects design was used and 80 participants were randomly assigned to one of three experimental groups: (1) rule only, (2) rule with deadline, (3) no rule. The results showed that rule only and rule with deadline group were higher performance quantity than no rule group, but difference between rule only and rule with deadline groups were not significant. However, rule with deadline group was lower performance quality, task interest, and higher than rule only group.
 
63. Effects of Feedback Timing on Performance Quality and Feedback Acceptance.
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
HWANG KYONG IN (Chung Ang University), Jaehee Lee (Chung Ang University), Shezeen Oah (Chung Ang University)
Abstract: This study examined the effects of feedback timing on performance quality, and feedback acceptance between delivering feedback after task performance and feedback before the next task performance. Between subjects design with counterbalancing was adopted. Ten participants were randomly assigned to one of two groups. They attended 7 sessions and performed ten tasks per session. One group received feedback after performance until five sessions and feedback before performance in the following two sessions. The other group was counterbalanced. Participants were asked to work on a computerized product selection task. The dependent variable was error rate of the completed tasks. The results showed that there is no difference between groups of feedback given after and before condition on performance quality. However, perceived feedback acceptance was higher in case of feedback before condition than after condition. Also, the majority of participants in both groups revealed a preference in favor of feedback before condition.
 
64. The Effects of Individual vs. Group Monetary Incentive Systems on Work Performance at a Gas Station
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
HANGSOO CHO (Chungang University), Kyehoon Lee (Chung-Ang University), Shezeen Oah (Chung Ang University)
Abstract: This study examined the relative effects of individual and group monetary incentive systems on work performance at a gas station. The number of participants were three employees at the gas station. Four critical services and one up-selling behaviors were identified and measured daily. ABC within-subject design was adopted for this study. After baseline (A), the group monetary incentive system (B) was introduced. In the next phase, individual monetary incentive system (C) was introduced. Results showed that both monetary incentive systems were effective in increasing all target behaviors.
 
65. Transfer of Function in Consumer Choice
Area: OBM; Domain: Basic Research
Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), ASLE FAGERSTROM (The Norweigan School of Information Technology), Gordon R. Foxall (Cardiff University)
Abstract: Today, consumers are faced with a number of choices. For companies, creating strong brands have become a management imperative. The ability to understand consumer brand choice is crucial to its legitimacy for academic marketing as well as it is important to marketing practice. In the present experiment, we present stimulus equivalence as a framework for understanding consumers' brand choice. Hence, we asked if preference for specific stimuli is influenced by a test for transfer of function. In the present experiment, 15 college students were trained to form three 3-member classes with arbitrarily related stimuli in a many-to-one training structure (AC/BC). Following conditional discrimination training, a test including directly trained, symmetry, and equivalence trials were implemented. Then, a face (smiling (D1), neutral (D2), or sour D3)) was trained to the nodal stimulus (A1). A test was implemented to see if the functions were transferred to all the stimuli within the class. Finally, the participants were exposed to preference test in which the stimuli from the B set (B1, B2, and B3) were attached to three bottles water. The results showed that most of the participants picked the bottle with B1, indicating that the transfer of function test had influence the preference.
 
66. The Relative Effects of Objective Feedback and Social Comparison Feedback on Work Performance according to Feedback Recipients' Performance Levels
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
KYEHOON LEE (Chung-Ang University), Kyounga Lee (Chung-ang University), Shezeen Oah (Chung Ang University)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to investigate the relative effects of objective feedback and social comparison feedback on work performance. In addition, the interaction effects of feedback type and the feedback recipients’ performance levels were examined. Participants were twenty one voluntary college students and attended 9 experimental sessions in total. We adopted a counterbalanced ABC/ACB within subject design (A=baseline; B=objective feedback; C=social comparison feedback) in which eleven participants were exposed to ABC sequence and the remaining ten participants were exposed to ACB sequence. The participants performed a simulated work task on the computers. The dependent variable was the number of work task completed. The results showed that the social comparison feedback was more effective than the objective feedback for the high performers, while the objective feedback was more effective than the social comparison feedback for the low performers.
 
67. The Importance of a Systems Approach to Analyze Organizations and Manage Performance
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
JÓHANNA JÓNSDÓTTIR (University of Iceland), Z. Gabriela Sigurdardottir (University of Iceland), Heather M. McGee (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: The aim of this study was to use a systems approach to analyze a private company that sells and services computers and related products on the open market. The analysis took into account the structure of the organization, the connections between departments and units, employee performance, and work flow. With such an analysis one can identify disconnects in the organization and a possible problem in work flow that can lead to poor service and customer dissatisfaction. The tool that was used for the analysis is called The Behavioral Systems Analysis Questionnaire (hereinafter called BSAQ). This is an integrated tool with the purpose of collecting all the appropriate and relevant information in order to analyze the structure of the workplace, important processes and behaviors, and use that information to design an intervention to produce a better workplace and a more profitable system. The premise of the BSAQ and the systems approach is based on the idea that workplaces are systems that must adapt to their environment and there are many external variables that affect the performance of the system. The systems consist of people, processes, and the physical environment of the workplace. Each system is composed of many smaller systems that are all interconnected and dependent on each other and the communication pathways that link them together. In this study, the workshop was the focus of the analysis. Data was collected through interviews with staff and managers. Staff members where put into teams for each process to work together and come to a conclusion using BSAQ tool. The unit was mapped and Total performance system drawings and process maps were made. Such mapping allows the visualization of the service process and leads to improvements and necessary changes that allow the system to operate with greater success. The results of the analysis were in line with the premise and changes and implementation were made based on the information and teamwork achieved with the BSA analysis process.
 
68. The Effects of Self-Monitoring on Participant Fidelity of Reinforcement-Based Procedures
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
JESSICA L. DOUCETTE (The University of Kansas), Sarah R. Jenkins (The University of Kansas), Jason M. Hirst (The University of Kansas), Amy J. Henley (The University of Kansas), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (The University of Kansas), Robin Codding (University of Massachusetts Boston)
Abstract: This use-inspired basic research investigation sought to (1) evaluate the effects of self-monitoring on the procedural fidelity of reinforcement-based procedures using a multi-element design, (2) measure participant accuracy of different self-monitoring recording procedures, and (3) assess participant preference using a concurrent chains arrangement and a social validity questionnaire. Following baseline, undergraduate participants were trained to implement three reinforcement-based procedures (DRA, NCR, DRO) each associated with a different self-monitoring procedure. Self-monitoring procedures included completing a checklist during the session, at the end of the session, or while watching a video of the previous session. Fidelity increased or maintained during self-monitoring, but idiosyncratic differences were observed across participants. In addition, fidelity was highest during NCR regardless of the self-monitoring procedure. Mean self-monitoring recording accuracy was highest while watching a video of performance and lowest during post-session recording. Results of a concurrent chains arrangement documented a clear preference for a particular self-monitoring procedure for two of three participants. Participants indicated that post-session recording was the least preferred procedure. Fidelity improved or maintained during a follow-up probe. Mean IOA and fidelity was at least 85%. Note that data collection is ongoing.
 
 
Keyword(s): poster session
 
Poster Session #382
CBM Mon Noon
Monday, May 26, 2014
12:00 PM–2:00 PM
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
69. Compliance to Mothers’ Instructions With Medical Treatment
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
ROBSON ZAZULA (Universidade Estadual de Londrina), Márcia Cristina Gon Caserta (Universidade Estadual de Londrina)
Abstract: The atopic dermatitis is a skin chronic disease with unknown etiology and high incidence in childhood. Although the response of following medical recommendations is an important behavior to control the symptoms, there are high rates responses of non-following prescriptions, that are often described as noncompliance. In addition, less importance is assigned to the antecedent environmental variables of following medical prescriptions, especially verbal instructions. This study aimed to evaluate, in a brief direct assessment, the control exerted by direct and indirect instructions, verbalized by mothers, in compliance with treatment. Four typically developing 9- and 14-year-old girls and their mothers were evaluated. All assessments were conducted according to a brief multielement experimental design, in three phases: baseline, direct instructions condition and indirect instructions condition. The results indicated that a direct assessment procedure could be conducted with chronic diseases outpatients, and assess compliance during treatment interactions. During all outpatient assessments were identified high levels of compliance with treatment during direct instruction conditions. On the other hand, when mothers requested most frequently with indirect instructions, the children demonstrated low percentages of compliance behaviors. The results of this study can be important to identify most important variables and to develop groups or individual intervention programs.
 
70. Evaluating the Effects of "The Sleep Fairy" for Bedtime Problems in Typically Developing Children
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
CATHERINE NIEDERMEYER (Behaven Kids), Keith D. Allen (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Brett R. Kuhn (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Lisa Kelly-Vance (University of Nebraska-Omaha), Lisa St. Clair (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Concerns about disruptive behaviors at bedtime by children are frequently reported by parents during visits with primary care physicians. An intervention that appears easy to implement and is also child friendly is The Sleep Fairy, a story book intervention used to decrease disruptive bedtime behaviors. This investigation involved a controlled evaluation of The Sleep Fairy as a treatment for disruptive bedtime behaviors. Parents of five typically developing children (m = 3, f = 2) and their parents participated. In a multiple baseline design, the independent variable was introduced sequentially. Results indicate that three out of the five childrens behavior showed substantial improvements immediately. A fourth showed improvements after further exposure to the independent variable. A decrease in sleep onset latency was also observed in four children. Results were maintained at one month follow-up. Finally, parents indicated that The Sleep Fairy was acceptable and that they would recommend it to others.
 
71. The Impact of Children With Chronic Disease or Disorder on Marital Satisfaction
Area: CBM; Domain: Basic Research
DAYI JUNG (Yonsei University), Euihyun Kwak (Yonsei University)
Abstract: The purpose of this study is to investigate the impact of a child’s disease on marital satisfaction amongst mothers of children with pediatric cancer survivors (PCS), developmental disability (DD) and typical development (TD). All mothers (PCS=172, DD =114, TD=157) completed the Korean-Marital Satisfaction Inventory (K-MSI). The results showed that mothers of each group have different levels of dissatisfaction across different domains. For example, mothers of DD scored significantly higher on child-care related subscales including conflict over child rearing and dissatisfaction with children. Mothers of PCS had significantly higher scores on subscales related to aggression and conflict with in-laws. Lastly, mothers of TD scored significantly higher on subscales measuring role orientation and family history of distress than those of DD and PCS. These results imply that the causes of marital dissatisfactions can differ depending on a child’s chronic disease or disorder. Different strategies for marital satisfaction should be required to overcome marital problems. Clinical research implications and limitations are discussed.
 
72. Acceptance and Commitment Training for Pervasive Developmental Disorder Staff: Intra-Subject Study
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
ANGELA ROCIO MUÑOZ TORRES (Horizontes ABA Terapia Integral), Oscar Cordoba (Horizontes ABA Terapia Integral), Monica Maria Novoa Gomez (Pontificia Universidad Javeriana)
Abstract: Pervasive developmental Disorder staff presents high rates of occupational distress and burnout syndrome (Skirrow & Hatton, 2007), this factor may contribute to high rates of staff turnover and absenteeism. In this study, five psychologist working on PDD intervention design and caretakers complaints attention were involved in a four half-day sessions intervention based on acceptance and commitment therapy (designed using a protocol by Bond and Hayes, 2004). Pretest, Posttest and Follow up data were taken using a Spanish version of Maslach Burnout Inventory (MBI) and a Spanish version of AAQ-II was used to take session per session measures. Participants with high level of emotional exhaustion showed a reduction in this variable after the intervention, while participants with lower level of emotional exhaustion showed little effect. It is hypothesized that behaviors related to emotional exhaustion in this study were part of an experiential avoidance pattern in vital areas different from occupational. For this reason, changes in emotional exhaustion may be related to an increased use of acceptance strategies and a related engagement in other vital areas.
 
73. Caregiver Impact of Autism Spectrum Disorder: Assessing Stress, Sense of Competence, and Relationship Satisfaction
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
NICOLE KLINE (Florida Institute of Technology), Ivy M. Chong Crane (Florida Institute of Technology: The Scott Center for Autism Treatment)
Abstract: While the impact of psycho-social variables has been evaluated for children with chronic illness and related disabilities, questions remain unanswered for families affected by ASD. Participants included 68 primary caregivers seeking services for a child aged fifteen months to 12 years suspected of or diagnosed with an ASD. Assessment tools included: 1. Parenting Stress Index-Fourth Edition-Short-Form (PSI-4-SF; Abidin, 2012), 2. Parenting Sense of Competence Scale (PSOC; Johnston and Mash, 1989), and 3. Relationship Assessment Scale (Hendrick, 1988). Independent samples t-tests were conducted to determine differences with a nonclinical control population (60 participants with a typically-developed child) regarding perceptions of stress, competence and relationship satisfaction. ASD caregivers reported experiencing significantly higher stress than Control caregivers (p=.000). A hierarchical multiple regression analysis was used to assess whether perceived competence and relationship satisfaction variables were predictors of overall stress in the clinical sample. Results indicate that these variables significantly impact parenting stress (p <.001). Implications for parent involvement in treatment and child outcomes are discussed.
 
74. The Effects of Written Instructions and Verbal Feedback on Caregiver Performance of Pediatric Feeding Procedures
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
MARK GRANGER (McNeese State University), Alfred Royal Tuminello Jr. (McNeese State University), Charlotte Lynn Carp (McNeese State University)
Abstract: Previous research has demonstrated high levels of treatment integrity in controlled clinical settings for multicomponent training packages aimed at pediatric feeding disorders implemented by parents (Mueller et al., 2003). The present study replicated and extended this research by including after session feedback in a training package designed for food refusal with two relatives of a 2 year old blind child. During baseline, participants were exposed to written protocols before each session explaining the procedure, then conducted the procedure with the child on their own. Following baseline, participants continued to be exposed to written protocols and continued to conduct the procedure alone; however, feedback of their performance was given following each session. For one participant, results showed high levels of treatment integrity with both written instructions alone and with feedback. For the other participant, results showed high levels of treatment integrity with the written instructions only within the first couple of sessions; however, those high levels were not consistent until feedback following the session was included. These data are consistent with previous research in demonstrating high levels of treatment integrity for behavioral feeding protocols implemented by parents, and suggest that feedback may be an important component to the training package.
 
75. Teaching PCIT-Based Parent Skills Prior to Parent Conducted Behavioral Treatment Evaluations
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
GREGORY YOUNG (Kennedy Krieger Institute/Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Joslyn Cynkus Mintz (Little Leaves Behavioral Services), Ashley Murphy (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Emily Hemler (Kennedy Krieger Institute), R. J. Boyd (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Parent-Child Interaction Therapy (PCIT) is an evidence-based treatment, yet there is limited research on the utility of modified PCIT-based parent skills in combination with additional individualized behavioral treatments. The current study examined the utility of incorporating PCIT-based skills into parent training prior to conducting an individualized behavioral treatment evaluation for John, a 12 year old male diagnosed with ADHD, Asperger's Syndrome, and Oppositional Defiant Disorder. John was admitted to an outpatient clinic for the assessment and treatment of aggressive (verbal and physical) and disruptive behavior. A multiple baseline across skills design was used during pre-treatment parent training with Johns mother. Results indicated that the parent training intervention produced significant reductions in this parents negative interactions (e.g., questions and criticizing statements) and increases in positive interactions (e.g., use of labeled praise and planned ignoring of problem behavior). Following this parent training, an individualized levels system (e.g., Hagopian et al., 2002) was evaluated across three conditions with Johns mother serving as the therapist across all treatment settings. Rates of problem behavior were reduced by 80% or greater across each condition and also during demand fading procedures; thus, supporting the utility of teaching PCIT-derived skills prior to initiating parent-conducted treatment evaluations.
 
76. Utilizing In-vivo Feedback to Train Caregivers to Implement Pediatric Feeding Protocols
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
AMANDA L. GIBSON (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Melanie H. Bachmeyer (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Caitlin A. Kirkwood (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Courtney Mauzy (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Jonathan V. Mariano (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Diane Berth (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract:

Although caregivers are responsible for feeding their children, systematic examinations of procedures to train caregivers to implement feeding protocols are lacking. A few researchers have examined the effects of multicomponent behavioral skills training (BST) packages that include combinations of verbal instructions, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback to increase the procedural integrity of caregivers implementing feeding protocols (e.g., Mueller et al., 2003; Sieverling et al., 2012). In-vivo feedback, without the use of other BST components, has been shown to be effective in training caregivers to implement other behavioral protocols (e.g., Shanley & Niec, 2010). The purpose of the current study was to examine the effectiveness of using only in-vivo feedback to increase the correct delivery of prompts and consequences by caregivers implementing feeding protocols. We used a multiple baseline design across caregiver dyads. Interobserver agreement was conducted on at least 70% of sessions. Agreement was above 90% for each dyad. Percentage of correct prompts and consequences were low during baseline (written instructions only), increased to clinically acceptable levels following in-vivo feedback, and remained at high levels during post-training and follow-up sessions for all dyads. Implications of these findings will be discussed.

 
77. Examining The Validity Of Indirect Functional Behavior Assessment Methods: How Accurate Are They?
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER S. KAZMERSKI (East Carolina University), Ryan Ford (East Carolina University), Jessica Buzenski (East Carolina University)
Abstract: This study replicates and extends previous research on the convergence of the Functional Assessment Interview Record for Parents Checklist (FAIR-P-CL) with all phases (descriptive, interpretive, verification, implementation and monitoring) of functional behavior assessment. The FAIR-P-CL is an indirect descriptive assessment that aims to define the target behavior, identify potential environmental factors that enable the target behavior, and identify maintaining consequences. To evaluate convergence, five children between three and five, who were referred for displaying disruptive behavior frequently in the home, were selected. A multiple baseline across participants was used to expose each participant to baseline, experimental functional analysis, intervention analysis, and intervention verification. Alternating treatment designs were used to evaluate changes in participant behavior across conditions during experimental functional and intervention analysis phases. Results indicated convergence of FAIR-P-CL data across all phases of the functional behavior assessment. This extends previous research regarding convergence of the phases of a functional behavior assessment (Lewis & Sugai, 1996; Yarbrough & Carr; 2000). Further research is underway to determine if the FAIR-P-CL is sensitive enough to identify appropriate function-based interventions with the absence of a verification phase. Results from the present study extend the utility of indirect functional behavior checklists.
 
78. The Effectiveness of Parent Training Program About Acceptance Process
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
GÜLEFSAN ÖZGE AKBEY (Anadolu University), Fidan Gunes Gurgor (Anadolu University)
Abstract: The purpose of this study is to search the effectiveness of parent training program about acceptance process. The sample of this study consists of 30 parents of children with intellectual disabilities attending special education schools. The study has 15 parents in control group and 15 parents in experiment group in the city center of Eskisehir during the academic year 2013-2014. This study consists of two phases. In the first phase of the study, Family Resilience Scale-FRS was applied two groups and we started to apply to parent training program for experiment group.In this program,we used e-abdep(e-FISEP, being family information and support program, is a scientific research project supported by TBITAK and Anadolu University), bulletins and handbook.The program has four session.First session,orientation to defiency;second session,understanding of childrens defiency and statement;third session;family supporting models and four session; orientation of environment and living together.For control group,we only applied Resilience Scale-FRS. Finally,we started this program but we will finish the program on April.We will show results with graphics on our Poster.
 
79. PT for PT: How Precision Teaching Helped Me With Physical Therapy
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
SHOSHANA STEIN (Stein Homeschool), Sorah Stein (Partnership for Behavior Change)
Abstract: Physical therapy is not the most desirable activity for the average teenager, however, at times, it is needed. In the present study, a 13-year-old girl with Mitochondrial disease required physical therapy to address muscle weakness and pain. The physical therapist administered the Functional Movement Screen to assess movement patterns, provided manual therapy, supervised therapeutic exercises, and assigned home exercises. The teen and her mother broke down the assigned composite exercises into component movements and conducted frequent, timed exercise sessions and charted them on standard celeration charts. By doing this, the teen grew stronger in some areas and her mother and the physical therapist were able to identify subtler component areas of weakness from looking at celerations and implement exercise modifications that were needed to increase safety. By breaking down composite exercises into component movements and collecting data frequently, we helped physical therapy treatment to be more effective and safe, and were able to better track progress towards overall strengthening.
 
80. Tackling Terms and Conditioning Confusion: Sexual Behavior and Applied Behavior Analysis
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
SORAH STEIN (Partnership for Behavior Change)
Abstract: When working within sexual health and with people who engage in varying topographies of sexual behavior, the first thing to remember is that sex is behavior: its something we do and it follows the same rules as all other topographies of behavior. However, regarding communication, of particular difficulty are defining terms of sexual desire and arousal (Pfaus, et al., 2003). This study evaluates a hypothetical vignette involving a teenage boy who, upon encountering female staff at an autism center, egressed to masturbate in specific areas of the center. In defining his arousal and masturbatory behaviors, clinicians hypothesized several combinations of potential functions of the behavior, the various roles of conditioned and unconditioned stimuli, and responding between the presence of the female staff, the erection, and ejaculation. Using three- and four-term contingency presentations, there are several possible configurations of this behavior based upon looking at the sequence of the behavior as operant or respondent. The purpose of this discourse is to stimulate further investigation and discussion into the contingency models for sexual arousal and desire that can be utilized by both the behavior analysis and sexual health care communities.
 
81. The Errorless Teaching of Swallowing for a Child Vomiting Every Meal
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
KENJI OKUDA (Academy of Behavioral Coaching)
Abstract: A case of psychogenic vomiting in the context of phobia was treated by a combination of exposure, the errorless teaching approach, and differential reinforcement of incompatible behaviors. Subject: A 4-year-old girl who began a difficulty of swallowing since she had some accident while eating at home was trained by a behavior therapist. Design: Change was assessed on the basis of her mother's records at home of daily frequency of vomiting and monthly weight within a single case multiple baseline across settings design. Procedures: The therapist demonstrated these procedures on hers behavior in front of her mother just one time. Result: The girls vomiting behavior was no longer occurred immediately. By contrast, a normal swallowing behavior has occurred even if tough meat. This outcome has been maintained for 5-months follow-up. And the girl's weight was recovered. These procedures, exposure, the errorless teaching approach, DRI, and some techniques of respondent conditioning were discussed.
 
82. CANCELLED: The Validity Of Indirect Functional Behavior Assessment Methods: How Accurate Are They?
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
RYAN FORD (East Carolina University), Jennifer S. Kazmerski (East Carolina University), Jessica Buzenski (East Carolina University)
Abstract:

IV. This study replicates and extends previous research on the convergence of the Functional Assessment Interview Record for Parents Checklist (FAIR-P-CL) with all phases (descriptive, interpretive, verification, implementation and monitoring) of functional behavior assessment. The FAIR-P-CL is an indirect descriptive assessment that aims to define the target behavior, identify potential environmental factors that enable the target behavior, and identify maintaining consequences. To evaluate convergence, five children between three and five, who were referred for displaying disruptive behavior frequently in the home, were selected. A multiple baseline across participants was used to expose each participant to baseline, experimental functional analysis, intervention analysis, and intervention verification. Alternating treatment designs were used to evaluate changes in participant behavior across conditions during experimental functional and intervention analysis phases. Results indicated convergence of FAIR-P-CL data across all phases of the functional behavior assessment. This extends previous research regarding convergence of the phases of a functional behavior assessment (Lewis & Sugai, 1996; Yarbrough & Carr; 2000). Further research is underway to determine if the FAIR-P-CL is sensitive enough to identify appropriate function-based interventions with the absence of a verification phase. Results from the present study extend the utility of indirect functional behavior checklists.

 
83. An Evaluation of a Brief Behavioral Workshop for Caregivers
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
KARIN STERN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Emily Sangkavasi (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Urszula Wojciechowska (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Melissa Luke Gonzalez (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

A brief behavioral workshop is traditionally offered at the Pediatric Feeding Disorders Program at Kennedy Krieger Institute. The goals of the workshop are to equip caregivers with effective strategies to recognize behavioral functions and provide specific tools to implement function-based interventions. The aim of this study was to assess change in caregivers' knowledge following participation in the workshop and their ability to apply it into everyday situations. We implemented pre- and post-tests to assess whether caregivers' responses changed following participation in a 4-hour behavioral workshop. We generated a questionnaire comprised of three scenarios, each related to a different behavioral function (attention, escape, and tangible). Majority of caregivers had higher post-test scores suggesting an increase in knowledge related to behavioral principles. Analyses of the data by behavioral function revealed that increases in post-test scores were only observed for caregivers who attended the specific meeting addressing the relevant function; increases were not observed for those caregivers who did not attend that meeting. All caregivers had some previous knowledge on the subject matter, suggesting that a Needs Assessment should be conducted. Future research should assess change in caregivers' behaviors using more direct methods, such as role-play and direct observations on caregiver-child interactions.

 
84. Evaluating the Clinical Effectiveness and Generalization Effects of Treatment for Problem Behavior Maintained by Compliance with Mands
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
LENA V. WILLSE (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Molly Gemp (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lynn G. Bowman (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Samantha Hardesty (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: A primary goal of most treatments is to bring behavior under a level of stimulus control that permits individuals to interact appropriately with their peers, particularly during times when they are not able to access desired reinforcers. However, there is a lack of research evaluating generalization by having individuals with functionally equivalent problem behavior interact with each other in situations that previously evoked such behavior. For the current study, the severe problem behavior of two participants with autism spectrum disorders was targeted for assessment and treatment. Results of functional analyses indicated that both participants' problem behavior was maintained by other's compliance with mands, particularly in a leisure context. The use of a multiple schedule that alternated between differential reinforcement of other behaviors and noncontingent reinforcement was sufficient to produce a significant reduction in problem behavior for one participant; the addition of a token economy system was necessary for the second participant. After identifying effective treatments, we emphasized generalization by implementing each participant's treatment concurrently while they interacted with each other. Results show that each participant's treatment was successfully generalized across a variety of interactive activities, as evidenced by low to zero rates of problem behavior.
 
85. Rapid Acquisition of Pill Swallowing
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
WILLIAM J. WARZAK (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Michelle Grimes (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: We describe a pill swallowing protocol for a 16 year-old typically developed female (Jill) whose historical baseline for pill swallowing was zero. Jill was medicated (liquid) for ADHD but her history was otherwise unremarkable. During Session 1 we identified the target behavior, ascertained that Jill’s personal protocol of filling her mouth with water and then inserting her medication was ineffective, and, determined that she could, with much effort (i.e., long latency, elevated SUDS), swallow a sprinkle, the smallest item on her hierarchy. A six-step pill size hierarchy was established using various cake decorations and candies. Each item was scaled for subjective units of discomfort (S.U.D.s) to ascertain its place in the hierarchy and ultimately ranged from cupcake sprinkles to a placebo of her ADHD medication in capsule form. For each trial, we recorded the a) latency (in seconds) from “pill in hand” to swallow, b), pre-trial SUDS, c) problem behaviors (e.g., refusal, gagging, etc.), and, d) ultimate success or failure. We report successful pill swallowing following a change in pill insertion and subsequent shaping of pill swallowing as a function of graduated pill size over trials. We include a table of her data and will provide figures at ABAI.
 
86. Treating Packing: A Comparison of Nuk Re-distribution and Nuk Presentation
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
AMY L PROSKOVEC (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Suzanne M. Milnes (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Jennifer M. Kozisek (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Janelle Butler (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Packing (holding food in the mouth without swallowing) may occur if a child lacks the oral motor skills and/or motivation to swallow. Two interventions investigators have evaluated for the treatment of packing are altering presentation method (i.e., presenting bites with a Nuk brush or flipped spoon; Sharp, Harker, & Jaquess, 2010) or re-distribution (i.e., collecting packed food from the child's mouth and replacing it on the child's tongue; Gulotta, Piazza, Patel, & Layer, 2005). Although studies have shown that both procedures increase mouth clean, it is not clear whether one procedure is more effective than the other. The purpose of the current investigation was to compare the effects of re-distribution using a Nuk relative to presenting bites using a Nuk on packing and mouth clean for a 2-year-old girl who packed thickened liquids and pureed food. We used a reversal and multielement design to evaluate the procedures with thickened liquids and a multielement design to evaluate the procedures with pureed food. For liquids and solids, presenting the bite using the Nuk was more effective, resulting in decreased packing and clinically meaningful levels of mouth clean.
 
87. CANCELED: Inappropriate Verbalizations
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
TIMOTHY TEMPLIN (HABA)
Abstract:

The following study focuses on an individual who displays verbal behavior that is often perceived as teasing, harassing others or simple disruption to a hospital unit. The intervention applied a technique to reinforce productive verbal behavior, while at the same time assist the patient in learning how to acquire social attention in a more acceptable manner. This patient has had behavior problems for many years and the theme is invariably about poor interactions with his peers. Based on a review of the literature a definition was developed to address a problem identified as inappropriate verbalizations. Using this definition, the patient was observed for inappropriate verbalizations, during the daily routine. This addresses the research question by directly viewing the patient in a social interaction in the very type of setting where he has had altercations in the past. During the treatment phase, the patient had the opportunity to read a joke, previously selected by the author, to an audience of fellow patients during this line-up process. An A-B-A-B design made a comparison of the patient in the baseline and treatment phases.

 
88. A Conjoint Consultation Bio-behavioral Intervention to Treat Encopresis in an Eight-year-old Male
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
MARIA ALEJANDRA RAMIREZ (Central Michigan University), Michael D. Hixson (Central Michigan University), Seraphim Mork (Central Michigan University), Teryn Bruni (Central Michigan University), Jessica Sevecke (Central Michigan University)
Abstract:

A bio-behavioral encopresis intervention was designed and implemented in the school and home for an 8-year-old second grade male who had been experiencing encopresis since kindergarten. The intervention consisted of a home only phase, and a home and school phase. The purpose of this intervention was to decrease his smearing and bowel movements in his pants from one to two per day to zero, and increase bowel movements in the toilet from zero per day to at least one per day. Components of the intervention included administration of Miralax, per doctor recommendation, at least three scheduled sittings lasting between three to five minutes, praise and access to tangibles following scheduled sittings, and positive practice following bowel movements in the pants. The results showed that after the school component was added, and Miralax was administered consistently, there was an increase in medium sized bowel movements on almost a daily basis. Treatment integrity however was a major obstacle in this intervention.

 
 
Keyword(s): poster session
 
Poster Session #383
VRB Mon Noon
Monday, May 26, 2014
12:00 PM–2:00 PM
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
89. Comparing the Efficacy of Stimulus-Stimulus Pairing and Behavioral Momentum to Increase Vocal Behavior
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
VINCENT E. CAMPBELL (University of Oregon), Tiffany Kodak (University of Oregon), Patricia Zemantic (University of Oregon), Shaji Haq (University of Oregon), Brittany LeBlanc (University Of Oregon), Marilynn Porritt (University of Oregon)
Abstract: Some children with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) infrequently emit vocal behavior. Stimulus-stimulus pairing and behavioral momentum are effective interventions for increasing low-probability behavior. The present investigation compared the effects of both interventions on increased levels of target vocalizations. The efficacy of both interventions were compared using an adapted alternating treatments design, embedded in a multiple probe across stimulus sets design with one participant with an ASD. The dependent variables included the rate of target vocalizations (stimulus-stimulus pairing) and the percentage of trials with echoic behavior (behavioral momentum). Mean interobserver agreement exceeded 95% for all dependent variables. In the first intervention comparison, the results indicated that stimulus-stimulus pairing increased the rate of the targeted sound. Behavioral momentum did not result in increased levels of the target sound. In the second intervention comparison, the results indicated that stimulus-stimulus pairing increased the rate of the target sound and behavioral momentum resulted in increased levels of the target sound. Our results indicate that stimulus-stimulus pairing produced more consistent increases vocalizations across stimulus sets. Additional research should evaluate whether increased vocalizations associated with the use of either of these procedures can be subsequently trained as mands.
 
90. Functional Analysis of Verbal Behavior for Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders: A Partial Replication and Treatment Investigation
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
AILA K. DOMMESTRUP (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jonathan Campbell (University of Kentucky), Scott P. Ardoin (University of Georgia), Ashley H. Dubin (University of Georgia)
Abstract: Functional and social communication impairments are common symptoms of children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Improving assessment of the functional use of language within this population of children is ongoing and the clinical utility of linking intervention to specific assessment results is growing. The purpose of the experiments included in the current study was to investigate these lines of research for children with ASD. The first experiment sought to replicate and extend use of a functional analysis methodology of verbal behavior (Lerman et al., 2005). Results suggested that this methodology is applicable to implement with children with ASD, and can be successfully completed in a non-clinic setting (e.g., the participant’s home). In the second experiment, the link between assessment results and subsequent intervention was investigated. The sensitivity of the functional analysis of verbal behavior methodology was assessed by conducting a post-intervention assessment in Experiment 3. Findings provided limited evidence supporting the use of assessment results to select more efficient intervention strategies. Post-intervention functional analysis results were also inconsistent but provided helpful information for future directions of this line of research. The limitations and implications of these experiments are also discussed.
 
91. CANCELED: The Effects of a Rolling Time Delay Procedure on the Frequency of MO Controlled Mands: A Replication
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
KRYSTL GIORDANO-PADILLA (BEACON Services of Connecticut), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract:

Research has identified the rolling time delay (RTD) procedure as an effective strategy for transferring control of manding from environmental variables (multiply controlled mands) to mands under the exclusive control of movitational variables (Sweeney-Kerwin et al., 2007). However, the methodology employed by Sweeney-Kerwin et al., 2007, left room for questioning the source of control over the mand. The purpose of this study was to determine whether the use of the RTD procedure resulted in the acquisition of MO controlled mands or mands under the control of other environmental variables (specifically history of reinforcement in the instructional setting). An ABABC design was used and the data on the frequency of MO controlled mands for various items was collected. Once the manding was acquired, mands were assessed under novel stimulus conditions (different instructor, setting and activities) as was done in baseline to determine if manding was under the control of other stimuli or exclusively motivational variables. A return to the stimulus conditions in the RTD was conducted to compare rates with the baseline condition. Results demonstrated that the mands taught using the rolling time delay procedure were not MO controlled but multiply controlled mands.

 
92. The Effects of Stimulus Control Transfer and Prompting on the Emergence of Pure Mands
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
LINDSAY MEHRKAM (University of Florida), Michele R. Traub (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract: Skinner (1957) suggested that mands and tacts are functionally independent verbal operants, in which acquiring one does not automatically result in acquisition of the other. Although several researchers have shown that mands and tacts are functionally independent (e.g., Lamarre & Holland, 1985), more recent research has demonstrated that mands may emerge following tact training. The extent to which stimulus control – both in terms of the presence of reinforcers in the direct environment as well as prompts delivered by a therapist – influence the emergence of mands without prior tact training has not been systematically examined. In the present study, we evaluated the effects of stimulus control transfer (leisure items present and absent) and prompting levels on the emergence of pure and impure mands in an adolescent girl with autism. An A-B-A design was used to first evaluate the relative levels of independent manding in the presence and absence of leisure items. Prompt fading was used once maintenance of independent manding was observed. Further research will examine the generalization of novel mands to other settings and stimuli.
 
93. Assessing and Establishing an Abstract Relation Between Tacts and Mands in Early Learners With Autism
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
GENAE HALL (Behavior Analysis Center for Autism, Behavior Analysis & Intervention Services), Jennifer Elia (Columbia University Teacher's College), Mark L. Sundberg (Sundberg and Associates)
Abstract:

Two early learners with autism were first trained to complete three enjoyable chains of behavior involving three necessary items each. Both participants were taught to make bubbles using a battery-operated bubble machine and assemble and use a ball-rolling toy. Participant A also learned to operate a CD player with headphones and Participant B learned to make a milkshake with a child-sized blender. After the chains were acquired, participants were trained to tact the three items targeted in each chain (nine total). After meeting criterion on all tacts, Participant A was probed on mands for the same items and they did not emerge. Tacts were again probed and since some were weak or the response forms were somewhat unconventional, all tacts were re-trained. Mands for all items were again probed and they did not emerge. One mand for an item in chain #1 (bubbles) was then trained, and the others did not emerge. A second mand in chain #2 (ball run) was then trained, and the others did not emerge. Currently, a third mand in chain #3 (operating CD player) is being trained. This process will continue until untrained mands begin to emerge or all mands are trained directly. Participant B has received training on the nine targeted tacts and has not yet met criterion, apparently due to inconsistent attendance and interfering behaviors. The number of tact targets for this participant has therefore been reduced to three (one for each chain). When she meets criterion, mands for the same items will be probed, then trained (if necessary), as with Participant A. This process will then be repeated with the second and third sets of three.

 
94. High and Low Preference Items Strengthens the Emergence of Mand for Children With Autism
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research
NASSIM CHAMEL ELIAS (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos  ), Valeria Mendes (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos  ), Giovana Escobal (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), A. Celso Goyos (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos)
Abstract: Children with autism greatly benefit from the early learning of mands and other verbal relations. Studies have investigated variables that may contribute to a more effective learning of these skills. One of these variables is the strength of non-verbal stimulus being tacted measured by preference assessment procedures. This study investigated the emergence of mand relations after teaching tacts for high (HP) and low (LP) preference items. Three 5- to- 10-year old children with autism and intellectual disabilities participated, with limited vocal tacts and mands. The procedure consisted of: (1) two paired choice preference assessment to identify a HP and a LP items, (2) teaching the mand task with non-experimental stimuli, (3) mand pre-tests with experimental stimuli, (4) teaching tact with echoic prompt, and (5) mand post-test with experimental stimuli. The results indicated the participants had no prior mand relations for the HP and LP items and, after learning to tact these items, manding emerged for HP and LP items, with a higher frequency for the HP items. The results strengthen previous findings which showed the potentials for the preference assessment procedures and showed that the identification and use of HP stimuli enhances tact acquisition and the emergence of mand relations.
 
95. Replication of Shillingsburg's et al. (2009) Evaulation and Training of Yes - No Responding Across Verbal Operants
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
SEBASTIAN GARCIA ZAMBRANO (Horizontes ABA), Omar David Chaves Hernandez (Horizontes ABA Terapia Integral), Laura Carolina Suarez Ordonez (Horizontes ABA Terapia Integral)
Abstract: The main objective of this poster was to replicate Shillingsburg, Kelley, Roane, Kisamore and Brown (2009) study of the effect of the training program of yes and no responses across contexts in a child with autism.. A pre-post design was implemented. Initially a pre-assessment with the Basic Language and Learning Skills Revised (ABLLS-R) was conducted to ensure that the verbal operants were present in the childs verbal repertoire. During the pretest phase, we evaluated the yes and no responses under mand, tact, and intraverbal conditions. The intervention was designed based in the Shillingsburg, et al. (2009) study in which the correct response was modeled by the experimenter followed by participants independent response. The criterion for training was 80% in all conditions. For the generalization of the responses, the participant was exposed to the generalization test with a new set of stimuli. Finally a posttest was presented to evaluate the acquisition of discrimination of yes and no responses within verbal operants. The results replicated the results of Shillingsburgs, et al. (2009) study. In the conclusion we discuss the findings of the study and the benefits on multiple exemplar training for the discrimination of yes and no responses with verbal operants.
 
96. The Motivating Operation and the Development of Expressive Language Repertoires in Children With Autism
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
ODERAY ALONSO SANCHO-DAVILA (ABA)
Abstract:

The common behavioural approach to teaching language skills to children with autism is mostly based on a "receptive-before-expressive" instructional model, whereby receptive language is considered to be highly influential in the development of expressive verbal behaviour and as such an - all important pre-requisite when teaching expressive protocols. Based on Skinner's (1957) analysis of verbal behaviour, and specifically on the functional relation between the Motivating Operation (MO) and the mand it can be argued that children with autism are able to acquire a specific form of expressive language (i.e., mands) without prior receptive training (e.g., Michael, 1988; Bondy, 2001; Sundberg & Michael, 2001). The present study used an alternating treatment design to assess the above statement and determine if the manipulation of the MO was sufficient for 2 pupils with autism to learn to request using colour attributes, that were not yet part of their receptive repertoires. Results suggested receptive language training should not necessarily be considered a mandatory requirement for children with autism to acquire manding repertoires and highlights the importance of a behavioural analysis of the MO in language training. This study is currently being replicated using additional target attributes and an additional manding response form to address for any methodological issues.

 
97. Selection-Based Instruction and the Emergence of Topography-Based Responses to Interview Questions: A Dismantling Strategy
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
JOHN O'NEILL (Southern Illinois University), Andrew Blowers (Southern Illinois University Rehabilitation Institute), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: The interview process is an important aspect of vocational training and a well executed interview can be very useful when seeking employment. Three individuals with learning disabilities were exposed to a selection-based instructional protocol with a topography-based component intended to teach participants to identify accurate responses to interview questions. A dismantling strategy was employed in order to identify the necessary and sufficient components of the protocol. Participants were exposed to a selection-based protocol, selection-based protocol with audio feedback, and selection-based protocol with audio feedback and a topography-based component, respectively. Prior research suggests that responses are acquired with minimal exposure to the protocol including selection-based responding, audio feedback, and a topography-based component. At posttest, all participants engaged in higher levels of accurate topography-based responses to mock interview questions. Findings suggest that responses may not be readily acquired in the absence of a topography-based component. Results are discussed in terms of the multiple control of verbal behavior and of the distinction between selection-based and topography-based responding. The potential of automated instructional protocols to be included as an aspect of vocational training for young adults with learning disabilities is considered.
 
98. Establishment of Naming Trough Multiple Exemplar Instruction in Children With Autism
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
HEIDI SKORGE OLAFF (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences  ), Per Holth (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Hanne Nordvik Ona (Haukeland University Hospital)
Abstract: Naming is a higher order verbal operant (Catania, 2007) and is considered a developmental behavioral cusp or verbal capability (Greer & Longano, 2010; Rosales-Ruiz & Baer, 1997). When a higher order operant is established, new behaviors emerge that previously have not been reinforced (or trained directly). Naming has been defined as "a verbal phenomenon wherein a child can emit both listener and speaker responses following occasions in which a child hears a novel tact spoken by another as the child attends to the stimulus that is tacted." (Greer et al., 2007. p. 1) Other researchers (Horne & Lowe, 1996) Have also defined Naming in a similar manner and have shown how Naming is involved in emergent categorizations. This study is a systematic replication of Greer, Stolfi, Chavez-Brown and Rivera-Valdes (2005), and was conducted in Norwegian kindergartens. The experimental design is a non-concurrent multiple baseline design, and the results showed improvement in pure- and impure tacting skills, and listener responding due to multiple exemplar instruction.
 
99. The Effectiveness of Multiple Exemplar Instruction (MEI) to Induce Naming in the Applied Setting
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Matthew C. Howarth (Verbal Behavior Associates), KATIE ARTIANO (Verbal Behavior Associates), Gretchen Grundon (Verbal Behavior Associates)
Abstract: Contemporary literature suggests that to be truly verbal, the speaker must simultaneously behave as a listener (Greer & Speckman 2009, Barnes-Holmes, Barnes-Holmes & Cullinan 2001, Greer & Ross 2008, Horne and Lowe, 1996). Because these two functions of language are initially independent of one another, language development involves the process of joining these two capabilities (Greer, 2009). Multiple exemplar instruction (MEI) has been used as an independent variable to teach Naming-a verbal developmental learning capability that allows a child to simultaneously acquire speaker and listener vocabularies incidentally (Greer & Speckman, 2009). For this poster, we analyzed MEI sample data collected by interventionists delivering ABA services in the home and school based setting. The purpose of this review was to determine the effectiveness of MEI in the applied setting to induce naming in learners with Autism. Of the seven students sampled, six of them acquired the listening component (point to response) of naming, while four of them acquired the speaker responses (pure tact and impure tact).
 
100. Effects of Echoic Instruction on Emergence of Listener and Speaker Naming
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
SUKHEE KIM (Kongju National University), Hyejin Shin (Kongju National University), Keynghee Kim (Kongju National University), Keyngsuk Sang (Kongju National University), Nanyoung Kim (Kongju National University), Sunhee Park (Kongju National University), Hye-Suk Lee Park (Kongju National University), Youngmo Yang (Kongju National University)
Abstract: The present study tested if teaching to echo names of stimuli during instruction on matching as listener responses to the stimuli would induce untaught pointing as listener Naming and untaught tacts and intraverbal as speaker Naming. A multiple probe design was utilized . A 5-year old male and a 7-year old male with developmental disabilities participated in Experiment I and in Experiment II respectively. Five picture sets of four unknown items in Experiment I and five picture sets of five unknown items in Experiment II were used. Participant A didn't show a clear emergence of speaker Naming after he received 10-trial echoic matching instruction in which he was required to echo twice when he emitted listener responses. Participant B was required to reach to a criterion (90% accuracy for two consecutive sessions) during echoic matching instruction. IOA were obtained 25% of sessions with Participant A and Participant B. The mean of IOA was 86.3% with Participant A and 97% with Participant B. Participant B demonstrated a clear emergence of listener and speaker Naming after he received intervention. Participant B demonstrated a clear generalization of Naming with novel sets of unknown items. Key words: listener Naming, speaker Naming, echoic, matching.
 
101. Using Multiple Exemplar Instruction in a Lecture-based Format and the Emergence of Untaught Verbal Operant
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Dolleen-Day Keohane (Nicholls State University), Jinhyeok Choi (The Faison School for Autism), JOHN TOLSON (Faison School for Autism), Josh Raughley (The Faison School for Autism)
Abstract: We tested the effects of Multiple Exemplar Instruction across selection (listener) and production (speaker) responses, presented in a lecture-based format, and subsequent increases in the complexity of untaught verbal operants for four middle school students diagnosed with autism and language delays. The lecture content was based on the Virginia State Standard Curriculum subject areas. The dependent variable was the number of novel written responses to probe trials. During the pre and post-probe sessions, the participants watched an instructional video and were required to answer questions related to the topics presented. The results showed that Multiple Exemplar Instruction, across the topographies measured, was functionally related to the emergence of complex novel verbal operants.
 
102. The Training and Assessment of Relational Precursors and Abilities (TARPA): A Correlation With the Peabody Picture Vocabulary Test (PPVT-III)
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
YORS A. GARCIA (Fundacion Universitaria Konrad Lorenz), Sebastian Garcia Zambrano (Horizontes ABA), Liliana Cristiano (Fundacion Universitaria Konrad Lorenz)
Abstract: The aim of this study was to establish a correlation between the Training and Assessment of Relational Precursors and Abilities (TARPA) which is a protocol for the measurement of relational skills underlying language in typically developing children and the Peabody Picture Vocabulary Test -Third Edition (PPVT-III). In the first stage, receptive language evaluation was performed using the PPVT-III to six typically developing children with ages between 4 and 6 years old. In the second stage, the TARPA assessment procedures were administered to children in several sessions due to students attention and motivation. For each assessment session, the child and the teacher sat down in front of the computer in which the TARPA was presented. In the third stage, the training sessions simple and conditional discriminations with visual stimuli were implemented, where generalized reinforcement on a continuous schedule and social reinforcement provided by the teacher were included. A preliminary result supports the results of Kishita, Ohtsuki & Stewart (2013) with regard to TARPA as a valid protocol for measuring and training derived relational responding.
 
103. An Examination of the Effects of Verbal Stimuli, as Identified by the IRAP, on the Rate of Revolutions Pedaled on a Stationary Bicycle
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research
JOVONNIE E-LEAL (Fresno State), Marianne L. Jackson (California State University, Fresno)
Abstract: The purpose of the current study was to examine the use of pictorial stimuli and the effect they have on exercise behavior in an analogue setting. The Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure was used to assess preferred outcomes of exercise for each participant. Current research in Relational Frame Theory suggests that stimuli related to these outcomes should function as motivational augmentals, a type of rule-governed behavior that can temporarily alter the value of a reinforcer and increase behavior related to it. Participants were undergraduate students at California State University, Fresno. Photos of preferred outcomes of exercise were presented on a screen positioned directly in front of a stationary bicycle and the rate of revolutions was recorded. An imagery condition was also examined; it prompted participants to imagine preferred consequences to examine whether imagining consequences in the absence of photos had similar effects. An alternating treatments design was used in the study. Results suggest revolutions pedaled did not increase significantly across participants in the presence of the pictorial stimuli. There was a slight increase in revolutions pedaled within imagery conditions but the increase was not significant. The study raised a number of issues and suggests future directions for the use of pictorial stimuli as motivational augmentals in exercise settings.
 
104. Contextual Control of Roulette Through the Use of Natural Contingencies
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research
RACHEL ENOCH (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: The present experiment investigated the impact of contextually trained discrimination on gambling behavior using the game of roulette. Four recreational novel roulette players were exposed to the roulette game and bet on either red or black. The participants contacted the natural contingencies for win and loss depending on where the wheel naturally landed. Results of the study indicate that after being exposed to the relational responding task, participants allocated the majority of their betting to red, which was paired with positive stimuli opposed to black, which was paired with negative stimuli.
 
105. The Effects of Category Tact Training on the Emergence of Analogical Reasoning
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research
CAREEN SUZANNE MEYER (California State University, Sacramento), Charisse Ann Lantaya (California State University, Sacramento), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento), Danielle LaFrance (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract: Previous research suggests that analogical responding, as measured by the formation of equivalence-equivalence classes, can be produced in the laboratory via tact training of stimulus compounds, as long as participants can also differentially respond to separate components. The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of tact training of individual components of stimulus compounds on the emergence of analogical reasoning. Three undergraduate students were presented with individual images belonging to one of two three-member classes, and trained to tact components with membership in class one (e.g., A1) as "vek" and class two (eg., A2) as "zog." Participants were then presented with tact and matching-to-sample analogy tests for emergent baseline (AB and BC), symmetry (BA and CB), and transitivity (AC and CA) relations with compounds comprised of both class-consistent and class-inconsistent components. In addition, participants completed a component relations test to assess equivalence class formation among individual components of these compounds. All participants passed without remedial training. Results suggest that speaker training, specifically category tact training was sufficient for establishing discriminative control over components in a compound, two distinct equivalence classes, and analogical responding (equivalence-equivalence).
 
106. Teaching Children with Autism to Derive Rules
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
MELISSA NISSEN (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract: The present study taught children with autism to derive rules of antecedent and behavior specifying contingencies in the form of if/then rules. Using multiple exemplar instruction (MEI), the current study trained multiple sets of rules and assessed emergent responding of rule derivation to untrained sets of rules. Participants were placed in dyads, to assess the validity of those derived rules, investigating if a peer with autism would follow the rule derived by the fellow peer with autism. The flexibility of the rule was also assessed using an intraverbal rule reversal. For both participants, MEI was effective and highly efficient in teaching rule-derivation and emergent responding was observed to untrained sets of rules. In the dyad, one participant did derive rules independently, while the other did not show rule derivation. One participant showed strict rule rigidity, while the other showed flexibility in the order of the rule. Avenues for future research are discussed.
 
107. Further Analysis of Rule Construction and Rule Following Repertoires
Area: VBC; Domain: Theory
JONAS FERNANDES GAMBA (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Ana K. Arantes Leme (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), A. Celso Goyos (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos  )
Abstract: Distinct theories have discussed how rules can be a high complex and important class. In a verbal episode, rules can benefit the speaker, e.g., when the speaker uses the rules to control the environment at his/her own favor. The listener, in his/her turn, can benefit from rules when it allows him/her to act faster than when the said behavior is mainly modeled from direct contact with the contingencies. Our goal in this study is to present a conceptual analysis about rule construction and following repertoires acquisition based on behavioral terms. After that, we intend to discuss how this repertoire is established as a high order operant behavior. For this, we are considering jointly the definitions of tact, mand, listener behavior, and motivational operation as a starting point in order to provide functional analysis of rule acquisition and rule following behavior. Furthermore, we canvass the experimental verbal behavior protocols to find whether it can be used to investigate rule acquisition and to which extent they are consistent with Skinners Verbal Behavior interpretation. Finally, we discuss how this analysis integrates with other behavioral theories of language such as the Naming Theory and the Relational Frame Theory.
 
108. Verbal Behavior Developmental Theory: The General Outlines of the Theory
Area: VBC; Domain: Theory
DJENANE BRASIL DA CONCEIÇÃO (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos - UFSCar), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College), Jennifer Lee (Columbia University Teachers College)
Abstract: Verbal Behavior Developmental Theory (Greer, 2009) offers an account of how verbal behavior evolves within the individual’s lifespan as a result of experiences in the environment, including how untaught verbal behavior emerges. The theory was recently developed from the applied research with typically and atypically developing children, and points out milestones, cusps and capabilities which are the critical components of verbal behavior. The verbal developmental path begins with a preverbal child, moves toward the emergence of independent listener and speaker functions, and reaches the joining of the listener and speaker functions, related to more complex verbal behavior. Going further than just describing the milestones, the theory shows how to induce missing cusps and capabilities through research-based protocols, thereby advancing the child’s verbal development, one of its most important achievements. This work aims to present the general outline of the theory, including the Naming capability, and its related protocols, a powerful model that has proven to be efficient in inducing improvements in the verbal behavior of children with and without disabilities.
 
109. Computer-Based Instruction of Contextually Controlled Stimulus Equivalence Classes and Topography-Based Responding in University Students
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
SADIE L. LOVETT (Central Washington University)
Abstract: The use of a computer-based stimulus equivalence protocol in the instruction of advanced learners was examined. Additionally, the emergence of topography-based responding following a selection-based training procedure was evaluated. Participants were trained on relations between the names, pictures, and chemical compositions of three different minerals. Tests for equivalence and tests to evaluate the emergence of topography-based tact responses to each stimulus were then administered. Participants were then trained and tested on relations for three additional minerals. Training on relations between members of the separate sets of mineral classes was then conducted using contextual cues identifying that the minerals were similar in regards to belonging to the same mineral class or having the same hardness rating. Participants were then tested to evaluate contextual control of the merger of the equivalence classes. Results show that equivalence relations emerged between the stimuli with contextual control shown for one of the two contextual cues, and selection-based training is sufficient to produce proficiency in a topography-based response format.
 
110. Using SAFMEDS to Promote Fluency with Skinner’s Verbal Behavior Terms in Undergraduate Students in Saudi Arabia
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
MICHELLE P. KELLY (Dar Al-Hekma College)
Abstract: This research study was a replication and extension of “A Case Study Using SAFMEDS to Promote Fluency with Skinner’s Verbal Behavior Terms” by Fawna Stockwell and John Eshleman (2010), published in the Journal of Precision Teaching and Celeration. Using a deck of 60 Say All Fast a Minute Every Day Shuffled (SAFMEDS) cards, the aim was for each student to establish a fluent verbal repertoire related to the key terms of Skinner’s (1957) analysis of verbal behavior. Each of the six students in the undergraduate course Analysis of Verbal Behavior participated. Five participants speak and write English fluently as second-language learners and one participant is bi-lingual with fluent English and Arabic repertoires. By utilizing see definition/ say term SAFMEDS to reach a fluent performance in terminology from the course (at least 40 correct responses with 2 errors or less in one minute), specific products of fluency were achieved. These outcomes included the retention of information, stable responding in distracting settings, application of material to novel situations, and the ability to meet performance standards (Stockwell & Eshleman, 2010). Standard Celeration Charts and video footage will be utilized to demonstrate performance gains.
 
 
Keyword(s): poster session
 
Poster Session #384
DDA Mon Noon
Monday, May 26, 2014
12:00 PM–2:00 PM
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
111. Evaluating Instructor Preference in Children With Developmental Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
FORREST TOEGEL (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Lauren Speckin (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Elizabeth Sansing (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Leah Verkuylen (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Matthew Thompson (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Kylie Gutknecht (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Kevin P. Klatt (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire)
Abstract: Many children with developmental disabilities lack the ability to communicate with therapists; therefore it is difficult for therapists to evaluate the components of teaching procedures the children may prefer. The current study utilized a forced choice paired stimulus procedure to determine whether children diagnosed with developmental disabilities demonstrate a preference for instructions delivered by a parent or those delivered by a program therapist and the relative effectiveness of preferred and non-preferred instructors. Experimental sessions consisted of instructor choice trials followed by blocks of maintenance tasks. Instructor choice trials consisted of a combination of forced- and free-choice trials in which researchers instructed participants to select a picture of either a parent or a therapist. Following the instructor choice trials, the selected instructor delivered a block maintenance tasks to the participant. Instructor preference was evaluated through instructor choice during free-choice trials. Instructor effectiveness was evaluated through the percentage of maintenance trials correct throughout the experimental session. Results suggest that the current procedure is a successful indicator of preference for and effectiveness of instructors.
 
112. Effects of Baseline Sample Size on Proportion of Baseline and Interpretation of Behavioral Persistence
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
STEPHEN E. RYAN (The University of Iowa), Patrick Romani (The University of Iowa), Wendy K. Berg (The University of Iowa), Alyssa N. Suess (The University of Iowa), Anna Ing (The University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa), Joel Eric Ringdahl (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: Behavioral momentum theory provides a framework to study persistence of behavior when challenged by extinction. A behavior's persistence is evaluated by dividing response rate during a challenge condition by mean response rate during a baseline condition. This calculation is called proportion of baseline. The current study addressed applied issues that may affect interpretation of proportion of baseline. The participant, a 2-year old boy with developmental delays, engaged in problem behavior maintained by positive reinforcement. Functional communication training (FCT) for tangibles was implemented across two mand modalities (i.e., manual sign for please; vocal "please") within a multiple schedules design. Visual cues signaled which modality would be reinforced during each session. After establishing similar reinforcement histories, both mand modalities were placed on extinction. Proportion of baseline was calculated using all FCT sessions for both modalities, all FCT sessions for both modalities including errors in manding, and the final three FCT sessions for both modalities. A manding error was defined as a manual sign occurring during a vocal extinction session and vice versa. Interpretations of the persistence of manding varied depending on how proportion of baseline was calculated. Interobserver agreement was calculated for 30% of each condition and averaged above 90%.
 
113. Impact of Psychotropic Medication Changes on Functional Assessment Outcomes
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Annette Haas (Drake University), Madison Cirks (Drake University), Raizel Small (Drake University), Madalyn Troske (Drake University), Meara Henninger-McMahon (Drake University), Danielle Mroz (Drake University), Elizabeth Schieber (Drake University), MARIA G. VALDOVINOS (Drake University)
Abstract: Introduction: Pharmacological interventions are common for treating problem behaviors in individuals with intellectual disabilities (ID) (Matson, Sipes, Fodstad, & Fitzgerald, 2011). The purpose of this study was to determine if changes in problems behavior were predicted by changes in psychotropic medication. Methods: The participants were Caucasian males, Randy (28yr; diagnosed with severe ID, Autism, Bipolar Disorder; discontinued thioridazine, escitalopram, started lurasidone hcl) and Bart (35yr; diagnosed with severe ID and Autism; decrease in seroquel), and Caucasian females, Lola (53yr; diagnosed with moderate ID; increase in valproic acid) and Stella (32yr; diagnosed with moderate ID and Autism; changes in olanzapine and risperidone dosage). Experimental functional analyses (FA) were conducted at the beginning of the study and at least 2 weeks after any medication changes were made. Additionally, weekly one-hour observations were conducted in the home (videotaped and scored later using Noldus Observer XT). The FA conditions included standard conditions (i.e., control, tangible, demand, ignore, attention) (Iwata et al., 1994) and additional probes to assess possible side effects (i.e., thirst, edible, fine motor, headache). Lag sequential analyses were conducted with direct observation data to identify the probability with which any given antecedent predicted problem behavior. Results: Attached are Stella’s data. In general, changes in FA results and lag sequential outcomes were observed after medication changes; however, changes were not always uniform across behaviors or antecedent conditions. Discussion: Behaviors assessed for all participants presented with different patterns across antecedent conditions and assessment types. Nonetheless, these antecedent conditions changed when medication alterations were made. Further analyses of all participant data will be conducted in order to confirm patterns across participants. References: * Matson, J.L., Sipes, M., Fodstad, J.C., & Fitzgerald M.E. (2011). Issues in the management of challenging behaviours of adults with Autism Spectrum disorder. CNS Drugs, 25(7), 597-606. *Iwata, B.A., et al. (1994). The functions of self-injurious behavior: An experimental – epidemiological analysis. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 27(2), 215-240. * This research was supported by NICHD: 1R15HD072497-01
 
114. The Effects of Different Adults as Feeders During Functional Analyses of Inappropriate Mealtime Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
EMILY G. BLINN (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Melanie H. Bachmeyer (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Courtney Mauzy (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Caitlin A. Kirkwood (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Diane Berth (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract:

Numerous studies have validated the use of pretreatment functional analyses as the basis for the development of highly effective interventions for a variety of problem behaviors. Several studies have reported instances in which experimenter-conducted functional analyses yielded rates of problem behavior too low to be interpretable and subsequently demonstrated that inclusion of caregivers as therapists in the sessions resulted in increases in problem behavior (e.g., Huete & Kurtz, 2010; Ringdahl & Sellers, 2000; Tiger et al., 2009). We trained caregivers to conduct functional analyses after low or no responding was observed during experimenter-conducted functional analyses of the inappropriate mealtime behavior of 2 children diagnosed with feeding disorders. In a pair-wise design, we used procedures similar to those described by Piazza, Fisher, et al. (2003). Interobserver agreement was above 80% for at least 33% of sessions for both children. Treatment integrity during parent conducted sessions was above ----% for both children. Inappropriate mealtime behavior increased during caregiver-conducted functional analyses resulting in successful identification of function. Results will be discussed in terms of potential operant mechanisms responsible for the differential outcomes and implications for research and clinical practice for the evaluation of pediatric food refusal.

 
115. Reducing Rapid Eating Using a Pager Prompt: A Replication of Anglesea, Hoch, and Taylor
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
TRACI LANNER (Springbrook), Brandon Scott Nichols (Springbrook), Michele Myers (Springbrook), Hannah Jacobsen (Springbrook), David McAdam (University of Rochester)
Abstract:

Rapid eating is a common feeding problem displayed by persons with developmental disabilities. Rapid eating is concerning because it can result in health problems (e.g., aspiration) and can be socially stigmatizing. Anglesea, Hoch, and Taylor (2008) demonstrated that a pager prompt (i.e. a pager set to vibrate according to predetermined time interval) combined with response blocking successfully reduced the rapid eating of three teenage boys with an Autism Spectrum Disorder. The current study is a systematic replication of Anglesea et al. (2008) conducted with a 14 year old boy with an intellectual disability and autism. An ABAB reversal design will be used to evaluate the efficacy of the intervention package and both interobserver agreement and treatment integrity data will be presented (Note: we are currently in the process of completing the ABAB reversal design. The data collected to date are attached). The degree to which the findings of Anglesea et al. (2008) are replicated and suggestions for future research will be discussed.

 
116. Assessing the Effects of Antecedent Management Techniques on Masturbatory Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
John Demanche (Melmark New England), ERICA DEMARTINO (Melmark New England), Freddie Scibelli (Melmark New England), Jill Marie Harper (Melmark New Englnad)
Abstract: The purpose of this evaluation was to assess the effects of an antecedent intervention in the form of scheduled intervals of exercise and wrist weights on the masturbatory behavior of a young man diagnosis with Childhood Disintegrative Disorder. All sessions throughout the assessment and treatment were conducted in the context of ongoing daily activities within a classroom setting. Prior to the start of the evaluation, sensory extinction was in place in the form of a sporting cup worn throughout the school day. However, upon removing the cup the behavior re-emerged at high levels across the day. The initial assessment demonstrated that the masturbatory behavior was not sensitive to social consequences. The treatment package resulted in an immediate decrease in masturbatory behavior to near zero levels. A component analysis showed that although wrist weights alone produced significant decreases in behavior, all components (exercise and weights) resulted in the greatest reduction of behavior. Therefore, the treatment package was reintroduced with a plan to systematically fade the wrist weights across sessions. Reliability data was collected during 51% of assessment sessions and 27% of treatment sessions and mean agreement scores across sessions were 94.5% and 96.4%, respectively.
 
117. Descriptive Assessment of Token and Food Reinforcement During Discrete Trial Instruction
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
JANICE CORONEL (Florida International University), Yanerys Leon (Florida International University), Claudia Campos (Florida International University), Beatriz Urcuyo (Florida International University)
Abstract: A token economy involves the delivery of a previously neutral stimulus that has been paired with, and can be exchanged for a variety of backup reinforcers (e.g., food or tangibles). Previous researchers have suggested that token economies present several advantages to direct food or tangible reinforcement (e.g., ease of delivery, maximizing work time). Although these advantages have been suggested, there are currently no data that have compared these outcomes using token economies and direct food and/or tangible reinforcement in discrete trial training (DTT). Therefore, the purpose of this study was to conduct a descriptive assessment evaluating the consistency with which early intervention therapists deliver tokens, food, or tangibles during DTT. We measured latency to the delivery of the reinforcer, number of responses completed, time in reinforcement, and time in work during DTT. Results indicate that a) latency to token delivery was shorter than direct food and direct tangible delivery and b) the number of responses completed and time spent working was higher when food was the programmed reinforcer compared to tangible items regardless of whether or not tokens were used as immediate reinforcers and exchanged for these items or if the items were delivered directly following a response.
 
118. Use of a Change-Over Delay During Differential Reinforcement of Appropriate Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Jolene R. Sy (Saint Louis University), OLIVIA GRATZ (Saint Louis University), Kathleen Mack (Saint Louis University), Sarah Koerkenmeier (Saint Louis University)
Abstract: Although the efficacy of differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA; Hanley, Iwata, & Thompson, 2001) has been repeatedly demonstrated with individuals with intellectual disabilities, is unknown whether it is possible to suppress problem behavior and increase appropriate behavior if appropriate behavior occurs close in time to problem behavior. In these cases, it may be necessary to program a change-over delay (COD; i.e., an interval of time following problem behavior in which appropriate responses could not produce reinforcement). Although a COD has been included in some studies (e.g., Hagopian, Fisher, Sullivan, Acquisto, & LeBlanc, 1998), it's effects have never been systematically evaluated. The purpose of this study is to systematically compare DRA with and without a COD. Two children diagnosed with intellectual disabilities participated in the study. The results of the study indicate that both versions of DRA decrease the rate of problem behavior and increase the rate of independent appropriate behaviors.
 
119. The Effects of Delayed Punishment on the Choices of Individuals With Intellectual Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Basic Research
JOLENE R. SY (Saint Louis University), Olivia Gratz (Saint Louis University), Kathleen Mack (Saint Louis University), Sarah Koerkenmeier (Saint Louis University)
Abstract: Woolverton, Freeman, Myerson, and Green (2011) found monkeys were more likely to select reinforcers that were not followed by punishment. However, this became less likely as the punisher was delayed. Less is known about the effects of delayed punishment on human choice. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of delayed punishment on the choices of three individuals with autism. Subjects chose between a small magnitude reinforcer or a large magnitude reinforcer followed by a 0-, 5-, 10-, 20-, 30-, or 60-s delayed punisher. Punishment was unsignaled, briefly signaled, or signaled for the entire delay. For one subject, the reinforcing efficacy of large magnitude reinforcement competed with the punishing efficacy of a “no” statement. For two subjects, punishment was most effective when the signal lasted the duration of the delay. However, there was some variability in results and the effectiveness of the punisher appeared to decrease over time.
 
120. Effects of PECS on the Acquisition of Mands for Adults with ID and Severe Communication Deficits.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
MARY VON WITZLEBEN (Benchmark)
Abstract: Communication skills are necessary to meet basic needs; to express wants and desires; and to exercise self-determination and independence. When an individual does not speak functionally, alternative and augmentative communication (AAC) devices may be employed to provide a functional communication system. The Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) is an AAC system that is based on the principles of ABA and was originally used with young children diagnosed with Autism. Recently studies have examined the use of PECS with adults with developmental disabilities. Overall, these studies have found PECS to be effective in increasing the requesting skills in this population. This study examined the effects of implementing PECS with 6 adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities that did not have functional communication skills. A multiple baseline design across participants was implemented to evaluate the effects of PECS on requesting skills and reduction in problem behaviors. Results demonstrated a significant increase in mands and a decrease in undesirable behaviors.
 
 
Keyword(s): poster session
 
Poster Session #385
AUT Mon Noon
Monday, May 26, 2014
12:00 PM–2:00 PM
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
121. Teaching An Adolescent with Autism to Complete Short Response Chains Using Observational Learning
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SHEIBA KOSHY (Alpine Learning Group), Jason Stambaugh (Alpine Learning Group), Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract: A common rationale for inclusive education is the opportunity for observational learning. However, individuals with autism show deficits in skills that may be associated with observational learning such as imitation and sustained attention. Taylor, DeQuinzio, and Stine (2012) demonstrated that as a result of learning to monitor (i.e., attend to and imitate) the reading responses of their peers, children with autism could acquire unknown sight words. In current study, we extended this research by examining the effects of learning to monitor the responses of a peer on the acquisition of three short response chains by a non-verbal adolescent male with autism. A multiple baseline design across three responses was used to evaluate the effects of monitoring training. During baseline test sessions, the participant was instructed to either sort silverware, wash a table, or refill a napkin dispenser. Following baseline, we simply exposed the participant to a peer model engaged in the sorting silverware task and measured acquisition 10 minutes after exposure in the absence of the peer. The participant could not demonstrate any steps in the response chain. We then started monitoring training for the sorting silverware response category, which consisted of delivering verbal, gestural prompts, and reinforcement to the participant approximately every 4 seconds for watching the peer. Correct responding during the test sessions quickly increased to 100%. We staggered the implementation of monitoring training across the two remaining tasks (washing a table and refilling a napkin dispenser. Responding did not increase for the washes table task, so we made a modification in which we required the peer to pause after before and after engaging in each of the component responses of the response chain. Responding increased to 100% for both tasks. Results imply that simply exposing the participant with autism to a peer did not result in behavior change, rather acquisition of the response chains required that the participant learn to monitor the responses of the peer, and that the responses modeled were conducted slowly.
 
122. Acquisition and Generalization of Spontaneous Wearing Skills for Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SAORI MAEDA (Keio University), Jun-ichi Yamamoto (Keio University)
Abstract: It is difficult for the children with ASD to learn wearing skills in naturalistic environment because of their difficulties in fine motor skills. Usually, their parents have hard time to have them acquire the independent ADL skills because they dont know how children with ASD learn to wear by themselves and it may increase child-care stress. In this study, we examined whether four children with ASD could acquire and generalize spontaneous wearing skills by total-task-presentation procedure. The multiple baseline design across participants was used. We divided wearing skills into 17 elements such as slipping smock and fastening buttons. During the intervention, the therapist used verbal and physical prompts and prompts were gradually faded. Their mother observed how the therapist presented and faded the prompts and took the role of the therapist in generalization test. We calculated the percentages of correct responses (elements) that the child could achieve spontaneously. Results showed that three of four children could acquire and generalize the spontaneous wearing skills. Results were discussed in that the total-task-presentation procedure was effective for children with ASD to acquire the spontaneous wearing skills and that the fluency of motor skills would be the prerequisites to acquire the wearing skills.
 
123. A Comparison of the Effects of Errorless vs. Error Correction Procedures on Skill Acquisition
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JESSICA NIEMEIER (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center  ), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Amber R. Paden (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Children with autism often make frequent errors and have considerable difficulty when acquiring new skills. Terrace (1963, 1974) suggested that procedures that allow errors to occur frequently (e.g., error correction) produce negative emotional behaviors, which can in turn interfere with skill acquisition. However, teaching procedures that prevent errors (e.g., Touchette & Howard, 1984) have not been directly compared with those that permit and then correct errors (e.g., Grow et al, 2011) in children with autism. The current study compared an errorless teaching procedure similar to the one developed by Touchette and Howard (1984) with a commonly cited error-correction procedure in two children with autism spectrum disorder. A receptive identification task was used as the dependent measure. In the errorless condition, the prompt delay was moved in 1 s increments contingent on the participants responding. In the error-correction condition, trials were repeated until the participant responded independently and correctly. Results indicated that the errorless procedure was more efficient for one participant and error correction was more efficient for the other. Further research should be conducted to assess the mechanisms that facilitate skill acquisition using each of these procedures.
 
124. Community-Based Intensive Behavioral Intervention for Preschool Children with Autism: A Retrospective Effectiveness Study
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Lisa M. Wright (University of Manitoba), CT YU (University of Manitoba), Toby L. Martin (St. Amant Research Centre), Carly Chand (University of Manitoba), Leslie Thorne (St. Amant Research Centre)
Abstract: Intensive behavioral intervention has been shown to be effective in well-controlled studies for children with autism. However, relatively few studies have evaluated its effectiveness when delivered in the community often under less than ideal conditions. We conducted a retrospective effectiveness study of such an intervention and compared outcomes between children with higher versus lower adaptive behavior scores at intake. The intervention consisted of 31 weekly hours of individualized instructions using applied behavior analytic procedures. Archival data examined included standardized measures of adaptive behavior, language, autism symptoms, and cognitive development. Children included in the study (n = 100) must have intake standard scores on adaptive functioning and intake and year-1 scores on at least one measure. Mean intake-age of the participants was 46.75 months, and diagnoses included autism, autism spectrum disorder, and pervasive developmental disorder-not otherwise specified. After one year of intervention, statistically significant improvements (p < .05) on all measures were observed. Moreover, a computed rate of development in adaptive behavior also reached statistical significance. Higher functioning children (Group A in Figure) consistently outperformed the lower functioning children (Group B in Figure) on average on all measures. The community-based intensive behavioral intervention based on applied behavior analytic procedures was effective.
 
125. On-Task Intervention Using a Motivaider Across Multiple Settings
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
MOLLY ANN MCGINNIS (May Institute), Lauren Eaton (The May Institute), Robert F. Putnam (May Institute), Courtney L. Keegan (May Institute)
Abstract:

The intervention demonstrates the use of a Motivaider during multiple settings to prompt on-task behavior. CW is a 12-year-old boy and is diagnosed with pervasive developmental disorder-not otherwise specified (PDD-NOS) and attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD). During baseline, data was collected by the observer during a 30-minute time period. The observer wore the Motivaider to complete data using 3-minute momentary time sampling to track the presence or absence of on-task behavior at the end of each interval. During the intervention training, the Motivaider was present so that the trainer and the participant could hear the vibration. At the end of the interval, the trainer would prompt the participant by saying, Are you doing what youre supposed to be doing right now? The trainer then used least-to-most prompting to teach appropriate responding. During intervention, data was collected using a 3-minute momentary time sampling procedure. Data regarding on-task versus off task behavior was collected during this phase as well as whether CW successfully self-redirects at the end of the 3-minute interval if he was off-task. The percentage of self-redirects within 10s are demonstrated in the attached graph as well as overall on-task behavior. Interobserver agreement (IOA) data was collected during 1 session during the intervention in the home at 100% agreement. Further IOA data will be taken as this study continues. At the time of submission, CW demonstrates significant progress regarding on-task behavior in the home environment and some progress regarding on-task behavior in the social studies setting. The trainer hopes to implement the same intervention training present in the home environment at the school setting to promote high rates of on-task behavior in another environment. Further implementation will also occur in other settings to demonstrate generalization across multiple settings.

 
126. Blocking and Redirection Towards Competing Items to Decrease Destructive Behavior
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CAITLIN FULTON (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center  ), Kasey Thomas (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Angie Christine Querim (Ball State University), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: A 10-year-old boy diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder, Nate, was referred to a severe behavior disorders clinic for the assessment and treatment of destructive behavior; specifically, the breaking of light bulbs, light fixtures, outlets, and lamps. Functional analyses indicated this destructive behavior was maintained by automatic reinforcement. In 1996, Piazza et al. demonstrated that providing access to tangible items as well as social attention reduced the rate of automatically maintained dangerous behavior for an individual diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder. Paired stimulus preference assessments (Fisher et al., 1992) were conducted to evaluate Nates preference for light bulbs and other leisure items. The final treatment included blocking Nate from touching light bulbs, fixtures, and wall outlets while providing access to highly preferred items contingent on compliance to a specified number of household tasks. If Nate engaged in destructive behavior, he was immediately transitioned to a timeout room with a 2 minute calm criterion. Nates attempts to interact with the lights, fixtures, and outlets decreased to near zero levels while his compliance with the tasks given and interaction with the alternative items increased to high levels.
 
127. Using Digital Stimulus Superimposition and Fading to Establish Sight Reading With Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
EDGAR D. MACHADO (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell College), Kevin J. Brothers (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Barbara C. Etzel (The University of Kansas), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell College)
Abstract: Research suggests that stimulus superimposition with fading may successfully transfer stimulus control of vocal labeling from pictures to text for a variety of learners. Schilmoeller, Schilmoeller, Etzel and LeBlac (1979) demonstrated that criterion related cues (i.e., stimulus features of the initial stimulus complex contained the same or similar features as the terminal discriminative stimuli) were better than non-criterion related cues for shifting stimulus control. The current study extends this body of work, in particular, the work of Birkan, McClannahan and Krantz (2007), by fading the superimposed stimuli that appears outside the target S+ first and then fading the superimposed stimuli that appears inside the target S+, using Microsoft Word to gradually shift responding from pictures to corresponding text to teach sight-word reading to people with autism. A multiple-baseline design across pairs of words was used with two children with autism (data are shown for 1 participant). Over the course of the stimulus superimposition of words over pictures and stimulus fading of the pictures, continuous probes of the text alone words were presented to assess when transfer of control of reading from pictures to text occurred. During baseline, no sight reading occurred but all picture stimuli evoked correct vocal tacts. During intervention, all sight word pairs came to occasion correct reading. Sight reading also generalized to words written in fonts that differed from those used during training. Sight reading also maintained following the completion of training. Thus, these results provide an effective method to errorlessly teach sight reading.
 
128. The Effects of Pairing on Response Allocation to Staff Members
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KELLY DELLA ROSA (Alpine Learning Group), Janell Scheuer (Alpine Learning Group), Lindsay Barth (Alpine Learning Group), Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract: Some research indicates that children with disabilities will choose to work with staff members who are more preferred. The current study evaluated procedures for conditioning staff as reinforcers by pairing staff members with preferred activities. A multi-element design was used to assess the effects of pairing on response allocation to each staff member. Prior to baseline, a reinforcer assessment was conducted to identify social reinforcers (e.g., hugs, tickling). Neutral exposure and test sessions served as the baseline. During neutral exposure sessions, the participant spent 3 minutes with each staff member in an empty room. No prompts or reinforcement were delivered. Following two neutral exposure sessions, neutral test sessions were conducted, where pictures of two staff members were positioned randomly on a table. The participant was instructed to “Pick who you want to work with” and response allocation to each staff member’s picture was measured. The participant was then required to earn five tokens with that staff member. Following baseline, pairing intervention sessions began. During these sessions, staff members A and B were randomly assigned to one of two conditions: paired and non-paired. In the pairing condition, the staff member delivered social reinforcement on a FT-15 s schedule. Conversely, the non-paired condition featured staff that did not provide reinforcement, initiate interactions and remained neutral when responding to the participant. Test sessions were conducted 45 minutes following two pairing intervention sessions. Pictures of staff members A and B were positioned on a table and the participant was instructed to “Pick who you want to work with.” The participant then worked with that staff member until he earned five tokens. It is anticipated that the participant will allocate the most responses to the staff member paired with preferred social activities indicating that staff can be conditioned as reinforcers.
 
129. Duration-Reduction of Treatment Sessions as Reinforcement for Appropriate Behavior in Young Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
EMILY SKORZANKA (University of Nevada, Reno), Ainsley B. Lewon (University of Nevada, Reno), Daylee E. Magnison (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Before a child exits treatment, it is often important to fade the use of a token economy in favor of more naturalistic behavior management techniques. Little research has been conducted in this area and, as such, a session reduction procedure was developed to fade the use of a token economy and other tangible reinforcers, and decrease the rate of problematic behaviors that interfere with instruction with young children with autism who are transitioning out of EIBI treatment. All participants experienced a change in session structure whereby a token economy was replaced by a session reduction procedure in which a childs treatment session was terminated contingent upon the completion of a predetermined number of curriculum responses. In this way, the discontinuation of a childs treatment session was directly related to on-task behavior, rather then a pre-scheduled time. Results and suggestions for future research will be discussed.
 
130. Evaluating the Use of Catalyst Application on the iPad for Data Collection
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SHAELA BRUCE (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center, CASD), Jessica Niemeier (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Amber R. Paden (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Nitasha Dickes (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: The purpose of the current study was to compare the use of a standard data collection (e.g., paper and pencil data) and management (e.g., enter data via Microsoft Excel, writing progress notes via Microsoft Word) to the use of technology-based data collection and management (i.e., Catalyst). Catalyst, created by DataFinch Technologies is a customizable applied behavior analysis (ABA) data collection platform. The application is available for use on the iPad. Two therapists participated in this evaluation. Each therapist has a bachelor's degree and both have prior training in ABA therapy. Both therapists reviewed the online manual prior to using the system. First, we assessed the total duration of the standard data collection and data management method (i.e., graphing using excel, creating a changes sheet for the following therapy day using Word, and creating a progress note using Word). Time-stamped emails were sent to mastered level supervisors when each task (graphing, progress notes, and changes sheets) was started and finished. Next, Catalyst was utilized to measure data collection and management via the application. We compared these two methods using a within subject reversal design. Results, suggested that on average, the standard data collection and management method took 20 minutes longer than when the Catalyst system was used. When using the Catalyst system, time spent on graphing, progress notes, and changes sheets was decreased to an average of 10 to 15 minutes.
 
131. Evaluating the Use of Two Seating Arrangements on Skill Acquisition
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
HEATHER DOLL (Munroe Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center  ), Amber R. Paden (Munroe Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Nitasha Dickes (Munroe Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Previous research has shown that several variables, such as the seating arrangement, influence skill acquisition for typically developing children during discrete-trial training (Van Houten and Rolider, 1989). Van Houten and Rolider demonstrated that a knee-to-knee seating arrangement increased children's accuracy with correct responding to flashcards. The purpose of the current study was to extend the findings of Van Houten and Rolider (1989) by evaluating the effects of two seating arrangements, table seating and knee-to-knee seating, on the accuracy of responding during discrete-trial teaching in children three children with autism. During the knee-to-knee arrangement, both the therapist and child sat with knees touching and no table or distractors were present. In the table seating arrangement, the therapist sat adjacent to the child at a table. Following low levels of correct responding during baseline, the two seating arrangements were implemented using a combination multiple-baseline/alternating-treatment design to compare skill acquisition. Reinforcement was provided on a fixed-ratio 1 (FR1) schedule for correct responding in each teaching arrangement. The study is ongoing but preliminary results showed that there was a larger and more rapid increase in correct responding with the table seating arrangement relative to the knee-to-knee condition for at least one participant.
 
132. Project iCAN: Using the iPad to Communicate and Access Needs
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
ELISA CRUZ-TORRES (Florida Atlantic University Center for Autism & Related Disabilities)
Abstract: Lack of access to enriching resources may hinder language acquisition and opportunities for social engagement, as well as mediate problem behavior. Children from lower socioeconomic backgrounds with an Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) that have severely impaired communication skills and no access to stimulating learning materials may face even more adversity than their typically developing peers. With funding support from Autism Speaks, Project iCAN provided iPads and a communication app, called Proloquo2Go, to underprivileged families who have children with ASD and limited communication skills. Four families attended three 6-hour workshops in which they were trained how to navigate and customize the iPad and Proloquo2Go. The Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment & Placement Program (VB-MAPP) was used to assess each child’s language skills. Target goals were derived based on the pre-study results. To provide further support, in-home consultations were conducted bi-weekly for three months. This presentation will review the rationale for this project, as well as procedures utilized in training and consulting with multicultural and multilingual families. Pre- and post-parent surveys regarding the training and its impact on their technology competence will be discussed. VB-MAPP results of the each child’s language development will also be shared.
 
133. Moderate Effect of Early Intensive Behavioural Intervention in Rett syndrome
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KRISTINE TITLESTAD (Norway ABA), Hege Aarlie (Norway ABA), Sigmund Eldevik (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences)
Abstract: Background: Rett syndrome is a neurodevelopmental disorder, almost exclusively occurring in females. After a period of normal development Rett children loose speech and purposeful hand use, and develop stereotypic hand movements and gait abnormalities. No specific therapy is advised for Rett syndrome. Aim: May early behavioural intervention be an effective intervention for children with Rett syndrome. Methods: Twin girls with Rett syndrome received early intensive behavioural intervention for 33 months, from the age three. Up to 35 hours intervention was given one-to-one and in small groups. Effects of teaching were assessed using The Assessment of Basic Language and Learning Skills- Revised and the Vineland Adaptive Behavior Scales, Parent/Caregiver Rating Form. Results: Vineland and The Assessment of Basic Language and Learning Skills- Revised showed that both girls maintained and learned new skills. Skills that were systematically targeted where maintained and a number of new skills where established. Conclusion: Our results indicate that early intensive behavioural intervention may have some moderate positive effects in Rett syndrome.
 
134. Effectiveness and Generalization of an Intensive PRT Professional Training Program
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
KATRINA OSTMEYER (Virginia Tech), Angela Scarpa (Virginia Tech), Daniel Adam Openden (Southwest Autism Research & Resouce Center), Leasha Barry (University of West Florida), Brent Seymour (Southwest Autism Research & Resource Center), Rachel McIntosh (Southwest Autism Research & Resource Center)
Abstract: Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) are likely to be served by professionals through a variety of mental health, medical, and school-based community systems; however, the training needs of these professionals are often unmet due to inadequate training in evidence-based practices and lack of funding (Stahmer, Collings, & Palinkas, 2005; Simpson, 2005). For these reasons, cost-effective training methods for community professionals need exploration. The current study examined an intensive four-day training workshop in evidence-based Pivotal Response Treatment (PRT: Koegel, Koegel, Harrower, & Carter, 1999) on the ability of professionals working with children with ASD to apply PRT techniques with a target child and generalization of learned techniques to another child. Two community professionals working with children with ASD completed the training and video probes working with a child targeted during the training and another child for generalization. Data were coded for the correct implementation of each of five PRT strategies (shared control, providing opportunities, interspersing trials, reinforcing attempts, and reinforcing behavior) from 10-minute videos collected at baseline before the training as well as one week, one month, and two months after the training. Data show that professionals learned to apply PRT techniques with each target child and skills also generalized to working with another child not directly targeted in training. One provider maintained her level of performance while the other did not during maintenance probes. Results and implications for policy and training in evidence-based practices will be discussed.
 
135. Identifying Function of Problem Behavior and Classification of Repetitive Behavior by Hospitalized In-Patients
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MAEGAN PISMAN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Outcomes of indirect assessments and functional analyses do not always produce the same conclusion regarding the function of a behavior (Toogood & Timlin, 1996; Paclawskyj, Matson, Rush, Smalls, & Vollmer, 2001; Iwata, DeLeon, Roscoe, 2013). Research evaluating indirect assessments that measure defining features of autism (e.g., repetitive behaviors, inflexibility) and comparing those features to outcomes of functional analyses may help determine the utility of these indirect measures in the assessment of problem behavior. In this study, we examined differences in the severity of repetitive behavior using the repetitive behavior scale revised (RBS-R; Bodfish, Symons, & Lewis, 2000) and severity of inflexibility using the behavioral flexibility rating scale revised (BFRS-R; Scheffer et al., 2008) for individuals admitted to an inpatient hospital and diagnosed with autism only and autism with comorbid ID. In addition, we identified the percentage of participants with automatic and tangible functions that fell within a range of scores on the indirect measures. Results indicate that the BFRS-R may be a good indicator for identifying social vs. automatic reinforcement for various problem behaviors. Results also indicate no statistical significance between the scores for the low functioning autism and high functioning autism groups on these indirect assessments.
 
136. An Evaluation of Response Latency to Predict Behavioral Function
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ANNA ING (The University of Iowa), James Green (The University of Iowa), Wendy K. Berg (The University of Iowa)
Abstract: Recent studies have evaluated the efficacy of using latency to problem behavior as an alternative to response rate to identify the function of problem behavior within a functional analysis. Latency analyses have been shown to have high correspondence to functional analysis outcomes, but require less time and fewer instances of problem behavior than functional analyses (Thomason- Sassi, Iwata, Neidert, & Roscoe, 2011). This study evaluated the correspondence between behavior functions identified by a standard functional analysis (calculated using response rate) and behavior functions identified with three variations of latency analyses. Post hoc latency analyses were conducted with functional analysis data sets for 12 participants who attended an extended outpatient service for assessment and treatment of problem behavior. Participants ranged in age from 2 to 21 years old. Each data set was reviewed for latency to first target behavior, latency to the second occurrence of target behavior, and latency to any problem behavior. High levels of correspondence were found between the functional analysis and latency to first target behavior (83%), latency to first problem behavior (83%), and latency to second target behavior (75%). Results will be discussed in terms of the utility of different latency analyses as an alternative to functional analyses.
 
137. A Comparison of Data Presentation Methods for Functional Analysis Data
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SORAH STEIN (Partnership for Behavior Change), Jonathan Amey (AIMS Instruction), Joseph Baird (Indiana University South Bend), Justin McCammon (Partnership for Behavior Change)
Abstract: Determining function of behavior for people with developmental disabilities is typically achieved via functional analysis. Functional analysis data can be represented and thus analyzed in various ways. Traditionally, we looked at condition(s) with highest percent of intervals in which behavior occurred to determine the function of a behavior (Iwata et al., 1982). More recently some researchers and clinicians started to look at frequency of behavior within conditions to determine function (Kahng & Iwata, 1999). In the present study, researchers examined the high-frequency vocal stereotypy of a fifteen-year-old boy. Analyses were carried out across 15, five-minute conditions, then data were analyzed and compared using percent of intervals, aggregated rate per condition, and rate per minute within conditions using the timings (standard celeration) chart. Pre-analysis, we hypothesized the behavior to be automatically maintained, which was supported by analysis of data by percent of intervals. Rate per minute and per session revealed the behavior to be attention-maintained, and enhanced by data tracked via audible clicker; this finding was not revealed by analysis of percent of intervals. Rate per minute data reveal trends in the behavior not revealed in per-session presentation. Thus, we recommend analyzing functional analysis data in rate per-minute.
 
138. Pairwise Functional Analysis of Pica: Measuring Within-Session Patterns of Responding Utilizing Placebo Pills
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MELISSA ENGASSER (The Bedrock Clinic & Research Center), Delia Sequeira (The Bedrock Clinic & Research Center), Michael Hitchcock (The Bedrock Clinic & Research Center), Sarah Cohen (The Bedrock Clinic & Research Center)
Abstract: Few studies have been completed to better understand pica of prescription medication. This study sought to assess the dangerous behavior of drug ingestion pica of a 10-year-old male child. A pairwise variation functional analysis was completed in order to determine the function of the behavior. A set of 10 items, which included both preferred edibles and edible items that resembled inedibles, were systematically presented. Placebo pills created by a compounding pharmacy were utilized to take the place of prescription medication. The conditions tested involved the presence of a person versus the absence of a person in the assessment room while the set of multiple stimuli without replacement were presented. Also tested was the availability of attention and no attention to the child from the person in the room. Within the pairwise variation, the following information was also attained: the order of item preference, latency of ingestion of items, and frequency of pica behavior. The results confirmed the hypothesis that the maintaining function of pica was access to socially mediated attention.
 
139. The Use of Within-Session Patterns of Self-Injury to Clarify Behavioral Function
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ERIC BOELTER (Seattle Children's Hospital), Amber Persons (Seattle Children's Autism Center)
Abstract: Functional analysis methodology has been shown to effectively identify the behavioral function of disruptive behavior. Analyses of within session patterns of behavior have been used to augment the results of the functional analysis. The use of within-session patterns of behavior, which may help clarify the results of a functional analysis, are important to replicate. This study examined within session patterns of behavior to clarify behavioral function following a functional analysis with two participants diagnosed with autism who engaged in self-injury. For each participant, a functional analysis was conducted that yielded undifferentiated results. For one participant an additional functional analysis was conducted to control for an idiosyncratic independent variable. Subsequently, an extended alone/ignore phase was conducted with both participants and suggested that an automatic behavioral function may be present. However, follow-up analysis of within-session patterns of self-injury during the extended alone/ignore phase suggested that an automatic function was not present for either participants. Inter-observer agreement was obtained on 30% of all sessions for each participant and average agreement was 95% and 90%, respectively. These results are important because they add to the literature on the use of within-session patterns of behavior to help clarify behavioral function.
 
140. Play-Based ABA Using Mother as Co-Therapist: Pilot Data on 4.5 Hours per Week of Therapy
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
E. AMANDA AMANDA BOUTOT (Texas State University), Samuel DiGangi (Arizona State University)
Abstract: This case study presents results from a play-based applied behavior analysis intervention used with a two-year-old diagnosed with autism. The intervention was implemented in a play setting, with the child's mothers serving as co-therapist. Success was noted in the areas of play, language, social interaction, cognition, and adaptive behaviors over six months. Suggestions for continued research are discussed.
 
141. Investigating Changes in Parent Knowledge about Obsessive Compulsive Behaviour Following Group Function-Based Cognitive Behavioural Therapy for Children with High Functioning Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
RACHEL KOFFMAN (Surrey Place Centre), Tricia Corinne Vause (Brock University), Naomi Johnson (Brock University), Heather Yates (Brock University), Maurice Feldman (Centre for Applied Disability Studies, Brock University)
Abstract: This study investigated improvements in parent knowledge of effective intervention strategies following participation in a group function-based CBT treatment (GFbCBT) package for children with comorbid OCD and ASD. Nineteen parents of children ages 7-12 years with High Functioning Autism (HFA) participated in the 9-week treatment program. Key components of treatment included psychoeducation and mapping, cognitive-behavioural skills training, function-based interventions and exposure and response prevention (ERP). Treatment sessions also included direct parent education, which followed a behavioural skills training model (Miltenberger, 2008). Parent knowledge (N = 19) was measured pre and post treatment using a vignette about a child demonstrating obsessive-compulsive behaviour. Results of a one-tailed pairwise t-test indicated statistically significant changes (p=.036) in overall parent knowledge following participation in treatment. Statistically significant changes were also found in parents ability to generate ERP and function-based intervention strategies. These results provide preliminary evidence that parents benefit from active involvement in the GFbCBT treatment package.
 
142. Behavioral Assessment and Treatment of a Severe Feeding Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CHRISTOPHER TUNG (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Samantha R. Young (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Shari M. Pincus (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Amanda Goetzel (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: It has been estimated that up to 90% of children with autism have some form of feeding issue (Kodak & Piazza, 2008); however, there is a lack of literature on the fading and generalization of treatments for complex children with both medical and behavioral issues. For the current study, a 10-year-old male, diagnosed with autism, feeding disorder, and gastroparesis, was admitted to an inpatient unit for the assessment and treatment of chronic problem behavior during mealtime. Results of a functional behavior assessment suggested that problem behavior may be maintained by escape from the meal context. Treatment for consuming food consisted of differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA)/differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO), and escape extinction; treatment for consuming drinks consisted of noncontingent reinforcement (NCR). Results indicated a 92.20% reduction of problem behaviors during the meal context and stable consumption of food. Although stable rates of responding were achieved after generalizing treatment across a small number of care providers, effects were not maintained. Additionally, a shift in response allocation was observed during mealtimes from full expulsion of the food to rumination. After applying contingencies for rumination, rates during the meal dropped to near zero.
 
143. Increasing the Reinforcing Efficacy of Edibles and Removing Competing Protective Equipment in Treating Meal Refusal
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CHELSEA R. FLECK (New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: The purpose of this analysis was to identify the variables controlling meal refusal and consumption in a residential student with autism who wears protective gloves to decrease the likelihood of tissue damage from self-injurious face-pinching. During baseline, the regular school lunch was presented and the participant was required to remove his protective gloves before eating. We conducted a paired-stimulus preference assessment to identify a highly reinforcing meal. In the high preference alternative condition (HP Alt), the highly preferred meal was presented simultaneously with the school lunch, and the participant was instructed to choose one. During those sessions, the participant was also required to remove his protective gloves. In the final condition (Gloves), the participant was instructed to place latex gloves over his protective gloves and was subsequently presented with the school lunch and allowed to eat without removing his gloves. Both the use of more reinforcing meals and allowing the participant to continue to wear protective gloves during meals resulted in increases in meal consumption, suggesting that meal refusal was impacted by both the relative reinforcing efficacy of the meal and negative punishment in the form of required removal of protective equipment.
 
144. The Effects of Behavioral Approach Art Therapy on Social Interaction of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
WAN-CHI CHOU (National ChangHua University of Education), Hua Feng (National ChangHua University of Education)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to investigate the effects of behavioral approach art therapy on social interaction abilities of two children with autism spectrum disorders. A single-subject experimental design of multiple probes design across behaviors was used. The independent variable of this study was behavioral approach art therapy, which included EO, token economic, prompting and modeling. The dependent variables were the percentage of verbal communication (i.e., responding to other, requesting for material and initiate questions), displaying and showing, and eye contact. Visual analysis method was used in this study to analyze the results. Evaluation questionnaires and interviews of the parent and teachers were used to collect the data for social validity. Main results of this study were as follows: (1) The behavioral art therapy programs could enhance, maintain and generalize outcomes of verbal communication for children with autism spectrum disorders. (2) The behavioral art therapy programs could enhance, maintain and generalize outcomes of displaying and showing for children with autism spectrum disorders. (3) The art therapy programs could enhance, maintain and generalize outcomes of eye contact for children with autism spectrum disorders. (4) Behavioral approach art therapy could enhance the art performance and creation of children with autism spectrum disorders. (5) Social validity data showed favor results for this outcome.
 
145. Preference Between Massed and Alternating Trials to Teach Word-Picture Relations to Children With ASD
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
PAULO GUILHARDI (Beacon ABA Services), Jennifer Smith (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract: The goal was to assess efficacy and preference between massed vs. alternating matching-to-sample trials by children with autism. Children were presented with a matching-to-sample procedure to teach multiple sets of words -picture stimuli relations on a computer screen. Each set was composed of three words and pictures and two sets were taught at a time. Sessions were initiated by the selection of a participant to a colored square stimulus on the screen which indicated how two sets of 18 trials each were interspersed within a session (conditions). During the massed-trials condition, 18 trials from one set were followed by 18 trials from a second set. In the alternating condition, 18 trials from each set alternated. Children were exposed to both conditions following an ABAB design during the (Pre-exposure phase). A preference for massed vs. alternating trials phase was assessed. Sessions started with a choice between the two stimuli previous associated with the massed vs. alternating conditions and trials were presented accordingly. Once preference was assessed, the stimuli associated with each condition were reversed. Results will determine the most appropriate procedure to be used when teaching word recognition to children with autism, and whether assessment of procedure choice should be conducted.
 
146. The Effects of Work Schedules on Performance and Preference in Students With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MAGDALENA BUKALA (Queens College, City University of New York), Meng Yao Hu (Queens College, City University of New York), Ronald Lee (QSAC), John Claude Ward-Horner (Beacon ABA Services), Daniel Mark Fienup (Queens College, City University of New York)
Abstract: This study investigated performance under and preference for continuous and discontinuous schedules of work in three students diagnosed with autism. In the continuous schedule, participants completed five independent work activities and received five minutes access to the preferred activity. In the discontinuous schedule, work and access to preferred activities were broken up into smaller units such that participants completed one independent work activity followed by one minute access to a preferred activity, repeated five times. During the forced choice phase, the researcher selected the work schedule that the participant completed. Later, participants completed the free choice phase where the participant chose the schedule. The researchers measured session duration, task duration, and transition durations under the respective work schedules. All three participants preferred the continuous work schedule. Sessions were shorter during the continuous schedule for two of the three participants. These results suggest that continuous schedules are more preferred and efficient.
 
147. The Effects of the Conversation Box on Initiation of Social Questions
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
RACHEL DACOSTA (Beacon ABA Services), John Claude Ward-Horner (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract: Students with autism often display limited or significantly delayed social interactions, which are essential to developing and maintaining social relationships. The purpose of the current study was to teach a school aged student with autism to initiate social interactions using a conversation box. During baseline, the participant was instructed to talk with his peers while sitting at a group of desks during snack time. No programmed consequences were followed. During intervention, a box containing textual cues was used to prompt interactions between peers in a classroom during snack time. Data were collected on the percentage of independent asking and answering of WH questions, as well as on the frequency of any other appropriate social communication occurring in the context of the experimental sessions. A multiple baseline design across social initiations was used to demonstrate experimental control. Inter-observer agreement data and procedural fidelity data were collected on 30% of the experimental session and were above 90% on both measures. Results indicate that the use of the conversation box increased the number of social interactions between the student with ASD and his classroom peers.
 
148. Variables Involved in Parental Choices for Treatments in their Child’s Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KIMBERLY N. FRAME (University of Memphis), Laura Baylot Casey (University of Memphis)
Abstract: How do parents choose treatments for their child’s autism spectrum disorder (ASD)? Parents of children with ASD are confronted with a myriad of choices to treat their child’s autism. The following research will extend the literature on what treatments are being used with children with ASD, what the parent’s expectations for treatments are on the symptoms of ASD, as well as, add to the literature on the decision making process parents use to select interventions to treat ASD. In addition, this study will attempt to educate parents on ASD, the evidence-based treatments available for ASD, and how/why to use an evidence-based approach in lieu of an alternative therapy to see if education alone can modify parent’s decision making criteria when selecting treatments for their child.
 
149. Parents Taking Action: A Psycho-Educational Intervention for Latino Parents of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
WENDY A. MACHALICEK (University of Oregon), Sandy Magana (University of Illinois at Chicago), Kristina Lopez (California State University Long Beach)
Abstract: Recent studies show that Latino children with autism or another developmental disability, compared to White children, have a consistent pattern of worse health care access, utilization, and quality. Additionally, Latino children are more likely to be diagnosed later and are less likely to receive specialty autism services including ABA-based treatments than white children. This pre-test post-test pilot study examined the feasibility, acceptability and preliminary outcomes of a culturally derived intervention for 14 Spanish speaking mother of children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). The 16 week intervention was delivered to mothers in their home by trained Latina women who were also mothers of a child with an ASD. Module I provided parents with basic information about autism, advocacy, and navigating service delivery and public school systems. Module II provided parents with information about evidenced-based interventions, largely ABA-based intervention strategies, to improve their childs social communication and play skills and to decrease and prevent challenging behaviors. Paired sample t tests were used to compare outcome variables for Module II parent and child outcome variables. Parents completing Module I reported significantly greater knowledge of ASD, their child's strengths and needs, their rights and how to advocate, and better information about child development, support systems and community access. Parents completing Module II reported a significant increase in the efficacious use of targeted strategies. In addition, parents answering a social validity questionnaire rated the intervention as acceptable, feasible, and effective. Suggestions for future research are discussed.
 
150. Parental Perception of the Transition Process and the Role of Non-School Affiliated Professionals
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SHELLEY MCDERMOTT (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Maureen van Stone (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: The number of children receiving special education services under the diagnosis of Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) has been steadily increasing over the years. As a result, the educational system is faced with the challenge of preparing this growing population for the transition to adulthood. Research examining the effects of transition out of high school on the behavior of individuals diagnosed with an ASD indicates that behavioral and adaptive functioning may be negatively impacted (Taylor & Seltzer, 2010). Because many individuals diagnosed with an ASD receive behavioral services outside of the school, it may be helpful to include these providers in the transition process to make it as smooth as possible for the individual. The purpose of this study was to gather information from Maryland families with a child diagnosed with an ASD who have been through, or are currently involved in the transition process to identify ways in which transition services can be improved. Families completed an online survey and provided suggestions for improving the transition process. Results indicate that the majority of families feel unprepared for the transition of their child, and they would appreciate support from service providers unaffiliated with the school.
 
151. Early Versus Late Autism Spectrum Disorders Diagnosis (ASD) and Parental Stress, Anxiety, and Coping Skills
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
ALBERT KNAPP (Argosy University), Stephen Berger (Argosy University), Bina Parekh (Argosy University), Mark Hume (Argosy University)
Abstract: The purposes of this study were (a) to determine how the age at which a child is given an Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) diagnosis affects parental stress and anxiety and (b) to determine the differential stress reactions and coping styles between mothers and fathers of a child with ASD. Sixty-one parents who have a child with a diagnosis of ASD was used for this study, and were separated into three groups: Mothers, Child Diagnosed at age four years or older (n=12); Mothers, Child Diagnosed before age four years (n=40); and Fathers, all of whom had a child diagnosed before age four years (n=9). Participants were administered the Parenting Stress Index, III Edition (PSI), the State-Trait Anxiety Inventory (STAI), and the WAYS of Coping Scale-Revised (WAYS-R). Results supported the main hypothesis of this study that mothers with a child diagnosed with ASD at age four years or older exhibited higher levels of stress than did parents whose children were diagnosed before age four years. Mothers of a child diagnosed with ASD at either age level reported significantly greater stress than did fathers. Mothers of children diagnosed at age four years or older made the most use of the three coping styles.
 
152. Applied Studies of Lag Schedules of Positive Reinforcement on the Behavioral Variability of Children with Autism: A Literature Review.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
BRYANT C. SILBAUGH (The University of Texas at Austin), Summer Gainey (The University of Texas at Austin), Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin)
Abstract: Basic experimental research on lag schedules of positive reinforcement and their effects on behavioral variability have inspired applied research on the effects of lag and lag-like schedules to increase the behavioral variability of children with autism. Differences in methods and procedures between studies suggest a critical review may be useful for interpreting the current body of research and designing future studies. All existing studies of lag schedule effects on variability in behavior of children with or without autism were reviewed. Studies of verbal and non-verbal behavior were analyzed separately. For each study, it was determined if procedures used to increase variant behavior matched the definition of a lag schedule from basic research. Next, internal and external validity were evaluated and ranked, and procedural descriptions were evaluated for adequacy and clarity. It is concluded that the data from these studies converged to suggest lag schedules can increase variant and novel responding by children with autism and/or intellectual disability. The review concludes with recommendations for future research.
 
153. Social Interaction Interventions for Individuals With Autism: A Review of the Literature
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory
LACI WATKINS (The University of Texas at Austin), Michelle Kuhn (The University of Texas at Austin), Cindy Gevarter (The University of Texas), Heather Gonzales (The University of Texas at Austin), Deanna Longino (The University of Texas at Austin), Laura Rojeski (The University of Texas at Austin), Nicolette Sammarco (The University of Texas at Austin), Mark O'Reilly (The University of Texas at Austin)
Abstract: The purpose of this presentation is to review the characteristics of interventions designed to increase social interaction behaviors in individuals with autism. Forty-five studies published in peer-reviewed journals between 2008-2013 were included. The studies presented a variety of interventions which were categorized as behavioral, naturalistic, parent training, video modeling, visual, and peer-mediated approaches. Findings are summarized in terms of: (a) participant age and functioning level, (b) primary intervention type, (c) additional intervention components, (d) intervention outcomes, and (e) an appraisal of the study's design and methodological rigor to determine certainty of evidence. The relative efficacy of each different intervention approach is analyzed, and results suggest that there is empirical evidence to support a variety of treatments for increasing social interaction in individuals with autism. Findings suggest that some intervention approaches (behavioral, video modeling, visual, and peer-mediated) have been evaluated more adequately than others (parent training and naturalistic). Recommendations for educational practice and possible areas for future research are highlighted.
 
154. Utilizing Webcam Technology to Evaluate the Efficacy of a Parent-Implemented Treatment Package to Improve Sleep
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KAREN M. ZELTMAN (ABC Consultants at Rowan University), Philip L. Concors (ABC Consultants at Rowan University)
Abstract: Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders have a higher prevalence of comorbid sleep disturbance as compared with non-disabled children of the same age (Liu et al., 2006). Although evidence-based behavior-analytic interventions can be readily implemented by parents and caregivers in the home setting, direct observation data is often difficult to capture for a variety of reasons. Caregiver sleep-checks are not only demanding on their own sleep schedules, but can inadvertently cause sleep interference for the child. Video monitoring and recording via an internet-integrated webcam system offers the potential for non-intrusive real-time data-collection for intervention evaluation and progress-monitoring. In this study, an infrared webcam programmed to detect motion and sound was utilized to monitor the sleep behavior of an eight-year-old child with autism with frequent night wakings, including disruptive behavior (e.g. screaming, throwing items, leaving bed, leaving room). A multi-component treatment package including sleep hygiene supports and a bedtime pass was implemented by her parents through a conjoint behavioral consultation model.
 
155. Parenting Stress and Sleep Problems in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder in South Korea
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
EUIHYUN KWAK (Yonsei University), Jihyeon Seo (Yonsei University), Chunmae Lee (Yonsei University)
Abstract:

The present investigation examined the relationship between parenting stress and sleep problems in children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) in South Korea. Forty-six parents with children with autism spectrum disorder participated in this research, and diagnosis of their children is as follows: 24 with autism, 4 with Asperger syndrome and 18 with PDD-NOS. Participants completed the Childs Sleep Habits Questionnaire (CSHQ) and Korean-Parenting Stress Index-Short Form (K-PSI-SF). Results revealed the positive correlation obtained between overall parenting stress and overall child sleep disturbance scores of CSHQ. Overall scores of parenting stress are also related to bedtime resistance and daytime sleepiness subscales in CSHQ. In subscales, the score of difficult child in K-PSI-SF was associated with bedtime resistance and daytime sleepiness in CSHQ. These results showed clearly that sleep problems of children with ASD contribute to the stresses of parent in South Korea. Findings suggest that behavioral treatments to modify settling problems and improve daytime functions of children with ASD would be helpful to alleviate stress of caregivers.

 
156. Investigation of Sleep Patterns Among Children With PDD in Korea
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
CHUNMAE LEE (Yonsei University), Dayi Jung (Yonsei University), Kyong-Mee Chung (Yonsei University)
Abstract: Childrens sleep problems affect daytime behaviors and the sleep quality of the other family members. Sleep disturbance were reported by almost 40~80% young children with Pervasive Developmental Disorders (PDD). The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the sleep problems in Korean children with PDD. Mothers of 154 children with PDD and 169 typically developing children (age 4-12) completed Childrens Sleep Habits Questionnaire (CSHQ). Our study showed that sleep problems are found in most children with PDD and are not related to age excluding daytime sleepiness. Consistent with previous findings, children with PDD showed significantly higher scores on Bedtime resistance, sleep onset delay, sleep anxiety, night waking and sleep disordered breathing than TD group. On the contrary, sleep duration in PDD group (M=9.51, SD=1.83) was longer than TD group (M=9.05, SD= 1.98), which was against to advanced research. Then we divided the group into two groups (preschool, school age) according to the age. In the school age children (7-12 years), the PDDs total score and the score of sleep onset delay, sleep anxiety were higher than TD group but in the preschool children there were not significant difference excluding sleep onset delay. Preliminary findings suggest that the most frequent sleep problems were difficulty falling asleep and sleep anxiety across all age levels in the PDD group. And the CSHQ was a good questionnaire to distinct the group of pathology.
 
157. What Interventions Do Arabic Websites Promote For IndividualsWith Autism Spectrum Disorders?
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
FAHAD ALNEMARY ALNEMARY (CSULA/UCLA), Faisal Alnemary (University of California, Los Angeles), Abdulrahman Alamri (University of North Texas, Denton)
Abstract: Background: Given the limited access to services and experts, many parents of children with autism in the Arab world may find the World Wide Web as the only source to obtain information to help them understand and address their childrens needs. Objectives: We aimed to examine the characteristics (i.e., attribution, currency, purpose, description of autistic symptoms, and promotion of interventions) of Arabic websites that provide information about autism. Methods: We entered the word autism to locate 200 websites utilizing two search engines (i.e., Google & Yahoo) in September 2013. Our final sample included 131 websites (after eliminated those overlapped). Results: Although 47% of these website were updated in 2013, less than three percent of all websites (n = 3) attributed the information provided to peer-reviewed materials. The most frequently coded website purpose was individuals site, forum, or blog (35%), followed organizations (17%), and news site (15%). In addition, while sixty-six percent provided definitions or descriptions of autistic symptoms, 63% promoted various types of treatments as effective, including: behavioral interventions (39%), educational (11%), medical and related interventions (40%), allied health (34.8%), and complementary and alternative medicine (5.8%). Conclusions: Based on these preliminary findings, we conclude that the available online information is not only insufficient, but also not empirically validated. Developing websites under the supervision of experts that provide reliable and trusted information is an important step to mitigate the limited access to experts and services for children with ASD in the Arab world.
 
158. Family Factors Related to Children’s Outcomes in Intensive Behavioural Intervention
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
REBECCA SHINE (York University), Adrienne M. Perry (York University), Odette Weiss (York University)
Abstract: Intensive Behaviour Intervention (IBI) is a time-intensive program utilizing Applied Behaviour Analysis (ABA) techniques and has been shown to be an effective treatment for children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) (Perry et al., 2008). While IBI has become the treatment of choice for children with ASD, there is still a large amount of variability in children’s outcomes. This variability may be due to many different factors including, those related to the child, the intervention, and the family. This poster will examine different family factors that are related to children’s outcomes in IBI in a sample of 28 parents whose children are receiving publicly funded IBI in Ontario. The family variables being examined in this poster are Socioeconomic Status (SES) which was moderately correlated with children’s outcomes (P = .33), maternal employment status which was strongly correlated with children’s outcomes (P = .64), parental distress which was moderately correlated with children’s outcomes (P = -.41) and parent’s involvement in their child’s IBI program which was moderately correlated with children’s outcomes (P = .45). These findings help us to begin to understand how family variables may be impacting children’s progress in this treatment.
 
159. The Effect of Class wide Function-Related Intervention Teams (CWFIT) on Inappropriate Classroom Behavior on a Student With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MARY ELIZABETH DANIELS (Missouri State University), Erin Wilson (Missouri State University), Linda G. Garrison-Kane (Missouri State University)
Abstract:

A single-subject, ABAB withdrawal design was used to increase on-task behavior, decrease negative statements, and decrease inappropriate help requests in an third grade male diagnosed with Autism. Class Wide Function-Based Intervention Teams (CW-FIT) is an evidence-based classroom management strategy that has been proven to increase desired behaviors in students who engage in disruptive classroom behavior (Wills, Kamps, Hansen, Conklin, Bellinger & Neaderhiser, 2010; Kamps, 2012). The classroom management strategy Class Wide Function-Related Intervention Teams (CW-FIT) was employed to teach to the target students attention-seeking behavior in the special education resource room. CW-FIT taught to the function of the students inappropriate behavior by teaching the student how to appropriately obtain his teachers attention and reinforce the student when he engaged in the appropriate replacement behaviors. Results indicate a successful intervention, that increased the students on-task behavior by a mean of 52%, decreased the students negative statements from a mean of 26 to a mean of 1 per instructional period, and decreased the students inappropriate help requests by a mean of 20.2 to a mean of 0.8 per instructional period.

 
160. FCT and Multiple Schedules of Reinforcement to Treat Challenging Behavior of Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
WENDY A. MACHALICEK (University of Oregon), Mallory Brown (University of Oregon), Mandy J. Rispoli (Texas A&M University), Vincent E. Campbell (University of Oregon), Sarah E. Pinkelman (University of Oregon), Tracy Raulston (University of Oregon), Fahad Alresheed (University of Oregon)
Abstract: This study examined the assessment and treatment of challenging behavior associated with the interruption of perseverative activities by 3 school age children with autism. Functional analyses indicated that challenging behavior occurred to the perseverative activity for each child. Individual adapted reversal (ABABC) designs were used to evaluate the effectiveness of functional communication training package with extinction and subsequent signaled multiple schedules of reinforcement on challenging behavior and appropriate communication. The multiple schedules of reinforcement consisted of: (a) schedule A which consisted of interruption of perseverative play every 30 s and termination of interruption contingent on appropriate communication), and (b) schedule B wherein perseverative play was continuously interrupted, but appropriate communication was placed on extinction. In both schedules challenging behavior was ignored. The FCT intervention decreased challenging behavior and increased appropriate communication for each child. The multiple schedules of reinforcement were effective in maintaining reductions in challenging behavior for each child when appropriate communication (i.e., FCT response) was under extinction. Two of the three children reached 80 s delays to reinforcement. Results suggest potential utility of signaled multiple schedules of reinforcement to fade reinforcement following FCT packages to treat challenging behavior maintained by reinstatement of a perseverative activity. Suggestions for future research are discussed. This study has been completed (one figure has been uploaded).
 
161. Treatment and Evaluation of Tantrum Behavior and Vocal Stereotypy in a First Grader With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KATHERINE M. SHAW (Gonzaga University), Anjali Barretto (Gonzaga University), Kimberly P. Weber (Gonzaga University)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to decrease challenging behaviors in a 1st grade student with Autism using treatment package. The two challenging behaviors that were the target of this study were tantrums and vocal stereotypy. A functional analysis and an antecedent analysis were conducted to determine a function of the aberrant behavior, and from those assessments it was determined that tantrum behaviors were maintained by tangible reinforcers and vocal stereotypy was automatically maintained. A treatment package was implemented to address both topographies of challenging behaviors; Functional Communication Training (FCT) to target tantrum behaviors and Differential Reinforcement of Other behaviors (DRO) to decrease vocal stereotypy. Interobserver agreement was collected for 32.4% of the sessions with an average of 95% agreement. Results will be discussed in terms of treatment of the two topographies of behavior across various phases of the treatment package.
 
162. Individualized Online Behavior Intervention Planning in Autism: The Effects on Child Behavior Challenges and Teacher Efficacy
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
REGAN HEATH LINN (University of California, Riverside), Jan Blacher (University of California, Riverside), Jonathan J. Tarbox (Autism Research Group, Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)), Elizabeth Laugeson (University of California, Los Angeles Autism Research Alliance), Sara McCracken (University of California, Los Angeles Autism Research Alliance)
Abstract: Title: Individualized, online behavior intervention planning in autism: The effects on child behavior challenges and teacher efficacy Collaborators: Regan H. Linn, M.Ed., BCBA, Jonathan Tarbox, PhD, BCBA-D, Jan Blacher PhD, Elizabeth Laugeson, PsyD, BCBA-D Sara McCracken, PhD, BCBA-D Contact: heath.regan0906@gmail.com, SEARCH Family Autism Resource Center, Graduate School of Education, University of California, Riverside, CA 92521 Program Area: AUT, EDC Submission Domain: Basic Research (Data-based) Abstract: The primary goal of the proposed study is to investigate the efficacy of a computer-based behavior intervention planning program for improving the behavioral challenges of young children with ASD. Secondarily, we will explore whether the involvement of teachers in this intervention will increase self-efficacy while improving their relationships with students. Method: Participating teachers received in-person tutorial on how to use the computerized intervention program. Pre-intervention measures, completed by the participating teachers, included: the Teacher Self-Efficacy Scale (TES) (Gibson & Dimbo, 1995), the Student-Teacher Relationship Scale (STRS) (Pianta, 2001) and the Classroom Climate Inventory (CCI) (Eisenhower, 2008). A multiple baseline design across 12 participants (6 teachers and 6 students) was utilized to determine the efficacy of the behavior intervention program. Baseline data on frequency of targeted behavior (different for each child) was obtained before intervention began (see Table 1, for two subjects). Teachers are currently involved in creating and implementing an intervention program for each student using the online Behavior Intervention Planner (BIP) over the course of a three-month intervention phase. At the conclusion of the intervention, the TES, STRS and the Teacher Climate Questionnaire (TCQ, Laugeson, 2012) will be completed. Results and Discussion: Analyses at pre-intervention indicated that teachers reported high levels of instructional and disciplinary self-efficacy as per the TES. They also reported significantly lower student-teacher relationships than the normative group, accounted for mainly by lower levels of closeness. Discussion will focus on levels and implications of intervention effectiveness.
 
163. Use of Multiple Schedules With Reinforcement Thinning to Treat Perseverative Behavior
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
DEWEY DELISLE (The New England Center for Children), Jessica L. Sassi (The New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Perseverative speech can be problematic when the speech occurs at such high frequency that it interferes with instruction or typical social interactions. Previous studies have shown that perseverative speech maintained by attention can be treated through the use of differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA;e.g., Rehfeldt & Chambers, 2003; Wilder et al., 2001), however, DRA may produce high rates of approach speech and fading of these DRA schedules is not frequently demonstrated. Hanley, Iwata, & Thompson (2001) showed that use of multiple schedules can decrease problem behavior and maintain low levels of appropriate alternative responding. In this study, the attention-maintained perseverative speech of a 17-year old diagnosed with autism was treated with a DRA for appropriate speech. Treatment consisted of alternating between (a) reinforcement components during which appropriate speech was reinforced and perseverative behavior was ignored, and (b) extinction components, during which all speech was ignored. Schedules were gradually altered to increase the length of the extinction component. Interobserver agreement was collected in 41.6% of functional analysis sessions and 33.3% of treatment sessions. Agreement coefficients were 96.9% and 94.0% respectively.
 
164. HANDS in Autism Intensive Week-Long Training for School Personnel: Outcomes across Nine Years of Implementation
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
J. BLAKE WAREHAM (HANDS in Autism, Indiana University School of Medicine), Tiffany Neal (HANDS in Autism, Indiana University School of Medicine), Naomi Swiezy (HANDS in Autism, Indiana University School of Medicine), Iryna V. Ashby (HANDS in Autism, Indiana University), Megan Marie Stevenson (HANDS in Autism, Indiana University School of Medicine), Anne Fletcher (HANDS in Autism, Indiana University School of Medicine)
Abstract:

The HANDS in Autism Interdisciplinary Training and Resource Center initiated an intensive week-long training for school personnel in 2005 to support active learning and knowledge transfer through implementation in a simulated classroom environment. The HANDS in Autism Summer Training program represents the original foundation and delivery format for the HANDS Model. Summer training is offered in one-week sessions three times each summer utilizing the HANDS Model comprehensive curriculum. The HANDS Model combines information on Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) and empirically-based practices presented using didactic instruction, observation, modeling, hands-on practice, and coaching. Through practical experimentation, the composition of the training has evolved while still focusing on main components of the HANDS in Autism Model training curriculum such as structure/choreography, assessment, planning/intervention, academic, and social skills. A number of evaluation tools have been developed to evaluate this training each summer with regards to increases in participant knowledge, application of knowledge as well as satisfaction and later use of the strategies taught. In this poster, we will provide a systematic evaluation of the training progression, assessment of knowledge, participant outcomes, and further transfer of skills to their workplace, consider potential improvements, as well as offer recommendations on transportability and training replication.

 
165. Using a Tablet to Teach Children With Autism to Engage in Conversational Exchanges: A Script Fading Procedure
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ANA BIBAY (IME MAIA - Paris, France), Neal N. Fleisig (Professional Crisis Management, Inc.), Marie Tiseire Penot (IME MAIA - Paris, France)
Abstract:

Script-fading procedures have been used to increase the communication skills of children with autism (Krantz &McClannahan, 1993 and 1998 ; Sarokoff, Taylor and Poulson, 2001) The study was completed to evaluate the effects of a scripted conversation with a scripted fading procedure to teach children with autism to engage in conversational exchanges. The scripted conversation and scripted fading procedure were facilitated by the use of a tablet. Two school-age students with Autism participated in the study. They were both readers and attended regular school 5 mornings a week with the assistance of a trained therapist. The present study was implemented in the treatment center (in Paris, France). Informed consent from the students family was obtained. A multiple baseline across 3 sets of stimuli was used to assess the effects of a script-fading procedure to teach 2 children with autism to engage in conversation statements about the stimuli. Scripts were elaborated based on the following stimuli: 1) set of edibles; 2) set of toys; 3) set of school materials. Each participant had his own script, with 5 statements to each participant. When each participant read his script for six sessions, a five-step script-fading procedure was introduced (based on Krantz & McClannahan study of 1993). In Step 1, 25% of the words were faded from back to front; in Step 2, half of each sentence was faded; in Step 3, the stimuli and first letter of each line remained; in Step 4, the tablet was presented with the stimuli; and in Step 5, only the stimuli was presented. Baseline data was collected on two behaviors: number of scripted and unscripted statements made by each participant. Scripted statements were verbalizations that were identical to the written script. It was not necessary for the textual script to be present for a statement to be scored as scripted. Unscripted statements were unprompted statements not present in the script but related to the stimuli. Data were collected once a day, during 2-min sessions. Both students stated all the scripted statements, and unscripted statements also increased. Generalization was assessed with novel conversational partners. In summary, this study supports the work of script-fading procedures to promote language in children with autism and presents a discussion in how the use of a digital tablet can facilitate the implementation of these procedures.

 
166. Training Observational Learning and Social Responses in Children with Autism: The Effects of Vicarious Reinforcement
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
NICOLE DENISCO (Alpine Learning Group), Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract: Past research has demonstrated that children with autism can learn academic tasks by watching their peers earn reinforcers for correct responses during instruction implying a vicarious reinforcement mechanism (Taylor, DeQuinzio,& Stine, 2012). There is limited research on the effects of vicarious reinforcement on the acquisition of social behavior. This study evaluates procedures for teaching participants with autism to learn new social responses (i.e., to choose to play next to a peer) by watching peers earn reinforcers (i.e. praise) for those responses. Prior to the start of the study, reinforcer assessments confirmed that praise functioned as a reinforcer for all three participants. A multiple baseline design across participants is being used to determine the effects of vicarious reinforcement on the acquisition of social responses of three children with autism ages 7 years to 10 years. A small room is arranged so that there are two play areas, approximately 5-8 feet apart, consisting of identical toys. The trials are randomly arranged so that on each trial a peer is playing in one of the two play areas. During baseline, the participant is instructed to “Go play.” During the vicarious reinforcement condition, the participant observes a video clip prior to being instructed to play. In the video clip a peer is instructed to play, chooses the play area that contains the other peer, and the teacher provides descriptive praise for this response (e.g., “Good playing near a friend”). No additional prompts or reinforcement are provided. The participant is allowed to play in the chosen area for approximately 1-2 minutes. Data are summarized as the percentage of trials in which the participant allocated responses to a peer (i.e., chose to play with the toys in the play area with a peer). During baseline, participants are consistently choosing to play away from the peer. We anticipate that during the vicarious reinforcement condition they will allocate responses to the play area with a peer.
 
167. Using Time Delay to Teach Conversational Initiations to Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
AUBREY BYRNE (The Alpine Learning Group), Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract:

Research targeting social skills in children with autism typically includes initiating social interactions as one response in a large class of social responses such as play, greetings, sharing, etc. Few studies have focused on teaching conversational initiations alone and in the context of a social event (e.g., snack). The purpose of this study was to determine the effects of using a time delay visual cue (various pictures of activities) and prompt delay on the acquisition of social initiations made within a 5 minute group snack time. A multi-element design was used to compare the training condition in which the visual cue and prompts were used with a baseline condition. During baseline, participants sat at a table with peers and were told, Its time for snack. No instructions or prompts to initiate were provided. Conversational initiations were scored as any comment or question directed at a peer or group of peers and required the use of a peers name, a general introductory statement (e.g., Hey everybody, guess what?), eye contact, or gaining peer attention in any way (e.g., saying Hey! tapping shoulder, etc). During baseline, conversational initiations were low and stable ranging from 0-2 for both participants. During training, every 30 seconds the instructor provides a visual cue, verbal prompts, and manual guidance to assist the participants in engaging in the conversational initiation. Initially reinforcement was provided for these prompted responses but was shifted to independent responses. For both participants, conversational initiations were higher during the training condition than during the baseline condition. In subsequent phases, prompts will be faded in the training condition using a time delay procedure.

 
 
Keyword(s): poster session
 
Paper Session #386
Myths and Autism Intervention: Hey, Whose Ritual is That? Part II
Monday, May 26, 2014
2:00 PM–2:20 PM
W186 (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: AUT
Chair: Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College)
 

Myths and Autism Intervention: Hey, Whose Ritual is That? Part II

Domain: Theory
MARY JANE WEISS (Endicott College), Andy Bondy (Pyramid Educational Consultants)
 
Abstract:

In ABA intervention for autism, there is an emphasis on the use of evidence-based practices. Instructional approaches emphasize the use of empirically supported procedures. Many elements of instructional approaches have indeed been empirically supported, and many approaches have been empirically verified to be effective. However, a number of instructional emphases and approaches are based on clinician preferences and on training experiences that are not grounded in research. Ten years ago, we visited these "myths and rituals." We called behavior analysts to action in this context. Now, a decade later, we review where we stand on such rituals. We will explore which myths and rituals persist, which have been debunked, and which new ones have emerged. Ten years later, progress has been made. However, practices continue as a result of clinician familiarity and comfort. Many such "rituals" or rules of instruction are passed on through training, and are thus perpetuated. We will examine how myths and rituals continue to shape service delivery for individuals with autism. In particular, we will explore issues in the use of reinforcement and prompting and in the selection of targets of instruction.

 
 
 
Panel #387
CE Offered: BACB
Managed Care, Autism, and Applied Behavior Analysis: Challenges and Opportunities
Monday, May 26, 2014
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
W184a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Terence G. Blackwell, Licensed School Administrator
Chair: Terence G. Blackwell (Services for the UnderServed)
RISHI CHELMINSKI (Services for the Underserved)
JODI BOUER (Bouer Law)
Abstract:

Mandated insurance coverage for autism services is either in law or in the process of becoming law in 37 of the 50 states. This transition has resulted in a many states embracing Applied Behavior Analysis as an evidence-based standard in the treatment of autism and other intellectual disabilities. However, substantial divides remain throughout much of the country between the medical models of care embraced by most insurance companies, and the approaches inherent to the practice of ABA. Practitioners? experiences from the states where these laws are already in place may provide the field with critical information on what is working and is not. A panel that includes behavior analysts, an insurance attorney, and a managed care executive will discuss these topics toward providing practical guidance to practitioners, and informing relevant policy at the national level.

 
 
Panel #388
PDS EVENT: Advice to Behavior Analysts Serving Rural and Remote Communities
Monday, May 26, 2014
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
W183c (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Brianna Dellezay (The Sage Colleges)
MARK L. SUNDBERG (Sundberg and Associates)
CHERYL A. YOUNG-PELTON (Montana State University in Billings)
ERIC V. LARSSON (Lovaas Institute Midwest)
Abstract:

As a student representative for the Association of Behavior Analysts International I have constructed a professional development series on Advice to Behavior Analysts Serving in Remote and Rural Communities. The PDS is comprised of a world class panel who have a diverse and wide range of experience and knowledge. The speakers that are presenting on my panel are Dr. Mark Sundberg, Dr. Cheryl Young-Pelton, and Dr. Eric Larsson. As there is an increase in children who are diagnosed with autism, it is important to be mindful that some of these children live in remote and rural communities with autism. These families do not have the accessibility to all services than those individuals who live in urban centers. Environmental constraints, geographically spread out communities, and lack of professionals are few of many factors that make it difficult for children to receive necessary and adequate amount of services. Therefore, the panel will present the ongoing issues and methods that they have used in their professional experience to ensure that all families are receiving services that they need.

 
 
Paper Session #389
Current Research in Behavioral Pharmacology
Monday, May 26, 2014
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
W175a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: BPH
Chair: Scott T. Barrett (University of Nebraska-Lincoln)
 

Females are More Sensitive Than Males to Sensory Reinforcement and the Value Enhancing Effects of Nicotine and Bupropion

Domain: Basic Research
SCOTT T. BARRETT (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Trevor N. Geary (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Cindy M. Pudiak (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Rick Allan Bevins (University of Nebraska-Lincoln)
 
Abstract:

The reinforcement enhancing effects of nicotine have been postulated as a major contributor in tobacco addiction. Previous work has suggested that females may be reinforced more by the sensory elements of smoking than males. Differential sensitivity to sensory reinforcement and/or the value enhancing effects of nicotine may contribute to sex differences in rates of smoking and successful cessation. The present study investigated the possibility of sex differences in the baseline value of sensory reinforcement and in the value enhancing effects of nicotine and the smoking cessation aid bupropion (Zyban). Male and female rats (n=12/sex) were trained to lever press for brief changes in chamber illumination. The effects of nicotine (0.4 mg/kg), bupropion (10 and 20 mg/kg), and saline on lever pressing were assessed across a range of response requirements. Changes in reinforcement value were also quantified using the reinforcement demand model proposed by Hursh and Silberberg (2008). Responding maintained by the sensory stimulus was greater in females than males under all conditions. Nicotine and bupropion enhanced operant responding, and this enhancement was greater in females than males. The present findings suggest that sensory reinforcement and reinforcement enhancement by nicotine may be greater contributors to tobacco addiction in females than in males.

 

Stimulus Control Evaluation of Morphine-Seeking After Operant and Pavlovian Training in Rats

Domain: Basic Research
MIRIAM GARCIA-MIJARES (Universidade de Sao Paulo), William Eduardo Patorroyo Serna (Universidad de Sao Paulo)
 
Abstract:

Some recent theories about drug dependence attribute a core role of Pavlovian stimulus-stimulus (S-S) contingencies in maintaining drug consumption and drug seeking. According to this view, conditioned stimuli to the drug elicits responses that increased the frequency of drug-reinforced responses by a process called Pavlovian to instrumental transfer. On the other hand, response-stimulus (R-S) contingencies are not considered key determinants of the addict behavior. However, standard experimental procedures to study drug-seeking behavior consists on pairing stimulus to drug delivery under some schedule of reinforcement, therefore, they do not allow to analyze Pavlovian and operant processes in drug seeking. We present data from two experiments that evaluate drug-seeking behavior after discrimination or Pavlovian conditioning. On both experiments, rats were allocated to one of three groups: operant (O), Pavlovian (P) and control (C). First, rats from group O received infusions of morphine (0.75 mg/kg) after turn a wheel under FR2 when a light was on (S+), but not when was off (S-). P and C groups were yoked to O group, so when S+ was presented, P received an infusion of morphine and C of saline. No operandum was available for P and C Group. Then, all rats were trained to press a bar for morphine under a FR5 schedule in the absence of both stimuli (Experiment 1) or in the absence of S+ (Experiment 2). Finally, S+ and S- were reintroduced, and bar presses were measure under extinction. The results showed that just animals from O group obtained discrimination indexes values of 80% or more at Phase 3, indicating that stimulus control of drug seeking behavior was established under the discrimination training, but no under the Pavlovian training. Results are discussed regarding other experimental data that indicate that drug dependence develops after self-administration of a drug but not under its hetero-administration. Implications for actual suppositions about drug-consumption and drug-seeking behavior are also discussed.

 
 
 
Invited Tutorial #390
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Oops! Learning From the Mistakes of Others: Implications for Observational Learning and Children with Autism
Monday, May 26, 2014
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
W180 (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
PSY/BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Jennifer Lynn Hammond, Ph.D.
Chair: Jennifer Lynn Hammond (Trumpet Behavioral Health)
Presenting Authors: : BRIDGET A. TAYLOR (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract:

Some children with autism can learn to imitate a wide variety of functional responses. For example, many can be taught to imitate actions with objects, the play behavior of peers, and the social responses of others. Less well documented are strategies that teach children with autism under which conditions imitation is advantageous, and under which conditions it is not. In order for a child with autism to learn through observation, he must learn how to discriminate the contingencies applied to modeled responses. This presentation will outline an assessment protocol to identify prerequisites for observational learning and research directives to teach children with autism to selectively imitate by discriminating the consequences applied to another's responses. Video-taped examples will illustrate components of the assessment, and preliminary outcome data on several children with autism will be presented.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Psychologists, behavior analysts, graduate students, and anyone interested in the autism field.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants should be able to (1) Define observational learning; (2) Define selective imitation and discuss why it is an important component response of observational learning; and (3) Identify components of a proposed assessment for observational learning.
 
BRIDGET A. TAYLOR (Alpine Learning Group)
Dr. Bridget A. Taylor is co-founder and executive director of Alpine Learning Group and is senior clinical adviser for Rethink. Dr. Taylor has specialized in the education and treatment of children with autism for the past 25 years. She holds a doctorate of psychology from Rutgers University and received her master's degree in early childhood special education from Columbia University. She is a Board Certified Behavior Analyst and a licensed psychologist. She is an associate editor for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis and serves on the editorial board of Behavioral Interventions. She is a member of the Behavior Analyst Certification Board and a board member of the Association for Science in Autism Treatment. She serves on the Autism Advisory Group for the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies and the Professional Advisory Board for the Association of Professional Behavior Analysts. Dr. Taylor is active in the autism research community and has published numerous articles and book chapters on effective interventions for autism. Her recent research interest is in identifying effective strategies to promote observational learning in children with autism.
 
 
Invited Tutorial #391
CE Offered: BACB
Behavioral Momentum Theory: A Review and Implications for Practice
Monday, May 26, 2014
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
W183a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Joel Eric Ringdahl, Ph.D.
Chair: Andrew W. Gardner (Northern Arizona University)
Presenting Authors: : JOEL ERIC RINGDAHL (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

The field of Applied Behavior Analysis has seen a recent increase in the amount research conducted related to the maintenance of treatment effects, relapse of problem behavior, and what basic behavior analysis has to say regarding these events. Dr. Ringdahl and his students and colleagues at Southern Illinois University and the University of Iowa have been investigating how behavioral momentum theory can be explored and used to inform the development of interventions for severe problem behavior exhibited by individuals with developmental disabilities, and used to evaluate the strength of these treatments. This tutorial will review basic behavioral findings related to the aforementioned areas. In addition, implications for practice will be discussed as they relate to the assessment and treatment of severe problem behavior. Data from recently published or presented applied research projects will be used to illustrate the direct link between basic findings and applied outcomes.

 
JOEL ERIC RINGDAHL (Southern Illinois University)
Dr. Joel E. Ringdahl is an assistant professor in the Behavior Analysis and Therapy Program in the Rehabilitation Institute. He received his Ph.D. (1999) and M.A. (1995) in psychology from Louisiana State University and a B.S. (1992) also in psychology from the University of Florida. Dr. Ringdahl is a licensed psychologist in the state of Iowa and a Board Certified Behavior Analyst. He has served as an associate editor for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis and is currently an editorial board member for Research in Developmental Disabilities, Journal of Behavioral Education, Education and Treatment of Children, Research Reviews Journal of Autism and Developmental Disabilities, and Behavior Analysis in Practice. Dr. Ringdahl's research interests include functional analysis and treatment of severe behavior problems exhibited by individuals with developmental disabilities, stimulus preference assessments, functional communication training, and translational research in the area of behavioral momentum theory and behavioral economics. Dr. Ringdahl has published several peer-reviewed articles and has been a researcher on National Institutes of Health-funded projects.
 
 
Symposium #392
Interventions for Improving the Literacy Skills of Older Adolescent Struggling Readers
Monday, May 26, 2014
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
W195 (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: EDC/CSE; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Ralph Gardner III (The Ohio State University)
Discussant: Douglas E. Kostewicz (University of Pittsburgh)
Abstract: The National Center for Education Statistics (NCES) reported that over 25% of college freshmen require remedial coursework in at least one course, with literacy as the primary area of concern. College-age struggling readers are at a disadvantage due to their difficulty in comprehending information in expository textbooks. Recommendations for instructing reading to older struggling readers include five areas: Word study; Fluency; Vocabulary; Comprehension; and Motivation. Symposia participants will learn about two interventions used to improve the literacy skills of college-age learners with poor literacy skills. The students in this literacy project were placed in one of two interventions during a 7-week literacy program for college-age students. Students with the greatest reading deficits were instructed using a package intervention of Reading Excellence: Word Attack and Rate Development Strategies (REWARDS) Program, repeated reading using expository text from college textbooks (e.g., psychology, African American history, and high interest passages). Other students were instructed using Skills for School Success, repeated reading using passages from college textbooks. Standard Celeration Charts were used to record and evaluate instructional effectiveness. The data indicates that students in both groups made significant gains in reading achievement. Generalization measures demonstrated improved reading fluency and comprehension on novel passages.
Keyword(s): Literacy, PT
 

Improving the Literacy Skills of College-age Students with Severe Reading Deficits

JOSHUA GARNER (The Ohio State University), Morris Council (The Ohio State University), Kristall J. Day (The Ohio State University)
Abstract:

A college education is a goal for many adolescents and is important in promoting economic mobility. Unfortunately, many adolescents are not academically prepared for college success, often due to poor literacy skills. Many adolescents reach the twelfth grade unable to read at a basic level. While a multitude of research studies have focused on how to teach reading to young children (National Institute of Child Health and Human Development), less attention has been focused on older adolescents experiencing reading failure. This presentation will describe an intervention involving adolescents with severe reading deficits. An intervention package including the Reading Excellence: Word Attack and Rate Development Strategies (REWARDS) Program and repeated reading using expository text from college textbooks (e.g., psychology, African American history, and high interest passages) was implemented 2-3 times a week across a 6-week period. One-on-one instruction model was used to teach decoding skills for multisyllabic words, vocabulary, comprehension, and fluency. Curriculum based measures using college textbook passages and AIMSweb passages and mazes were used to assess instructional effectiveness. Students were given a pre- and post-test using Woodcock Reading Mastery Test-Revised (WRMT-R) and AIMSweb oral reading fluency and Maze assessments. All students demonstrated improved oral reading fluency and decoding skills.

 
Using Expository Text to Improve the Literacy Skills of College-age At Risk Students
PAULA CHAN (The Ohio State University), Mary Sawyer (The Ohio State University), Moira Konrad (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: College students are often expected to learn academic content from reading expository textbooks. Expository text is typically more difficult reading than narrative text. Students with poor literacy skills are at an increased risk for academic failure due to inadequate skills in oral reading fluency, vocabulary, and comprehension. Further, due to a history of difficulty in reading text, many adolescents lack the motivation required to engage in reading textbooks for extended periods of time, in order to learn content. This presentation will provide information about a literacy intervention that used Skills for School Success, college textbook expository passages, and high interest passages to improve the literacy skills of older adolescents. The intervention occurred 2-3 times a week across a 6-week period. Students were placed in small groups (i.e., 2-3) for instruction based on baseline assessments and their schedules. Curriculum based measures using college textbook passages were used to assess instructional effectiveness. AIMSweb passages and mazes were used to assess generalization of literacy skills to untrained passages. Additionally, students were given a pre- and post-test using Woodcock Reading Mastery Test-Revised (WRMT-R) and AIMSweb goral reading fluency and Maze assessments. Results indicate substantial improvement in fluency and comprehension by students
 
 
Paper Session #393
Behavior Analysis in Education
Monday, May 26, 2014
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
W196a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: EDC
Chair: Mary Louise E. Kerwin (Rowan University)
 
Evaluating Performance Feedback to Increase Paraprofessional Classroom Management Skills; Improving The Classroom Ecology for Concomitant Student Behavior Change
Domain: Applied Research
CARLEY MASON (ABC Consultants at Rowan University), Philip L. Concors (ABC Consultants at Rowan University), Mary Louise E. Kerwin (Rowan University)
 
Abstract: This study examined the effects of performance feedback as a staff training intervention to improve the teaching behaviors of paraprofessionals in a secondary classroom for students with multiple disabilities. Four empirically validated classroom management behaviors used to increase on-task behaviors of students were targeted using a multiple-baseline-across-behaviors design. Momentary time sampling was used to measure the on-task behavior of students as a collateral intervention outcome. The intervention included two sequential phases: Phase 1 consisted of visual feedback alone in the form of staff behavior definitions and graphical displays of staff performance, and Phase 2 was an abbreviated performance feedback condition with the same visual feedback as in Phase 1 and a specific verbal feedback component that included verbal clarification of expected staff behaviors and verbal direction (i.e., praise and corrective statements) individual to each staffs performance. Interobserver Agreement (IOA) was obtained for 25% of total observation time, distributed across participants and conditions, with an overall mean of 90%. Results suggested that the abbreviated performance feedback condition was an effective training method for improving the teaching behaviors of one of the two paraprofessional participants. As hypothesized, the on-task behavior of students improved when staff performance improved. The benefits of using performance feedback as a staff training method for paraprofessionals within the classroom setting are discussed as well as collateral effects on the on-task behaviors of students.
 
Recent Support for the Behavior Analytic View on Education
Domain: Theory
MARLEEN T. ADEMA (Independent Behavior Analyst (BCBA-D))
 
Abstract: Behavior analysis has made an extensive contribution to the field of education (see Neef, Iwata, Horner, Lerman, Martens & Sainato, 2004). Although there are misunderstandings in the field of education with regard to the behavior analytic approach, recent publications in various areas show support for aspects of the behavior analytic view on education. For example, these publications emphasize the role of the environment over genetic factors in student learning. They also focus on the individual learner and on behavior rather than diagnostic or other labels. Furthermore, they point to the need for measurement of behavior and evaluation of progress, as well as the need for extensive practice to achieve fluent behavior. And they call for effective instruction and accountability. Several of these publications are discussed along with their implications for education. It is important for behavior analysts to learn about these developments: these publications include best-selling books and may help spread our message. Increased support for (aspects of) the behavior analytic approach to education may pave the way for more widespread use of effective methods of teaching.
 
 
 
Paper Session #394
Analyzing Complex Social Behaviors in Organizations
Monday, May 26, 2014
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
W192b (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: OBM
Chair: Amber Marie Candido (University of Nevada, Reno)
 
Workplace Bullying: A Behavior Analytic Conceptualization
Domain: Theory
CHARALAMBOS C. CLEANTHOUS (Eastern Washington University)
 
Abstract: The statistics on workplace bullying indicate a staggering cost to both the institution and the individuals involved, whether it is the bully or the bullied. A review of the literature on workplace bullying indicates the many directions the definitions can take; these definitions range from the relatively useful to the reified. I define workplace bullying as the manipulation of controlling variables to the advantage of oneself and to the disadvantage of the targeted person(s). This definition stays within the theoretical domain of behavior analysis and the philosophical tradition of radical behaviorism. The importance of a functional analysis is that it permits the identification and, consequently, the opportunity to modify the environment that will support non-bullying behaviors. Such an orientation allows an analysis of the workplace environment that takes place in a network of influences both within and outside the immediate institution. Thus, an analysis of the role of contingencies, metacontingencies and macrocontingencies that may establish and maintain workplace bullying is necessary and will be presented. The current analysis opens the opportunities for interventions at the individual, group, and organizational level.
 
What’s in Your Office Memo? A Conceptual Account of MOs and Their Verbal Implications for Organizational Leaders
Domain: Theory
AMBER MARIE CANDIDO (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno)
 
Abstract: Increasing “employee motivation” is a goal of most organizational leaders. Common (and usually untested) techniques to increase employee motivation, often take the form of motivational speeches, memos, incentives, etc. Within behavior analysis however, a historical attempt has been made to account for such phenomenon. To begin, operant psychology has referred to motivation as states of deprivation and/or escape from aversive stimuli. In that regard, the establishing/abolishing operations (see Michael, 1982), and later motivating operations (see Laraway, et. al., 2003), have offered a behavioral scientific approach for the analysis of related phenomena. More recently, a verbal account of motivating operations, known as augmentals, has provided a ground for the analysis of verbal products (e.g., statements or rules) that acquire motivative functions by establishing (i.e., fomative augmenting) and/or temporality altering (i.e., motivative augmenting) the value of the relative reinforcement contingency. The purpose of this presentation is to provide a review of the literature associated with the abovementioned concepts, address the significance of developed distinctions, and discuss the implications for future application of the concepts in the analyses of complex phenomena such as the efficacy of leadership communication.
 
 
 
Paper Session #395
OBM in Public Institutions
Monday, May 26, 2014
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
W192c (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: OBM
Chair: Douglas Robertson (Florida International University)
 

Organizational Behavior Management in Brazilian Public Administration

Domain: Service Delivery
Aecio De Borba Vasconcelos Neto (Universidade Federal do Para), THIAGO DIAS COSTA (Universidade Federal do Para), Camila Carvalho Ramos (Universidade Federal do Para)
 
Abstract:

With the enactment of Decree 5.707/2006, the Brazilian public manager has to understand what competences are needed for the public servants to do their jobs, improving the quality of public service. According to this decree, each competency should be described as a publically observable, operationally defined behavior. This paper outlines the results of the description and evaluation of the behavioral patterns in six public agencies, three federal and three state-run institutions. A total of 1,550 public employees were analyzed . A total of 150 references of performance were described, of which 13 were common to at least five of the six institutions. Each performance was evaluated by the public servant and his or her manager in a scale between 1 and 5. The performances of Document Processing and Organization and Document Filing were evaluated and showed a high degree of expertise by servers and managers. However, behaviors involving Organizacional Planning have been assessed as having the lowest degree of expertise. The result of this behavioral assessment was used as the basis for the planning of employee selection, training and performance evaluation in these institutions. The main challenge these institutions face when trying to be in accordance with the decree is to have public servants able to describe behavioral patterns. Our lab has been repeatedly called on by the Brazilian government to train students and public employees for that task.

 

Changing Undergraduate Education Through Contingency Management in a Research University With 54,000 Students

Domain: Applied Research
DOUGLAS ROBERTSON (Florida International University), Martha Pelaez (Florida International University)
 
Abstract:

This paper discusses managing interlocking behavioral contingencies and metacontingencies in order to improve retention and on-time graduation at a large, public, research university in Miami (Florida International University; enrollment: 54,000, seventh largest in the U.S.; 87% underrepresented student populations). We focus on the award winning Graduation Success Initiative (GSI), a comprehensive, university-wide set of short-term and long-term systemic interventions that transform the administration and advising of the undergraduate curriculum and that have produced a 9% increase in graduation rates in two years. The GSI's systemic interventions are complex and extensive, and we are presenting a series of papers that document and analyze the interventions' effects. In this paper, we concentrate on systems of reinforcing contingencies, metacontingencies, and rules that shape the behavior of individual undergraduate students.

 
 
 
Panel #396
CE Offered: BACB
PDS EVENT: Tired of Autism? A Beginners Guide to Working Within Brain Injury Rehabiliation
Monday, May 26, 2014
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
W194a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Chris M. Schaub, M.Ed.
Chair: Chris M. Schaub (ReMed)
CLAUDIA DROSSEL (University of Michigan)
CHRIS PERSEL (Centre for Neuro Skills)
MICHAEL P. MOZZONI (Lakeview NeuroRehabilitation Center)
Abstract:

Are you tired of working in Autism? Are you looking to challenge your clinical skills? Want to try your hand at working on an interdisciplinary team? Have you ever been curious about work within brain injury rehabilitation? For years acute and post acute brain injury rehabilitation teams have worked to integrate programming efforts across disciplines, overcome issues associated with problem behaviors and demonstrate the efficacy of programming efforts. However, until recently, integration of behavior analytic concepts and principles uniquely suited towards these same goals has been misunderstood, underutilized or simply excluded. This panel of experts will discuss the growing role of the behavior analyst within brain injury rehabilitation. They will address the past, present and future of opportunities for behavior analysts to integrate themselves into this dynamic and growing field.

Keyword(s): Brain Injury, interdisciplinary, rehabilitation, TBI
 
 
Panel #397
PDS EVENT: Introduction to Preference Assessments
Monday, May 26, 2014
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
W184d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: PRA/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Erin Smith (The Sage Colleges)
CHERYL J. DAVIS (7 Dimensions Consulting)
ISER GUILLERMO DELEON (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
BENJAMIN C. MAURO ( The Sage Colleges, Center for Applied Behavior Analysis)
Abstract:

Conducting preference assessment to identify potential reinforcers is one of the first steps in managing the behavior of individuals with developmental disabilities. Different types of preference assessment are utilized based on the abilities of the individual. Preference assessments may seem fairly simple; however, there is a complexity that involves the incorporation of motivating operations that takes notice of environmental and ecological variables that are in play. This panel includes 3 notable behavior analysts who have experience working with preference assessments. This presentation will review recent research on preference assessments, constraints upon choice involving phylogentically-important events (PIE) and the “ecological fit” of reinforcers and their implications for a model of reinforcer selection. Learning what individuals prefer under specific circumstances is essential to provide appropriate reinforcement options during programming. Finally, panelist will answer audience questions and provide recommendations to those interested in working or conducting research in preference assessments.

Keyword(s): PIEs, preference assessments
 
 
Symposium #398
CE Offered: BACB
Teaching Self-Management and Social Problem Solving Strategies to Improve Academic and Daily Living Skills
Monday, May 26, 2014
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
W187c (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: PRA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida)
CE Instructor: Kimberly Crosland, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium will present three studies that used self-management and social problem solving strategies to improve daily living activities including academics and life skills. The first presentation will describe a study that used a self-management intervention to improve on-task behavior of children diagnosed with ADHD during home routines involving academic and non-academic tasks. The second study implemented a self-monitoring procedure with college-aged students diagnosed with ADHD to improve academic behaviors. This study also found a reduction in ADHD symptoms as a result of the self-monitoring intervention. The third study used a social problem solving technique to teach adult men with histories of homelessness how to make better decisions to problems or situations that they encounter in everyday life. In addition, social validity measures were collected to determine if the social problem solving intervention was found to be useful for the participants. All three of the studies in this symposium showed positive results for participants and are key additions to the literature on self-management and social problem solving.

Keyword(s): Problem Solving, Self-Management
 
An Evaluation of Self-Management to Increase On-Task Behavior with Individuals Diagnosed with ADHD
LINDSEY SLATTERY (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida), Rose Iovannone (University of South Florida/Florida Mental Health)
Abstract: Attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) is one of the leading diagnoses for children. Children diagnosed with ADHD often have difficulty in many settings including at school as well as in the home. Medication is often a common treatment for these children, however, it has been often shown ineffective when used alone. A review of behavioral interventions, including various self-regulation interventions has been studied. Self-regulation interventions have been shown to be effective for children diagnosed with ADHD primarily in school or academic settings. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of a self-management intervention on the on-task behavior of children diagnosed with ADHD. Specifically, this study aimed to examine the impact a self-management intervention would have on the on-task behavior of children during various routines, both academic and non-academic, in the child’s home setting. Participants were trained to use a self-management intervention. As a result of the accurate use of the self-management intervention all three participant’s on-task behavior increased. For one participant, the duration of the targeted routine also substantially decreased.
 

Self-Monitoring in Adults with Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder

MINDY CHRISTINE SCHEITHAUER (Kennedy Krieger Institute  ), Mary Lou Kelley (Louisiana State University)
Abstract:

Self-Monitoring (SM) has improved academic behaviors in children with ADHD and non-academic behaviors in adults. The current student implemented a SM intervention with college students diagnosed with ADHD, a population with which SM has not been previously evaluated. We recruited 41 participants who were randomly assigned to either a control or treatment group. Both groups received brief study-skills training and completed academic goal-setting. In addition, the treatment group was introduced to SM and setup an individualized electronic SM form. The form listed personalized academic behaviors, stated in objective and observable terms. The participant was instructed to monitor each behavior on a daily basis and check a progress report which displayed a graph of the percent of behaviors successfully completed. Both groups also attended 2 check-in sessions and a follow-up session (intervention duration of approximately 6-9 weeks). Compared to the control group, participants in the SM group reported significant improvement on measures of ADHD symptoms, academic behaviors, goal attainment, and GPA. This study extends the literature on SM interventions to a novel population and creates a platform for future research in this area.

 
The Acquisition and Usage of the SODAS Problem Solving Method Among Adults At-Risk for Homelessness
COLLIN STREETMAN (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida), Hewitt B. Clark (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Individuals experiencing extended homelessness face multifaceted risks in physical health, nutrition, substance use, mental health, continuing unemployment, and incarceration. Some of these adults may benefit from learning a problem-solving decision-making method to assist them in dealing with everyday problems they encounter. This study taught three men with extensive histories of homelessness, but who were currently housed, the SODAS problem-solving decision-making method, and assessed their ability to learn it and guide another adult in the use of the method in simulated role-play problem situations. The acquisition of SODAS from behavioral rehearsal training was evaluated using a concurrent multiple-baseline design across participants’ role plays during the baseline, and post-training SODAS conditions. After demonstrating their ability to successfully guide another adult through the SODAS process when role-playing problem situations relevant to this population, the participants were instructed and provided SODAS forms for applying this method to their own every day lives’ social and non-social problem situations. Social validity follow-up meetings were conducted weekly with each participant, and assessed the extent to which he/she was reporting the use and helpfulness of the SODAS method in addressing everyday life issues. Results indicated that the men were able to implement the process and found it useful in their everyday lives.
 
 
Panel #398a
CE Offered: BACB
Ethics in Behavioral Research and Practice: Translating "Cultures" or Creating a New World Order?
Monday, May 26, 2014
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
W190a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: CSE/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Robyn M Catagnus, M.Ed.
Chair: Robyn M. Catagnus (Ball State University)
DANA GARNER (Penn State)
ELIZABETH HUGHES FONG (The Progressions Companies)
REBECCA KATE DOGAN (Self-employed)
Abstract:

In celebration of ABA International's 40th anniversary, the Multicultural Alliance of Behavior Analysts (MultiABA) is hosting a panel discussion on the ethical application of behavior analysis to increasingly diverse populations. The panel will reflect on the surge in international immigration over the past four decades and discuss the implication for effective service delivery to individuals from varied cultural and linguistic backgrounds. What steps have been taken to develop cultural competence in practitioners of applied behavior analysis, and are they sufficient? Panelists will discuss ABAI's own diversity policy and consider whether the BACB?s Guidelines for Responsible Conduct adequately address the ethical challenges associated with cross-cultural collaboration. Participants will learn of efforts made by members of the MultiABA Special Interest Group to develop the Standards for Cultural Competence in Behavioral Analysis (Hughes Fong & Tanaka, 2013), and of the organization?s affiliation with the United Nations and intent to attend the Disabilities Panel of the UN general assembly in September, 2014.

Keyword(s): cross-cultural competence, diversity, ethics, multicultural
 
 
Symposium #399
CE Offered: BACB
ABA on the Front Lines: Case Studies and Lessons Learned in Treating Challenging Behavior in NYC Public Schools
Monday, May 26, 2014
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
W187ab (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: J. Helen Yoo (New York State Institute for Basic Research)
CE Instructor: Jenny La Barbera, Psy.D.
Abstract:

Students with autism who displayed aggression or self-injurious behaviors received assessment and treatment in their district schools by a team of behavior analysts. These services were funded by a grant from the New York State Education Department. Challenges in specific cases are addressed as they pertain to conducting functional analyses in the schools and developing treatments that are accepted and implemented by school staff.

 

Evaluating Long-Term Outcomes of an Intensive Behavioral Assessment and Intervention Program for Students with Autism in New York City Public School Classrooms

J. HELEN YOO (New York State Institute for Basic Research), Jenny La Barbera (Institute for Basic Research), Niall James Toner (Institute for Basic Research), Nicole Pearson (Institute for Basic Research)
Abstract:

When treating severe challenging behavior, a critical aspect (and challenge) of treatment success is maintaining behavior improvements over time. Follow-up services were a key component of an intensive behavioral assessment and intervention program serving students with autism in New York City public schools. Students referred to the program exhibited chronic and severe challenging behavior which, if not remediated, may have led to a more restrictive placement. Assessment and treatment were conducted by a team of behavior analysts with school staff assistance. Staff were trained in the interventions and the follow-up services were provided for up to one year following discharge from the program to ensure treatment gains were maintained. Overcoming challenges related to changes in staff and the students' placements will be discussed, as well as the long-term outcomes of the program participants.

 

The Effectiveness of Differential Reinforcement in Treating Automatically Maintained Self-Injury in Three Students Diagnosed with Autism in Public Schools

JENNY LA BARBERA (Institute for Basic Research), Nicole Pearson (Institute for Basic Research), Niall James Toner (Institute for Basic Research), J. Helen Yoo (New York State Institute for Basic Research)
Abstract:

Behavior analysts report that self-injury maintained by automatic reinforcement can be one of the most difficult types of self-injury to treat (Toussaint & Tiger, 2012). An automatic function of self-injury may even mask other functions (McKerchar, et al., 2001). The current study examined the effectiveness of differential reinforcement of other behaviors (DRO) and differential reinforcement of alternative behaviors (DRA) for three students diagnosed with autism who displayed self-injury that was maintained primarily by automatic reinforcement. The students were in 6:1:1, autistic support classrooms in New York City public schools. Functional analyses were conducted for each student, individualized treatments were developed, and staff were trained on implementation in the classroom. Limitations and recommendations will be discussed.

 

When Traditional Methods Fail: Overcoming Obstacles when Conducting Functional Analyses and Implementing Differential Reinforcement in Public Schools

NIALL JAMES TONER (Institute for Basic Research), Jenny La Barbera (Institute for Basic Research), Nicole Pearson (Institute for Basic Research), J. Helen Yoo (New York State Institute for Basic Research)
Abstract:

Best practices in applied behavior analysis include conducting a functional behavior assessment, usually involving a functional analysis, and formulating a treatment plan based on the identified function of the target behavior. Unfortunately, traditional functional analyses do not always yield differentiated results and only a paucity of research available that suggests alternative methods of identifying the functions of behavior. In the current study, nontraditional functional analyses were conducted after traditional functional analyses were shown to be inconclusive. In addition to the obstacles in functional analyses there are many obstacles to overcome during treatment. Traditionally a treatment plan of differential reinforcement of other behaviors (DRO) based on the function of behavior will yield a decrease in behavior. Unfortunately, for a specific set of students, the authors observed no decrease in behavior and in some instances an increase in behavior following implementation. Obstacles and solutions will be discussed.

 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #400
CE Offered: BACB

Why Brains Are Not Computers; Why Behaviorism Isn't Satanism; and Why Dolphins Are Not Aquatic Apes

Monday, May 26, 2014
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
W375e (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research
CE Instructor: Timothy D. Hackenberg, Ph.D.
Chair: Timothy D. Hackenberg (Reed College)
LOUISE BARRETT (University of Lethbridge)
Louise Barrett was educated at University College London and earned a BSc in ecology and a Ph.D. in anthropology. She has conducted long-term studies of baboons and vervet monkeys in South Africa and also is interested in the behavioral ecology and psychology of human primates. She has held positions at the University of Liverpool in the United Kingdom and University of Natal in South Africa. Dr. Barrett is currently a Canada research chair in cognition, evolution, and behavior at the University of Lethbridge, Alberta. Her most recent book is Beyond the Brain: How Body and Environment Shape Animal and Human Minds.
Abstract:

Modern psychology has, to all intents and purposes, become synonymous with cognitive psychology, with its emphasis on the idea that the brain is some kind of computer, whose job it is to take sensory input, process information, and produce motor output. In particular, evolutionary approaches to psychology, as applied to both human and nonhuman animals, are strongly committed to this computational theory of mind, placing the brain at a remove from both the body and environment, and denying the intimate connections that exist between them. As a result, a great injustice is done to both humans and nonhuman animals: on the one hand, we fail to recognize the distinctive nature of nonhuman cognition, and on the other, we continue to promote a somewhat misleading view of human psychological capacities. Here, Dr. Barrett will suggest a more mutualistic, embodied, enactive view might allow us to ask more interesting questions about how animals of all kinds come to know their worlds, in ways that avoid both the (inevitable) anthropocentric baggage and “Cartesian disease” of the cognitivist viewpoint.

Keyword(s): nonhuman cognition
 
 
Invited Paper Session #401
CE Offered: BACB

A Behavior Analyst Goes to the Dogs

Monday, May 26, 2014
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
W178a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research
CE Instructor: Carol Pilgrim, Ph.D.
Chair: Carol Pilgrim (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
CLIVE WYNNE (Arizona State University)
Dr. Clive Wynne is currently a professor of psychology at the Arizona State University, where he directs the Canine Science Collaboratory, and is director of research at Wolf Park in Indiana. He was educated at University College London and Edinburgh University in Scotland and has studied animal behavior in Britain, Germany, the U.S., and Australia in species ranging from pigeons to dunnarts (a mouse-sized marsupial). Several years ago, he founded the Canine Cognition and Behavior Lab at the University of Florida, dedicated to the study of dogs and their wild relatives. As well as numerous scientific papers, he also has written for American Scientist, The New York Times, and other outlets. He is often quoted in print media and radio, and his science has been featured on several TV shows such as National Geographic and Nova ScienceNow. He is the author of a textbook Animal Cognition (now in its second edition, with co-author Monique Udell) and Do Animals Think? (Princeton University Press, 2004). He is editor in chief of the journal Behavioural Processes.
Abstract:

Although the scientific analysis of behavior started with dogs in Pavlov's laboratory more than a century ago, the use of behavior analytic tools to understand dog behavior, and the relationship between dogs and people, has lagged behind other approaches to canine behavior. In the past two decades, wide currency has been given to the view that dogs co-evolved human-like social cognition alongside people in human domiciles more than 10,000 years ago. The evolution of novel cognitive instincts, it is claimed, has given dogs unique abilities to understand human actions and intentions. Dr. Wynne will review findings from his laboratory indicating that the person-reading skills people perceive in their dogs are real but they are not unique to dogs: Hand-reared wolves are just as successful in responding to human actions. Furthermore, these skills are the outcome of familiar processes of operant and Pavlovian conditioning and social imprinting. This is shown in the poor performance of dog pups, in the consistent improvement in pet dogs subject to repeated testing, and in the initially poor but easily redeemed performance of dogs at a county shelter. He also will present novel approaches to dog behavioral problems such as thunder phobia and stereotypic behaviors derived from applied behavior analysis.

Keyword(s): animal cognition, canine behavior, canine stereotypy, wolves
 
 
Panel #402
PDS EVENT: Advice From the Recently Hired in Academia
Monday, May 26, 2014
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
W193a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Mary Sawyer (The Ohio State University)
ANGIE CHRISTINE QUERIM (Ball State University)
KAREN A. TOUSSAINT (University of North Texas)
JASON C. VLADESCU (Caldwell College)
Abstract:

A difficult decision faces graduate students upon program completion: What to do with that Ph.D? Many graduates choose to move into faculty positions within the wild world of academia. All in their first or second year as faculty, panelists will discuss their personal accounts of graduate school, the application and interviewing process, and the transition from graduate school into the professional community. Based on their own experiences, panelists will provide recommendations and advice for graduate students seeking to obtain positions in academia. Time will be allotted for members of the audience to direct specific questions to panelists. Hearing from panelists who attended three different behavior analysis programs as graduate students and are now teaching behavior analysis as faculty at three different institutions should be helpful to students who are deciding what to do after graduation.

 
 
Symposium #403
Interbehaviorism and the Cause and Effect and Behavior and Response Continua
Monday, May 26, 2014
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
W175b (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory
Chair: Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University)
Discussant: Todd A. Ward (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

This symposium aims to address two fundamental assumptions and potential confusions underlying the behavioral sciences, as it pertains to interbehaviorism. Founded by J. R. Kantor, interbehaviorism stands apart from traditional forms of behaviorism in that a field analysis is endorsed, which considers events and participants to be co-evolving rather than as being discrete entities. Witts addresses the issue of the cause and effect continuum as it relates to the metaphor of selectionism (e.g., Darwinian natural selection). An analysis of the use of metaphor in science is followed by an interpretation of cause and effect from a field-theoretical approach to behavior. Delprato offers a re-analysis of behavior and response, giving special attention to methods of delineation between the two terms. This delineation rests firmly upon an understanding of constructs and events, which has proven to be a point of confusion. Finally Ward summarizes and comments upon these two talks as they relate to the development of behavior analysis in general.

Keyword(s): cause effect, construct, interbehaviorism, philosophy
 
Selection by Consequences (Skinner, 1981) Revisited: Biology, Environment, and the Cause and Effect Continuum
BENJAMIN N. WITTS (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract: Skinner (1981) offers selection by consequences as a means by which biological, behavioral, and cultural sciences can find common ground. Skinner is clear to explain that some behavior can be consigned directly to the genetic level, but that operant conditioning, selected through the phylogeny, allows the present environment to overcome such genetic restraints and permit flexibility in the topography of the response over the lifespan of the individual organism. Causal explanations, in any science, require the artificial differentiation of objects and events such that one thing is then capable of causing the other, which is the case in operant analyses of behavior. Further delineation is required in the setting of boundaries between objects and events in an effort to give them a serial position in the causal sequence. However, field-theories do away with cause and effect chains, opting instead for an analysis of co-evolving participants in an ever evolving field. This paper aims to address 1) the metaphor of selection and its utility, and 2) the difficulty in endorsing a causal analysis of behavior at the philosophical level.
 

Observed and Inferred Behavior in Behavior Analysis

DENNIS J. DELPRATO (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract:

Behavior analysts insist that behavior is the specialty’s subject matter and that they observe, measure, and assess behavior. For the most part, basic and applied behavior analysts seem to be rather comfortable with the behavior construct. However, a critical reading of the literature reveals a noticeable lack of agreement regarding the referents to behavior. What distinguishes between behavior and response? Is behavior as bodily movement in space of primary concern or is behavior analysis focused on conduct, action, or purpose? If something such as the latter, what activates recording instruments? Behavior? If so, how is behavior the discipline’s subject matter? In clinical functional analysis, is the fundamental three-term contingency antecedent-behavior-consequence with behavior the behaver’s contribution that analysts relate to antecedents and consequences? Or is behavior inferred from observed and measured relations involving the three terms? This presentation applies interbehaviorism and radical behaviorism in a proposal to clarify the status of behavior using behavior assessment as a target subfield. The solution is grounded on the distinction between events and constructs that reveals two different classes of behavior, hence two distinct tasks of behavior assessment: assessing target responses (behavior-1) and functional analysis (the outcome of which yields behavior-2).

 
 
Symposium #404
CE Offered: BACB
Verbal Behavior: Considerations of Translation, Morphology, and Syntax
Monday, May 26, 2014
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
W185d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: VBC/TPC; Domain: Theory
Chair: Robert Dlouhy (Western Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Koji Takeshima, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Three papers discussing theoretical considerations of practical issues will be presented. The first paper will discuss the translation of the VB-MAPP assessment instrument into Japanese. Based on Skinners taxonomy of verbal operants, translation of the VB-MAPP centers around developing prompts in Japanese that are functionally equivalent the English prompts in the original test. The translation task demonstrates the value Skinners functional approach. The second paper considers Skinners autoclitic of order as one of the sources of regularity in languages. This type of relational autoclitic can account for certain syntactic patterns and, surprisingly, for morphological regularities. It will be proposed that functionally distinct response sequences in a language can be accounted for as products of specific operants of order in a language. The symposiums final paper will contrast traditional accounts of language as systems of rules and units such as words, phrases, and sentences with Skinners account of verbal behavior that proposes a flexible array of intraverbal, formal and thematic influences. The latter interact in the history of the listener/speaker to produce grammatical behavior. Some traditional relational devices of language can be interpreted as discriminative functions which control grammatical responses.

Keyword(s): Autoclitics, Grammar, Translation, Verbal Behavior
 
Japanese Translation of an Assessment of Verbal Behavior
KOJI TAKESHIMA (Autism Consultation Room)
Abstract: Skinner proposed an alternative approach to the traditional views of language. His proposal is the functional account of language: what conditions are relevant to the occurrences of the behavior as a step after the topographical descriptions of language, such as grammars and syntaxes. The true value of his functional approach would be revealed when it is utilized to control verbal behaviors of individuals beyond the topographical boundaries of one language. VB-MAPP, Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment and Placement Program, is an assessment tool as well as a program development tool for children with Autism and other developmental disabilities. This tool was developed based on Skinner’s analysis of verbal behavior and utilizes the verbal operants as the units of analysis. It has been in process of being translated to multiple languages. There are various challenges in translating any assessment tools. However, because of the emphasis of the functional account as opposed to topographical descriptions, the translation may be a rather simple task, despite the fact that the large topographical discrepancies between English and Japanese. The larger task might be the education and training of Japanese users in the functional approach of verbal behavior.
 
Linguistic Regularity and Autoclitics of Order
ROBERT DLOUHY (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Any researcher trying to account for linguistic phenomena in behavior analytic terms must face the question of how it is that the verbal behavior within any speech community is highly regular. The regularity of verbal behavior – at least that subset called language – is due to a number of factors, one of which is the sequencing of responses. Skinner accounted in part for the sequencing of words by briefly mentioning autoclitics of order in chapter 13 of Verbal Behavior. This paper will discuss these autoclitics from both syntactic and morphological perspectives, and stress two points. First, autoclitics of order are ubiquitous, and second, they form specific response classes in a verbal community (i.e., a language). Skinner discussed autoclitics of order as a syntactic phenomenon, but in many languages, words themselves are complex responses whose constituent responses are strictly ordered. The regularity of response ordering in both syntax and morphology, then, can be accounted for by autoclitics of order. Further, regularity entails repeatability, and for this reason, autoclitics of order can be considered response classes within a language. The paper will conclude with the remark that syntactic and morphological “structure” is an epiphenomenon stemming from autoclitics of order.
 

Grammar and Syntax as Behavior

JOHN H. MABRY (Retired)
Abstract:

Regardless of the nature of modern theoretical grammars (syntax is a part of grammar) or the old fashion school room grammars, most basically concern themselves with the formal properties of written or spoken material, with the focus on sentence, phrase and word as structural entities. The way humans talk is often said to consist of words which follow rules.' Skinners treatment of verbal behavior challenged both assertions. He proposed that there were no standard units, such as words, sentences, etc. but that the size and composition of our speech and writing were in reality, more flexible. His unit of behavior lacks the physical bounds of any of the subdivisions of traditional grammatical or linguistic divisions. In their place he proposes a flexible array of intraverbal, formal and thematic influences which interact in the history of the listener/speaker to produce grammatical behavior, but may encompass those traditional units; morphemes, words, phrases, idioms, clauses, and so on ...which may have functional unity... in speech or writing. Some of the traditional relational devices of a language such as position and inflectional changes in terms (words) may be viewed as discriminative functions which guide the course of grammatical behavior.

 
 
Symposium #405
CE Offered: BACB
Innovations in the Assessment and Treatment of People with Autism
Monday, May 26, 2014
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
W184bc (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Mark O'Reilly (The University of Texas at Austin)
Discussant: Henry S. Roane (State University of New York Upstate Medical University)
CE Instructor: Russell Lang, Ph.D.
Abstract:

People with autism are often the recipients of behavioral interventions. This symposium presents 4 research studies demonstrating recent advances and discoveries involving the behavioral treatment of autism. Study 1 will address challenging behavior resurgence following functional communication training using a schedule thinning procedure. In addition to addressing resurgence, study 1 targets challenging behavior maintained by access to specific rituals, an understudied problem. In study 2, in-service special education teachers were taught to implement trial-based functional analyses in their classroom and the ease of skill acquisition (as measured by trials to criterion) as well as the social validity of the functional analysis, and clarity of functional analysis outcomes were measured. Ipads have become a popular form of Augmentative and Alternative Communication (AAC) but the parameters mitigating their utility and effectiveness have received little attention. In study 3, Cindy Gevarter compares the efficiency of mand acquisition using the different display formats (e.g., traditional grids, visual scenes) available on Apple iPad. Finally, study 4 demonstrates that children with autism may prefer one form of attention over another and that this preference is an important consideration for designing attention-based interventions. The larger implications of these studies will then discussed by Dr. Henry Roane.

Keyword(s): Communication, Functional Analysis, Preference Assessment, Resurgence
 

Functional Communication Training and Schedule Thinning to Treat Challenging Behavior Maintained by Access to Rituals

MANDY J. RISPOLI (Texas A&M University)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to evaluate the use of FCT and extinction in conjunction with schedule thinning on the resurgence of challenging behavior associated with access to rituals in young children with autism. Participants included two males and one female diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder between the ages of 5 and 6 years. Each child was referred to the study for challenging behavior associated with a particular ritual. The rituals were: (a) closing all doors, (b) insisting bed remained unmade, and (c) rapidly turning book pages. We utilized a modified reversal design to examine the effects of FCT plus extinction and demand fading on challenging behavior and appropriate communication. The initial treatment package of FCT and extinction reduced challenging behavior for all participants when their ritual was interrupted. However, when participants returned to baseline and reinforcement for appropriate communication was not available, challenging behavior resurged. Following the addition of the demand fading component to the treatment package, challenging behavior did not resurge for any participant when they were again exposed to baseline conditions. Appropriate communication persisted in baseline conditions for two of the three participants.

 

Teaching Special Educators to Conduct Functional Analyses in the Classroom

LESLIE NEELY (Texas A&M University), Mandy J. Rispoli (Texas A&M University)
Abstract:

Previous studies have investigated the efficacy of training educators to implement functional analyses including traditional, brief and more recently trial-based functional analyses. The literature base has demonstrated promising results in the training and implementation of functional analysis by educators. This purpose of this study was to extend the literature base by systematically training special educators in public school classrooms to conduct a trial-based functional analysis of challenging behavior with students with autism. A multiple baseline design across teachers with an embedded ABC design in which A is baseline, B is simulated probes, and C is in situ classroom probes, along with a trials-to-criterion measure was utilized. After training, the effectiveness of the training procedures is being evaluated based on the ease of acquisition of the procedures (as measured by trials to criterion) as well as the social validity of the functional analysis, and clarity of functional analysis outcomes. Implications for practice as well as future research will be discussed.

 

Comparing Acquisition of Mands in Children with Autism Using iPads with Scene-based, Grid-based, or Hybrid Displays

CINDY GEVARTER (The University of Texas), Laura Rojeski (The University of Texas at Austin), Nicolette Sammarco (The University of Texas at Austin), Jeffrey S. Sigafoos (Victoria University of Wellington), Giulio Lancioni (University of Bari), Russell Lang (Texas State University)
Abstract:

Augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) applications on the Apple iPad can include different display formats such as traditional grids, visual scenes with embedded hotspots, and hybrid models that combine elements of grids and scenes. Using a multielement design, this study compared acquisition of mands in three preschool-aged males with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) across the aforementioned three different display formats. Two participants showed more rapid and consistent acquisition with scene-based formats than with grid-based formats, and did not master mands under the hybrid condition. The third participant achieved mastery under all three conditions at comparable rates. The results suggest that certain display and design elements of AAC applications may influence mand acquisition.

 

Assessing Preferences for Varying Forms of Attention and the Impact on Response to Attention-based Interventions

RUSSELL LANG (Texas State University), Marije van der Werff (Radboud University Nijmegen), Katja Verbeek (Radboud University Nijmegen), Katy Davenport (Texas State University), Melissa Moore (Texas State University), Allyson Lee (Texas State University), Robert Didden (Radboud University Nijmegen)
Abstract:

Existing preference assessment procedures are designed to determine preferences for specific tangibles. However, tangibles may not always be practical or effective and, attention may be a more desirable reinforcer in some children's behavioral interventions. Attention can be delivered in various forms, such as physical (e.g., a hug, high five), verbal (e.g., "great job"), and gestural (e.g., wink and smile). In the first phase of this study, 2 children with autism underwent a novel preference assessment procedure designed to identify each child's most preferred and least preferred form of attention. Results from this phase indicate that children may prefer one topography of attention over another or one form of attention. In the second phase, the occurrence of target behaviors (e.g., sight word reading) were reinforced by either the highest rated form of attention (high preferred condition) or the lowest rated form of attention (low preferred condition). The rates of challenging behavior and percentage of correct responses were compared across conditions in an alternating treatment design. Results demonstrate that some children with autism may develop preferences for specific forms of attention and that higher preferred forms of attention may function as more effective reinforcers than low preferred forms.

 
 
Symposium #406
CE Offered: BACB
An In-Depth and Large Scale Analysis of the Treatment of Feeding Disorders Among Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders
Monday, May 26, 2014
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
W183b (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: AUT/CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Valerie M. Volkert (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Discussant: Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
CE Instructor: Valerie M. Volkert, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Feeding problems are frequently exhibited by children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD). The current symposium will focus on the evaluation of commonly used and new treatments and provide two large-scale analyses of treatment outcomes for children with feeding problems and ASD. The first presentation compares the effects of sensory integration, specifically the Sequential-Oral-Sensory approach, to an applied behavior analytic approach in the treatment of food selectivity. The second presentation describes outcomes for 43 children with ASD treated in an intensive day-treatment program between 2009 and 2013. The third presentation provides an overview of how intensive treatment can be initiated for children with feeding disorders in the home environment using an interdisciplinary model. Data will be presented for at least 185 patients in the last 10 years. The fourth presentation describes treatment outcomes for a group of six children with ASD treated for food selectivity and obesity. A proposed treatment model for addressing food selectivity and concurrent weight management concerns in ASD will also be presented. Finally, Dr. Dorothea Lerman will serve as the discussant and will provide a synthesis of these studies within the context of current research in the area of feeding problems exhibited by children with ASD.

Keyword(s): autism, feeding disorders, food selectivity, treatment outcomes
 

A Comparison of the Sequential-Oral-Sensory Approach to an Applied Behavior Analytic Approach in the Treatment of Food Selectivity in Children with Autism

KATHRYN M. PETERSON (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Valerie M. Volkert (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

The prevalence of feeding disorders in children with autism is estimated to be as high as 85% (Ahearn et al., 2001; Laud et al., 2012), with food selectivity (i.e., consumption of a limited variety of foods) reported as the most common problem. Although applied behavior analytic (ABA) treatments have the most empirical support as treatment for feeding problems (Volkert & Piazza, 2012), professionals often recommend and caregivers often use sensory-integration-based treatments. In the current investigation, we compared the effects of sensory integration (the Sequential-Oral-Sensory approach [SOS]; Toomey, 2009) to ABA in the treatment of food selectivity in children with autism. Thus far, we have enrolled six participants, in pairs, who were diagnosed with autism and displayed food selectivity. We assigned two participants to ABA and two to SOS and then evaluated the effects of each treatment in a multiple baseline design. Results thus far, have demonstrated that the SOS intervention did not lead to improvement across any dependent measures (acceptance, mouth clean [swallowing]), while ABA led to marked increases in responding across all measures.

 
A Retrospective Chart Review of Dietary Diversity and Feeding Behavior of Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder Before and After Admission to a Day-Treatment Program: An Update of Research Findings
ROSEANNE S LESACK (Marcus Autism Center), William G. Sharp (The Marcus Autism Center), David L. Jaquess (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) have a fivefold increase in the odds of developing a feeding problem compared with peers, placing this population at risk for vitamin and mineral deficiencies (Sharp et al., 2013). At this time, behavioral intervention is the only treatment for severe feeding disorders with well-documented empirical support (Sharp et al., 2011), and there is growing evidence that this technology can be applied to address feeding problems in ASD. Evidence supporting behavioral intervention targeting feeding disorders in ASD involves a small number of single-case design studies (Ledford & Gast, 2006), as well as retrospective chart reviews (Laud et al., 2009; Sharp et al., 2010) treating samples of 46 and 13 children (respectively) treated at intensive feeding programs. The current study updates the work of Sharp et al. by presenting outcomes for 43 children with ASD treated between 2009 and 2013. Upon admission, participants exhibited severely restricted diets and high rates of disruptive mealtime behavior. Treatment involved escape extinction, reinforcement, and stimulus fading procedures. Outcomes focused on dietary diversity and key mealtime behaviors, including acceptance, swallowing, and disruptive mealtime behaviors. Following treatment, significant improvements (p < .01) regarding food variety, consumption, and appropriate mealtime behavior were demonstrated.
 
Evaluating the Outcomes of an Interdisciplinary Home-Based Pediatric Feeding Disorders Program for Children with Autism and other Developmental Disabilities
STEPHANIE MILLER (Clinic 4 Kidz), Meeta R. Patel (Clinic 4 Kidz), Allyne Marcon-Dawson (Clinic 4 Kidz), Christa F. Curtaz (Clinic 4 Kidz), Sherrene B. Fu (Clinic 4 Kidz), Ashlee Matrigali (Clinic 4 Kidz), Aida Miles (Clinic 4 Kidz), Danielle Shahan (Clinic 4 Kidz)
Abstract: Feeding disorders are common in children with autism and other disabilities. Some children may be at risk for weight loss and may eventually be placed on gastrostomy feedings while others may not have advanced with regards to variety and textures of food. Nutritional deficiencies may also be noted especially with children with autism who display severe food selectivity. It is ideal that treatment be provided by a team of professionals. Typically these services are provided in a clinic/hospital environment; however, a similar model is also used in the home environment. The purpose of this presentation is to provide an overview of how intensive treatment can be initiated for children with feeding disorders in the home environment using an interdisciplinary model. Data will be presented for at least 185 patients who were admitted to the Clinic 4 Kidz Pediatric Feeding Disorders Program in the last 10 years. Preliminary data suggests that this type of intensive home-based program is effective at decreasing tube dependency, increasing oral intake and variety of foods consumed, and decreasing refusal behaviors in a short period of time. Outcome data and the treatment approach used to treat feeding problems in children with autism will also be presented.
 
Outcomes for Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder Treated for Food Selectivity and Obesity in an Outpatient Setting: Establishing Foundations for a Treatment Model
KATHRYN HOLMAN (Marcus Institute), Kristen K Criado (Marcus Autism Center & Emory University), William G. Sharp (The Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) often present with food selectivity involving strong preferences for starches, fats, and snack foods coinciding with a bias against fruits and vegetables. Emerging evidence also indicates children with ASD are at increased risk for obesity compared with peers. In our outpatient feeding clinic, we are increasingly faced with addressing both food selectivity and obesity among children with ASD, yet no treatment models exist to support clinical care. A significant obstacle to weight management in ASD involves restricting high fat/calorie foods and increasing consumption of fruits and vegetables due the intense behavioral responses that accompany the restriction of preferred foods and introduction of healthy foods. Additional barriers to healthy lifestyles in ASD include cognitive deficits (impairing healthy food choices and promoting impulsive eating) and decreased opportunities for physical activity. The current study describes treatment outcomes for a group of six children with ASD treated for food selectivity and obesity in an outpatient setting. Outcomes include dietary variety, BMI percentile, and engagement in physical activity. A proposed treatment model for addressing food selectivity and concurrent weight management concerns in ASD is presented with consideration of the unique behavioral and developmental presentations in this population.
 
 
Symposium #407
CE Offered: BACB
Applied Behavioral Economics: Using Demand Curves and Discounting Rates to Guide Public Policy
Monday, May 26, 2014
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
W190b (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: CSE/EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Brent Kaplan (The University of Kansas)
Discussant: Steven R. Hursh (Institutes for Behavior Resources, Inc.)
CE Instructor: Derek D. Reed, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavioral economics is a booming subfield of both psychology and behavior analysis. To date, behavioral economics within psychology has taken a cognitive approach to understanding human irrationalities. This psychological approach to behavioral economics has been recognized by the federal government as an effective means of nudging socially relevant behaviors. Within behavior analysis, behavioral economics has largely been relegated as an approach to understanding substance abuse and addiction; these findings, too, have been applied to public policy considerations. This symposium aims to demonstrate that applied behavioral economics within behavior analysis can be applied to a host of societal issues, in addition to novel understandings of addiction. An additional aim of this symposium is to demonstrate that the various facets of behavioral economic analyses can contribute to public policy considerations in unique ways. Finally, this symposium will highlight the potential of behavioral economics within behavior analysis to drastically improve empirical public policy efforts, beyond the contributions of solely cognitive approaches.

Keyword(s): behavioral economics, demand, discounting, public policy
 

Demand Elasticity for Potentially Real Cigarettes is Negatively Associated with Income

MIKHAIL KOFFARNUS (Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute), A. George Wilson (Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute), Warren K. Bickel (Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute and Virginia Tech)
Abstract:

Cigarette demand is a measure of reinforcement that is associated with level of tobacco dependence and other clinically relevant measures. In the present study, income available for cigarette purchases was manipulated to assess the effect on cigarette demand. Tobacco-dependent cigarette smokers (n=15) who smoked 10-40 cigarettes per day completed a series of cigarette purchasing tasks under a variety of income conditions meant to mimic different weekly cigarette budgets: $280, approximately $127, $70, or approximately $32 per week. Prices of $0.12, $0.25, $0.50, and $1.00 per cigarette were assessed in each income condition. Participants were instructed to purchase as many cigarettes as theyd like for the next week, and that only cigarettes purchased in the context of the study should be consumed. One price in one income condition was randomly chosen to be real and the cigarettes and excess money in the budget were given to the participant. Results indicate that demand elasticity was negatively correlated with income. Demand intensity was unrelated to income condition, with low-price cigarette consumption remaining high across incomes. These results indicate that the amount of income that is available for cigarette purchases has a large effect on cigarette consumption, but only at high prices.

 

A Behavioral Economic Analysis of Obamacare's Tanning Tax: Suggestions for Maximizing Revenue while Reducing Demand

DEREK D. REED (The University of Kansas), Brent Kaplan (The University of Kansas), Amel Becirevic (The University of Kansas), Jonathan R. Miller (Kennedy Krieger Institute/Johns Hopkins University)
Abstract:

The evidence is clear--indoor tanning use increases the risk of skin cancer by nearly 75%. Unfortunately, the use of indoor tanning devices continues to climb amongst adolescent and college-aged populations. This rampant addiction--which some have colloquially termed "tanorexia"--has resulted in an immensely lucrative indoor tanning industry with revenue estimated at $5 billion a year. This growing trend has prompted many public health watchdog agencies to call for novel but effective means of reducing demand for indoor tanning in young women. Concurrently, passage of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010 (i.e., Obamacare) included a provision mandating a 10% tanning tax to help offset costs associated with implementation of this statute. Preliminary research suggests that the 10% tax is ineffective at curbing consumer demand for indoor tanning. We propose the use of behavioral economic demand analyses to guide such public policy decision regarding demand for indoor tanning. Our analyses with at-risk populations suggest that a much higher tax is necessary to yield elastic demand. Thus, results from our study suggest that empirically based regulation would (a) generate more elastic demand (potentially curbing rates of skin cancer) while (b) simultaneously increasing government revenue to fund other Obamacare provisions.

 

Why Smart People Make Seemingly Stupid Decisions: Bayesian Analysis of Escalation in Policy Decisions

DONALD A. HANTULA (Temple University), Shawn Patrick Gilroy (Rowan University, Temple University)
Abstract:

Computer simulations of human decision-making were conducted to determine the effects of individual reinforcement learning histories on policy decisions, modeled around a variable interval reinforcement contingency, akin to a series of winning or losing ventures. Earlier theories of policy decision-making have posited that the commitment of resources to failing ventures (persistence) and the increases in comment during failing ventures (escalation) are forms of pathology themselves- instances of irrational behavior. Under these assumptions, very little attention was paid to temporal or sequential factors that may have led to these phenomena. Bayesian reasoning is often promoted as a perfectly rational account of decision making. Computer algorithms generated sequences to simulate individual learning histories and also to engage in a Bayseian updating process of expected success or failure of the venture. After these series, ten loss events followed. Temporal dynamics resembling reinforcement schedules caused warranted probabilities to change. The results of 1000 computer simulations revealed that escalation and persistence emerged for most learning histories. Interestingly, instances of escalation emerged in most instances. It is concluded that, based on this simulation, the perfectly rational Bayesian escalates policy decisions under most cases of failure.

 

On the Relation between BMI and Delay Discounting Rates

DAVID P. JARMOLOWICZ (The University of Kansas), J. Bradley Cherry (University of Missouri-Kansas City), Derek D. Reed (The University of Kansas), Jared M. Bruce (University of Missouri-Kansas City), John M. Crespi (Kansas State University), Jayson L. Lusk (Oklahoma State University), Amanda S. Bruce (University of Missouri-Kansas City)
Abstract:

Individuals suffering from addiction to various drugs are less able to value future reinforcers (i.e., they rapidly discount delayed reinforcers) than are their non-addicted peers. This skill deficit may represent a trans-disease process that is implicated in various patterns of aberrant behavior such as drug addiction, pathological gambling, and potentially obesity/over-eating. Published studies on the relation between delay discounting and body mass, however, are currently inconclusive. The current study examined this relation in a relatively large sample of overweight and obese individuals (n=50) compared to healthy and/or underweight individuals. Overweight/obese individuals (n=50) were less able to value delayed reinforcers (i.e., they discounted at a higher rate) than did the healthy/underweight individuals. This relation persisted when other variables know to impact rates of delay discounting (i.e., age, income, education) were controlled. This findings suggests that the deficits in valuing future reinforcers in obese individuals may be as robust as those in addicted individuals, supporting the notion that excessive discounting of delayed reinforcers is a trans-disease process underlying various patterns of unhealthy behavior.

 
 
Symposium #408
How Behavioral Developmental Stage and Value of Reinforcers Interact
Monday, May 26, 2014
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
W181a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: DEV/TPC; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Patrice Marie Miller (Salem State University)
Discussant: Robert A. Miller (none)
Abstract:

Behavior Analysis has concentrated on contingencies of reinforcement and reinforcement value. However, taking behavioral developmental stage of an individual into consideration is also important to bring about behavioral change. Papers that will be presented are centered around the theme of behavioral developmental stage, value of reinforcers or both. It includes studies that show that a) behavioral developmental stage and reinforcement value interact strongly, sometimes behavioral stage changing the value of reinforcers and sometimes reinforcement changing behavioral stage, b) behavioral development stage is domain specific showing synchrony of stage in domain with social reinforcement c) changing the value of food reinforcers as the most of producing long term weight loss and d) contrary to most behavioral analytic accounts, why ignoring elicited crying in behavioral stage 1 increase greatly the chances of many disorders and that attending to crying young infants reinforces their learning that they will be rescued when in distress leading to healthy behavioral development.

Keyword(s): Behavioral Stage, Reinforment Value, Weight Loss
 

Behavioral Developmental Stage and Value of Reinforcers Strongly Interact with Each Other: an Overview

LUCAS ALEXANDER HALEY COMMONS-MILLER (Dare Institute), Michael Lamport Commons (Harvard Medical School)
Abstract:

Behavior Analysis has concentrated on contingencies of reinforcement and reinforcement value. We present a series of analyses and data showing that behavioral developmental stage and value of reinforcers obtained strongly interact with each other. In some cases, value effects behavioral stage, in others behavioral stage effects value. This is especially important for interventions. For example, only about 20% of persons designated as Autistic are mainstreamed. This may be largely due to ignoring developmental sequences. Prerequisite behaviors have to be acquired first. Otherwise, one starts with too high a behavioral stage behavior for interventions to be successful. Behavioral developmental stage on one hand and amount and value for reinforcement on the other hand interact in at least two ways. First, the stage required for contingencies between one's own behavior and the consequences to be discriminable may exceed the stage of performance of the person. A second way is that stage has an influence on the effective value and amount of events.

 

Transfer of Order of Hierarchical Complexity within the Social Domain

SAGUN GIRI (Dare Association, Inc.), Michael Lamport Commons (Harvard Medical School), William Joseph Harrigan (Harvard University)
Abstract:

The Order of Hierarchical Complexity (OHC, the apriori analytic difficulty of the items) was measured with two interrelated vignettes, helper-person and empathy instruments within the social domain. 22 participants were recruited through various listservs and the instruments were provided to them through a weblink. The item OHC was shown to predict how good performance was: Empathy, r(20) = 0.850, p < 0.0001; Helper-person, r(20) = 0.948, p < 0.0001; Counselor patient, r(19) = 0.868, p < 0.0001. Domain may be operationally defined by high levels of transfer of previous acquisition. If so, the Rasch person difficulty scores of the participants in the two social domain instruments maybe correlated. The person difficulty scores represent how good a person was at dealing with the difficulty of vignettes in each instrument. A previous study showed a high correlation between how well people did person (Rasch person difficulty scores) on math-science-logic domain instruments, r(23) = 0.98, p < 0.0001. Hence, we expected similar results in the two instruments within the social domain for which we had such data. The analysis showed high correlation, r(7) = 0.967, p < 0.0001. This indicated that participants performed at the same behavioral developmental stage across all instruments of the social domain. Thus, the result implies that order of hierarchical complexity is domain specific.

 

Professional Opinions on Perceived Hunger Following Different Forms of Bariatric Surgery

WILLIAM JOSEPH HARRIGAN (Harvard University), Michael Lamport Commons (Harvard Medical School)
Abstract:

In behavior analysis, procedures other than deprivation and satiation that alter the power of reinforcement are rarely discussed. Bariatric surgery is the only effective long term weight loss intervention. Here we report the perceived efficacy of bariatric surgery in reducing the reinforcing effects of food. There were 26 bariatric surgery professionals asked to rate on a 1 to 6 scale each of a set of key factors in success or failure of bariatric surgeries. There was wide agreement that the surgeries function by reducing the preference to eat more food. We found that fullness, or the physical restriction of the stomach, is regarded as the most important factor in reducing preference for food, and reduced preference for fat and carbohydrates was a relevant factor in weight-loss. Particular to questions regarding Satiation, Gastric Bypass had M = 4.50, p = 0.000 Gastric Sleeve had similar M = 4.46, p = 0.000 and less effective, Laparoscopic banding had M = 3.63, p = 0.000. Therefore it is a combination of reduced capacity for food, and reduced preference for fat and sugar that were believed to cause the weight loss from bariatric surgery.

 

A Behavioral Developmental Account of How Early Caregiving Events May Shape Attachment Disorders

PATRICE MARIE MILLER (Salem State University)
Abstract:

Behavior analytic accounts of crying have stressed that responses to crying reinforce the crying behavior. A different possibility is presented based on the facts that crying and other behaviors have different causes and functions at different ages. Specifically, there is a shift from behaviors that are mainly reflexive or classically conditioned at behavioral stage 1 to behaviors that are operantly conditioned at behavioral stage 2. Parental responses therefore should differ accordingly. For example, infant crying from 1 to 3 months of age is mainly elicited by bodily discomfort or just not being able to regulate their own emotional states. Across a wide variety of child rearing contexts, the rate of infant crying increases until about six weeks irrespective of parental behavior. Contrary to the classic operant behavioral account, the peak of crying is significantly higher under conditions of low parental responsiveness. But responding rapidly to the crying of young infants causes them to learn that when distressed, they will be "rescued" and their discomfort will be lessened. Infants who do not learn this, on the other hand, may learn instead that people are not sources to turn to when one is experiencing negative emotions. This may lead to insensitive adults.

 
 
Symposium #409
Gambling Pigeons and Their Parallels with People
Monday, May 26, 2014
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
W176b (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Alexander Ward (West Virginia University)
Discussant: Gregory J. Madden (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Gambling is a popular social behavior that occurs worldwide. An estimated 16.5 million Americans experience problems similar to those found in substance abuse due to pathological or problem gambling. Despite widespread interest in determining mechanisms involved in problem gambling, gambling can be difficult to study in humans for ethical and practical reasons. Pigeons have been proposed as an animal model of problem gambling because they sometimes select probabilistic schedules with variable-magnitude reinforcers over fixed schedules even when the expected amount of food on the probabilistic schedule is much lower. This symposium focuses on recent experimental contributions to the development of pigeon models of gambling. Two talks describe how near wins, stimuli that approximate winning stimuli but deliver no reinforcers, impact behavior in a pigeon slot matching analog. Ward and Kyonka describe interactions between near-win effects and alcohol. Rice and Kyonka present results of experiments showing how near wins function in extinction and in higher-order schedules. Laude, Zentall, Case, Stagner and Sticklen present results on near misses and choice behavior. Tan and Hackenberg present results of a study of free-operant gambling involving the use of a token economy. The utility and implications of using pigeon analogs for gambling will be discussed.

Keyword(s): animal models, choice, gambling, pigeon
 

Effects of Alcohol on Pigeons' Behavior in a Slot Machine Analog

ALEXANDER WARD (West Virginia University), Elizabeth Kyonka (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

Four pigeons responded in a slot machine analog in which keys were lighted either red or green for a three-peck sequence. A sequence with three red lights in a row signaled a win and three green lights in a row signaled a loss. Two red lights followed by one green light signaled a near win. Following the three-peck sequence, a white key was illuminated for five seconds to signal a collect phase. Food was delivered on winning trials if at least one peck occurred on the collect key during the five-second collect phase. For all other trial types, no food was delivered for pecks on the collect key. Ethanol was administered in three increasing doses semi-weekly after responding stabilized. Ethanol administration decreased discrimination between trial types and increased response rates on all losing trials. Sensitivity to near wins increased as a function of dose, a further indication of impaired discrimination between wins and losses.

 

Conditioned Reinforcement Effects of Near Wins in a Pigeon Slot Machine Analog

NATHAN RICE (West Virginia University), Elizabeth Kyonka (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

In slot machine play, near wins are stimuli that approximate winning stimuli but deliver no reinforcers (e.g., two winning symbols and a losing symbol). In two experiments, keys were illuminated red or green following pecks in a 3-peck sequence. Three successive red lights signaled a win and three green lights signaled a loss. Two red lights followed by a green light was a near win. Following the 3-peck sequence, a collect key was illuminated white and a peck was required to deliver reinforcement on winning trials. In Experiment 1, pigeons were trained on the slot-machine analog and then switched to extinction. Near wins were either present or absent in extinction. In Experiment 2, the slot-machine analog was embedded in a concurrent-chains procedure. Preference was investigated as the probability of a win, probability of a near-win trial, and magnitude of reinforcement was systematically altered. Across both experiments, collect-key response rates were proportional to the amount of reds shown in a trial. The prediction of behavioral momentum that conditioned reinforcers (e.g., near wins) cause responding to persist for longer in extinction and cause shifts in preference was tested across experiments.

 

The Effect of Near Miss Trials on Pigeons' Choice Behavior

JENNIFER LAUDE (University of Kentucky), Thomas Zentall (University of Kentucky), Jacob P. Case (University of Kentucky), Jessica Stagner (University of Florida), Mary F. Sticklen (University of Kentucky)
Abstract:

Problem gambling in humans has garnered significant research interest due to its maladaptive consequences. Recently, animal models of human gambling behavior have uncovered some of the underlying mechanisms that contribute to maladaptive choice that may also have implications for human gambling behavior. Perhaps one of the most important and reliable findings in animal models is the critical role of conditioned reinforcement. One paradoxical effect is the near miss phenomenon which appears to lead to persistence in gambling behavior despite it having no informative value. A near miss is characterized by the successive presentation of stimuli that closely resemble a winning trial with the exception that the last stimulus in the sequence signals a loosing outcome. Although the near miss should serve to devalue the win, it appears to have the opposite effect. Recently, we have attempted to model this human phenomenon with pigeons. The results of our work and the importance of capturing certain aspects of human gambling that are oftentimes not integrated in animal analogs of near miss will be discussed.

 

Paying to Risk: Pigeon Gambling in a Token System

LAVINIA C. M. TAN (Reed College), Timothy D. Hackenberg (Reed College)
Abstract:

Pigeons were trained in a free-operant gambling task in which they were able to earn tokens, and then then exchange earned tokens for food or gamble them, by completing separate FR requirements on three simultaneously available keys presented on a touchscreen. The response cost for earning tokens, as well as the size and probability of gambling wins was manipulated over a series of conditions. The cost of earning tokens had little effect on gambling behavior. Subjects were more sensitive to the probability than the size of wins and would continue to gamble even when the costs outweighed the gains. This procedure shows promise as an animal model for the investigation of gambling behavior.

 
 
Symposium #410
Experimental Data from Cultural Lab of Universidade de Brasilia: Inequality of Individual Reinforcer, Metacontingencies Concurrents and Nature of Individual and Cultural Consequences.
Monday, May 26, 2014
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
W176a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: EAB/CSE; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: April M. Becker (The University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center)
Discussant: April M. Becker (The University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center)
Abstract:

The culture as field of basic research has grown since the first experiment designed by Vichi. In this symposium, three works of experimental metacontingencies manipulating some variables typical of operant research. Inequality of individual reinforcers with the same culture consequence was manipulated into a PDG with three person. The results show interaction of individual and cultural consequences, being easier to select Interlocking Behavior Contingencies (IBC) and their aggregate product (AP) when the IBCs produced equality of reinforcement. The second study manipulated concurrency of metacontingencies using CDG. For one IBC-AP the consequence cultural was always 60, for other IBC-AP unit the magnitude of cultural consequence changes in each condition. The results demonstrated more frequency of IBC-AP that produced greater cultural consequences with overmatching. The third work manipulated the quality of cultural consequences. Two groups, one with cultural consequences traded for money and the other group with cultural consequences traded for school material for poor children of a public school. Both groups show cultural selection, but the IBCs of group with culture consequence for other was more sensitive to extinction and change their choices more quick. The three studies show the effect of cultural consequences on unit IBC-AP.

 

CANCELLED: Communication and Inequity of Reinforcers in an Experimental Study of Metacontingency

CLARISSA NOGUEIRA (Universidade de Brasilia), Laercia Abreu Vasconcelos (University of Brasilia)
Abstract:

This study consisted on a 2x2 factorial design in which the manipulated IVs were: communication Communication and No Communication and inequity between reinforcers Relative Inequity and Absolute Inequity. In each trial, all three participants of the group had to choose between two cards (X and Y) simultaneously. The combination of the cards chosen generated individual points according to the following equations: X = n x 4 / Y = X + 7, where n is the number of participants choosing X. There were also group points (60 points for the group) which were generated by the group each time the target combination of responses were produced. For the groups with Relative Inequity, the group points were produced each time one of the participants chose X and the other two participants chose Y. For the groups with Absolut Inequity, the group points were produced only when participant 1 chose X and participants 2 and 3 chose Y. The participants of the groups with Communication were allowed to talk to each other for 20 seconds between blocks of ten trials. The participants of the groups with No Communication were not allowed to talk to each other during the experiment. All the groups went through an ABA design. In Condition A, only the individual points were produced and it lasted for 50 trials. In Condition B, the group points were introduced and it lasted until the stability criterion was met or for a maximum of 400 trials. The stability criterion was the production of the target combination in 80% of the last 10 trials. There were three groups with Communication and Relative Inequity (CM.RI), three groups with Communication and Absolute Inequity (CM.AI), three groups with No Communication and Relative Inequity (NC.RI) and three groups with No Communication and Absolute Inequity (NC.AI). The results indicate that the inequity of reinforcers is an important variable on the selection of the target combination of responses and that the Relative Inequity facilitated the selection of this combination even in groups with No Communication. When averages are compared, the groups with Relative Inequity were the groups with the least number of trials for the stability criterion to be met (average of 58,5 trials) when compared to the groups with Absolute Inequity (average of 290,3 trials), the groups with Communication (average of 128,2 trials) and the groups with No Communication (average of 220,6 trials). Only two groups didn`t meet the stability criterion.

 

The Interaction of Different Kinds of Cultural and Individual Consequences on Culture Selection

FÁBIO HENRIQUE BAIA (Universidade de Rio Verde), Laercia Abreu Vasconcelos (University of Brasilia)
Abstract:

The aim of this study was to investigate if the difference of quality and nature of individual and cultural consequences could influence on cultural selection in metacontingencies. The participants was 18 undergrad students distributed in two groups, the group Goods for themselves and group Goods for the others. Each group had eight generations, each one composed by dyads. At the end of each generation, the oldest participant left the experiment and was switched by a nave participant. The Goods for themselves group received as individual and cultural consequence points changed for money. The Goods for the others received individual points traded by photocopies and as cultural consequence points traded by school material which was donated to a undergrad project. There were two phases. On acquisition phase individual consequences were available. On extinction phase one generation was exposed only to individual consequences and the other generation was exposed to none of the consequences. The results indicate to operant selection and culturants on acquisition phase in a similar way to both groups. On extinction phase, is noticeable more sensitiveness of Good for the others group to withdrawn of cultural consequences. More culturant variability was found in Good for the others group when the cultural consequences were suspended. These results indicate that individual consequences and cultural consequences of different kinds and nature may influence on operant and cultural selection. These data suggest implications to metacontingency concept.

 

Concurrent Metacontingencies with Different Magnitude of Cultural Consequences

DYEGO DE CARVALHO COSTA (Universida de Brasilia; Universidade Estadual do Piaui), Laercia Abreu Vasconcelos (University of Brasilia)
Abstract:

It was manipulated two different metacontingencies using the Common Dilemma Game as tool and fishing as scenario. Three groups of three person had to choose one of three cards (red, yellow and green). The combination of cards was the IBC e sum card's points was the AP. Initially for the AP 45 was contingent 60 points as cultural consequence. To AP 15, six conditions were manipulated each one with different values of cultural consequence, with proportion of magnitudes 45/15 varying from 0,33, 0,66, 1, 1,5, 2 and 4. The experiment was consisted of two phases, in the phase "Without resources" the combinations don't make any impact on environment and in phase ("With resources" there was a initial number of resources that was used by card's choices. This variable named resource produced matching at the proper conditions and high frequency for the AP 15 that produced the smaller impact on environment. In conditions with proportion above 1,5 the distribution was greater than 1,5 for 15. This pattern of choices is similar to overmatching at choice's field. Even when the values switched, this pattern was demonstrated as well. The same procedure is being replicated with concurrencies of VI scheduled.

 
 
Symposium #411
Rewards are Key, but Their Timing is Everything! Recent Advances in Matching Theory, Delay Discounting, and Behavioral Momentum.
Monday, May 26, 2014
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
W176c (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Andrew R. Craig (Utah State University)
Discussant: Elizabeth Kyonka (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

Matching theory, delay discounting, and behavioral momentum theory have been among the most conceptually generative advances in the quantitative analysis of behavior. Though these accounts often are divergent in terms of contemporary investigation and application, they are united in that they all focus on complex interactions between behavior, temporal dimensions of reinforcer delivery (e.g., reinforcer rate or delay), and the context in which reinforcers are encountered. Put another way, the timing of reinforcers is central to each of these accounts. With this underlying theme in mind, the present symposium will arrange four talks in which speakers present recent advances in these theoretical domains. In the first two talks, choice behavior will be discussed in relation to both the dynamics of response allocation across various levels of temporal resolution and the role of memorial processes in choosing between immediate and delayed rewards. The final speakers will discuss advances in the study of resistance to change. Specifically, these talks will focus on the unique contributions of reinforcer rate both to response strength and to contingency discrimination during disruption of ongoing behavior. Elizabeth Kyonka, an expert in quantitative analyses of behavior and decision-making processes, will serve as a discussant.

Keyword(s): behavioral momentum, delay discounting, matching theory, reward timing
 

CANCELED: Studies of the Behavioral Momentum of Autoshaped Responding

ERIC A. THRAILKILL (University of Vermont), Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Behavioral momentum theory suggests that the association between discriminative stimuli and conditions of reinforcement during training is the main determiner of resistance to change under conditions of disruption. Studies have shown the limits of this interpretation by employing ratio schedules in which reinforcement rate is directly dependent on response rate. In contrast, the well-known autoshaping procedure arranges response-independent reinforcement and generates consistent operant responding. Two experiments compared resistance to change of autoshaped responding in pigeons. Experiment 1 evaluated resistance to change of autoshaped responding in a multiple schedule arranging two different probabilities of reinforcement with prefeeding and extinction. Experiment 2 compared resistance to change between subjects with pigeons responding on simple autoshaping procedures that arranged different probabilities of reinforcement. Results are generally consistent with predictions of behavioral momentum theory, and provide new challenges and directions in addition to an extension of resistance to change to procedures arranging only response-independent reinforcement.

 

Resolution Evolution: The Global and Local Analysis of Generalized Matching Relations

SHRINIDHI SUBRAMANIAM (West Virginia University), Randolph C. Grace (University of Canterbury), Elizabeth Kyonka (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

Generalized matching is a quantitative description of the relation between the allocation of responses and relative rates of reinforcement. The functional relation of response allocation to rate of reinforcement can differ at different temporal resolutions. To illustrate matching analyses over multiple temporal resolutions, we used data from pigeons that pecked in concurrent-chain schedules. Initial links were dependent concurrent variable-interval (VI)-VI schedules. Terminal-link schedules were fixed intervals. The location of the initial link leading to the shorter terminal link varied pseudorandomly. Global analysis of functional relations across conditions reveals differences in sensitivity and systematic deviations from linearity that may be difficult to detect at more local levels. Within-session cumulative response plots illustrate the abrupt shifts in behavior that occur in this procedure. Local analysis of functional relations, including visit durations within initial links, can capture the patterns of response allocation that, in the aggregate, are responsible for differences in matching observed at global resolutions.

 
Effects of Working-Memory Training on Delay Discounting in Rats
RENEE RENDA (Utah State University), Gregory J. Madden (Utah State University)
Abstract: Delay discounting is the decrease in the subjective value of a reward as a function of the delay to its receipt. Because steep delay discounting underlies a variety of behavioral maladies, manipulation of discount rates may ameliorate pathology. Bickel et al. (2011) reported a decrease in delay discounting rates among substance-dependent individuals receiving working memory training. However, an improvement in post-training memory performance was not observed. This manipulation-check failure raises concerns about demand characteristics. The present research sought to replicate the Bickel et al. study in rats. A modified titrating-delay match-to-position task was used to enhance working memory performance. Delay discounting was correlated with memory performance, a finding consistent with the human literature. Further, working memory-trained rats performed better on a post-training working memory test than sham-trained rats. Working memory-trained rats, however, did not discount delayed food rewards less than their yoked controls, and within-subject discounting rates did not improve following training. This inconsistent finding could be a species difference, which is unfortunate, as an animal model designed to manipulate discounting rates could explore measures not amenable to human research (e.g., drug self administration, neurological measures).
 

Discrimination and Behavioral Mass during Extinction in a Combined Stimulus Context

JOHN BAI (University of Auckland), Vikki J. Bland (The University of Auckland), Christopher A. Podlesnik (The University of Auckland)
Abstract:

Behavioral momentum theory posits that the rate of responding during extinction is determined by both the discrimination of extinction contingencies, and an underlying behavioral mass or response strength established by baseline rates of reinforcement. However, evidence such as the partial reinforcement extinction effect (PREE) suggests that discrimination effects influence behavior to a greater extent than does reinforcement history. We present data from four identical conditions where two responses were maintained in separate stimulus contexts by differential rates of reinforcement. These stimulus contexts were then combined during extinction. Across successive replications, decreases were observed in both the absolute rates of responding and, to a lesser degree, the relative rate of responding between alternatives. However, differential responding towards the richer alternative was maintained throughout all 3 replications. The present results suggest that, while repeated extinction conditions enhanced discrimination effects and lead to faster decreases in overall responding, baseline rates of reinforcement still contribute to differential responding during extinction.

 
 
Paper Session #412
Operant Conditioning in Humans
Monday, May 26, 2014
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
W175c (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: EAB
Chair: Kathleen Doolan (The University of Wiakato)
 

Behavioral Variability in Humans: Do Instructions Make a difference?

Domain: Basic Research
KATHLEEN DOOLAN (The University of Wiakato), Lewis A. Bizo (The University of Waikato), James S McEwan (The University of Waikato)
 
Abstract:

Previous research shows that reinforcement of variable responding will facilitate sequence learning in rats but may interfere with sequence learning in humans. The present study aimed to explore the notion of sequence difficulty in humans by manipulating both sequence length (6-12 items) and task instruction. Participants were randomly allocated to one of two groups: Control and Variable. In the control group sequences were only reinforced if they were the target sequence, in the variability groups sequences were concurrently reinforced on a Variable Interval 60-s schedule if the just entered sequence met a variability criterion and for every production of the target sequence. With the instructions--to earn as many points as possible by figuring out the correct sequence--the six-item sequence (122121) Control group were most likely to produce the target sequence, while for the twelve digit sequence (221112211121) there was no difference between the two groups. The Variable group were most likely to produce the target sequence for the intermediate nine-digit sequence (112212121). Preliminary findings on the same task without instructions suggest comparable findings. The use of sequence length as a definition of sequence difficulty in both the current and previous studies and the potential role of instructions are discussed.

 
Pilot Study for the Meta-Analysis of N=1 Experiments Based on Classroom Behavior
Domain: Basic Research
RAY BROGAN (Kaplan University)
 
Abstract: Many studies have been conducted on the effectiveness of n=1 experiments particularly as they apply to improving classroom behavior. One common concern is that it is difficult to generalize from the results of n=1 experiments. Therefore, questions arise regarding the overall effectiveness. Because the typographies of the various applications are intrinsically different, replications of successful studies become difficult at best. Therefore, the external validity of any given study can only be established by the power of that study, recognized as a dramatic change from baseline due to the treatment. The meta-analysis is the research procedure used to determine if there is consistent power across many studies addressing the same research phenomenon. Because the n=1 experiments are so difficult to replicate, the meta-analysis can be complicated; however, for the same reason, a meta-analysis can shed some light on efficiency of the n=1 experiment. Using archival data collected from various sources, this presentation will demonstrate how a meta-analysis could be conducted to demonstrate the effectiveness of the N=1 experiment.
 

Investigating the Contributions of Mimicked and Relative Pitch to the Acquisition of Absolute Pitch

Domain: Applied Research
BENJAMIN REYNOLDS (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
 
Abstract:

The direct instruction of music skills constitutes an endeavor of applied relevance which could help expand behaviorally-oriented instructional approaches into the domain of music education. This presentation conceptualizes musical behavior as codic intraverbal behavior and compares the development of relative pitch repertoires and alphabetization repertoires to demonstrate their similarities. Data from participants with a variety of musical training backgrounds are shown demonstrating that pitch accuracy in the absence of observable prompts, or absolute pitch, can be modified through operant reinforcement. Procedurally, this design consists of 8 progressive training conditions, each consisting of 8 nonrepeating notes in C major, trained in 2 phases: 1) changing criterion pitch accuracy training for steps 1-3, and 2) progressive prompt fading training for steps 4-8. To progress from step to step, participants must sing with at least 75% accuracy for 3 concurrent trials. Probes, or app checks, are performed at the beginning and end of each session and after each progression standard is met consisting of 5 random notes in C major given no feedback. Most results indicate progressive improvements in probe performance followed by end of session declines in accuracy possibly due to fatigue or time in the absence of auditory feedback.

 

Systematic Operant Bias in Human Participants: Methodological Interactions

Domain: Basic Research
LAURILYN DIANNE JONES (The Mechner Foundation), Francis Mechner (The Mechner Foundation)
 
Abstract:

Any type of behavioral research which requires participants to perform more than one operant behavior presents a potential methodological problem: pre-existing bias amongst the participants for one operant over another. In a series of almost 20 experiments taking place over a period of three years, the same nine operants, each consisting of a non-word sequence of letters typed on the computer keyboard, were used to study choice in adult human participants. The experiments, though different, followed a similar format: each consisted of a number of learning sessions, during which participants practiced these nine operants under differing conditions which constituted the programmed independent variable of the study, followed by a final test session in which participants were allowed to choose between them. The type of final session also differed from experiment to experiment. Analysis of this body of data allows for a unique opportunity to study systematic operant bias among human participants in depth, with the ability to make direct comparisons of choice of the same operants under different methodological conditions. Slight overall operant bias was observed, as well as interaction effects between the general operant bias and specific methodological artifacts of each experiment.

 
 
 
Symposium #413
Technology and Teaching the Diverse Learner with Special Needs: A Symposium
Monday, May 26, 2014
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
W194b (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Gwendolyn Cartledge (The Ohio State University)
Discussant: Susan Keesey (The Ohio State University)
Abstract:

Evidence of efficient and effective delivery of supplemental literacy interventions with technology (i.e., computer software and mobile devices) can alleviate some classroom resource problems as well as deliver instruction in a consistent, pedagogically prescribed manner, fairly free of instructional error. Furthermore, computer programs are found to be especially beneficial for young, low-income minority children and mobile devices such as the iPad offer an attractive medium of reading texts which can in turn motivate children to read. However, there is a gap between teachers knowledge of these new technologies and the actual application in classroom practice. This symposium consists of three empirical papers focusing on the use of computer software and iPads in the classroom with culturally/linguistically diverse students with or at-risk for disabilities. First, we will demonstrate the effectiveness of computer software in increasing the reading fluency skills for low-achieving second-graders. Second, the effects of computer delivered social skill instruction with middle-school students will be shared. Third, we will highlight how iPad literacy-based apps were used to reinforce the basic sight-word reading skills for bilingual first-graders. A fourth paper will present an overview of recent research on the best evidence-based practices of using technology to deliver instruction in the classroom.

Keyword(s): computer-assisted instruction
 

Effects of Computer-Assisted, Culturally Relevant, Repeated Reading Intervention on Oral Reading Fluency of Students At-Risk

JESSICA BENNETT (The Ohio State University), Gwendolyn Cartledge (The Ohio State University), Ralph Gardner III (The Ohio State University), Morris Council (The Ohio State University)
Abstract:

On average, low-income, African-American students continue to perform below benchmark on reading achievement assessments, placing them at risk for reading failure. The effects of researcher-developed computer-assisted repeated reading intervention on the oral reading fluency of such students is being evaluated using a multiple baseline across participants design. Pilot data taken on higher-achieving participants currently serves to refine software development. A 10-12 week intervention will include eight under achieving second-graders in two urban schools. Eight additional students, who are in extended baseline, will serve as comparison peers. During intervention, participants will receive explicit repeated reading instruction on 25 researcher-developed culturally relevant stories delivered by computer-assisted instruction. The procedure consists of setting the fluency goal; listening to a voice model; reading along with the model, reading independently and receiving corrective feedback; a one-minute fluency timing; and MAZE comprehension passage using culturally relevant stories. Generalization consists of a one-minute timing and MAZE passage using AIMSWeb passages. Response maintenance probes will be given after 2 weeks and 1 month and comparison peers will serve as one source of social validity. This presentation will highlight and discuss implications of the beneficial effects of supplementary interventions being delivered through software technology that fosters pupil independence.

 

Social Skills Instruction for Urban Learners: An Investigation with Culturally Responsive and Technology Dimensions

PORSHA ROBINSON-ERVIN (The Ohio State University), Gwendolyn Cartledge (The Ohio State University)
Abstract:

This study examined the effects of culturally responsive, computer-based social skills instruction on the social skill acquisition and generalization of urban sixth graders with emotional and behavioral disorders (EBD). Six students received the social skills intervention three to four times a week for approximately 3 to 7 weeks. A multiple-probe across participants design was used in this study. This design allowed the experimenter to note the effects of the social skills intervention on the participants ability to follow adult directions. Pre and post-test measures were given to determine the effects of the social skills intervention on each participants overall ability to learn information pertaining to the social skill of following adult directions. Results revealed that culturally responsive, computer-based social skills instruction was effective at increasing the participants ability to follow adult directions. Generalization results were modest for four participants but two students demonstrated increasing trends across experimental conditions for the dependent measures. During this presentation, emphasis will be placed on how technology was used to deliver the intervention and the special beneficial effects of this technology for the participants.

 

Using Mobile Technology to Deliver Supplemental Instruction to Teach Literacy and Numeracy Skills: Does the iPad work?

SHOBANA MUSTI-RAO (National Institute of Education, Singapore)
Abstract:

There is general consensus among educators and researchers that use of mobile technology-based interventions can be particularly effective in improving academic and/ or behavioral outcomes for individual with disabilities. The National Educational Technology Plan (NETP; 2010) offers a model of 21st century learning, providing compelling reasons to leverage the use of technology to engage the 21st century learner and provide meaningful learning experiences in the classroom. In this presentation, we will share preliminary results of two studies conducted in two different school settings to teach literacy and numeracy skills to elementary-aged students with diverse learning needs. Pre-existing education apps were selected based on students needs. Using single-subject research designs, the effects of using iPads to deliver the instruction on student's literacy and numeracy skills were evaluated. The conservative dual criterion method was used in addition to the visual analysis method to evaluate whether or not the instruction resulted in a reliable treatment effect. Implications for practice, specifically for using mobile technology at the tier 2 level for minority populations (e.g., bilingual learners, students with disabilities), will be discussed.

 
The Use of Computer-assisted Instruction in the Classroom: A Review of Evidence Based Research
LENWOOD GIBSON JR. (City College of New York)
Abstract: The use of computer technology to help educate students is at an all-time high in today’s classrooms. With advances in this technology and the continual improvements of educational software and applications (i.e. Ipad/table apps) it may be difficult for teachers to know which programs are the most effective. The potential for these programs to help struggling students cannot be denied; however, it is important to distinguish programs that are supported the by research literature. The purpose of this review is to investigate the most current research literature on computer based instructional programs for struggling students. This review will focus on research conducted in the past five years and a specific focus will be on Ipad/table applications and Smartboard technology. The results of will be discussed on terms of outcomes of students and practical classroom implementation.
 
 
Symposium #414
CE Offered: BACB
Using Testimonials in Marketing ABA: A Godsend or a Curse?
Monday, May 26, 2014
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
W185bc (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: PRA/CSE; Domain: Theory
Chair: Jon S. Bailey (Florida State University)
Discussant: Thomas L. Zane (Institute for Behavioral Studies, Endicott College)
CE Instructor: Thomas L. Zane, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The Guidelines for Responsible Conduct for Behavior Analysts provides a code of conduct for our field. One issue addressed is the use of testimonials to support a particular behavior analyst or treatment program. The Guidelines state, "Behavior analysts do not solicit testimonials from current clients or patients or other persons who because of their particular circumstances are vulnerable to undue influence." Although solicitation is disallowed, to what extent can and should behavior analysts use unsolicited testimonials? What are the arguments for and against doing so? Is it ethical to use comments made spontaneously and independently by consumers in order to market our services? This symposium will discuss the issue of the use of testimonials in behavior analytic practice. Presenter 1 will argue against the use of testimonials in any form, solicited or not, with the assertion that such use is demeaning to our field. Presenter 2 suggests that under certain conditions, testimonials could be used ethically, and those conditions will be discussed. Presenter 3 will discuss the ethics of marketing behavior analytic services, and the ethically sound strategies to promote the science of behavior analysis. Presenter 4 will discuss advantages and disadvantages of testimonials and what providers can and should do in this particular area.

Keyword(s): behavior analysis, ethics, organizations, testimonials
 

Effective Strategies for Marketing ABA Services to Consumers and Referral Sources

ROBERT F. LITTLETON JR. (Evergreen Center)
Abstract:

Since the science of behavior analysis was first used to treat individuals with emotional and developmental needs the field has had difficulty communicating the distinctive principles that make it effective. In the general public this is often due to an excessive reliance on jargon. Amongst professionals acceptance is difficult due to both conflicting beliefs and threats to self-interest. In most cases, a confluence of these factors limits individuals' access to ABA professionals holding the key to a better life. This paper will discuss barriers experienced by ABA professionals and suggest strategies to broaden public awareness and utilization of ABA Services

 

Ethical Marketing Alternatives

ANN BEIRNE (Global Autism Project)
Abstract:

Many behavior analysts are faced with particular challenges in the dissemination of the science in a world that is increasingly resistant. As pseudoscientific or antiscientific 'theories' and 'treatments' gain public recognition and popularity, there is a growing need to present behavior analysis (and behavior analysts) in the best possible light. If we are to maintain high ethical standards and a commitment to evidence based practice, how can we effectively bring the knowledge of behavior analysis methodologies to the general public? What are our alternatives to using highly subjective (and possibly misleading) testimonials? This talk will explore the ethics of marketing in general, as well as ethically sound strategies to promote the science of behavior analysis.

 

It's About the Science, Not the Person: On the Use of Testimonials/Personal Information in Presentations and Media

BOBBY NEWMAN (Room to Grow)
Abstract:

Many professionals struggle with ethically presenting information about their practice as behavior analysts. These ethical questions will be addressed in this talk. A stance of popularizing an accurate picture of the science of Applied Behavior Analysis, and one's own practice simply as an application of that science, will be described. The proper use of testimonials/case studies and how these should be presented will be described. Effective and ethical description of one's own practice and person in social media and public presentations will be discussed.

 

Ethical, Evidence-Based Practitioners Should Avoid Using Testimonials: Here's Why.

JON S. BAILEY (Florida State University)
Abstract:

A surprising number of behavior analysts are using testimonials to promote their practice. These glowing reviews by supposed consumers are designed to give credibility to the practice but in fact giveanalysts a black eye. While they may be allowed under some circumstances,othersbelieve, and this presentation portrays,that it is demeaning tothe field and reflects badly on self-proclaimed values as an evidence-based profession. When these colorful, questionable anecdotes begin to resemble the competitions',analysts need toreflect ontheir roots in the science of behavior and ask, Would Skinner be proud of us now?

 
 
Symposium #415
CE Offered: BACB
Applying Relational Frame Theory to Autism Treatment: Theory and Data
Monday, May 26, 2014
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
W185a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Theory
Chair: Caleb Stanley (The University of Mississippi)
Discussant: Marianne L. Jackson (California State University, Fresno)
CE Instructor: Thomas G. Szabo, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Relational frame theory (RFT) offers a promising conceptual framework for the study of human language, cognition and emotion. Recent empirical work has supported the utility of applying RFT to the treatment of individuals with diagnoses on the autism spectrum. This symposium highlights recent innovations in this area by presenting both conceptual and data based work. The first paper explores the current relational responding literature, especially as it pertains to applications of RFT for training in clinical settings. The second paper presents a conceptual analysis of empathy based in RFT, with a particular emphasis on training procedures to promote emotional responding. The third paper presents data from an RFT based emotion recognition training procedure for children on the autism spectrum. The final paper explores an RFT account of interdisciplinary case coordination. These topics will be discussed with an overarching emphasis of how RFT can enhance treatment approaches to autism spectrum disorders.

Keyword(s): autism, empathy, relational responding, RFT
 

An RFT Account of Interdisciplinary Case Coordination: Building the Value of ABA Currency

THOMAS G. SZABO (Easter Seals Southern California)
Abstract:

Behavior analysts work in interdisciplinary teams within school and clinic settings. Sometimes, team members from different disciplines attempt to use our technical terms and make unwitting mistakes that we rapidly step in to correct. At other times, we use technical terms and fail to explain them adequately. As a further complication, we are sometimes quick to offer counterintuitive behavioral interpretations. For example, a conversation about the causes of a child’s elopement may evoke our explaining that feelings are behaviors and that it is circular to explain behavior by appealing to other behaviors (e.g., John elopes because he feels bored in class). Responses such as these, though well meaning, leave behavior analysts holding devalued currency in teams where our input is needed. Relational Frame Theory predicts these outcomes. Further, the analysis of brief, immediate relational responses in contrast to those that are extended and elaborated over time suggests the way in which a small number of missteps can lead to long term negative consequences, such as being ignored during interdisciplinary meetings. In this paper, we present a conceptual analysis of team meeting dynamics that can be turned in a different direction, using predictions and prescriptions emerging from the applied RFT literature.

 

How to Get From Here to There: Best Practices for Teaching Relational Concepts to Individuals with Autism

ALYSSA N. WILSON (Saint Louis University), Stacey White (Saint Louis University)
Abstract:

Relational Frame Theory holds that arbitrarily applicable responding should emerge following discrimination training. However, research on how to arrange training environments to evoke relational responding is limited. Most relational responding research with individuals with Autism has focused on sameness, opposition, and comparative frames, with new identification on perspective taking and temporal relations. While initial research supports the utility of RFT for this population, there has yet to be a clear and well-defined approach to using these procedures in clinical practice. For example, current research trends suggest that teaching relational responding to individuals with limited verbal repertories should include multiple exemplars only if they fail to demonstrate derived relations following discrimination training. Unfortunately, clinicians and their clients do not have the time or economic budgets to retrain unlearned or non-derived responses. Therefore, the current presentation will outline the relational responding literature, highlighting the limitations and lack of clarity on how to adequately train relational responding in clinical settings. Furthermore, best practices as identified from the field will be presented in a way to inform clinicians on how to use RFT in any practical setting. Implications for bridging the gap between basic science and clinical practice will also be discussed.

 

A Relational Frame Theory Conceptual Analysis of Empathy and how it Might be Trainable in Children with Autism

JONATHAN J. TARBOX (Autism Research Group, Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)), Angela M. Persicke (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)), Adel C. Najdowski (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)), Evelyn R. Gould (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD))
Abstract:

When one person witnesses a second person experience an emotion, the first person is said to have empathy for the second person to the extent to which he/she responds by experiencing the same emotion. Empathy is generally acknowledged as critical to healthy and peaceful human communities and yet there appears to be a shortage of empathy in human society generally. Children with autism may be one population for whom empathy may be challenging, possibly due to deficits in perspective taking skills. However, even when one person can take the perspective of another verbally, they may not respond emotionally. In lay terms, one can understand another's emotions and not care. Existing research suggests the verbal part of this interaction can be successfully trained but little to no research has attempted to establish the caring part. This paper presents a Relational Frame Theory (RFT) conceptual analysis of the functional relations involved in empathy, consisting of derived relational responding, and transformation of stimulus function with respect to emotional responding in particular. The potential utility of an RFT account is that it points directly to procedures that can be practically implemented and tested.

 

Training Emotion Recognition in Children on the Autism Spectrum Using Derived Relational Responding

KERRY C. WHITEMAN (University of Mississippi), Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi), Michael Bordieri (University of Mississippi Medical Center)
Abstract:

This study explored a new behavioral intervention based on relational frame theory for training emotion recognition skills in children on the autism spectrum. Previous research on emotion recognition interventions for this population has demonstrated limited generalization of trained skills to novel emotion stimuli. The application of relational frame theory to interventions has been shown to be an efficient and effective way of producing generalized behaviors in both typically developing and developmentally delayed populations. Using a concurrent multiple probe design across participants, this study investigated whether the incorporation of derived relational responding into emotion recognition training for children on the autism spectrum can address some of the limitations of other approaches. Semi-structured interviews were used with parents to identify specific emotions that high-functioning children on the autism spectrum had difficulty labeling. Obtained findings identified the following emotions as areas of difficulty: bored, confused, frustrated & worried. Results of the training will be presented, and implications for future development in this area will be explored.

 
 
Paper Session #386a
Effects of Explicit Achievement Criteria to Explain Psychological Phenomena After Exposure to Ordinary or Technical Language
Monday, May 26, 2014
2:30 PM–2:50 PM
W186 (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: VBC
Chair: Alejandra Isabel Rodriguez Nunez (University of Guadalajara)
 
Effects of Explicit Achievement Criteria to Explain Psychological Phenomena After Exposure to Ordinary or Technical Language
Domain: Applied Research
ALEJANDRA ISABEL RODRIGUEZ NUNEZ (University of Guadalajara), Maria Antonia Padilla Vargas (University of Guadalajara)
 
Abstract: This study attempted to identify the effects of explicit achievement criteria on the explanation of psychological phenomena after exposure to technical terms or ordinary language. Forty-five psychology students participated, distributed according to the semester they belonged to (15 from the first semesters, 15 from intermediate semesters and 15 from last semesters). Participants from each grade level were assigned randomly to one of three sub-groups: G1, Technical Language Explanations; G2, Ordinary Language Explanations, and G3, Control group, no explanations. During the experimental procedure, participants were exposed to 1) one psychological phenomenon description, 2) an explanation about a phenomenon (in terms according to the group they were assigned to), 3) a task in which they had to paraphrase the explanation, and, 4) a task in which they had to choose, among four options, the best description to a phenomenon. Subsequently, they were provided with the achievement criteria and were again exposed to phases 1, 2, 3 and 4 with different psychological phenomena. Preliminary data shows that students of intermediate and final semesters slightly improve their development after the exposure to the achievement criteria. The importance of mastering the technical language of their discipline for psychology students is discussed.
 
 
 
Symposium #416
CE Offered: BACB
Outcome of Community Based Behavioral Intervention for Young Children with Autism in Europe
Monday, May 26, 2014
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
W183a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Sigmund Eldevik (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences  )
Discussant: Scott C. Cross (Lovaas Institute)
CE Instructor: Sigmund Eldevik, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Outcome on adaptive behavior, intellectual functioning and severity of autistic behavior were measured using standardized assessments at intake and after 1-2 years of behavioral intervention. The intervention was provided through three different centers in Norway and Germany. The centers were publicly funded and provided training and supervision to parents, local educators and pre-school staff. Similarities and differences in the models of service delivery are discussed, and related to outcome.

 

Outcome of Behavioral Intervention Provided Through a Community Service Model in Germany

Claire Molnar (PEFA), SIGMUND ELDEVIK (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences  )
Abstract:

We evaluated outcome of a community-based model of service delivery in Berlin, Germany. Thirteen pre-school children were offered behavioral intervention for one year. The intervention model relied heavily on parental training and involvement and included a weekly team meeting with a supervisor for each child. After one year we saw significant improvements in PEP3 scores (standard scores, communication, motor and maladaptive) and a significant decrease in CARS2 scores. Seven oft the children were enrolled in a waiting list control group for six months prior to receiving intervention, but no significant improvements were seen in this period. Parental stress was measured using the PSI and was stable throughout the intervention period.

 

Reduction of Autistic Behavior Following Behavioral Intervention in Mainstream Pre-school Settings

Roy Tonnesen (Pedagogisk Psykologisk Tjeneste), Sigmund Eldevik (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences  ), Astri Valmo (Centre for Early Intervention (STI)), Kristine Titlestad (Norway ABA), Elisabeth Ulvestad (Center for Early Intervention (STI)), HEGE AARLIE (Norway ABA), Kim Henrik Liland (Norway ABA), Marianne Mjos (Norway)
Abstract:

Adaptive behavior and severity of autistic behavior were measured using the Vineland Adaptive Behavior Scales and the CARS at intake and after about 2 years of behavioral intervention. The intervention was provided through two different centers in Norway. The centers are publicly funded and provide training and supervision to local educators and pre-school staff. A total of 22 children with autism aged between two and five years of age at intake received behavioral intervention and a total of 12 children were in a comparison group that received treatment as usual. After two years we observed a significant increase in adaptive behavior and a significant reduction in autistic behaviors in the behavioral intervention group when compared to the treatment as usual group. Strengths and weaknesses of the mainstream pre-school delivery model are discussed.

 
 
Symposium #417
CE Offered: BACB
Innovative Teaching Strategies to Promote Healthier Lifestyle Choices in Students with Autism.
Monday, May 26, 2014
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
W184a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jill E. McGrale Maher (Crossroads School)
CE Instructor: Jill E. McGrale Maher, M.S.
Abstract: According to the Centers for Disease Control (CDC) over the last 30 years childhood obesity has more than tripled. In the United States, 16% of children aged 2-19 years are obese, while the prevalence among children with autism spectrum disorders increases to 19%, with 54% at risk for being overweight. While these numbers may be alarming, the lack of evidence-based research on interventions to increase healthy choices is limited. Teaching students with autism to make healthier lifestyle choices, including increasing exercise and decreasing body mass index (BMI), is an area in need of research. Three papers will be discussed in this symposium. Specific data will be presented on a weight-management program for children and parents using a readily available health program (myplate.gov); the utilization of a teaching procedure and individualized conditioned reinforcement systems to increase independence and decrease stigmatizing behavior during exercise routines; and the effects of self-monitoring and exergames on children’s physical activity.
 

Weight Management for Children with Autism: Nursing and Applied Behavior Analysis Making Measurable Differences

DEBRA A. BROTHERS (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Kevin Joseph Brothers (Somerset Hills Learning Institute)
Abstract:

Currently two-thirds of American adults and nearly one-third of children are overweight or obese (Benjamin, 2010). According to data collected from the United Health Foundations and Emory University (2010) if current trends continue, the US will spend as much as $344 billion on obesity health-care costs by 2018. Children with disabilities may be at additional risk due to predisposing factors such as lack of exercise, restricted food preferences, or overprotective care providers. Children with disabilities may be helped to maintain a healthy weight and Body Mass Index throughout their lifetimes if they and their caregivers are taught effective weight-management skills. This presentation reviews the data from a weight-management program designed to teach three children with autism (1 underweight and 2 overweight) and their parents skills to establish and maintain a healthy BMI. The weight management program consisted of teaching portion control, informed meal consumption choices, informed non-mealtime consumption choices, and appropriate activity level. Parents were taught to use myplate.gov as a reference to identify the portions of each of the 5 food groups and were given food-preparation tools and hands-on training. All participants have made progress towards their goal of a healthy BMI.

 

The Effects of Self-Monitoring and Exergames on Children's Physical Activity

NICHOLAS VANSELOW (Salve Regina University), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University)
Abstract:

Approximately 12.5 million children in the United States are considered obese (CDC, 2009). A proposed solution for the obesity problem is to use technology to improve physical activity, such as video games that require physical movement (i.e., exergames). The current project examined activity levels and heart rate when a self-monitoring program was and was not available at an after-school exercise area for children that contained both exergames and traditional exercise equipment. Activity levels and heart rates were lower when participants were playing exergames than when they engaged in more traditional forms of exercise. Activity levels and heart rates were highest when a self-monitoring program was available. The use of self-monitoring for improving childrens levels of physical activity via traditional exercise is discussed.

 
Increasing Independence and Decreasing Stigmatizing Behavior in Exercise Routines with Students with Autism
IAN T. MELTON (Crossroads School), Britany Melton (Crossroads School), Jill E. McGrale Maher (Crossroads School)
Abstract: Previous research has demonstrated that with the use of conditioned reinforcement systems and a systematically increasing time requirement increased exercise time in students with autism. (Melton & McGrale, 2013) The primary goal of the current project is to examine the efficacy of reinforcement strategies paired with well-documented teaching strategies for long response chains to increase independence in cardiovascular routines in students with autism. Additional protocol to decrease stigmatizing behaviors as well as measures of social validity will be included. The project takes place at a private day school for students with autism and specifically includes fifteen students, in eight classrooms, ages 10 to 18. The independent variables are the individualized teaching strategy, and student specific reinforcement strategy. The dependent measures are percent of steps completed independently on a long response chain, the number of minutes on a treadmill, the number of prompts to stay on a treadmill, percent of intervals that stigmatizing behavior occur and a social validity measure. A multiple baseline design across students within classrooms is used. Preliminary results indicate that a valid teaching procedure and individualized reinforcement systems students increased the amount of independent daily cardiovascular exercise, and decreased stigmatizing behaviors.
 
 
Symposium #418
Economics, Inhibition, and Self-Administration: Behavioral Pharmacology of Nicotine in Rats
Monday, May 26, 2014
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
W175a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: BPH/EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Federico Sanabria (Arizona State University)
Abstract:

Nicotine appears to enhance the value of reinforcing stimuli in the environment, and this effect may contribute to nicotines widespread abuse; tendencies toward impulsive behavior may also play a role in initiation and maintenance. While nicotine is the primary active ingredient in tobacco, cigarette additives, such as monoamine oxidase inhibitors, may increase sensitivity to nicotine. The present studies employed a variety of behavioral economic, response inhibition, and self-administration procedures in rodents that examined 1) the effect of nicotine on the essential value of food-paired conditioned reinforcers across fixed-ratio values in an observing response procedure, 2) the effect of acute and chronic nicotine on response inhibition and latency to initiate reinforcement trials, 3) the effects of pre-session injections of a monoamine oxidase inhibitor (tranylcypromine) on nicotine self-administration under conditions of escalating dose, and in a second experiment, under conditions of escalating fixed-ratio response requirement. In summary, nicotine 1) increased essential value, of food-paired conditioned reinforcers, and 2) increased impulsive responding, while 3) tranylcypromine increased sensitivity to nicotine dose.

Keyword(s): behavioral economics, impulsivity, nicotine, self-administration
 

Nicotine Increases the Essential Value of Food-Paired Conditioned Reinforcers

RACHEL CASSIDY (Brown University), Jesse Dallery (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Nicotine appears to enhance the value of reinforcing stimuli in the environment, and this effect may contribute to nicotines widespread abuse. We attempted to better quantify this by using the exponential demand equation, which gives an estimate of the essential value of a reinforcer. Six Long- Evans rats were exposed to an observing response procedure. In this procedure, two levers were concurrently available. Presses to one lever led to either food (according to a variable-interval 15s schedule) or extinction, which alternated according to a variable interval 60s schedule. Presses to a second, observing lever illuminated stimuli correlated with the schedule in effect on the food/extinction lever. The schedule-correlated stimuli served as conditioned reinforcers which maintained observing responding. The number of responses required on the observing lever increased across sessions (fixed-ratio schedule values: 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 10). The number of conditioned reinforcers earned was plotted against FR value to generate a demand curve. Nicotine was then administered at a dose of 0.3 mg/kg. The exponential demand equation was then fit to the data. Compared to vehicle, nicotine increased the essential value of the conditioned reinforcers. The current analysis demonstrates that nicotine can increase the value of some conditioned reinforcers.

 
Acute and Chronic Nicotine Decreases Response Inhibition Performance and Enhances the Reinforcing Efficacy of Sucrose
GABRIEL J. MAZUR (Arizona State University), Ann Nicole Hoffman (Arizona State University), Elizabeth Watterson (Arizona State Univerity), Lucas Richard Watterson (Arizona State University), Federico Sanabria (Arizona State University)
Abstract: Attention-Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) is associated with a substantially higher prevalence of smoking, which may be related to potential therapeutic effects of nicotine on ADHD symptoms. Whereas nicotine offers robust improvements on measures of attention, its effects on impulsivity are less clear. A series of studies examined the effects of nicotine on response inhibition in spontaneously hypertensive rats, an animal model of ADHD, compared to a normotensive control Wistar Kyoto using the Fixed Minimum Interval (FMI) schedule of reinforcement. On each FMI trial, the first lever press initiated an inter-response time (IRT); a head entry into a food receptacle terminated the IRT. IRTs longer than 6 s were intermittently reinforced with sucrose. Tests were conducted under a range of acute (0.1 – 0.6 mg/kg) and chronic (0.3 mg/kg) doses of subcutaneous nicotine. Pre-feeding probes evaluated effects of reinforcer devaluation. The temporal regulation model provided a close fit to the data, regardless of strain or treatment. No baseline difference in FMI performance was observed between strains. Nicotine reduced the duration of timed IRTs and the duration of latencies to the IRT-initiating lever press similarly for both strains. These results suggest that nicotine reduces response-inhibition and enhances the reinforcing efficacy of sucrose.
 

Effects of Tranylcypromine, an Irreversible Monoamine Oxidase (MAO) Inhibitor, on Nicotine Self-Administration Behavior in Rats

TRACY T. SMITH (University of Pittsburgh), Rachel L. Schassburger (University of Pittsburgh), Laura E. Rupprecht (University of Pittsburgh), Deanne M. Buffalari (University of Pittsburgh), Alan F. Sved (University of Pittsburgh), Eric C. Donny (University of Pittsburgh)
Abstract:

Research has shown that low-dose nicotine self-administration behavior is increased by a pre-session injection of an irreversible MAO-inhibitor, tranylcypromine (TCP). The current studies further characterized the relationship between TCP and nicotine self-administration behavior across a range of nicotine doses and fixed ratios. In the first study, rats received pre-session injections of either TCP (1.0 mg/kg) or saline before daily intravenous nicotine self-administration sessions (FR2 schedule), and the nicotine dose was increased across sessions (0->1.875->3.75->7.5->15->30->60->90 ug/kg/infusion). The dose-response curve for the TCP group was shifted, indicating that TCP increases sensitivity to nicotine. In the second study, a behavioral economics procedure was employed in which rats responded for nicotine (15 or 60 ug/kg/infusion) and the FR was escalated across sessions (2->3->5->7->10->15->20->25->35->50->70->100->150). Rats receiving TCP and responding for 15 ug/kg/infusion nicotine had higher Q0 values, a free parameter generally affected by changes in dose or potency, but elasticity of demand was unchanged, consistent with the interpretation that TCP increases sensitivity to nicotine dose. Current studies are investigating the effect of lower TCP doses on nicotine self-administration. Preliminary data suggest that TCP doses producing substantially lower inhibition fail to produce an increase in nicotine self-administration.

 
 
Symposium #419
CE Offered: BACB
ABA Alleviates Problems Experienced by Military Service Members and Veterans
Monday, May 26, 2014
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
W179b (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: CBM/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Kent Corso (NCR Behavioral Health, LLC)
CE Instructor: Kent Corso, Psy.D.
Abstract: Since the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan began, over 2 million Americans have deployed overseas to defend Americans. Over 253,000 have returned with a traumatic brain injury (TBI), over 103,000 have returned with PTSD and between 18 and 20 veterans die by suicide every day. Applied behavior analysis (ABA)offers incredible treatment potential for alleviating the problems currently experienced by our service members and veterans. Yet, no formal opportunities exist to practice within the Department of Defense or the Department of Veteran Affairs. Only one official opportunity exists to practice outside of these federal agencies, but with the military children, through the Tricare Autism ECHO program. The field of applied behavior analysis can do more! Three research and practice initiatives will be discussed during this symposium including self-monitoring of problematic private events, using verbal behavior assessment and intervention strategies for those suffering from TBI, and using standard celeration charting to improve suicide monitoring. These three projects illustrate unique applications of ABA and exemplify how the technology of ABA may benefit the military and veteran population.
Keyword(s): military, private events, standard celeration, verbal behavior
 
Records and Impact of War
ABIGAIL B. CALKIN (Calkin Consulting Center)
Abstract: The U.S. has an extensive record of war. Data include military personnel in battle and those killed, wounded, and MIA since 1776. Veterans and active military personnel of the twentieth and twenty-first centuries deal with complex issues involving their time at war. Basic training does a masterful job applying behavioral principles during training, but this training deals with readiness for following orders, being in a combat experience, and other similar behaviors. Not covered is the myriad of behaviors and emotions that a service member may experience after leaving active duty. Also missing is estimated or actual data on PTSD by whatever name has been used during each respective war. In all the service branches there are punishing consequences for not holding one’s self and responsibilities together. Today there are some established practices on assisting military personnel to deal with severe problem situations in their continued military life or in their personal lives after discharge. Behavior analysis offers methods of decreasing unhelpful behaviors among those who need extensive and continued assistance.
 
Development and Preliminary Examination of a Verbal Behavior Assessment for Adults
THEODORE A. HOCH (George Mason University), Alexander Britt (George Mason University), Johannes Rojahn (George Mason University)
Abstract: The Behavioral Language Assessment and the Assessment of Basic Language and Learning Skills (Sundberg & Partington, 1998) offer precise assessment of verbal repertoires and yield precise instruction in verbal repertoires for children and adults with autism and other disabilities, opening the world of conventional verbal behavior and social interactions for these people, and revolutionizing how verbal behavior is assessed and taught for these populations. Other populations can benefit from such assessments. Between 2000 and 2012, U.S. military service members suffered 253,330 traumatic brain injuries (TBI). Of these there were 194,561 mild, 42,063 moderate, 6,476 severe or penetrating, and 10,210 unclassifiable (Congressional Research Service, 2013). Presently, assessment and remediation of verbal repertoires for these adults is typically managed through speech and language pathology services. Non-military adults surviving strokes and acquired brain injuries also receive these services as first-line treatment. We describe development and utility of an assessment of verbal repertoires of military and non-military adult survivors of acquired brain injury, stroke, TBI, or other neurological assault. We describe how these repertoires may be assessed and the therapeutic implications for making such an assessment available to these populations.
 
Using Standard Celeration Charts to Improve Monitoring of Suicide in the Military
KENT CORSO (NCR Behavioral Health, LLC)
Abstract: The standard celeration chart (SCC) helps behavior analysts measure changes in the rate of a response overtime, known as the acceleration/deceleration of a behavior (Cooper, Heron, & Heward, 2007; Pennypacker, Gutierrez, & Lindsley, 2003). The SCC holds promise for evaluating changes in lethal behaviors such as suicide as it enables earlier intervention. Since suicide is a low base rate phenomenon, it is difficult to predict and monitor. Standard practice is to convert this raw data to a crude rate (i.e., base rate per 100,000) to account for statistical challenges of predicting this behavior (National Center for Injury Prevention and Control, 2012). In 2010 U.S. civilian suicides equaled 38,364—the total U.S. population was 308,745,538, which equals a crude rate of 12.4. Since 2001 military suicides have increased, and in 2010 equaled 17.4, which is considerably higher than the civilian rate (National Center for Telehealth and Technology, 2011). Despite tireless efforts of suicidologists and military suicide prevention programs, suicide persists within the military. The author discusses weaknesses of current methods for displaying military suicide data, program evaluation, and decision-making. Single-case research design and charting on the SCC offers a more helpful method for monitoring and preventing suicide in the military.
 
 
Symposium #420
Online and Offline Consumer Behavior Analysis in a Social World
Monday, May 26, 2014
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
W192b (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Valdimar Sigurdsson (Reykjavik University)
Abstract:

The Behavioral Perspective Model of Consumer Choice is an elaboration of the three-term contingency and matching applied to the context of economic behavior. In fact, it embraces multi-term contingencies for consumer behavior from both utilitarian and social sources. In this symposium we will discuss recent formulations and analysis of the social aspect of consumption via increased focus on social contingencies in both online and offline consumer settings. The symposium starts with a paper on the increasing challenges and richness of an experimental analysis of consumer behavior in a social-powered Web (Web 2.0). The second paper provides an example of a study on an increasingly more relevant customer touch-point; the effects of other customers online reviews on consumer choices, from a discounting perspective. The third paper is an offline in-store experiment studying the effects of social product labels on consumer choice. The increased level of consumer-to-consumer interactions and more emphasis on social responsibility has changed the way organizations and consumers behave. This symposium deals with the effects of all this on models and experimentation in consumer behavior analysis.

Keyword(s): Consumer, In-store, Online, Social
 
Consumer Behavior Analysis in an Increasingly Social-Powered Digital World
VALDIMAR SIGURDSSON (Reykjavik University), Vishnu Menon (Reykjavik University), Gordon R. Foxall (Cardiff University)
Abstract: The digital environment has changed the way organizations and consumers behave. It has created a new wave of opportunities for both parties. In a world dominated by attitude research, the potential contribution of behavior analysis in explaining consumer behavior has been overlooked. There exists an opportunity to understand consumer choice from a behavioral perspective by conducting online marketing experiments using real time measurement tools. Such a study can bring forth the rigor of operant theory into mainstream marketing, thereby contributing to the advancement of online consumer research over and above the existing cognitive studies. The objectives of the paper are three fold. First we examine how the Internet is changing the face of marketing and consumer behavior. Second, we discuss the importance of studying online consumer research from a behavioral perspective and why it is relevant to both consumer and organizational behavior analysts. Third, we discuss the possibilities of experimental analysis of online consumer behavior through Web 1 (e-mail) and Web 2 (social media) applications in the context of the Behavioral Perspective Model (BPM), which is an elaborate attempt to combine behavioral psychology and consumer behavior in real life settings.
 

An Experimental Study of the Impact of Online Reviews

ASLE FAGERSTROM (The Norwegian School of Information Technology)
Abstract:

There has been a growing interest for studying the impact that other customers reviews online have on consumer choices. The present study investigates the impact from online reviews form a discounting perspective. The basic idea of discounting theory is that humans discount the future consequences of their choice. Discounting often involves a choice over time or/and uncertainty between choices. In a simulated online shopping scenario, 25 participants were asked to buy a tablet from one of two online web shops. They could choose to buy the tablet either from a web shop with other customers reviews related to the web companys reliability to deliver items, or from a web shop that did not have any reviews from other customers. The result shows that good reviews from other customers have some impact on consumer choices. However, when online reviews are medium and bad, online reviews from other customers have no impact on consumer choices. The results are discussed in relation to the concept of probability discounting. Suggestions for further research are given.

 
Social Product Labels and Vulnerable Populations (Pets): Efficacy of Retailer Point of Purchase Advertising
JEANINE PLOWMAN STRATTON (Furman University), Blake Williams (Furman University), Haley E. Jones (Furman University)
Abstract: The purpose of the study was to explore whether or not consumers purchasing goods for vulnerable populations, such as pets, are more responsive to point-of-purchase advertising, especially when those advertisements contain environmental claims. Social product labels (SPLs), which are product labels that declare particular claims about how a good was manufactured, environmental claims, etc., are critical stimuli for consumer decisions. Household animals maintained as pets are considered vulnerable populations in that they are dependent upon human caretakers for supplies such as food. The current study was conducted in a privately owned pet supply and grooming service retailer. Four pet products, including ingestible foods/treats and pet beds were assessed. SPL pet product claims were highlighted and posted in-store as point of purchase (POP) shelf tag advertisements. The POPs varied in detail of the SPL manufacturer claim from general to specific. A multiple-baseline across products design was implemented. The effect of the POPs was measured by 1) product unit sales and 2) pre-purchase consumer behavior at the display of each of the four products. Results suggest a positive impact for POPs displaying for both sales and pre-purchase consumer behavior. Implications for consumer behavior, retailer strategy, and product labeling practices will be discussed.
 
 
Panel #421
PDS EVENT: Parent Training and Its Importance
Monday, May 26, 2014
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
W184d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Jordan Ashley Hall (Spalding University)
MEGAN MILLER (Navigation Behavioral Consulting)
LAURA STACEY-MCKANE (Navigation Behavioral Consulting)
CLAIRE ELLIS (Navigation Behavioral Consulting)
Abstract:

Home-based and center-based care programs invest a lot of time and resources training front-line staff to implement behavioral programming. However, while staff spends a significant portion of time with clients, the majority of a clients time is actually spent with their primary caretakers. Clients diagnosed with disabilities in particular need the environment to be specially arranged to maximize learning opportunities. Since caregivers spend so much time with their dependents they are an essential component to any treatment team. Given the high number of contact hours between clients and caregivers it is not surprising that caregiver involvement in training predicts better outcomes in treatment. During this event we will discuss issues involved in training primary caregivers to implement behavioral programming with their dependents. The topics will include how to better include parents in programming, how to adequately train parents, and parent expectations. Ideally, this will encourage behavior analysts and their affiliated agencies to program for more caregiver participation, which will in turn directly impact client progress.

Keyword(s): Parent-training, Programming benefits
 
 
Paper Session #422
Overcoming Barriers to Service Delivery
Monday, May 26, 2014
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
W187c (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: PRA
Chair: Christina M. Peters (University of Nevada, Reno)
 

Taking One Step Back--The Importance of Addressing Motivating Operations in Programming for the Brain-Injured Client

Domain: Service Delivery
CHRISTINA M. PETERS (University of Nevada, Reno)
 
Abstract:

For many years, behavior analysts within the field of brain injury rehabilitation have noted the efficacy of antecedent based interventions, especially in situations where responding may remain variable secondary to altered brain structure or function. But what happens when that is not enough? This talk will explore the efficacy of taking yet another step back within the four term contingency and emphasizing the role of interventions focused on motivating operation.

 

FYI--That is not Behavior Analytic: Putting the Science of Behavior Analysis Back Into its Practice

Domain: Theory
ROBERT K. ROSS (Beacon ABA Services)
 
Abstract:

This talk is a humorous (and sometimes serious) look at some commonly used terms used by practitioners working with individuals with autism and developmental disabilities. Many of the terms used to describe interventions and clinical conditions are inaccurate, badly applied and/or flat out wrong. Board Certified Behavior Analysts often pride themselves on precise descriptions and technological precision. However, all too often we are guilty of using terms with no actual meaning, incorrect application of clear terms, referring to hypothetical entities and in general making things up. Disregarding the data is one thing, but not even knowing what we are talking about is another. The presenter will use a top ten list format to illustrate a range of examples of this phenomenon and show how we can avoid these mistakes and stay true to our science. Where mis-descriptions are identified, the presenter will offer alternative descriptions more consistent with our basic tenets as describe by Baer, Woolf & Risley. The focus will be on using applied examples of the problem in clinical settings and the potential impact of the use of these terms on the efficacy of services.

 
Improving Treatment Integrity in Home-based Services
Domain: Service Delivery
ROBERT GULICK (Achievement Center)
 
Abstract: This talk will review the history of in-home ABA services (e.g., Behavioral Health Rehabilitation Services in Pennsylvania) specific to how the issue of "skill transfer to parents" has been addressed; identify the antecedent and consequent variables that affect parental compliance; discuss the verbal behavior and faulty rules that often interfere with a parent's performance of treatment plan procedures; provide suggestions for addressing the often overlooked treatment of the parent and how such strategies when introduced both before and after child-focused services are initiated, can greatly enhance treatment outcomes for the child.
 
 
 
Invited Paper Session #423
CE Offered: BACB

Determinants of Drug Preference in Humans

Monday, May 26, 2014
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
W178a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research
CE Instructor: Harriet de Wit, Ph.D.
Chair: Suzanne H. Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University)
HARRIET DE WIT (University of Chicago)
Dr. Harriet de Wit is a professor in the Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Neuroscience at the University of Chicago. She has conducted research in human psychopharmacology of drug abuse for more than 30 years. Dr. de Wit serves as field editor for the journal Psychopharmacology and deputy editor for Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research. She is a consultant to the Food and Drug Administration, serves on several scientific advisory boards and is a member of an National Institutes of Health study section. In 2009, she received the Marian W. Fischman Memorial Lectureship Award from the College on Problems of Drug Dependence. Dr. de Wit's research focuses on the physiological, subjective (i.e., mood-altering) and behavioral effects of drugs in healthy human volunteers. She investigates individual differences in responses to drugs, including differences related to genetics. She also studies relations among stress, impulsivity, and drugs of abuse. The overarching goal of the research is to understand how drugs alter behavior and to identify both the determinants and consequences of drug use.
Abstract:

Drugs of abuse produce an array of subjective, behavioral, and physiological effects, some of which contribute to their attractiveness to users. However, individuals also vary widely in their responses to drugs, and certain responses may increase their likelihood for using the drugs repeatedly. We have studied variables that predict greater rewarding effects from drugs, including both trait-like variables, such as personality or genetic makeup, and contextual variables, such as the social setting in which the drugs are used. This presentation will review studies from Dr. de Wit's laboratory in which healthy adults received single doses of drugs, under placebo-controlled, double-blind conditions. The studies are designed to identify factors associated with greater rewarding effects of acute doses of drugs, with the ultimate goal of developing strategies for minimizing risk in at-risk populations.

Keyword(s): Drug discrimination, drug reinforcement, subjective effects
 
 
Paper Session #424
Behavior Analysis of Cognition and Consciousness
Monday, May 26, 2014
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
W175b (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: TPC
Chair: Julian C. Leslie (University of Ulster)
 

Consciousness: Neuroscience and Behavioral Perspectives

Domain: Theory
JULIAN C. LESLIE (University of Ulster)
 
Abstract:

Recent developments in neuroscience have greatly increased interest in the study of consciousness, without solving the puzzles about its nature and function. At roughly the same time, considerable debate has been ignited about the role and status of private events in behavior analysis. This paper will summarize some trends in the neuroscience literature, emphasizing the repeated finding that conscious experience does not control behavior and its implications for the nature and function of consciousness. It will go to identify those consciousness--questions on which behavior analysts can agree answers, and those where agreement has not yet been reached. It will be concluded that whereas in the past neither psychology nor behavior analysis courses dealt with consciousness, this is no longer the case in psychology and should not be the case in behavior analysis. We can certainly contribute to the conceptual analysis of consciousness, and that will lead us toward also contributing to its empirical analysis.

 
The Survival of Behaviorism in the Era of Situated and Embodied Cognition: Time is Ripe for Redefinition
Domain: Theory
ANDRES H. GARCIA-PENAGOS (University of Tennessee), John C. Malone (University of Tennessee)
 
Abstract: Marr (2001) suggested that to survive and triumph behaviorism must abandon its very name. Marr's is an urgent call to adapt or be selected against, and it is as true and urgent now as it was then. As we celebrate the first official centenary of radical behaviorism as a philosophy of mind and a philosophy of psychology and the 40th anniversary of this convention, the true epistemological and experimental legacy of our predecessors is at risk of dying of starvation, to be remembered only as a collection of techniques and the customary (mis)quote in introductory Psychology textbooks far away from the debate and the production of knowledge in the rest of our discipline. Not surprisingly, despite all of its misgivings, cognitive psychology is quite different today to what it was decades ago and is still in the process of redefinition. Not so with radical behaviorism which remains almost identical, and in which sterile debates continue to be the norm. The new view of mind proposed by the current trends of situated and embodied cognition is not wholly incompatible with our epistemological stance, as these views share the common intellectual ancestry of American pragmatism that is characterized by naturalism, empiricism, metaphysical skepticism, and anti-dualism, and that can be traced from Aristotle and Bacon, to James, Dewey, Holt, and Gibson. In reviewing the commonalities and similarities of this alternative to cognitive science and modern behaviorism, we will also make the case for the limitations and problems that have led to our penchant for "steady-state" theorizing and experimentation. We will emphasize that genuine theoretical dialogue with the rest of psychology is imperative, but it cannot be achieved without redefinition in both our concepts and the types of problems we deal with.
 
 
 
Paper Session #425
A Look Back at B. F. Skinner's Writings
Monday, May 26, 2014
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
W185d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: VBC
Chair: Genae Hall (Behavior Analysis Center for Autism, Behavior Analysis & Intervention Services)
 

A Review of Skinner's Treatment of Abstract or Conceptual Control in his 1957 book, Verbal Behavior

Domain: Theory
GENAE HALL (Behavior Analysis Center for Autism, Behavior Analysis & Intervention Services)
 
Abstract:

Abstract or conceptual verbal responding (i.e., verbal relations established without direct differential reinforcement) continue to be of great interest to many behavior analysts. Workers in the field have disagreed, however, regarding the extent to which Skinner addressed or dealt adequately with the topic in his (1957) book Verbal Behavior. In his 1987 article in The Behavior Analyst, Alessi summarized and integrated treatments of abstract or conceptual control by Skinner (1957) and Engelmann and Carnine (1982), and emphasized the educational importance of employing generative teaching strategies. He also specifically noted that Skinner (1957) discussed abstract control in sections on minimal response repertoires, manipulative autoclitic frames, abstract stimulus control, and generic tact extension. The present paper will expand on Alessi's analysis of Skinner's treatment of abstract responding in the aforementioned sections of Verbal Behavior, identify other areas of the book which appear to address abstract control, and indicate how the principles underlying generic tact extension appear applicable to some of the other verbal operants.

 
 
 
Symposium #426
CE Offered: BACB
Bridging Gaps Through Successful Collaboration: Developing and Maintaining Evidenced Based Education in Public School Classrooms.
Monday, May 26, 2014
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
W183c (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Valerie Rogers (The ABRITE Organization)
Discussant: Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles)
CE Instructor: Valerie Rogers, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Intensive behavioral intervention based on the principles of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) is repeatedly shown to be effective for children with autism and other developmental delays. An increasing literature outlines empirically supported criteria related to treatment components shown to produce the most robust outcomes for children participating in ABA programs. Many times, ABA intervention programs that meet the outlined recommendations involve provision of services within the childs home or in private school settings. There are few descriptions related to ABA intervention programs delivered within public schools. The typical educational placement offered within the state of California is a Special Day Class wherein children with autism are usually exposed to an eclectic blend of educational practices, clearly differing from that suggested within the behavior analytic community. The current symposium seeks to amend this dilemma by describing how evidence-based behavior analytic classrooms can be developed through systematic collaboration between ABA providers and public school districts. Specifically, a programmatic description of public ABA classrooms resulting from such collaboration will be presented, including further detail regarding training packages and student outcomes. In addition, lessons learned from these various undertakings will be discussed.

Keyword(s): ABA, Program Description, Special Education, Staff Training
 

Components of Successful Collaboration: A Programmatic Description of Intensive Behavioral Intervention Programs within Public School Settings

JANICE DONEY FREDERICK (The ABRITE Organization), Ginger R. Wilson (The ABRITE Organization), Valerie Rogers (The ABRITE Organization), Rebecca S. Raas (The ABRITE Organization)
Abstract:

Intensive behavioral intervention is known to be an empirically validated treatment for children with autism spectrum disorder and other developmental disabilities. Still, this critical treatment is rarely employed within the public school settings. This program description provides details related to a collaborative model developed by a non-public agency (NPA) providing behavior analytic services and a public school district in order to create programs grounded solely in applied behavior analytic evidence-based practices for children with a range of developmental delays, including but not limited to, autism spectrum disorder. An overview of the components of the model will be provided as well as review of the process used to develop and expand its application across two classrooms. A focus of discussion will be the form and frequency of collaboration between the NPA and school district staff. In addition, information related to student characteristics as well as program components such as teacher, staff, and parent training, assessment and intervention strategies utilized, and methods for evaluating outcomes within and across students will be presented.

 

Training Public School Staff in a Behavior Analytic Classroom: A Staff Training and Feedback System for Educators in a Special Day Class

REBECCA S. RAAS (The ABRITE Organization), Janice Doney Frederick (The ABRITE Organization), Ginger R. Wilson (The ABRITE Organization), Valerie Rogers (The ABRITE Organization)
Abstract:

Staff and teacher training play an integral role in the education provided to students in Special Day Classes. The need for effective training is readily observed when considering the training of educators in an applied behavior analysis (ABA) public classroom. The current paper, therefore, describes and evaluates the effectiveness of a training package utilized to teach ABA procedures to school facilitators and teachers. A Board Certified Behavior Analyst trained facilitators and teachers to provide intensive behavioral intervention in a school district ABA program serving children ages 3-10 with global delays and those on the autism spectrum. The training package employed consisted of initial and ongoing training covering various procedures including rapport building, establishing verbal operants, and decreasing undesirable behavior, among many other techniques commonly used in intensive behavioral intervention. The content, training procedures, and outcomes (e.g., maintenance) of the training package will be discussed in further detail along with implications for further trainings.

 
The Effects of Collaboration on the Repertoires of Students with Autism and Other Developmental Disabilities in Behavior Analytic Public Classrooms
VALERIE ROGERS (The ABRITE Organization), Janice Doney Frederick (The ABRITE Organization), Ginger R. Wilson (The ABRITE Organization), Rebecca S. Raas (The ABRITE Organization)
Abstract: The effectiveness of intensive behavioral intervention on skill acquisition and reduction of aberrant behavior with learners with autism spectrum disorder and other developmental disabilities is frequently demonstrated within the behavior analytic community. Still, this form of education rarely transpires within the public school system. The current paper presents various outcomes for students enrolled in applied behavior analysis (ABA) classrooms within a public elementary school. The classrooms involved are a result of collaboration between a public school district and an ABA organization. In particular, outcomes related to IEP goals achieved, rates of skill acquisition, maintenance and generalization of acquired skills, and undesirable behavior will be presented for multiple children on the autism spectrum and children with other developmental disabilities, including downs syndrome, enrolled in two different behavior analytic classrooms. The implications of these data as well as future directions related to student progress and methods for measuring and evaluating outcomes will be discussed.
 
Lessons Learned: Hurdles to Address Before Initiating School-Based Consultation
GINGER R. WILSON (The ABRITE Organization), Janice Doney Frederick (The ABRITE Organization), Valerie Rogers (The ABRITE Organization), Rebecca S. Raas (The ABRITE Organization)
Abstract: There is a noteworthy discrepancy between the services provided privately to children with autism and the services typically offered by local school districts. Parents and educators are calling for the use of empirically supported teaching procedures in public education now more than ever. This push has moved behavior analysts into schools to create more appropriate educational placements for children with autism. Despite this advance, this type of consultation comes with substantial difficulties for the behavior analyst. Creating classrooms based solely on empirical literature, that are implemented within a system that is foreign to these procedures and with staff with a history contrary to these procedures, creates many dilemmas. There is also considerable variability in the way a classroom can be created. For example, there are many options in relation to staff training and variables influencing intervention hours. Moreover, factors such as maneuvering through bureaucracy, communicating with higher-level administration, collaborating with classroom teachers, and creating a system that will program toward future independence are just some of the considerations that the behavior analysts must address. This paper will highlight our evaluation of these factors and the lessons learned throughout the creation of four classrooms within varying school districts.
 
 
Symposium #426a
CE Offered: BACB
Increasing Social Behaviors for Individuals Diagnosed with Autism Using ABA Based Strategies
Monday, May 26, 2014
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
W181c (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation)
Discussant: Mitchell T. Taubman (Autism Partnership)
CE Instructor: Justin B. Leaf, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Individuals diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder have qualitative impairments in social behavior, which can range from withdrawing from others to a failure to develop meaningful friendships. These impairments in social behavior can lead to negative long term outcomes such as loneliness, depression, and, in the most extreme cases, thoughts or attempts of suicide. In this symposium, four papers will be presented that evaluated different interventions to improve the social behaviors for individuals diagnosed with autism. The first paper will describe a parent training program which helps increase overall parent-child quality interactions looking at both verbal and social behaviors. The second paper will describe the results of a social skills group that was implemented for children diagnosed with autism whom would be considered higher functioning. The third paper will provide results of a study that evaluated the cool versus not cool procedure implemented in a group instructional format. The final paper will provide a description and empirical support of teaching methods to teach a wide variety of social behaviors, within different areas of a social taxonomy, to individuals diagnosed with autism. Throughout the entire symposium, the authors and discussant will provide clinical recommendations and ideas for future research.

Keyword(s): cool-vs-not cool, parent training, social behaviors
 

Teaching Parents to DANCE: Increasing Parent Teaching Interactions Across Verbal and Social Behaviors of Children At-Risk for a Developmental Delay

DONNA TOWNLEY-COCHRAN (University of North Texas), Jacqueline R. Baker (University of North Texas), Shahla S. Ala'i-Rosales (University of North Texas), Tayla Cox (University of North Texas), Nina Hunt (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Parent training programs have demonstrated success in teaching parents to interact more effectively with their children. For families who have children with autism, this usually involves teaching parents to teach their children communication skills or to reduce problematic behavior. Increasingly, the domains of training have expanded and recent data suggest that the quality of interactions changes with training. The purpose of this presentation is to describe two interventions designed to increase parental use of teaching interactions. The first study, employing a multiple baseline across skills and parents, successfully expanded verbal behavior. The second intervention incorporated a self-observation component; a multiple baseline across parent-child dyads was shown to increase social behavior. In both studies direct measures involved parent teaching episodes and child verbal and social skills. Parent-child engagement and indices of interest, affect, stress, and confidence were included as collateral measures. Both studies are discussed within the context of generalization, behavioral cusps, and family quality of life.

 

A Preliminary Description and Analysis of a Social Skills Group for Individuals with Autism

JEREMY ANDREW LEAF (Autism Partnership Foundation), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), Priscilla Claire Samuel (Autism Partnership Foundation), Aditt Alcalay (Autism Partnership Foundation), Alyne Kuyumjian (Autism Partnership Foundation), Ronald Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), Mitchell T. Taubman (Autism Partnership), John James McEachin (Autism Partnership Foundation)
Abstract:

Today, there are several studies that have evaluated the effectiveness of social skills groups for "higher functioning" children with autism. Additionally, social skills groups are now commonly implemented to "higher functioning" children and adolescents diagnosed with autism as part of a comprehensive intervention plan. However, recent reviews and meta-analysis examining the effectiveness of social skills groups have questioned their effectiveness and have stated that more research is needed. The purpose of this presentation is to provide a description of a summer social skills group that was implemented to children diagnosed with autism who would be considered high functioning. The presenters will describe the curriculum that was utilized, the various teaching strategies that were implemented, and the reinforcement systems that were put in place. Additionally, empirical, clinical, and social validity data will be presented, which will demonstrate the effectiveness of the social skills group. Suggestions for future clinicians and steps to run successful social skills groups will be discussed, as well as areas for future research.

 

The Effectiveness of "Cool" Versus "Not Cool" Implemented in a Group Instructional Format

KATHLEEN H. TSUJI (Autism Partnership), Angel Au (Autism Partnership Hong Kong), Toby Mountjoy (Autism Partnership Hong Kong), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation)
Abstract:

Recent research has shown that the cool versus not cool procedure can be effective in teaching a variety of social behaviors for individuals diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder. However, what is not known is how effective the cool versus not cool procedure would be when implemented in a group instructional format. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the cool versus not cool procedure when implemented in a group instructional format. The authors taught three participants three different social skills and utilized a cool versus not cool procedure that consisted of both teacher demonstration and participants role-playing the behavior appropriately (cool). Skill acquisition was determined through naturalistic probes with the participants' peers. Using a multiple baseline design across behaviors and replicated across the participants, results indicated that the cool versus not cool procedure was effective in increasing social behavior for the participants, and resulted in long term maintenance and generalization of the skills. Clinical implications and ideas for future research will be discussed.

 

An Empirical Investigation on the Effectiveness of a Social Taxonomy for Children with Autism

STEPHANIE BLOOMFIELD (Autism Partnership Foundation), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), Jeremy Andrew Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), Aditt Alcalay (Autism Partnership Foundation), Alyne Kuyumjian (Autism Partnership Foundation), Mitchell T. Taubman (Autism Partnership), John James McEachin (Autism Partnership Foundation), Ronald Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation)
Abstract:

Deficits in social skills are hallmarks of people diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders; therefore, one of the most critical elements of the treatment plan must emphasize teaching authentic social skills on multiple, complex levels. It is often difficult for clinicians and parents to know which social skills to teach and how to effectively teach these social skills to individuals diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder. In this presentation we will provide an overview of a comprehensive social skills taxonomy consisting of five different social domains, which we have utilized clinically for over 15 years for individuals diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder. We will also provide empirical data on different teaching strategies, which were utilized as part of a research study to teach social skills across each of these domains to a variety of children and adolescents diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder. Finally, we will discuss clinical implications and ideas for future research.

 
 
Symposium #427
CE Offered: BACB
Working within our World: Contextual Behavioral Science and Community Well-Being
Monday, May 26, 2014
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
W179a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Shiloh Eastin (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Discussant: Anthony Biglan (Oregon Research Institute)
CE Instructor: Shiloh Eastin, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Out in the world, we have the ability to observe how individuals abilities to adjust to the world around them either help or hinder positive movements in their life. One way to describe an individuals level of adjustment is in terms of psychological flexibility or the ability to allow painful thoughts and feelings be present in daily life experience without adverse effects on daily functioning. Flexibility has implications not only for individual well-being, however. Psychological flexibility as individual adjustment has broad reaching implications at the level of the community, The papers in this symposium will explore the impact psychological flexibility has on community well-being. The first paper considers inflexibility among the previously incarcerated and evaluates inflexibility as a predictor of criminal recidivism. The second paper will examine how psychological flexibility influences bystander efficacy and rape-myth acceptance on a college campus. The third paper will considers how psychological flexibility interacts with attitudes about sex to influence sexual behaviors over a two week period. The fourth paper explores the mediating effect that experiential avoidance, one aspect of psychological inflexibility, has between psychological distress and emotional abuse. The discussion on this symposium will explore how interventions focusing on psychological flexibility may play a role in the improvement and development of community programs.

Keyword(s): community well-being, psychological flexibility
 

Back to Life: Psychological Inflexibility and Recidivism among Criminal Offenders

RUSSELL ANDERSON (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Madison Gamble (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Michelle Jeanis (University of South Florida), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Abstract:

Psychological flexibility is the ability to experience the self, the world, and others fully, and take action toward chosen values regardless of the nature of those experiences. In contrast, psychological inflexibility involves rigidity and avoidance in the way an individual copes with challenging experiences and maintains action in his or her life. Psychological flexibility focused models have been shown to be successful in alleviating numerous adverse behaviors and may offer a means of conceptualizing and intervening on criminal recidivism or reoffending, a primary target in correctional settings. The purpose of the current study is to evaluate psychological inflexibility among those who criminally reoffend psychological inflexibility as a predictor of recidivism over a six month period. People who were recently released from incarceration completed a demographic questionnaire, and three separate questionnaires respectively measuring psychological inflexibility (i.e., Acceptance and Action Questionnaire-II), cognitive fusion (i.e., CFQ), and likelihood of recidivism (i.e., Self-Appraisal Questionnaire).Psychological inflexibility and cognitive fusion were examined, not only as independent predictors of criminal behavior and recidivism, but also as moderators of other factors of recidivism risk. Preliminary results an important role for flexibility in predicting criminal behavior. Implications for rehabilitation and re-entry interventions will be discussed.

 

So What Can You Do?: Psychological Flexibility, Attitudes about Sexual Violence, and Bystander Behaviors

SHILOH EASTIN (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Amy Brown (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Abstract:

Recently society has begun to take greater action both in spreading awareness and attempting to prevent violence against women. Sexually assaulted women, in particular stand to benefit from heightened awareness within communities of sexual violence as an issue as sexual violence often is the least discussed. Although awareness of sexual violence has increased significantly over the past years, prevention of sexual violence has not seen a corresponding decrease in occurrence. Recently, colleges have been attempting to educate and empower bystanders to confront the problem of sexual violence. Interventions aimed at bystanders benefit from a larger audience and fewer psychological barriers than interventions aimed at potential perpetrators and victims. Although these programs have promising results, there is limited research in the area. Psychological flexibility, or the ability to notice and respond to constant changes in experience with consistent, effective action towards chosen values, is one variable that has not previously been examined in conjunction with bystander attitudes or behaviors. Students at the University of Louisiana at Lafayette completed a series of questionnaires that assessed the participants psychological flexibility, rape myth acceptance, and bystander efficacy over a period of four weeks. Preliminary results suggest that flexibility may have an important role in bystander intervention. The relationships among psychological flexibility, rape myth acceptance, reactions to a hypothetical rape victim, and bystander intervention will be discussed.

 

Feeling lucky?: Predicting Condom Use Behaviors from Implicit and Explicit Attitudes and Psychological Flexibility

JESSICA AUZENNE (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Abstract:

College students engage in a variety of sexual behaviors with more partners than in the past, often without protection. Condoms are an easily accessible means of sexual protection, but they are often used inconsistently by college students (Murray & Miller, 2000). Although students are generally aware of the consequences of unprotected sex, this awareness does not strongly influence condom use (Prince & Bernard, 1998). Research has shown that attitudes about sex may be more influential on sexual behavior than knowledge about high risk behavior. Negative attitudes about condoms have been linked to the avoidance of condom use, but there have been inconclusive results regarding their ability to predict sexual behavior (Gabler et al., 2004). It may be that attitudes have differential effects on behavior, depending on how students cope with uncomfortable experiences. For example, no prior studies have examined students flexibility with these attitudes. This study will measure students psychological flexibility interact with attitudes regarding condom use to determine whether or not these variables can be used to predict students condom use behavior in the following 2 weeks. Pilot results suggest that inflexibility with discomfort around sex may keep knowledge and attitudes from translating into safer sexual behavior. The implications for community-based intervention on high risk sexual behavior will be discussed.

 

Sticks, Stones, and Words Hurt: The Role Experiential Avoidance Plays in Emotional Abuse

TERESA HULSEY (University of North Texas), Ethan Lester (University of North Texas), Kristi Mannon (University of North Texas), Amy Murrell (University of North Texas), Christina M. Larson (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Emotional abuse is common among college students and has major effects on wellbeing (OHearn & Davis, 1997; Pipes & LeBov-Keeler, 1997). To inform prevention and intervention efforts, more research is needed. Research on other trauma indicates that experiential avoidance (EA) plays an important role in psychopathology (Boeschen, Koss, Figueredo, & Coan, 2001). Thus, it was hypothesized that EA would change the impact of emotional abuse. Undergraduates (N = 97) at the University of North Texas completed a survey including questions about emotional abuse, experiential avoidance, and psychological distress. A mediation analysis was performed using the Baron and Kenny (1986) method to examine if EA was a mediator between severity of emotional abuse and psychological distress. Data show EA was a mediator between emotional abuse and psychological distress. Emotional abuse significantly predicted psychological distress (B = .04, p < .01), emotional abuse significantly predicated EA (B = .05, p < .01), EA significantly predicted psychological distress (B = .53, p < .01), and when EA was added to the model, the relationship between emotional abuse and psychological distress was no longer significant (B = .01, p = .55). Implications of these findings on intervention and suggestions for future research will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #428
Evaluations of Four Training Models to Teach Behavioral Treatment Procedures to Direct Care Providers
Monday, May 26, 2014
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
W186 (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Wendy K. Berg (The University of Iowa)
Discussant: Jennifer L. Austin (University of South Wales)
Abstract:

The limited availability of skilled behavior analysts hinders the delivery of effective assessment and treatment procedures to children who show severe behavior problems or skill deficits. In this symposium, four studies that evaluated the use of four training models to teach care providers how to implement behavioral assessment or treatment procedures will be presented. The participants in these studies include adults with autism spectrum disorder, parents of young children with severe behavior problems, and applied behavior analysis technicians. The training protocols include in-vivo instruction, a pyramid instruction protocol, a 40 hour E-Learning program and a web-based program that allowed behavior analysts to train parents on the use of behavioral treatment procedures from a remote location. Skill gains were measured through direct observation of the participants implementing the procedures with young children in two studies, and through tests and observations of the participants skills in the remaining two studies. In each study, the participants demonstrated acquisition of the behavioral assessment and/or treatment procedures. Taken together, the studies show the effectiveness of the training procedures in increasing the participants skills and the applicability of the procedures to specific settings.

Keyword(s): Autism, Remote Training, Training careproviders
 

Teaching Adults with Autism Spectrum Disorders to Work with Children: Further Evaluation of a Vocational Training Program

MELISSA NISSEN (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Conrad Hillman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Molly Shireman (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract:

Adults with autism spectrum disorder who were interested in working with children participated in a pilot vocational training program. Training focused on implementing discrete-trial teaching with children with autism who exhibited problem behavior. Three men with no intellectual disabilities, aged 19 to 23 years, participated as the therapists, and four children diagnosed with autism, aged 4 to 6 years, participated as learners. We used behavioral skills training (e.g., written and verbal instruction, modeling, role play with feedback) to teach each therapist to conduct discrete-trial training with two children. Following the initial behavioral skills training, the participants worked directly with two children while receiving brief feedback. Generalization was assessed across untrained targets and children. Results indicated that all adult therapists quickly acquired discrete-trial training skills and that these skills generalized to untrained targets and novel children. Across all participants, the children with autism showed some acquisition in 14 of the 15 targeted skills.

 

Preliminary Results of a Randomized Clinical Trial of a Web-based Program for Training Applied Behavior Analysis Technicians

KEVIN C. LUCZYNSKI (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Stephanie A. Hood (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Aaron D. Lesser (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Mychal Machado (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

Autism is a debilitating condition affecting about 1 in 88 children. Research shows that Early Intensive Behavioral Interventions (EIBI) is effective when implemented by appropriately trained and supervised technicians. However, few, if any empirically supported programs are available for training technicians. We are conducting a randomized clinical trial to evaluate a 40-hour, web-based, E-Learning program for training ABA technicians in treatment protocols used in EIBI. The two primary dependent variables are the Behavioral Implementation Skills for Play Activities (BISPA) and the Behavioral Implementation Skills for Work Activities (BISWA). To date, eight participants have completed pretest and posttest assessments on these measures, four in the treatment group and four in the control group. Mean correct on the pretest and posttest for the treatment and control groups for the BISPA were 21.5%, 6.5%, 88.5%, and 11%, respectively. For the BISWA, they were 32.3%, 13.5%, 95.5%, and 20.8%, respectively. For both measures, a general linear model showed significant main and interaction effects indicating that the treatment group improved much more than the control group. Results provide strong preliminary evidence for the effectiveness of this program, which can be delivered to prospective ABA technicians anywhere in the world that has broadband Internet access.

 
Development and Evaluation of a Large-Scale Pyramidal Staff Training Program for Behavior Management
AUDREY H. SHIVERS (University of North Texas), Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas), Katy Atcheson (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Training and empirically evaluating caregivers’ implementation of behavior management skills is a particularly challenging task in large residential contexts. A pyramidal training approach provides an efficient and effective way to conduct such training. The purpose of this project was to develop and evaluate a large-scale pyramidal staff training program for behavior management skills. Direct support staff and behavior service professionals at a large state facility participated in this project. Pre and post-test probes were conducted utilizing role-play scenarios and checklists to evaluate the effectiveness of a training package consisting of video modeling, role-playing, and discussion to establish three specific behavior management skills with caregivers. In addition, the project sought to teach behavior service professionals the skills to administer the training package and directly assess caregivers’ implementation of behavior management procedures. A second training package comprised of video models, role-plays, and feedback was used to train behavior service professionals. The data showed improvements in the accuracy of both direct caregivers’ implementation of behavior management procedures and the behavior service professionals’ presentation and evaluation of training following the use of the training packages.
 

Training Parents to Conduct Functional Analyses and Functional Communication Training Via Telehealth

JOHN F. LEE (The University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa), Patrick Romani (The University of Iowa), Alyssa N. Suess (The University of Iowa), Kelly M. Schieltz (The University of Iowa), Scott D. Lindgren (The University of Iowa), Todd G. Kopelman (The University of Iowa Hospitals and Clinics)
Abstract:

The lack of trained applied behavior analysts in rural settings is an obstacle to providing services to parents of children who show severe behavior problems. One way to address this problem is to provide direct training to parents through a web-based system such as Skype. In this study, parents with children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder who engaged in severe behavior problems were enrolled in the study. Parents were provided equipment to connect them with trained behavior analysts from the University of Iowa. Parents and behavior analysts interacted directly using videoconferencing software live during sessions. Parents conducted all functional analysis and treatment sessions with their child in their own homes while behavior analysts provided instruction and monitored the parent's performance. The results of the study show that the parents were able to successfully conduct the assessment and treatment sessions to reduce problem behavior. We will briefly describe treatment outcomes and compare them to previous in-home projects conducted without the use of telehealth technologies and then describe some of the unique applications of telehealth technology used to coach parents and record data. Interobserver agreement was assessed across 30% of sessions and averaged over 90%.

 
 
Symposium #429
CE Offered: BACB
Extensions of Interventions for Problem Behavior Maintained by Social Reinforcement
Monday, May 26, 2014
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
W187ab (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jill Marie Harper (Melmark New Englnad)
Discussant: Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
CE Instructor: Jill Marie Harper, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Applied research continues to contribute to the refinement and extension of current treatment practices within the field of behavior analysis. The present symposium consists of four data-based presentations describing extensions of various interventions for problem behavior maintained by social reinforcement. Study 1 extends previous research on noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) by evaluating the relative efficacy of NCR using maintaining (escape) versus arbitrary (an edible) reinforcers without extinction for four individuals with escape-maintained problem behavior. Study 2 describes an extension of toleration training using extinction plus stimulus fading to the treatment of precursor behavior maintained by escape from a specific peers noises by systematically fading the duration of the aversive stimulus. Study 3 extends the literature on antecedent interventions used to reduce escape-maintained problem behavior by evaluating the effects of the high-probability request sequence, following the acquisition of a functional communication response (break request), as well as using latency as an indicator of the averesiveness of task demands. The final study, describes an extension of the literature on delay fading following Functional Communication Training (FCT) by providing alternative reinforcers during delay interval for individuals with problem behavior maintained by social positive reinforcement.

Keyword(s): fading, functional communication, high-probability sequence, noncontingent reinforcement
 

A Comparison of Two NCR Without Extinction Procedures for Escape-Maintained Problem Behavior

CALEB R. DAVIS (The New England Center for Children), Nancy Errera (The New England Center for Children), Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

NCR involves the delivery of reinforcers on a time-based schedule and often includes extinction. However, given practical limitations associated with the use of extinction, it is important to evaluate NCR without extinction. The purpose of this study was to extend previous research on NCR by evaluating the relative efficacy of NCR using maintaining versus arbitrary reinforcers without extinction for four individuals with escape-maintained problem behavior. Two different NCR conditions, NCR using the maintaining reinforcer (escape) and NCR using an arbitrary reinforcer (an edible), were evaluated using multielement and reversal designs. Interobserver agreement data were collected for 31.2% of sessions. Mean agreement was 97% for problem behavior and 95.3% for compliance across participants. Treatment effects varied across participants. For two participants, both NCR conditions were equally effective in reducing aggression. For one participant, only NCR using the maintaining reinforcer reduced problem behavior. For the final participant, both NCR conditions were ineffective until extinction was included. Both NCR conditions increased compliance to similar levels for two of the four participants. NCR (arbitrary) resulted in higher levels of compliance for one participant, whereas NCR (escape) resulted in higher levels of compliance for another participant.

 
Assessment and Treatment of Problem Behavior Evoked by Noise in a Residential Setting
TANYA MOUZAKES (Melmark New England), Jill Marie Harper (Melmark New Englnad)
Abstract: Previous research has demonstrated both an effective methodology of assessment and treatment of problem behavior evoked by aversive noises. The current study extended previous research by conducting both the assessment and treatment of precursor behavior evoked by a peer’s noises within a residential setting. During the first phase, a modified functional analysis (McCord, Iwata, Galensky, Elligson, & Thomson, 2001) was conducted for four participants with autism. Problem behavior occurred during only the escape from noise condition of the functional analysis suggesting that all three individual’s problem behavior was evoked by a specific peer’s noises and maintained by escape from these noises. An intervention consisting of extinction combined with stimulus fading, during which the duration of the aversive noise was systematically increased, was then implemented. Near zero levels of problem behavior in the presence of the loud noise was observed across four participants during the final three sessions. Interobserver agreement (IOA) was collection during an average of 73.5% of assessment sessions and 63.5% of treatment sessions across participants. Average agreement scores across participants was 97.2% and 94.2%, respectively.
 
Effects of the High Probability Request Sequence on Latencies to Compliance and Escape Requests
AMANDA P. LAPRIME (Simmons College), Judah B. Axe (Simmons College), Ronald F. Allen (Simmons College), Russell W. Maguire (Simmons College)
Abstract: Altering the nature of demands is an effective and ethical means of reducing escape-maintained problem behavior. Functional analyses (showing percentages of intervals and latencies) indicated that the problem behavior of 4 children with autism (ages 4-9) was maintained by escape from demands. We taught the participants to request a break from work and then evaluated the high probability request sequence using a reversal design. Compared with a condition with all low probability requests, the high probability request sequence resulted in shorter latencies between low probability instructions and compliance and longer latencies between low probability instructions and break requests. In addition, there were more trials with compliance, fewer trials with break requests, and more trials with correct responses in the high probability request sequence condition. Interobserver agreement data were collected on 40% of sessions and averaged 89% (range, 78-100%). The data extend the literature on antecedent interventions used to reduce escape-maintained problem behavior, as well as using latency as an indicator of the averesiveness of task demands. The results are discussed in terms of the high probability request sequence abolishing the value of escape from low probability task demands.
 

Using Alternative Reinforcers to Facilitate Delay Tolerance Following FCT

JILLIAN E. MCCANCE (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Jeffrey H. Tiger (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee)
Abstract:

Functional communication training (FCT) is one of the most thoroughly researched treatments for severe problem behavior exhibited by individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD). The earliest stages of FCT involve providing immediate and continuous reinforcement of the functional communication response (FCR); however, maintaining continuous reinforcement is not practical as reinforcers may not always be available or appropriate. Thus, after the initial stages of treatment, therapists must teach tolerance to periods in which reinforcement is delayed or unavailable however the introduction of delays is commonly associated with increased problem behavior. The present study evaluated providing alternative reinforcers during delays following the FCR. Results indicated delay fading was more successful when alternative reinforcers were available during delay periods.

 
 
Symposium #430
Training Teachers to Use Evidence Based Practices: From Early Childhood to Middle School
Monday, May 26, 2014
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
W195 (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Sheila R. Alber-Morgan (The Ohio State University)
Discussant: Ronnie Detrich (The Wing Institute)
Abstract:

The No Child Left Behind Act (NCLB) and the Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement (IDEA) both mandate that teachers use evidence-based practices when making instructional decisions. Efficacy research has facilitated the identification of a multitude of academic and behavioral interventions that have been demonstrated to be effective; yet the passive process through which teachers are commonly exposed to these practices does not result in accurate classroom application (Fixen & Blas, 2009; Fixen, Naoom, Blas, Friedman, & Wallace, 2005; Kretlow, Cooke, & Wood, 2012). Implementation of empirically driven strategies is vital to the success and advancement of all learners, particularly those with special needs. In order to progress toward closing the achievement gap for these learners, it is imperative to not only equip teachers with techniques that are known to be effective, but to also foster generalization and maintenance of skills in applied settings. This symposium will present four research studies examining the effects of training teachers to use evidence based teaching practices. These studies were conducted in a preschool classroom, an elementary school classroom, and two middle school classrooms.

 

Effects of Behavioral Skills Training and Instructional Coaching on Teachers’ Implementation of Evidence Based Practices

MARY SAWYER (The Ohio State University), Sheila R. Alber-Morgan (The Ohio State University), Melissa Boggs (The Ohio State University), Eliseo D. Jimenez (The Ohio State University), Katie Roslovic (The Ohio State University)
Abstract:

Efficacy research has empirically established numerous academic and behavioral interventions suitable for alleviating common classroom ailments; yet the passive process through which teachers are commonly exposed to these practices does not result in accurate classroom application (Fixen & Blasé, 2009; Fixen, Naoom, Blasé, Friedman, & Wallace, 2005; Kretlow, Cooke, & Wood, 2012). Researchers have come to recognize that training alone will not result in the implementation of evidence based practices (Sheridan, Edwards, Marvin, & Knoche, 2009; Zaslow, 2009; Zaslow et al., 2010).There is evidence pointing to a longer-term, multilevel model of professional development that includes performance-based training and coaching (i.e., the provision of behavioral modeling, practice, praise, and corrective feedback) (Fixsen et al., 2005; Klinger, 2004; Odom, 2008). In the current study, a multiple baseline across skills design was used to examine the effects of behavioral skills training and instructional coaching on a student teacher’s use of evidence based practices within a response to intervention (RTI) framework, and to support high levels of treatment fidelity in a classroom setting. After the student teacher met mastery criteria, maintenance data are collected and used to make decisions concerning the provision of continued support (i.e., coaching). IOA and procedural integrity were above 95%.

 

Coaching Early Educators for Implementation Fidelity: Practice-Based Coaching

SHELLEY CLARKE (University of South Florida), Lise Fox (University of South Florida), Denise Binder (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

The use of coaching as a professional development strategy has gained visibility as a key component in ensuring fidelity of implementation of evidence-based practices (Sheridan, Edwards, Marvin, & Knoche, 2009; Snyder et al., 2012; Wasik & Hindman, 2011; Zaslow, Tout, Halle, Whitaker, & Lavelle, 2010). While research on the use of coaching and other implementation supports provides evidence that these activities improve practice implementation; the research is lacking in detail on the active ingredients of those supports. In this presentation, key components of coaching will be shared within the context of a collaborative partnership and includes: (1) planning goals and action steps; (2) engaging in focused observation; and (3) reflecting on and sharing feedback about teaching practices. The session will offer a description of practice-based coaching to promote the implementation of evidence-based practices within early childhood classrooms. The presenter will also share data related to implementation, child outcomes, and coaching from an efficacy study that examines evidence based behavioral intervention strategies within early childhood classrooms. Resources for the implementation of practice-based coaching for early childhood will be shared.

 

The Effects of Three Jars on Middle School Students' Homework Completion and Accuracy

LAWRENCE J. MAHEADY (State University of New York Fredonia), Kaitlin Landy (State University of New York Fredonia), Michael Jabot (State University of New York Fredonia)
Abstract:

Homework is a teaching strategy used to reinforce concepts and skills taught in class and to promote student mastery through practice. It has positive yet moderated effects on pupil achievement across grade levels, content areas, and student abilities (Hattie, 2009). Unfortunately, many students fail to complete homework or do so with low levels of accuracy; two outcomes that adversely affect learning. This paper describes the effects of Three Jars, an intervention package comprised of interdependent and dependent group contingencies with randomized components (i.e., target behaviors, criteria, subjects, and rewards), on the math homework completion and accuracy rates of 20 (10F, 10M), 7th grade students, including 12 with IEPs, in a rural setting. Using an A-B-A-B design, the researcher found that the Three Jars intervention produced immediate and noticeable improvements in the class completion and accuracy rates (see Figure 1 for accuracy data). The class math average improved by almost four letter grades (F to B+) when three jars were in effect. Individual analyses indicated that all 20 students also completed more homework at higher accuracy levels while the intervention was in effect. Implications for future research and practice are discussed.

 

Effects of a Self-Administered Math Fact Fluency Intervention for Elementary Students Identified as At-Risk

LISA RAFFERTY (State University of New York Buffalo), Peter Fichter (State University of New York Buffalo), Molly Long (State University of New York Buffalo), Ashley Craig (State University of New York Buffalo)
Abstract:

Students who have difficulties in math often lack the skills to fluently recall basic math facts, which if not remediated typically impede their ability to master higher level mathematical concepts (National Mathematics Advisory Panel, 2008). Unfortunately, many of the evidence based interventions currently available to teachers to remediate this deficit area are teacher-led or do not include instructional components identified to be best practices when implementing targeted instruction (Burns, VanDerHeyden, & Boice, 2008; Hulac, Dejong, & Benson, 2012). The purpose of the current study was to investigate the effects of the self-administered folding-in technique (SAFI; Hulac et al., 2012) on the math fact fluency skills of three, third-grade students, who were identified by their teacher as being at-risk for math disabilities. Using a multiple-baseline across participants design, the teacher and researchers evaluated the effects of the intervention on students multiplication fact fluency skills. Results suggest that the students growth rates were higher during the intervention phase when compared to baseline growth rates. Additionally, social validity data suggest that the students and teacher perceive the technique as easy to implement and effective. Limitations, implications of the results, and suggestions for future research are discussed

 
 
Symposium #431
CE Offered: BACB
Statistics of Interest for Behavior Analysts
Monday, May 26, 2014
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
W194a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Laura Slater Quittmeyer (University of Mississippi)
Discussant: Darlene E. Crone-Todd (Salem State University)
CE Instructor: Michael Bordieri, M.S.
Abstract:

This symposia will provide four papers offering different statistical procedures that may be useful for behavior analysts. There are many ways to express effect sizes between a specified active intervention and control conditions. Our first paper will provide a brief tutorial and discusses the potential utility of Number Needed to Treat as a clinically useful measure of the effectiveness of treatment in behavioral research. Our second paper will introduce a re-thinking of a regression-based procedure, the dynamic P-technique, for single subject designs. We will show its utility for applying traditionally group-type analyses (such as longitudinal mediation analyses) to single case designs. The third paper will reexamine the role of inter-observer agreement in behavior analysis in light of Skinner's (1945) critique of the "arid philosophy of 'truth by agreement'" (p. 293). In addition, this paper will describe the utility of statistical bootstrapping analysis as a direct assessment of workability in both single subject and group designs. The fourth paper, we will examine regression procedures broadly, arguing that they do not require data from multiple participants to be used properly. This paper will explore applications of regression analysis to exploring behavior-behavior relations, context-behavior relations, and behavior-behavior relations across different contexts.

Keyword(s): effect size, IOA, regression, statistics
 

Number Needed to Treat: A Tool for Communicating the Real World Relevance of Our Interventions

KATE KELLUM (University of Mississippi), Solomon Kurz (University of Mississippi)
Abstract:

There are many ways to express comparisons between a specified active intervention and a control conditions or other active intervention. Number Needed to Treat (NNT) is one way to express such comparison and was introduced by Laupacis, Sackett, and Roberts (1988) as a clinically useful measure of the effectiveness of treatment. NNT is an expression of how many people need to be treated in one intervention versus another to have one person with the desired outcome. NNT can be used to determine the clinical significance of results and can be seen asa measure of effect size. A small NNT reflects a large effect size. That is, the smaller the NNT the more people in the treatment group achieved the desired outcome. Currently, NNT is nearly extensively used in medical and psychopharmacological randomized trials and observational studies. This paper provides a brief tutorial and discusses the potential utility of NNT in behavioral research.

 

Complex Single Case Regression Models: Why I'm Excited about The Dynamic-P

SOLOMON KURZ (University of Mississippi), Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi)
Abstract:

The reluctance to use statistical procedures in behavior analytic research has perpetuated for at least two substantive reasons: First, the popular statistical procedures employed in the group designs common within mainstream clinical psychology are ill-suited for the analyses behavior analysts are primarily interested in intra-subject change. Second, development and dissemination of adequate statistical procedures for examining intra-individual change has lagged tepidly behind large-N procedures. One of the many undesirable consequences of this analytic divide between mainstream clinical psychology and behavior analysis is uncertainty about applying group models for change to single cases and vice versa. This paper will introduce a re-thinking of an old regression-based procedure, the dynamic P-technique (see Nelson, Aylward, & Rausch, 2011). When extended repeated measures are feasible, as in daily diary tracking, substantive researchers can use the dynamic-P technique to construct single subject regression models, such as longitudinal panel models, longitudinal factor analysis, and longitudinal mediation analyses. In this paper, we will argue that the dynamic-P technique may be a feasible way to bridge the gap between group and single case models.

 

Rethinking Reliability: Is Inter-observer Agreement Necessary for Experimental Control?

MICHAEL BORDIERI (University of Mississippi Medical Center), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi), Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi), Matthew Tull (University of Mississippi Medical Center)
Abstract:

Inter-observer agreement (IOA) is considered an essential component of single subject designs that employ non-automated measurements of behavior. While many different forms of IOA have been developed, all share the common goal of assessing formal correspondence between independent observers. That is, whether observers agree about the quality of one or more topographical dimensions of a behavior. While topographical agreement may be sufficient to demonstrate reliability of measurement, this paper will argue that it is not necessary. Skinner (1945), in a commentary accompanying his seminal paper on operationalism, decried the "arid philosophy of 'truth by agreement'" (p. 293) and asserted that workability is paramount to agreement. This paper will explore Skinner's relatively unknown position on this topic with an emphasis on the philosophical assumptions that underlie workability as a scientific truth criterion. In addition, this paper will describe the utility of statistical bootstrapping analysis as a direct assessment of workability in both single subject and group designs. Finally, this paper will propose areas of scientific inquiry that, while largely lacking with regard to traditional IOA, may be amenable to study using workability as the criterion for experimental control.

 

Grabbing the Baby without the Bathwater: Regression Analysis with Single-Subject Data

EMILY KENNISON SANDOZ (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi)
Abstract:

Many behavior analysts have rejected statistical analyses like regression as irrelevant for understanding individual-level functioning. These approaches often group individual data points into distributions that are then compared with distributions from other groups or of other behaviors. Traditional statistical techniques offer limited attention to relationships 1) between behaviors or 2) between particular contexts and behaviors. However, statistical analyses do not require data from multiple participants to be used properly. Regression analysis may be a particularly powerful approach to statistical analysis of data collected from a range of single-subject research designs. In this approach, regression lines represent some aspect of an individual's repertoire, instead of multiple repertoires collapsed into one pair of distributions. This may be timely as an increasing number of behavior analysts are becoming interested in the relations among private events and overt behaviors in different contexts, and calling for analyses that include these relations. This paper will explore applications of regression analysis to exploring behavior-behavior relations, context-behavior relations, and behavior-behavior relations across different contexts. Data collection methodologies will be discussed along with relevant statistical assumptions.

 
 
Symposium #432
CE Offered: BACB
Teaching Future Behavior Analysts: Analyzing and Improving Instructional Practices in Graduate Education
Monday, May 26, 2014
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
W193a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Ginette Wilson-Bishop (Bay Path College)
Discussant: Susan Ainsleigh (Bay Path College)
CE Instructor: Ginette Wilson-Bishop, Ph.D.
Abstract:

With the increased demand for practitioners in applied behavior analysis and the creation of formal credentialing standards in the field of ABA has come an increase in the number of graduate level instructional programs designed to educate and professionally prepare future behavior analysts for research and practice. Along with standards of practice, The Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) has proposed standards for educational programs to maintain. Guideline 5.0 of the Guidelines for Responsible Conduct (BACB) state that "behavior analysts who are responsible for education and training programs and supervisory activities seek to ensure that the programs and supervisory activities: are competently designed, provide the proper experiences, and meet the requirements for licensure and certification". This responsibility demands constant analysis and evaluation of the goals, instructional methodologies, and outcomes of graduate level instruction. Coursework and supervision experiences must provide clear objectives and measure their success at the achievement of planned objectives. This symposium examines the effectiveness of various components of graduate level instruction, beginning with program models and extending to instructional methodologies and supervision practices. Comparison of performance in on-line, hybrid, and on-site class experiences and the results of the evaluation of instructional methodologies that seek to promote mastery and generalization of foundational knowledge are examined.

Keyword(s): foundational knowledge, higher education, on-line instruction, supervision
 

Mastery of Foundational Knowledge in On-Site Versus On-Line Educational Models

Susan Ainsleigh (Bay Path College), MAUREEN MICHAUD (North Shore Educational Consortium)
Abstract:

Distance education has become a common component of higher education and is considered by many as an important way to learn. Recent reports have revealed that over 20% of college students participate in at least one on-line or distance learning experience (Simonson, 2012). Although educators and professionals continue to question the effectiveness of distance learning experiences as compared to more traditional classroom-based learning experiences, the number of university settings including distance learning as an option for students in a variety of professional fields continues to increase. Programs in applied behavior analysis and behavioral sciences are not excepted from this trend. The Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) has approved over forty course sequences world wide that include a distance learning component. With the responsibility of evaluating and continually improving educational opportunities for future behavior analysts comes the responsibility of analyzing the effectiveness of educational opportunities in ABA that include distance learning components. This presentation examines the performance of students in an introductory level ABA course across 3 different instructional models: on-site instruction, hybrid or blended instruction, and on-line instruction. Test scores, performance on fluency building activities, and student satisfaction ratings are examined across different models teaching a common syllabus.

 

Evaluation of Active Student Responding in Graduate Level ABA Courses: A Comparison of Instructional Methodologies

GINETTE WILSON-BISHOP (Bay Path College)
Abstract:

Previous research has confirmed that student outcomes and opportunities for active engagement are functionally related. The present study compared the effects of guided notes (GN), choral responding (CR), and response cards (RC) on pre-to-post test performance across three graduate level behavior analysis courses. An acceptability measure was introduced to assess both social validity and preference for each of the three methods. Results suggest that implementation of guided notes, choral responding, and response cards resulted in statistically significant pre-to post-differences on quiz performance in two out of three experiments. The results of statistical analyses confirm that given an equal number of opportunities to respond across all three conditions, choral responding and response cards may offer a slight advantage over the use of guided notes. All three teaching procedures were perceived to be socially valid by students. Future research may wish to examine whether variability in prior coursework, class size, and course format contribute to outcomes. Additionally, the role of preference for one or more teaching method did not impact results in the present study and may be worth exploring. Finally, the need to adapt teaching methods for graduate students with documented disabilities (e.g., processing delays, memory loss, etc.) should be explored so that all students may equally benefit from the use of these strategies.

 

Supervision, Professional Practice, and Foundational Knowledge: A Comparison of Supervisory Strategies to Strengthen Application for Future Behavior Analysts

BETHANY L. CONDO (Little Leaves Behavioral Services), Susan Ainsleigh (Bay Path College)
Abstract:

Supervision is a required component of the certification process for future behavior analysts, and a component of many graduate education programs in the field of applied behavior analysis. Recent modifications by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) related to the supervisory process, including a redefinition of required supervision activities, the publication of training requirements for supervisors, and an overall emphasis on the focus and quality of the supervision experience has led to an increase in interest in planning and monitoring an effective supervisory structure. Despite these changes, there is little information available to graduate institutions related to effective supervisor practices and how to plan or structure supervisory experiences. Wide variations exist in how supervision experiences are structured; such gaps in knowledge and variation in practice increases the likelihood that ineffective practices are promoted and continued. A field that demands improved supervision requires an increase in available resources related to the provision of effective supervisory practices. This presentation examines several supervision activities implemented across graduate students and reports their effectiveness in conducting behavior change procedures, analytic activities, professional writing, and the demonstration of foundational knowledge related to applied practice.

 

A Teaching Tool for Connecting Foundational Knowledge to Client-Centered Responsibilities: Implementation and Generalization Across Graduate Courses

MELISSA HUNSINGER (Creative Interventions, LLC), Ginette Wilson-Bishop (Bay Path College)
Abstract:

It is essential for scholars in Applied Behavior Analysis to both apply and demonstrate mastery of foundational knowledge content per the 4th edition task list. In addition to experiencing proposed interventions from the perspective of the teacher, learner, and aspiring behavior analyst, it is essential that graduate students demonstrate an ability to relate this experience to the philosophical and practical underpinnings of the science of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA). In the context of graduate instruction in ABA, a foundational knowledge worksheet was developed and implemented in an effort to both encourage students to stretch their thinking and make connections between concepts they may not have known could be related. In the context of assigned groups, students were required to both complete and submit one worksheet per class to demonstrate mastery of foundational knowledge content. Generalization across content courses and the independent fieldwork experience were also assessed. The proposed assessment required students to elaborate on an intervention's connection to the philosophical assumptions of the science of behavior analysis and to illustrate how the procedures made use of the basic principles of behavior. In addition to participation in classroom lectures and associated activities, completion of the foundational knowledge worksheet supplemented existing repertoires by encouraging students to articulate connections across content areas, learners, and teaching environments. The proposed teaching tool offers graduate instructors a modality by which generalization of foundational knowledge may be assessed in addition to proposing an objective measure of generalization across courses.

 
 
Paper Session #433
A Functional Analysis of Explanatory Fictions for Autistic Behaviors
Monday, May 26, 2014
4:00 PM–4:20 PM
W183b (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: AUT
Chair: Lee L. Mason (The University of Texas at San Antonio)
 
A Functional Analysis of Explanatory Fictions for Autistic Behaviors
Domain: Applied Research
LEE L. MASON (The University of Texas at San Antonio), Don Davis (The University of Texas at San Antonio)
 
Abstract: The prevalence of explanatory fictions to explain the problem behavior of children with autism leads one to believe that they must function in some way for the speaker who emits them. As such, identifying the contingencies responsible for explanatory fictions would be an appropriate first step in eliminating their use. Leigland (1989) outlined a procedure for the operant analysis of verbal behavior, by revealing some of the controlling relations at the level of the individual person. Leigland's procedure involved human observers making explanatory statements to describe a pigeon pecking a response key in a controlled setting. The current study expands upon this research in an applied setting. Using a modification of the procedures described by Leigland (1989), parents of children with autism were asked to observe their children in an instructional setting and provide explanations for the problem behaviors that they observed. This paper will summarize the findings of three such analyses in which the parents' explanations are mapped onto cumulative records of their childrens' autistic behaviors.
 
 
 
Paper Session #434
Camparing Food Preference Assessment Methods in Brushtail Possums
Monday, May 26, 2014
4:00 PM–4:20 PM
W175a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: EAB
Chair: Lewis A. Bizo (The University of Waikato)
 

Comparing Food Preference Assessment Methods in Brushtail Possums

Domain: Basic Research
Ian Raymond Cronin (The University of Waikato), Therese Mary Foster (The University of Waikato), LEWIS A. BIZO (The University of Waikato)
 
Abstract:

A comparison was made between paired-stimulus and multiple-stimulus without-replacement preference assessments with the common brushtail possum (Trichosurus vulpecula). Both assessments identified similar preferences in foods by individual possums. A progressive-ratio reinforcer assessment showed that all foods identified in the preference assessments functioned as reinforcers when presented in a single-schedule arrangement, including those foods identified as low-preference. In a concurrent-schedule arrangement, the food type that was generally shown as being of high-preference at higher schedule requirements during the single-schedule assessment, was shown to have higher measures of preference again. It was also found that when the concurrent alternative was on a fixed-ratio 50 schedule, the impact upon preference was less than when the concurrent alternative was on a fixed-ratio 20. We concluded that preference is relative to the other alternatives available, and stimuli identified as low-preference when assessed through paired stimulus or multiple stimulus without replacement methods may still be appropriate to use as reinforcers to maintain operant responding.

 
 
 
Paper Session #435
Improving Communication Skills in Individuals with Autism
Monday, May 26, 2014
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
W183a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: AUT
Chair: Christian Atlas Martin (Atlas Supports, LLC)
 

Functional Communication Training: Teaching Multiple Functionally Equivalent Responses to Three Children With Autism and Severe Language Delays

Domain: Applied Research
CHRISTIAN ATLAS MARTIN (Atlas Supports, LLC), Erik Drasgow (University of South Carolina), Laura C. Chezan (Old Dominion University)
 
Abstract:

Our purpose in this study was twofold. First, we evaluated the effectiveness of functional communication training (FCT) to replace undesirable communication forms (e.g., leading) with two acceptable alternative responses for three young children with autism and severe language delays. Second, we examined responding after the acquisition of the two new alternative request forms under two conditions: immediate and delayed reinforcement. We used a reversal design (i.e., ABACADA) for each participant to assess the effectiveness of FCT for teaching a new form and to examine responding during both immediate reinforcement and delayed reinforcement. Results indicated that FCT was effective in replacing undesirable communication forms with two alternative responses for all participants. Our data suggest that two of the participants emitted the alternate responses under both immediate reinforcement and delayed reinforcement but the responses did not occur in a predictable sequential order and thus did not provide supporting evidence for a response-class hierarchy. We also documented resurgence to undesirable communication forms under delayed reinforcement. The study has relevance for practitioners because of the delayed reinforcement situations present in natural environment and for researchers because of the empirical evidence of unstable response classes and resurgence during differential reinforcement interventions.

 

Investigation of Accuracy and Efficacy of Primary Caregivers? Augmentative and Alternative Communication (AAC) Implementation to Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD)

Domain: Service Delivery
EE REA HONG (Texas A&M University), Jennifer Ganz (Texas A&M University), Whitney Gilliland (Texas A&M University), Jennifer Ninci (Texas A&M University)
 
Abstract:

Many researchers have investigated the effectiveness of augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) systems on improving communication skills of individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and communication complex needs (CCN); however, few studies included adults with ASD. Also, there is a lack of investigation on primary caregivers? implemented interventions with high treatment fidelity although primary caregiver-implemented interventions have been used effectively with individuals with ASD and their families. This study investigated the accuracy of primary caregivers? implementation of a tablet-computer based AAC system while they were providing instruction to an adult with ASD. Also, independent use of AAC system of the participant was examined. We implemented a multiple probe design across three instructional coaching steps to examine the accuracy of the caregivers? AAC implementation. One adult with autism and CCN and his four primary caregivers participated in this study, twice a week for seven weeks. Both visual and statistical analyses were utilized. Results indicated, with instructions, that all of the caregivers were able to implement the procedures of the AAC mode with the participant accurately, as demonstrated via visual inspection and statistical analysis. Nevertheless, there was little improvement in the participant?s independent use of the AAC mode. Limitations and suggestions for future researchers are discussed.

 
 
 
Symposium #436
CE Offered: BACB
Achieving Durable Positive Outcomes for Students with Autism
Monday, May 26, 2014
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
W184a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jill E. McGrale Maher (Crossroads School)
Discussant: Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College)
CE Instructor: Jill E. McGrale Maher, M.Ed.
Abstract:

Behavior analysts and educators have been provided with a wide range of effective teaching strategies for students with autism. While the majority of the literature indicates that students with autism learn most effectively in 1:1 instructional formats, this may not continue to be financially viable as students transition through school and into work settings. Additionally, the acquisition of skills does not guarantee that the students will be able to generalize those skills across settings and time (e.g., displaying learned social skills in natural settings.) As students age, social demands increase as well as the expectation to learn in group settings. Therefore, it is of paramount importance to both teach individuals to learn in group instructional formats as well as increasing and generalizing learned social skills. The papers in this symposium will discuss two research projects. Specific data are presented on a comparison of group and 1:1 instructional formats and the generalization of social behaviors.

Keyword(s): Autism, Education, Video Modeling
 
A Comparison of Group and One-to-One Instructional Arrangements with Students with Autism
BRITANY MELTON (Crossroads School), Michele D. Brock (Crossroads School), Jill E. McGrale Maher (Crossroads School)
Abstract: The majority of the literature indicates that students with Autism learn best with 1:1 teaching practices based on the principles of Applied Behavior Analysis. This may not, however, be functional for all students across settings and time. Although literature to support group instruction as an effective teaching format is growing, research comparing 1:1 and group instructional arrangements is minimal. The current project is a replication and extension of previous research clearly indicating group instruction was superior for 5 out of 9 students with Autism (Melton, Hansen, & McGrale, 2013). An alternating treatment design is used to compare 1:1 vs. small group instructional formats. The project took place in a private program for students with Autism and included 4 male students. Dependent measures are skill acquisition, observational learning, student preference, active engagement, and rates of interfering behavior. Independent measures include an errorless teaching procedure, individualized reinforcement systems, and gradually increasing the number of students in group. Preliminary results indicate skill acquisition across both 1:1 and group instruction as well as acquisition of material through observational learning. Inter-observer agreement and procedural fidelity measures will be collected. The effect of the number of students in group on the dependent measures will be discussed.
 
Using Video-Based and Peer-Mediated Instruction to Facilitate Generalization of Social Skills by Adolescents with Autism
MARI MACFARLAND (Michigan State University), Josh Plavnick (Michigan State University), Tiffany Kaid (Michigan State University)
Abstract: The acquisition of social skills does not guarantee that an individual with autism will be able to apply the skills learned in the classroom at a later date, or in a natural setting (Haring, 1988). Interventions targeting the generalization of acquired social skills are therefore critical in order for adolescents with autism to experience lifelong positive outcomes. Video modeling and peer mediation are interventions known to increase the likelihood of generalization. The present investigation examines the effects of an instructional package consisting of peer-mediation and video modeling on the generalization of social behavior by four adolescents with autism and co-occurring intellectual disabilities. A multiple probe across social behaviors design was used to examine the effects of the intervention package on the generalization of targeted social skills to untrained settings. Results will be discussed within the context of social skills training methods for the targeted sub-group and the potential for generalization of social skills by adolescents with autism and intellectual disability.
 
 
Symposium #437
CANCELED: The Ethics of International Behavior Analytic Autism Research
Monday, May 26, 2014
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
W184bc (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: AUT/TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Emily Boshkoff-Johnson (Global Autism Project)
Abstract:

In 2010, the United States published 740 more articles about autism than any other country. This demonstrates the gross disparity between research completed primarily inside the US and in all other parts of the world. While there are many challenges related to completing behavior analytic research internationally, it is still very important to contribute global perspectives in the field. Particularly, it is crucial that under-developed and under-resourced countries are represented, as it is our obligation to disseminate behavior analysis where it is needed most. International research is critical to helping us understand how to effectively and sensitively do this. This presentation will discuss the challenges of international, collaborative research relating to autism and applied behavior analysis, including single-subject design, group design, and qualitative research. Specifically, this presentation will discuss ongoing research collaboration efforts in Indonesia, India, Kenya, Peru, and the Dominican Republic.

Keyword(s): international research, international service, organizational collaboration
 

Exploring Themes and Efficacy of International Supervision

Ann B Beirne (Global Autism Project), SARA COSTELLO (Global Autism Project)
Abstract:

This presentation will discuss and analyze the efficacy of distance supervision practice using Skype with individuals all over the world. The Global Autism Project uses distance supervision with a number of international partners and supervisees. This supervision includes both BCBA supervision and non-BCBA supervision related to developing administrative and clinical practices at autism centers in other countries. The Global Autism Project is developing and implementing data collection procedures to analyze the differences and similarities in concerns raised during supervision between countries and cultures. Additionally, this research investigates characteristics of international partnerships that are correlated with successful development of ABA centers and successful progression toward BCBA certification. This presentation will share preliminary data results and implications regarding international distance supervision. This presentation will also discuss successful distance supervision strategies, common international distance supervision pitfalls and how to avoid them, and how to set up successful international supervision partnerships from the beginning.

 

Using Telehealth to Conduct Functional Analyses ofBehavior in Indonesia

SHINTA BARASA (Autism Care Indonesia)
Abstract:

This presentation given by the clinical director of Autism Care Indonesia will discuss an on-going research study regarding using telehealth to conduct functional analyses (FA). This research study investigates the feasibility of using telehealth protocols (Wacker, et al., 2012) to conduct functional analyses of problem behavior in an autism center in Indonesia. Using a previously effective methodology, this study uses distance coaching to assist a clinical director at a center in Jakarta, Indonesia, to conduct functional analyses of problem behavior. This study not only allows for reliable completion of FA for individual students, but also provides training in this methodology to the clinical director. This presentation will provide a review of the literature related to telehealth FA, a review of the research methodology, a review of preliminary data, and discussion of conclusions and implications. This presentation will discuss how to establish the telehealth protocols, some benefits of using telehealth to conduct FA, and some challenges and how to resolve them. This presentation provides a unique perspective of the specific ethical considerations, challenges, and benefits of conducting an international research protocol using telehealth.

 

Developing a Program Evaluation Tool for Measuring Progress in International Autism Centers

MOLLY OLA PINNEY (Global Autism Project)
Abstract:

This presentation will discuss the development process of a program evaluation tool for evaluating international autism centers. Currently, there is not an available program evaluation tool that sufficiently meets the administrative and clinical needs of autism centers in countries outside the United States. The themes identified in current program evaluation tools are often not culturally relevant to the development of autism centers in other countries, particularly developing countries. The Global Autism Project is in the process of validating a program evaluation tool used to measure progress in development of autism centers outside the United States. This program evaluation tool includes the following seven domains: Clinical Services (CS), Center Facilities (Ce), Administrative (Ad), Funding (F), Human Resources (HR), Outreach (O), and Awareness (Aw). This presentation will discuss the development of these domains and why they are important for assessing progress in international service delivery, in addition to the challenges and ethics of measuring progress in international partnerships.

 
 
Paper Session #438
Behavior Analysis, Domestic Violence, and Classification of Life Problems
Monday, May 26, 2014
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
W179b (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: CBM
Chair: Martti T. Tuomisto (University of Tampere)
 

Behavioral Prediction of and Intervention Into Domestic Violence Against Women

Domain: Applied Research
AMBER KUZMA (Integrated Behavioral Services, Inc.), Brandon Greene (Shenandoah University), Dana Harvey (Integrated Behavioral Services, Inc.), Jennifer Dien (Integrated Behavioral Services, Inc.)
 
Abstract:

This series of studies describes the development of a behavioral assessment protocol to determine a woman's vulnerability to domestic violence and her ability to reduce that vulnerability through a multifaceted training program. The Categorical Analysis for the Risk of Exploitation (CARE) protocol, was developed consisting of 25 scenarios presented to women who were asked to describe how they would behave/react in various interpersonal situations. The CARE renders a clinical profile of a woman's vulnerability based on her responses to scenarios from five sources or categories of exploitation: physical, emotional, sexual, and personal dominance. A fifth category of scenarios was "neutral" (i.e., posed no risk) and served as a control. A woman's capacity to identify the risks and respond appropriately is measured when she is presented with scenarios from the CARE. These are presented in an "enticing" manner and the woman is asked to describe how she would respond. Her response is scored for the extent to which it accurately identifies the potential for problems, describes how the early signs of a problem could materialize into substantial risk, and whether she can identify an appropriate solution that would extricate her from the risk. Study I ascertained that the CARE differentiated women at risk for domestic violence (i.e., they had a protracted history of victimization) from those not at risk (i.e., they had no such history (Figure 1)). Study II involved the formulation and testing of a multifaceted intervention that would allow women to identify and extricate themselves from risky relationships. Intervention was individualized, but largely consisted of training in the areas of conflict resolution, problem solving and assertiveness. For several subjects (example in Figure 2), acquisition of these skills was measured and upon mastery the women's vulnerability to exploitation was reassessed with the CARE. Results indicated both the acquisition of self-advocacy/protection skills and the ensuing improvement of women's scores on the CARE.

 

Behavior Analysis and Behavior and Life Problems

Domain: Theory
MARTTI T. TUOMISTO (University of Tampere)
 
Abstract:

During the last few years psychiatric and medical diagnostic systems in the explanation of behavior and life problems have probably been discussed more than ever before. The latest version of the DSM (DSM 5) has led to a burst of statements of opinions. Behavior analysts may compete successfully in designing valid and reliable categories of behavior excesses, deficits, and strengths. Such a system could be recruited by the society, but to be comprehensive enough it should include as variables other life problems than only problems traditionally labeled as mental health problems (e.g., environmental, health and biological, and conceptual problems). This comprises all behaviors or behavior deficits relevant and necessary for developing a successful plan to improve target behaviors and life problems. The causes of behavior may be traced to the environment, because contingencies are causes of behavior. Thus, variables from different applied behavior analytic areas would be needed in the planning of problem alleviation (e.g., behavioral economics and behavioral medicine including economic, social and biobehavioral conditions). According to these premises, the author has designed a new classification of behavior and life problems called the Decimal System of Behavior and Life Problems (DSBLP) that is being empirically tested. This system has been presented in EABA (2012) and ABAI (2013) congresses and in the Finnish Journal of Behavior Analysis and Therapy (2010, 2013). The system categories are topographic-functional classes of lacking or non-adaptive behaviors or contingencies defined in behavior analytic terms. This system has clear category boarders that lead to categories that are mutually exclusive. The system enables classification of primary problems and problems that are a function of these (i.e. identification of the order of importance of the target behaviors or behavior deficits in links of behavioral instances in chains and concurrent behavioral chains competing with each other answering the question: Which behaviors to target first?) The primacy of the problem classification is partly dependent on coherent-pragmatic goals. The definitions and borders of the categories, required topographies, and functional properties of the categories as well as the potential value of the system for the dissemination of behavior analysis will be discussed.

 
 
 
Panel #439
PDS EVENT: Discussion on the Growth of Applied Behavior Analysis and The Need for Expanded Ethical Standards
Monday, May 26, 2014
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
W192a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: CSE/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Kelsey Owen (Florida State University)
MICHAEL WEINBERG (Orlando Behavior Health Services, LLC)
MICHAEL F. DORSEY (Endicott College)
KASSI J. VANDERPLOEG (Florida State University)
Abstract:

The field of Applied Behavior Analysis has seen dramatic growth over the past 15 years. There are now over 14,000 Board Certified Behavior Analysts and associate Behavior Analysts internationally, over 35 states with "autism mandate" insurance bills for ABA services billing by qualified behavior analysts, and at least 10 states with licensure for the practice of behavior analysis. It has become time to actively consider ethics on a broader scale. In 2012, ABAI re-formed an Ethics SIG for the promotion and development of ethics for the practice of behavior analysis. The BACB's "Guidelines for Responsible Conduct" have done much to provide a degree of consumer protection and set standards of practice; however these are suggested guidelines. This panel will explore issues regarding the practice of behavior analysis, the question of expanding ethical standards to be adopted by insurance companies and written into law for those states with licensure laws for the practice of Behavior Analysis, and potential ways to take these issues into consideration in the ethical marketing of behavior analysis.

Keyword(s): ethics, marketing, standards
 
 
Symposium #440
Expanding the Applications of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) to Impact Choice Making
Monday, May 26, 2014
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
W181a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: DEV/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Maggie Molony (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: The present series of studies will illustrate applied examples of how contemporary behavioral science is expanding the area of choice making across various populations (i.e. children and adults with autism and developmental disabilities, and undergraduate and graduate college students) and choice-making paradigms. The present papers will showcase how Acceptance and Commitment Therapy and Mindfulness can impact a person’s choice making behaviors when assessing various types of risks and socially inappropriate behaviors (i.e. self-injurious behavior, risky sexual behaviors, low school attendance). Furthermore, the studies examined how receiving hypothetical or tangible outcomes altered behaviors at different choice points. The functions maintaining the behaviors investigated in each study were also examined to determine whether behavioral functions are a variable that can assist in determining a person’s choice making behaviors when varying magnitudes and delays of risk are involved. In summary, each of the present studies illustrates the effectiveness of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy and Mindfulness when applied to risk taking behaviors.
 

An Evaluation of Fusion Behavior Management System: An Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) Based Classroom Management Behavioral Intervention

AUTUMN N. MCKEEL (Aurora University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

Fusion Management System is a packaged intervention comprised of an individual based contingency management point system incorporated with daily participation in exercises related to the student?s challenging behaviors based completely from ACT. The classroom management intervention was implemented over the course of more than one school year in each classroom. The program was implemented within three behavior disorder classrooms in public schools, as well as four additional behavior disorder classrooms placed in an autism center. Teachers were trained on the implementation of the program, progress monitoring data was submitted to the experimenters continuously, and follow-up trainings were provided. Data collected included GPA scores, average points earned per week, attendance scores, and more. The data suggest that the ACT based protocols are successful in a behavior management program for children with emotional and behavioral challenges.

 
Combining a Differential Reinforcement Procedure with Acceptance and Commitment (ACT) Therapy to Treat Significant Aggression in an Adult with an Autism Spectrum Disorder
JOHN M. GUERCIO (AWS)
Abstract: This project details the comprehensive treatment package for an adult with significant aggressive behavior towards staff and others. The individual was a 29 year old male with a diagnosis of an autism spectrum disorder. He had been in several psychiatric placements and required 24 hour supervision due to the level of risk that he presented to himself and others. A differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) procedure was implemented that involved the provision of behavioral coupons for the display of appropriate behavior over the course of the week. These coupons were then exchanged for movies, books, magazines and other items that were identified through a written reinforcer assessment that was administered to him prior to the project. His regimented and inflexible behavioral patterns were addressed through various components of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT). The primary dependent measures that were used during the course of the study were verbal threats, racial slurs, and physical aggression. The date show that he was able to decrease the aforementioned behavioral issues through the implementation of the treatment package described above.
 

Mindful of Your Significant Other? Discounting Sex with Others

RACHEL ENOCH (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

The current studies used temporal and probability discounting procedures to characterize choice behaviors regarding hypothetical sexual risk taking, monetary rewards, career choices, and family outcomes. The functions of sexual behaviors were assessed to determine whether functions maintaining sexual behaviors are a predictor of individual choice making outcomes. Participants were presented with probability and delay discounting choices regarding hypothetical sexual outcomes with cheating behaviors in which they made repeated choices between whether they preferred engaging in a sexual experience with their significant other or engaging in a sexual experience with a non-significant other with the probability of getting caught cheating being varied across conditions. Participants were also presented with choices between delayed monetary values, career choices, and family outcomes. The data suggests that cheaters and non-cheaters discount monetary, career choices, family outcomes, and sexual risks differently. The data depicting probability discounting shows that cheaters discount sexual quality at a steeper rate than non-cheaters. The relationship between monetary rewards, career choices, family outcomes, and sexual risks taking and the functions maintaining sexual behaviors is a relatively untapped area of research with few studies having investigated this societally relevant topic.

 
 
Symposium #441
Timeout Three Ways: Punishment, Avoidance, and in Transitions
Monday, May 26, 2014
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
W175c (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Ezra Garth Hall (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

Timeout can be used to decrease or maintain responding to varying degrees depending on the schedule of presentation and on the prevailing context that maintains responding. In this symposium, current research involving three different approaches to studying timeout will be presented. Ezra Hall will present results from response-dependent and response-independent schedules of variable-ratio and variable-interval timeout punishment with pigeons as subjects. August Holtyn will present data on avoidance responding of rats using schedules of response-independent food delivery with and without a limited hold on consumption. The research presented in these two talks will extend knowledge of the conditions under which timeout reduces or maintains responding. Dean Williams will present research where timeouts were used to decrease aberrant behaviors of participants with severe developmental disabilities during rich to lean transitions. This talk extends the use of timeout beyond the punishment and avoidance paradigms. Collectively, these three talks clarify how the behavioral effects of timeout depend on the experimental and environmental context in which they are arranged.

 
Variable-Ratio and Variable-Interval Schedules of Timeout from Positive Reinforcement
EZRA GARTH HALL (West Virginia University), Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Timeout is a punishment procedure commonly used by parents, teachers, and applied practitioners to effectively reduce problem behavior of children. Despite the frequent use of timeout, little basic research has systematically examined different schedule effects of timeout from positive reinforcement, specifically variable-ratio (VR) and variable-interval (VI) schedules. In the current study, six pigeons (two groups of three) responded on a two-component multiple schedule whereby a component of either a VR (range 2 to 20) or VI (range 2 s to 45 s) schedule of 20-s timeouts alternated with a yoked-time (YT) timeout component across conditions. The YT component delivered timeouts independent of responding according to the distribution of inter-timeout-intervals in the preceding component. A VI 45-s schedule of 3-s access to food maintained responding during baseline and timeout conditions. Response rates were lowest compared to baseline levels at the most rich VR timeout schedules (VR 2 and 5). Response rates during VI timeout were varied across timeout conditions and pigeons. The richest VR and VI timeout conditions are currently being replicated within subject and between groups. Results thus far indicate that VR schedules of timeout decrease responding more than VI schedules of timeout.
 

Avoidance of Timeout from Response-Independent Schedules of Sucrose Water With and Without a Limited Hold on Consumption

AUGUST F. HOLTYN (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Michael Perone (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

Research on the aversiveness of timeout from lean and rich schedules of food delivery has yielded discrepant findings. In some studies, a lean schedule produced higher avoidance rates than a rich schedule, while other studies have shown the opposite. The present study considered whether the conflicting results may be attributed to procedural details: At issue was whether a limited hold on consumption engenders behavior that competes with avoidance. Across conditions, eight rats pressed a lever to avoid timeout from sucrose water delivered according to variable-time schedules ranging from 0.5 to 8 min. Timeouts were scheduled every 30 s and lasted for 30 s. Pressing the lever during time-in postponed the next timeout by 30 s. In the limited-hold conditions, a dipper of sucrose water was raised for 3 s. In the unlimited-hold conditions, the dipper was raised until the rats head entered and exited the magazine. Whether access to the dipper was limited or unlimited, avoidance increased as the rate of sucrose delivery was raised. The aversiveness of timeout from a schedule of response-independent food is directly related to the richness of the schedule, and this relation is manifest when a wide range of food deliveries are scheduled.

 

Time-out Between Activities Reduces Problem Behaviors during Transitions from High-Preference to Low-Preference Activities in Persons with IDD

DEAN C. WILLIAMS (The University of Kansas), Carol Cummings (The University of Kansas), Katie Hine (The University of Kansas)
Abstract:

In our translational research on aberrant behaviors in persons with developmental disabilities, we have been developing laboratory models for treatments of these behaviors during transitions. In the current experiment, subjects with severe developmental disabilities were assessed for relative preference across several different tasks or activities. The most preferred and least preferred activities were then arranged to alternate unpredictably. Self-injurious, aggressive, and tantrum behaviors were recorded during all transitions. These aberrant behaviors occurred differentially in transitions from highly preferred to less preferred activities. In previous studies, imposing a 30-s time-out during each transition reduced aberrant behaviors in a laboratory setting using money as reinforcement. In the current study we imposed the time-out period between each transition between activities. Aberrant behaviors were reduced in 3 of 4 subjects. Little aberrant behavior was seen during the time-out periods. The results help clarify that the transition periods from relatively preferred to less-preferred activities are aversive and time-outs during these periods reduce the aversiveness of the transition.

 
 
Panel #442
PDS EVENT:Some Perspectives on Being a Post-Doc in a Basic or Translation Setting
Monday, May 26, 2014
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
W176c (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: EAB; Domain: Theory
Chair: Vanessa Minervini (University of Florida)
RACHEL CASSIDY (Brown University)
CRISTINA M. WHITEHOUSE (University of Florida)
JONATHAN W. PINKSTON (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Upon completing their graduate training, many students will need to identify, apply for, and survive a post-doctoral fellowship before obtaining a faculty position. This panel is designed as an open forum for a discussion of the role of a post-doctoral fellow from the perspective of current post docs and recently hired faculty. The panelists will draw from their breadth of experience and discuss the major elements of their post-doctoral fellowships with respect to professional career development. They will provide recommendations and advice to those looking to pursue a post-doctoral position, elaborating on goals and expectations involved in completing a post doc successfully. Additionally, they will highlight how their post doc training opportunities compared to their graduate training experiences and current experiences in a faculty position. This is a Student Committee sponsored event.

Keyword(s): basic research, Post-doctoral fellowship, professional development, translation research
 
 
Symposium #443
Exploring the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) as a Behavioral Measure of Social Cognition
Monday, May 26, 2014
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
W176a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: EAB/TPC; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Kail H. Seymour (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: The notion that behavior may be influenced by hidden, internal forces has a longstanding history in psychology. A popular contemporary view approaches this topic via the concept of implicit attitudes and conceptualizes them as involving hypothetical mental constructs (e.g., schemas) that affect overt responding. Among the variety of computerized measures of implicit attitudes, the Implicit Associations Test (IAT) in particular has provided a wealth of data in support of the viability of implicit attitudes as a meaningful psychological construct. However, from a radical behavioral perspective, the IAT bears conceptual and procedural limitations that may hinder a behavioral approach to implicit cognition. A more functionally and contextually oriented instrument called the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) has recently addressed a variety of topic domains in psychology. This symposium will present three recent studies involving the IRAP configured to address attitudes toward a variety of content domains: body image, gender, and religion. Each study examined the reliability of the measure, which has scarcely been addressed in the existing literature, as well as convergent validity with respect to more direct approaches to attitudinal assessment. Overall, the data support the potential of the IRAP as a behaviorally coherent means of addressing implicit cognition.
Keyword(s): Assessment, Implicit, IRAP, Relational
 
Exploring the Stability of Implicit Evaluative Repertoires in Respect to Religious Categories
RACHEL SWIATEK (Southern Illinois University), Kelsey Schuler (Southern Illinois University), Kail H. Seymour (Southern Illinois University), Chad E. Drake (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: In the years since 9/11, perceptions of Muslims in the predominantly Christian United States have been a subject of sometimes contentious public debate. Social attitude researchers have contributed a growing body of empirical data relevant to this conversation. One prominent source of this data has been computerized measures of implicit attitudes, which often reveal an anti-Muslim, pro-Christian bias that is less obvious when assessed with direct assessments of attitude (e.g., via self-report). A potential shortcoming of popular approaches to assessing implicit attitudes is based in the procedural limitations of the task; attitudes are usually characterized as pro-Christian, anti-Muslim or pro-Muslim, anti-Christian. The Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) differs from mainstream implicit measures in that it may offer a means of distinguishing attitudes about Christians from attitudes about Muslims. The current study, utilizing a sample of university undergraduates, included an IRAP configured to assess attitudes toward Muslims and Christians as well as a collection of relevant self-reports. The IRAP was administered twice in succession in order to allow examination of the stability of the evaluative repertoires assessed by the procedure. The data revealed significant trends within and between IRAP administrations as well as some relationships to self-report measures.
 
Divergent Patterns in Implicit Relational Responding to Evaluated Body Sizes
CHRISTINE RYDER (Southern Illinois University), Sam Kramer (Southern Illinois University), Kail H. Seymour (Southern Illinois University), Chad E. Drake (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: A body of literature from non-behavioral traditions supports the view that many people implicitly perceive an overweight body size in stigmatizing ways. Popular measures, such as the Implicit Associations Test, commonly reveal a pro-thin/anti-obese cognitive bias. However, mainstream implicit measures often co-mingle potentially distinguishable repertoires in respect to evaluations of thinness and obesity. The Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) is a relatively new implicit measure that may be able to untangle these repertoires as well as provide a more contextual and behaviorally coherent means of interpreting data. The current IRAP study examined positive and negative evaluative relational responding in respect to thin and obese body sizes among college undergraduates. Self-reports of body size attitudes as well as participant body sizes were assessed to provide a basis for examining the relationship of these measures with implicit attitudes. The data indicated distinguishable implicit repertoires for evaluations of thin versus obese body size categories, showing a divergence of attitudes dependent on body size category and evaluative valence. Furthermore, the data revealed noteworthy relationships with non-implicit measures.
 
Comparing Implicit Stereotypical Gender Attitudes between Males and Females
JANNA LOCKE (Southern Illinois University), Chelsea Vanderwoude (Southern Illinois University), Kail H. Seymour (Southern Illinois University), Chad E. Drake (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: The Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) is an emerging measure of implicit attitudes rooted in a functional and contextual perspective of verbal behavior. Although mainstream implicit measures typically view attitudes via assumptions that are contrary to behavior analytic assumptions, the IRAP has both a conceptual and procedural basis that facilitates the interpretation of data using behavioral principles. The current study implemented the IRAP as a measure of stereotypical and a-stereotypical attitudes towards females and males. The sample included both female and male undergraduate participants. The IRAP was administered twice in a row in order to assess test-retest reliability, which is an issue that has received little attention in the existing IRAP literature. Furthermore, self-reports of attitudes toward females and males were also administered, allowing for an examination of the convergent validity of the IRAP with other sources of information regarding gender-role attitudes. The data suggest promising results for both the reliability and validity of an IRAP configured to assess stereotypical attitudes regarding gender.
 
 
Symposium #444
CE Offered: BACB
Resurrecting 'My Lovely'
Monday, May 26, 2014
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
W176b (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: EAB/TBA; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Charles T. Merbitz (Behavior Development Solutions)
Discussant: Charles T. Merbitz (Behavior Development Solutions)
CE Instructor: Melissa Nosik, M.S.
Abstract: In 1976, Skinner said farewell to the cumulative record in a moving piece title ‘Farewell my Lovely’. However, there are still incredibly important things within our science that can only be shown in an important way on the cumulative record. Some things such as distractibility and "attention" are moment-to-moment and really can only be seen with the cumulative record. Even brief timings charted on the Standard Celeration Chart will just show decrements, but not in the way that a continuous performance or frequency that is then influenced by the introduction of potentially competing stimuli. There are some things that only continuous monitoring of behavior frequencies can show, and as our instrumentation gets better, there becomes a need to introduce this technology back into our science, and even maybe our clinical and educational practices. Included in this symposium are two basic research studies that use the cumulative record in new ways and demonstrate the power and its importance to our science.
Keyword(s): Cumulative Record, Distractors, Immediate Feedback
 
A Basic Evaluation of Distraction
MELISSA NOSIK (University of Nevada, Reno), Carl V. Binder (The Performance Thinking Network), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: In this study, we use a laboratory preparation to evaluate the effects of distraction on performance under varying conditions. “Distraction” occurs when there is suppression in the frequency of a response. There are often contextual stimuli in our environment that we might consider just “noise” and have no prior or specific stimulus control that prompt responding. There are also stimuli that prompt observing responses but not a directly competing response. The current study specifically is aimed at the investigation of types of distracting stimuli which exert stimulus control that prompts directly competing responses that interrupt responding and those which prompt observing responses but do not necessarily prompt a competing response. Variables most difficult to control in previous research on distraction are those in the natural environment; within which training approaches are validated when successful under those conditions. This laboratory preparation uses sensitive measurement systems such as the Standard Celeration Chart and the cumulative record to observe moment to moment responding as distractions are introduced. It also allows for quantitative evaluations across and within different modalities of distractors.
 

Effects of Immediate Feedback on Responding Demonstrated on the Standard Celeration Chart and the Cumulative Record

ALISON SZARKO (University of Nevada, Reno), Melissa Nosik (University of Nevada, Reno), Carl V. Binder (The Performance Thinking Network), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

Performance feedback has been a topic discussed within the behavior analytic literature for many years. In the current study, we used the Standard Celeration Chart and the Cumulative Record to show moment to moment responding when immediate feedback was introduced during training participants to perfectly accurate performance on a paired associate task sequence. Participants data showed minimal response suppression when immediate feedback was introduced after performance had very few errors. However, demonstrations of normative aims also occurred faster when immediate feedback was present from the beginning of training. The impact of immediate feedback on moment-to-moment performance is incredibly important because it allows the research to see the exact moment that performance is impacted by variables or stimuli introduced to enhance the performance. The data gathered within this study show a definite, orderly impact on the cumulative record and provide further evidence to support the use of this tool in behavior analytic research.

 
 
Panel #445
PDS EVENT: Group Contingencies: Randomization and Other Intervention Procedures to Increase Intervention Effectiveness
Monday, May 26, 2014
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
W194b (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: EDC/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Austin Johnson (University of Connecticut)
RENEE HAWKINS (University of Cincinnati)
TAI COLLINS (University of Cincinnati)
STACY LING (University of Cincinnati)
Abstract:

This panel discussion has been organized as part of the ABAI annual convention's Professional Development Series, which is hosted by the ABAI Student Committee. Experts in the field of School Psychology have been invited to serve as panel speakers and share their knowledge regarding group contingencies and ways to increase the effectiveness of group contingency interventions. Panel speakers will discuss topics relevant to procedures that can be used in order to increase the effectiveness of group contingency interventions implemented in the classroom setting. Panelists will describe basic independent, dependent, and interdependent group contingency intervention components. Next, the ways in which contingency components can be randomized in order to increase intervention effectiveness will be explained. Finally, panelists will present other types of behavioral intervention components that can be paired with group contingency interventions to increase their effectiveness in the classroom setting. After presenting, panelists will invite audience members to share in an open discussion surrounding successful implementation of classroom based group contingency interventions.

Keyword(s): Group Contingencies, Schools
 
 
Symposium #446
Improving Volunteer Retention in Nonprofit Animal Shelters
Monday, May 26, 2014
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
W192b (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: OBM/AAB; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Bailey Wilcox (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Veronica J. Howard (University of Alaska Anchorage)
Abstract:

Volunteers are a common feature of nonprofit organizations, contributing nearly 3.2 billion hours of volunteer service in 2012 (US Bureau of Labor Statistics). Despite their sizable contribution to the economy, few studies in Organizational Behavior Management have studied the work performance of volunteers. The factors that regulate, improve, and sustain volunteer contributions to nonprofit organizations are not well understood. Nowhere is the contribution of volunteers more valuable than in nonprofit animal shelters, where volunteer labor be used to supplement the labor of paid staff in delivering animal enrichment and socialization that improve the life and outcomes for sheltered animals. Volunteer turnover is also extremely high, suggesting that the factors that contribute to the decision to become a volunteer does not sustain volunteer contributions. The current studies aim to address the issue of high volunteer turnover through the addition of system support and volunteer training. Data on retention, effectiveness, and social validity will be discussed.

Keyword(s): animal shelters, nonprofit organizations, turnover, volunteer management
 

Training Both Ends of the Leash to Increase Adoption and Volunteer Retention

RAE DEBRUYNE (University of Minnesota Duluth), Julie M. Slowiak (University of Minnesota Duluth), Becky Mathiowetz (Animal Allies Humane Society)
Abstract:

To assist with animal care and day-to-day operations, many shelters utilize the help of volunteers. Research (UPS Foundation, 1998) indicates that people would be more likely to volunteer if the volunteer organization made good use of time, had a reputation of being well managed, made better use of talents, made tasks more clearly defined, offered experience that helped career, and offered thanks. Animal Allies Humane Society (AAHS) in northern MN, is the largest regional animal shelter, taking in over 3,000 dogs and cats in 2012 and having nearly 450 active volunteers. In order to attract and retain high quality volunteers, AAHS has taken recent steps to improve the management of their volunteer program, beginning with its 200+ Dog Buddy volunteers who contribute over 675 volunteer hours per month. This presentation serves three purposes: (1) to provide an update on the effectiveness of the "Dog Buddy" training program with regard to program effectiveness and social validity, (2) to provide an overview of a new project implemented to both train socially acceptable shelter dog behaviors and to increase volunteer retention, and (3) to provide insight on new volunteer satisfaction and retention. Data collected and available for dissemination will be presented.

 

Assessing Volunteer Retention in the Nevada Humane Society

CAROLYN BRAYKO (University of Nevada, Reno), Nikole Nichols (Nevada Humane Society), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

In the past year, the Bureau of Labor Statistics estimated about 64.8 million people in the United States participated in at least one volunteer activity, with the median of 50 hours spent per person per year. Thus 3.2 billion volunteer hours were donated last year, and the volunteer need in organizations is likely to be much higher. Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) as a field has published little about volunteers in organizations, despite the fact that they make up a significant percentage of the work force, particularly among non-profit organizations. Specifically, a common problem among non-profits is retaining volunteers once they have been recruited and oriented. The current study examined volunteer retention at a local humane society where recruitment is high, but retention is low. Assessment data will be shown to further illustrate the importance of creating effective volunteer systems in order to maintain volunteer participation within a non-profit organization. OBM has much to offer non-profit organizations, however, the nature of volunteership poses some formidable challenges. The talk will address: how the field of OBM can expand into this neglected area of study, the various implications for doing so, and use the recent work done at the Nevada Humane Society to illustrate the numerous opportunities for research and application.

 
 
Symposium #446a
CE Offered: BACB
Behavior Analysis in the Classroom: Learning, Self-Management, and Outcomes in the Accelerated Independent Learning Model.
Monday, May 26, 2014
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
W193b (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Derek Jacob Shanman (Teachers College, Columbia University)
CE Instructor: Derek Jacob Shanman, Ph.D.
Abstract:

We report on applications and findings from within the Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis (CABAS) Accelerated Independent Learner (AIL) model of instruction. The AIL model of instruction effectively implements research-based learning, self-management, behavior-management, class-management and verbal behavior development tactics to the inclusive classroom. This model serves a wide educational population including students with and without disabilities, English language learners, as well as gifted and talented students. Academically, these students enter the AIL classrooms ranging from 2-years below grade level, to 2-years above grade level. We report on the effects of these research-based tactics with specific regards to self-management repertoires and school routines in the Kindergarten through 3rd grades, including identification, definitions of behaviors, and definitions for mastery of the self-management repertoires necessary for success in these classrooms. In addition, we report on the long-term effects of these tactics via the educational outcomes demonstrated by our students in the 4th and 5th grade. Specific tactics, procedures, and outcomes will be discussed.

Keyword(s): AIL, CABAS, Educational Tactics, Inclusion
 

Teaching Self-Management Repertoires to Kindergarten and First Grade Students in Accelerated Independent Learner Classrooms

MICHELLE MACKEY (Morris School District), Vanessa Laurent (Morris School District), Jo Ann Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
Abstract:

In Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis (CABAS) Accelerated Independent Learner (AIL) classrooms, we implement tactics to target class wide and individual self-management repertories. At the beginning of the school year, we collect baseline data on the following target behaviors: 1) transitions within the classroom 2) transitions within the school and 3) students self-monitoring. These data are used to determine if tactics are needed to build school-self sufficiency. Tactics are selected by the teachers and derived from the principles of behavior. The role of the teacher is to determine criterion for mastery of each target behavior and to make contingency shaped and verbally mediated decisions based on the data. The objectives for self-management repertoires are defined as long-term objectives and further subdivided into short-term objectives. As students continue to master short-term objectives throughout the academic year, the duration of transitions within classrooms and within the school setting decrease. This enables the teacher to increase opportunities to respond and the amount of time dedicated to academic instruction. Also, students become more fluent and proficient at monitoring their own behavior and learning.

 

Applications of Tactics in Behavior Analysis to Classroom Management in Second and Third Grade Accelerated Independent Learner Classrooms

JENNIFER LEE (Teachers College, Columbia University), Haley Pellegren (Teachers College, Columbia University), Jo Ann Pereira Delgado (Teachers College Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
Abstract:

Establishing school routines is an important focus for general educators at the elementary age. We applied the principles and tactics of behavior analytic literature to classroom management for second and third grade classrooms. These tactics targeted both teacher behavior and student self-management. Class-wide tactics were implemented alongside individual behavior plans in an inclusion setting that implemented the Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling Accelerated Independent Learner Model (CABAS AIL). Classrooms employed this model and fully functioned as a part of a public school district. Student self-management repertoires included class-wide transitions within and outside of the classroom, use and keeping of materials, and social performance behaviors. Some tactics applied included peer-yoked contingencies, response costs, class-wide systems of reinforcement, checklists and public postings. Data were collected on teacher behavior, including data collection and graphing and implementing curricula with fidelity. The data suggest that principles and tactics of behavior analysis applied in classroom settings lead to functional increases in self-management repertoires for students and contingency-shaped teacher behavior. Data will be discussed in terms of further applications in the general education setting.

 

The Application of an Accelerated Independent Learner Model to 4th & 5th Grade Inclusion Classrooms

COLLEEN CUMISKEY (Teachers College, Columbia University), Jennifer Weber (Morris School District and Teachers College, Columbia University), Jo Ann Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
Abstract:

The Accelerated Independent Learner model of instruction utilizes the tactics and instructional strategies of behavior analysis in an inclusion setting. Many students in the AIL model have participated in such a classroom for multiple years, and the long term outcomes for these students can be examined. We tested the effects of the implementation of teaching as applied behavior analysis on 4th and 5th grade inclusion classrooms for both new and continuing students. Students were selected from an Accelerated Independent Learner Classroom that implemented the Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling model of instruction. The classrooms contained general education students, students diagnosed with a learning disability, basic skills students, and English language learners. The participants attended a Title I school in a suburb of New York City. We examined the students rate of acquisition and cumulative number of objectives met. Research based tactics were applied to subjects such as writing, reading, math, and self-management. A general overview of the program including tactics and strategies implemented will be presented.

 
 
Symposium #447
CE Offered: BACB
Applying the Stimulus Equivalence Paradigm to Adaptive Skills Training for Individuals with Autism
Monday, May 26, 2014
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
W184d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: PRA/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Russell W. Maguire (Simmons College)
CE Instructor: Russell W. Maguire, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Numerous studies in the field of Experimental Analysis of Behavior have demonstrated the efficacy of discrimination training in forming both trained and emergent stimulus relations. These effects are, however, less documented within the applied research literature, despite a natural categories model which accounts for variations within stimuli classes as are found within the natural environment. In the first study, two participants formed emergent equivalence classes following auditory-visual and auditory-textual discrimination training involving the stimuli: cup, bus, and hat. Following this training, the participant was also able to spell the words when presented with an auditory stimulus, without training or reinforcement. In the second study, two participants demonstrated derived stimulus-stimulus relations between the stimulus classes of textual representations of food items and textual representations of food categories. In the third study, a participant demonstrated emergent equivalences between classes demonstrating pictorial representations of scenarios and safety procedures. All three studies extended applied research by applying the natural categories model to participants within the natural environment.

Keyword(s): Conditional Discrimination, Natural Categories, Stimulus Equivalence
 

The Use of the Stimulus Equivalence Paradigm to Evoke Novel Reading and Writing Equivalences

MEGAN BREAULT (RCS Learning Center)
Abstract:

Reading comprehension is often evaluated through arbitrary matching. In this experiment, two participants, ages 12 and 13 and both diagnosed with autism, were trained using errorless learning to develop three, three member classes (A represents an auditory stimulus, B a visual stimulus and C a textual stimulus) of a cup, bus, and hat. The participant was trained on two stimulus-stimulus relations (A-B, and A-C). Results indicated that from this, four stimulus-stimulus relations emerged, despite B-C and C-B relations not being reinforced or trained. Results indicated that the participant successfully demonstrated arbitrary matching of words to pictures for the three trained stimuli. Transitive and symmetric emergent relations between the B and C classes were demonstrated, while symmetric relations for the A to C and A to B could not be tested, they were inferred by the formation of the transitive relation. Results also indicated that the participant successfully demonstrated a fourth relation A-D (producing the written form of the word after the presentation of the auditory stimulus). IOA data were collected for 66% of sessions.

 

Using Conditional Discrimination Training to Form Equivalence Classes among Grocery Items and their Locations

STACEE HANSEN (RCS Learning Center)
Abstract:

Achieving independence when teaching self-help skills to individuals with autism often requires the time consuming process of breaking down a large concept into smaller, more teachable units. Participants in this study were two teenagers diagnosed with autism who accessed the grocery store weekly as part of their educational program. Participants were taught to match pictures of grocery items (B stimuli) to their written names (A stimuli) and then taught to match printed categories of grocery items (C stimuli) again, to their written names (A stimuli). During pre-testing, all stimulus relations were tested to establish an identity matching repertoire as well as the absence of non-identical matching-to-sample. Following conditional discrimination training, three, three member equivalence classes were formed and documented by the emergence of reflexive (A-A, B-B, C-C), symmetrical (A-B, B-A; A-C, C-A), and transitive (B-C) relations. These results are discussed in terms of applying the stimulus equivalence paradigm to teaching students with developmental disabilities adaptive skills.

 

Increasing Safety Skills through Discrimination Training and Derived Stimulus-Stimulus Relations

COLLEEN YORLETS (RCS Behavioral & Educational Consulting)
Abstract:

Existing research on safety skills seldom examines the potential emergence of equivalent stimulus relations, as a result of training other relations. The current study utilized discrimination training and errorless teaching procedures to teach 1 individual diagnosed with autism to form stimulus-stimulus relations between pictorial representations of various items/scenarios, categorization of safety levels, and appropriate safety procedures. During the pre-testing condition, all reflexive, symmetric, and transitive relations were presented and tested through counterbalanced Powerpoint slides. During the training condition, A-B and B-C discrimination training was conducted, with the use of a prompting time delay procedure. Once the participant demonstrated acquisition of A-B and B-C relations, untrained A-C relations were tested to determine if equivalence emerged. A multiple baseline design across stimuli sets was utilized to analyze acquisition of target skills. Data demonstrated that emergent equivalent relations were formed, subsequent to conditional discrimination training. Study implications include the efficacy of discrimination training for teaching stimulus-stimulus relations in the area of safety skills, as well as for demonstrating emergent stimulus-stimulus relations.

 
 
Panel #448
PDS EVENT: Exploring Alternative Career Paths in Behavior Analysis
Monday, May 26, 2014
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
W187c (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Elizabeth Solley (University of South Florida)
MATTHEW P. NORMAND (University of the Pacific)
KIMBERLY CROSLAND (University of South Florida)
KEITH D. ALLEN (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

This panel includes leading discussants working outside the realm of intellectual disabilities, covering the areas of health and fitness, child welfare, and behavioral pediatrics. BF Skinner challenged behavior analysts to solve the worlds problems, but a vast majority of certified behavior analysts are working with individuals diagnosed with intellectual disabilities - a very small subset of the population. While this work is invaluable, behavior analysts could do much more to address this unanswered challenge. These panelists are active researchers in their respective fields and may cover recent findings as well as offer advice about how to pursue a career in each of these non-traditional career paths. This discussion may include additional necessary certifications or training, where to look for a job, and how we can promote our field in new markets.

Keyword(s): behavioral pediatrics, career, child welfare, health/fitness
 
 
Symposium #449
CE Offered: BACB
Components of Brain Injury Rehabilitation: Role of Applied Behavior Analysis in the Continuum of Care
Monday, May 26, 2014
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
W185a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Aimee Moore (Eastern Michigan University)
Discussant: Rebecca Cowell (Special Tree Rehabilitation)
CE Instructor: Jennifer A. Rennie, M.S.
Abstract:

Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) has increasingly gained recognition for its utility in Traumatic Brain Injury (TBI) rehabilitation. Residential treatment programs specializing in brain injury rehabilitation have only recently began to emphasize behavior analytic principles as a foundational approach to multidisciplinary rehabilitation. While ABA is the focus of treatment for Autism and other developmental disabilities, TBI is viewed as a disease process that responds to a combination of medical care and rehab modalities. Given ABA's growing presence in the field of TBI rehabilitation, it is imperative that ABA professionals work as part of a multidisciplinary team and be versed in the languages of other disciplines. By gaining familiarity with the language of rehabilitation, behavior analysts will be better suited to facilitate use of ABA within the integrated rehabilitation framework and perhaps take a greater role in coordinating care. This symposium will define terminology used to refer to a common constellation of behaviors post-TBI and identify the value of coordinated care by behavior analysis within a multidisciplinary rehabilitation system. A discussion of these content areas will also be provided, which will emphasize the value of integrating the theory of ABA into TBI culture.

Keyword(s): behavioral interventions, brain injury, multidisciplinary rehabilitation, TBI
 

Salience of Applied Behavior Analysis for Rehabilitation of Executive Dysfunction in Traumatic Brain Injury

AIMEE MOORE (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract:

Traumatic Brain Injury (TBI) is a public health concern impacting approximately 1.7 million people annually and a contributing factor to nearly 1/3 of all injury-related deaths in the United States. TBI results in not only physical impairment, but also disrupts planning, verbal behavior, problem solving, attention, recall, and other types of behavior often labeled "executive functioning." These types of non-motoric problems have been labeled the "essence of brain injury." As such, executive functioning is a multifaceted construct that draws upon a set of diverse, private problem solving behaviors and overt behavior sequences required for effective levels of independent, goal-directed behavior, particularly activities of daily living and skills needed to return to work/school. Such general and metaphorical terminology can be a barrier to effective participation by behavior analysts in this area. Thus, this presentation will define behavioral and functional characteristics of post-TBI executive dysfunction, and review the current Applied Behavior Analysis-based rehabilitation approaches available to remediate executive dysfunction as it pertains to community reintegration.

 

Supplementing ABA with Case Management to Improve Rehabilitation Outcomes in Adults with Traumatic Brain Injury

JENNIFER A. RENNIE D'ANGELA (Rainbow Rehabilitation)
Abstract:

Comprehensive rehabilitation for traumatic brain injury (TBI) involves a multidisciplinary approach that can include ABA as well as other services- occupational therapy, physical therapy, speech-language pathology, psychiatry, physiatry, residential support and medical care. When providing ABA services to the TBI population, coordination of these other services can lead to better long-term outcomes. While the responsibility of case management typically falls on Social Work, the ABA provider may need to follow-up with service coordination needs in order to provide the most effective treatment in the shortest time frame. In settings where insurance funding is limited, the ABA provider may be the only professional providing service to the TBI survivor. Case study examples from a post-acute Adult TBI Program in the Midwest will illustrate how coordinating Case Management and ABA activities have improved treatment outcomes for TBI survivors. Strategies for complementing ABA services with physiatry, psychopharmacology and residential support will be explored.

 
 
Paper Session #450
Philosophy of Behavior Analysis
Monday, May 26, 2014
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
W175b (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: TPC
Chair: Jay Moore (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee)
 
Four Enemies of Modern Behavioral Analysis and Science
Domain: Theory
MICHAEL LAMPORT COMMONS (Harvard Medical School)
 
Abstract: Behavioral analysis and science require clear epistemology in order to maintain clarity. There are three forms of knowledge, 1) analytic (math, logic), 2) experiential and 3) empirical. Science consists of 1 and 3 and art and religion consist of 2. The first and biggest enemy is confusing experience with empirical data and quantitative theory. This includes the belief in freewill, God and spirituality. These have no possible scientific basis for these because they are based on non-possibly observable “events”. The second are other beliefs that interfere with behavioral science including that people are rational, and logical. This opposes everything we have learned in behavior analysis. The third enemy is traditionalism in all its forms. Traditionalism reflects low behavioral stage of problem solving, for instance the notion that there is no progress which requires hypothetical reasoning, but rather truth is absolute unchanging facts based on authority. The fourth enemy is to think that there are no biological differences among people, in how they may develop, and how good they are in making decisions. This makes inordinate demands on people who lead to insensitivity to the needs of others. When experience is confused with empirical evidence, false beliefs and misunderstandings occur.
 

The Relation Between Mentalism and Methodological Hehaviorism

Domain: Theory
JAY MOORE (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee)
 
Abstract:

As ordinarily understood, the thesis of methodological behaviorism is that psychologists shouldn't talk directly about unobservables in their theories and explanations. Rather, psychologists should talk directly only about publicly observable experimental operations and the resulting relations between stimuli and responses. In contrast, the thesis of mentalism is that unobservables cause behavior, and psychologists should talk directly about the causal role of these unobservable mental phenomena in their theories and explanations. This presentation argues that despite appearances to the contrary, the two positions are closely related, and that they cause certain explanatory problems. For example, an appeal to operational definitions in terms of publicly observable data is often used to argue that an explanation speaks directly only about publicly observable phenomena. However, any hypothetical constructs in the explanation are often merely surrogates or proxies that allow researchers and theorists to speak indirectly of mental causes. The presentation then argues that the radical behaviorist conceptions of verbal behavior and private behavioral events affords a resolution of those problems.

 
 
 
Symposium #451
CE Offered: BACB
Teaching Social Skills: Efforts to Improve Conversation, Greeting, and Interview skills
Monday, May 26, 2014
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
W185bc (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: VBC/DEV; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Stephanie A. Hood (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
CE Instructor: Stephanie A Hood, M.S.
Abstract:

Social skills deficits have been associated with academic underachievement, unemployment, and psychopathologies (Bellini, Peters, Benner, & Hopf, 2007; Chadsey-Rusch, Rusch, & O'Reilly, 1991; Howlin & Goode, 1998). Social skills deficits are common among individuals with autism spectrum disorders. This symposium covers teaching young children with autism spectrum disorders to tact interested and uninterested listener behavior and to ask questions or change the topic when someone is uninterested (Peters et al.) and teaching children and adolescents with autism spectrum disorders conversation and greeting skills (Hood et al.). In addition, this symposium will cover teaching interview skills to typically developing college students (Stocco et al.). Each of these studies involved variations of behavioral skills training (BST). Stocco et al. used BST plus written reflections and Hood et al. used BST plus textual prompts. The results of these investigations demonstrate the efficacy of these teaching procedures to increase individual's social skills and generalization across novel conversation and greeting partners. Results from social satisfaction ratings suggest these procedures and outcomes are acceptable (Stocco et al.; Hood et al.).

Keyword(s): Social skills
 

Teaching Children with Autism to Respond to Conversation Partners' Interest

LINDSAY C. PETERS (Confidence Connection, Inc.), Rachel H. Thompson (Western New England University), Sarah W. Holman (Confidence Connection, Inc.), Alexis Herberman (Mason Intervention, Inc.)
Abstract:

Individuals with autism often have difficulty responding to non-vocal social cues such as body language, facial expressions, and gestures within social interactions, such as conversations (Church, Alinsanski, & Amanullah, 2002). Those lacking in social skills may also experience academic and occupational underachievement (Howlin & Goode, 1998) and are at greater risk for anxiety or depression (Kim, Szatmari, Bryson, Streiner, & Wilson, 2000). One such social cue that has received little attention in the literature is an uninterested listener. Using behavioral skills training, we taught children with diagnoses on the autism spectrum between the ages of four and nine to respond appropriately to an uninterested listener. Training included tacting interested and uninterested listener behavior and instruction on the appropriate responses of asking a question (experiments 1 and 2) and changing the topic (experiment 2). When necessary, we taught participants to vary between appropriate responses when extinction was introduced. Results showed behavioral skills training to be an effective means by which to teach children with autism to respond to an uninterested listener.

 

An Evaluation of the Efficacy and Social Validity of Interview Skills Training for College Students

COREY S. STOCCO (Briar Cliff University), Rachel H. Thompson (Western New England University), John Hart (Western New England University), Katie L. Grill (Briar Cliff University), Heidi L. Soriano (Briar Cliff University)
Abstract:

Recruiters report that interview performance is more influential than background or experience when deciding to hire a candidate (Perry & Goldberg, 1998). Despite the importance of interview performance, there is little behavior analytic research investigating how to improve interview skills. We evaluated the effects and social acceptability of a training model on the interview skills of college students. Individualized target skills (e.g., answers to questions) were identified based on participant reports, expert opinions, and performance during mock interviews. We used a multiple baseline design across skills to sequentially train skills. Training included instructing, modeling, role playing, reflecting (i.e., participants wrote brief summaries of how they performed during role-plays), and feedback. We used pre- and post-training mock interviews to assess the effects of training on interview performance. Mock interviews were based on job advertisements that the participants sent to the experimenter before the start of sessions. Results showed that participants improved on all targeted interview skills and that they were satisfied with the training procedures and outcomes. Additionally, experts consistently gave higher ratings to performance during post-training mock interviews.

 

An Evaluation of the Efficacy, Generalization, and Social Validity of an Individualized Approach to Teaching Conversation and Greeting Skills

STEPHANIE A. HOOD (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kevin C. Luczynski (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Daniel R. Mitteer (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

Individuals with an autism spectrum disorder commonly exhibit deficits in social skills, which can lead to poor academic achievement, unemployment, and psychopathologies (Chadsey-Rusch, Rusch, & OReilly, 1991; Bellini, Peters, Benner, & Hopf, 2007). The purpose of our study was to improve conversational and greeting skills during unscripted interactions with a teenager and a child. Selection of the skills was based on direct observation of the teenagers social-skill deficits and caregiver preferences. Initial teaching consisted of behavioral skills training in a trial-based format. Next, teaching continued in a session-based format in which textual prompts were provided following incorrect responses. We assessed the effects of our teaching on stimulus generalization of the social skills across several unfamiliar adults, and we obtained stakeholder responses on the social acceptability of the improvement in social skills. A multiple baseline design across behaviors was used to demonstrate experimental control over the teaching procedures on skill acquisition (Chris and Mike) and stimulus generalization to novel adults (Mike). The teaching procedures lead to acquisition, maintenance, and generalization for all skills. The results provide initial support of an individualized assessment and intervention process for addressing social skills deficits during unscripted conversations and greetings.

 
 
Symposium #452
CE Offered: BACB
Reflections on the Role of the Autoclitic in Verbal Behavior Theory
Monday, May 26, 2014
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
W185d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: VBC/TPC; Domain: Theory
Chair: Mitch Fryling (California State University, Los Angeles)
Discussant: Mitch Fryling (California State University, Los Angeles)
CE Instructor: Mitch Fryling, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Skinner's (1957) Verbal Behavior moved the concept of language from the realm of information theory and meaning towards an analytical understanding of this behavior. Skinner followed his analysis of behavior into verbal behavior, considering it as any other as a behavior shaped by its contingencies of reinforcement that can be categorized into different operants according to its function. However, verbal behavior has a particular characteristic; it is mediated by the behavior of the listener. In other words, its function depends on the behavior of other organisms that behave with respect to the verbal behavior of the speaker. This created an emphasis on the behavior of the listener for the categorization of verbal behavior leaving little space to analyze the behavior of the speaker. Skinner, aware of this problem, introduces the autoclitic as a way to explain the verbal behavior from the standpoint of the speaker. The autoclitic is perhaps the most controversial of the verbal operants, its structure does not follow the parameters established by the other operants and in some cases it seems dangerously close to a grammatical analysis of verbal behavior. The present symposium aims to discuss some problematic aspects of the autoclitic.

Keyword(s): Autoclitic, Verbal Behavior, Verbal Operants
 

Self-editing as a Function of Audience Control

DOMINIQUE STEDHAM (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

Like any behavior, verbal behavior is shaped and maintained in accordance to the contingencies of reinforcement. Although Skinner argues that a speaker does not engage in particular responses in order to produce certain consequences, he describes the process of self-editing as an "additional activity of the speaker" (Skinner, 1957, p. 369). Furthermore, he suggests that "various degrees of editing" occur as a function of special audiences and that certain audiences can be distinguished according to the extent to which a speaker is "released" from editing his verbal responses (Skinner, 1957, p. 394). Yet, in the case of identifying an audience, the physical dimensions are not clear. The audience can serve a discriminative function, yet this discrimination is also subject to generalization and as such, a wide range of audiences may be effective in selecting subdivisions of a repertoire or the topics of discussion (Skinner, 1957, 174). Presumably self-editing can be described in terms of autoclitic behavior, but given that autoclitics can be classified in terms of other verbal operants it should follow that the special case created for them is unnecessary. This paper will argue that the various degrees of editing do not measure the "release from editing," but rather, the effectiveness of that particular audience as a controlling variable for a speaker's verbal behavior.

 

The Problem of the Intention of the Speaker

MARIA ISABEL MUNOZ BLANCO (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

Skinner's analysis of verbal behavior is a praiseworthy effort to use a naturalistic approach to a subject matter that has been hindered by cognitive constructs. Skinner introduces eight verbal operants which describe different functions of verbal behavior. The last verbal operant that he describes- autoclitic - is introduced in order to account for the speaker's role on the verbal episode, making the behavior of the listener more effective. In the present paper, autoclitics are discussed in terms of their coherence with other aspects of Skinner's theory and its relation with other verbal operants. It is concluded that the introduction of the autoclitic operant is unnecessary and its functions can be accounted for using other verbal operants and self-editing behavior.

 
 
Special Event #453
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
ABAI Presidential Address: What We Know
Monday, May 26, 2014
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
W375e (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Michael Perone (West Virginia University)
CE Instructor: Linda J. Parrott Hayes, Ph.D.
 

What We Know

Abstract:

What we know about our world is captured in what we say about it and what we say about it is derived from our observations of it in concert with what we have previously said about it. As observations of our world continue to be made, what we say about it changes: What we once said about it is inevitably refined, necessarily revised, or rightfully abandoned. Some aspects of what we once said, in never having been derived from observations in the first place, are not subject to change by this process. If their presence in the midst of our continuing efforts to know our world were merely a distraction, they might just be ignored. They are not merely a distraction though. They are an impediment, and particularly so in the context of a science of behavior. Ironically, it is only a science of behavior that is in a position to eliminate this impediment. What we know about the world—be we physicists, priests, or grandmothers—is what we say about it and our saying it is behavior. How we come to say what we say, as well as how it persists, may be challenged and is changed, is our subject matter. We have a responsibility to share with others what our observations of such things tell us (while also recognizing that what we are saying about them is subject to change.) Meeting this responsibility will require more voices, less distraction.

 
LINDA J. PARROTT HAYES (University of Nevada, Reno)
 
Linda J. Parrott Hayes is a distinguished international professor at the University of Nevada, Reno. She received her undergraduate degree from the University of Manitoba and her graduate degrees from Western Michigan University. She was a member of the behavior analysis faculty at West Virginia University while completing her doctorate, after which she returned to Canada, taking a position at St. Mary’s University. Dr. Hayes co-founded the Behavior Analysis Program at the University of Nevada, Reno, on a self-capitalization model and served as its director for more than a decade. She has received numerous awards for her contributions to the training of behavior analysts including the Fred S. Keller Award for Teaching of Behavior Analysis from the American Psychological Association’s Division 25, an Outstanding Teacher Award from the College of Arts and Sciences at West Virginia University, an Outstanding Faculty Award from the Board of Regents of the Nevada System of Colleges and Universities, an Outstanding Alumna Award from Western Michigan University, and for the program she founded a Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis Award for Enduring Contributions to Behavior Analysis. Dr. Hayes also founded and directs UNR’s Satellite Programs in behavior analysis, aimed at meeting the ever-growing demand for qualified practitioners in regions where appropriate training has been unavailable or inaccessible. Her efforts in this regard have earned her an International Development Award from the Latin Association for Behavior Analysis and Modification, a Global Engagement Award from the University of Nevada, Reno, and a SABA International Development Award. She is a fellow of the Association for Behavior Analysis International and has served the association in many capacities including coordination of its Practice and Education Boards as well as multiple terms on its Executive Council. Dr. Hayes’ scholarly interests range from the experimental analysis of animal behavior to the logic of science. She is best known for her contributions to behavior theory and philosophy.  
 
Target Audience:

Psychologists, behavior analysts, graduate students, and anyone interested in behavior analysis.

Learning Objectives: Forthcoming.
 
 
 
Business Meeting #454
Human Development Special Interest Group
Monday, May 26, 2014
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
W176c (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Chair: Martha Pelaez (Florida International University)
Presenting Authors:

This is the annual business meeting of the Human Development SIG (formerly called the Developmental Behavior Analysis SIG). All members and nonmembers who are interested in human development are invited to attend. The agenda is rather informal but includes reports about the SIG, finances, plans, the SIG's journal (Behavioral Development Bulletin), and election of officers.

 
 
Business Meeting #455
Sociedad Mexicana de Analisis de la Conducta
Monday, May 26, 2014
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
W181c (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Chair: Rosalinda Arroyo (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico)
Presenting Authors:

The purpose of this meeting is to establish networks of exchange and dissemination of work done in Mexico.

 
 
Special Event #455a
Behavior Analytic IGNITE
Monday, May 26, 2014
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
W183b (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Chair: Joshua K. Pritchard (Florida Institute of Technology)
IGNITE is a worldwide phenomenon promoting exciting presentations that are only five minutes long. Each speaker submits a slideshow with 20-slides preprogrammed to advance every 15-seconds. The Chair collects the slideshows and organizes them on one laptop so there is no equipment change between speakers. The presentations are intended to IGNITE the interest of audience members and to stimulate conversation and encourage further exploration of topics. Come enjoy a series of fast-paced, explosive presentations aimed to inform and educate. Come get your passion for behavior analysis ignited!
 
 
Business Meeting #456
Behavior Analysis Online American Psychological Association Journals Special Interest Group
Monday, May 26, 2014
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
W175c (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Chair: Jack Apsche (Walden University)
Presenting Authors:

This is a meeting of the editors, reviewers, and governing board members as well as authors and potential authors. We welcome the American Psychological Association (APA) as our new publisher. We will discuss what we know about the transition to becoming online journals of the American Psychological Association, how that will affect authors, reviewers, and editors. There should be a much larger readership because of APA's great strength in marketing and its prestige. The readership and citation rate should rise and the tenure value to authors should increase. All are encouraged to attend and discuss the future and ask questions. Behavior Analysis Online APA Journals now include 1. Behavior Analyst Today (JBAT) Subsections on Behavior Analysis in Health, Sports, Fitness and Medicine Behavioral Health and Medicine Behavior Analysis of Offender and Victim Treatment and Prevention 2. International Journal of Behavioral Consultation and Therapy (IJBCT) 3. The Behavioral Development Bulletin (BDB) and its subsections of Positive Adult Development (PAD) and Journal of Behavior Assessment and Intervention in Children (JBAIC), the latter which may become independent again 4. The Journal of Speech Language Pathology and Applied Behavior Analysis (TJSLPABA) 5. The Journal of Early and Intensive Behavior Intervention (to be reconstitutes) 6. Journal of Precision Teaching and Celeration is under consideration.

 
 
Business Meeting #457
Practitioner Issues Special Interest Group
Monday, May 26, 2014
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
W181a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Chair: Michael Weinberg (Orlando Behavior Health Services, LLC )
Presenting Authors:

To discuss the business of the Practitioner Issues SIG of ABAI.

 
 
Business Meeting #458
Behavior Analysis in Military and Veterans' Issues Special Interest Group
Monday, May 26, 2014
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
W175b (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Chair: Kent Corso (NCR Behavioral Health, LLC)
Presenting Authors:

The BA in Military and Veterans' Issues (MilVet) SIG is devoted to the application of behavior analysis to United States and United Kingdom military service members and veterans' issues. This is a group whose emphasis concerns U.S./U.K. veterans of all wars. Governments have been concerned about the number of veterans suffering from brain or spinal injuries, mental health problems, lack of access to social services, and addiction problems related to their active duty service. In each of these areas, behavior analysis has developed effective treatments. This SIG promotes awareness of these issues and facilitates the research and practice of ABA with this population.

Keyword(s): military/veterans, private events, suicide, verbal behavior
 
 
Business Meeting #459
Dissemination of Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group
Monday, May 26, 2014
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
W179b (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Chair: Amanda N. Kelly (Malama Pono Autism Center)
Presenting Authors:

The Dissemination of Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group (DBA-SIG) gathers to explore ways of sharing and advancing the science of human behavior, spreading information, and providing access to behavior analysis to the public at large. Last year's business meeting involved hula dancing via TAGteach and an update on "How to Train Zombies." This year, our business meeting will feature a viewing of behavior analytic TED-Ed talks, nominated and/or created by DBA-SIG members! We also will be discussing the revival of the Behavior Analyst Digest: International (BADI) and the Skinner Journalism Award (SJA), which now features a monetary prize for winners and the individual who first submits the winning article. DBA-SIG stresses the importance of using language that is friendly and easy to understand, providing a sense of what exactly our science is and helping society realize its relevance. We believe that dissemination of behavior analysis should be an interest of every behavior analyst, as without our ability to compel the general population, can we ever say that we have applied our science to our full potential?

Keyword(s): Accessibility, Dissemination, Marketing, Promoting
 
 
Business Meeting #460
Behavior Analysis for Sustainable Societies Special Interest Group
Monday, May 26, 2014
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
W175a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Chair: Julia H. Fiebig (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Presenting Authors:

The Behavior Analysis for Sustainable Societies (BASS) Special Interest Group was formed to advance applications of behavior analysis to environmental issues that contribute to the development of solutions to climate change, pollution, overconsumption of resources, and imbalances in environmental sustainability. Objectives include (a) to encourage and support research that promotes the application of behavior analysis to green/environmental issues; (b) to collaborate with environmental scientists, environmental groups, and other SIGs within ABAI that have an interest in addressing behavior change and sustainability/environmental issues; (c) to disseminate research and practices that support solutions to environmental issues through the application of behavioral interventions; (d) to develop curricula, textbooks, and additional educational resources that address sustainability and the application of behavior analysis; (e) to compile resources for individuals interested in behavior change and environmental issues; and (f) to develop an information base of current effective practices/initiatives, government policies, and employment for behavior analysts interested in behavior change and environmental issues. The business meeting is open to anyone interested in sustainability and environmental issues.

Keyword(s): environmental topics, sustainability
 
 
Business Meeting #461
Behavioral Medicine Special Interest Group
Monday, May 26, 2014
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
W176b (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Chair: Gretchen A. Dittrich (Simmons College)
Presenting Authors:

The Behavioral Medicine Special Interest Group promotes the application of behavior analytic methodology to the prevention and treatment of behaviors associated with chronic illness and disease and behaviors associated with improved health and treatment adherence. The annual business meeting is open to all conference attendees interested in behavioral health and medicine. The meeting will be conducted to discuss various administrative matters relevant to the Behavioral Medicine SIG. Goals include voting on SIG officers, discussing methods to increase communication and research collaboration among SIG members, and enhancing benefits of SIG membership.

Keyword(s): Behavioral Health, Behavioral Medicine
 
 
Business Meeting #462
Montana Association for Behavior Analysis
Monday, May 26, 2014
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
W181b (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Chair: Cheryl A. Young-Pelton (Montana State University in Billings)
Presenting Authors:

Montana ABA was newly formed as an affiliate chapter of ABAI in 2013. This will be an open meeting for any interested parties including students, professionals, and friends of ABAI. It will be considered a regular business meeting of MT ABA and the purpose of the meeting will be to review accomplishments, bylaws, officer roles, and to make plans for the coming year. This is the first convention represented by members of MT ABA, we hope attendees will be prepared to celebrate with us!

 
 
Business Meeting #462a
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior: Meeting for Authors, Prospective Authors, and Board Members
Monday, May 26, 2014
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
W182 (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Chair: Gregory J. Madden (Utah State University)
Presenting Authors:

The JEAB annual report will be presented, followed by a discussion of editorial policies and issues. Authors and prospective authors are encouraged to attend. Questions and suggestions are encouraged.

Keyword(s): JEAB
 
 
Business Meeting #463
Behavioral Gerontology Special Interest Group
Monday, May 26, 2014
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
W176a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Chair: Jonathan C. Baker (Southern Illinois University)
Presenting Authors:

The SIG provides intellectual, clinical, and organizational support to other professionals interested in aging and fosters behavior analytic research in aging. The goal of this year's meeting is to discuss issues in the field as well as issues of professional development. In addition, members will provide student presentations on aging feedback, which will be used to award the student researcher award. Finally, new officers will be chosen for any vacated positions in the special interest group.

 
 
Poster Session #464
BPH Mon PM
Monday, May 26, 2014
7:00 PM–9:00 PM
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
1. Moderate Developmental Ethanol Exposure Increases S-R Habit Formation in Adult Zebrafish
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
MATTHEW PARKER (Queen Mary University of London), Alistair Brock (Queen Mary University of London), Caroline H. Brennan (Queen Mary University of London)
Abstract: Fetal Alcohol Spectrum Disorders (FASD) are characterized by a range of teratogenic and psychological defects, and represent the leading non-hereditary cause of mental retardation, with the prevalence estimated at 2 - 5% in the USA and Western Europe. Low-moderate alcohol consumption during gestation is associated with a range of subtle cognitive and behavioral defects, including impulsivity and inattention, deficits in social behaviour and a propensity to develop addiction. The offspring of rats prenatally exposed to moderate levels of ethanol have reductions of dendritic spine density and length in the shell region of the NAc. As this region is known to mediate the shift between response-outcome and stimulus-response (habit) learning, this raises the possibility that prenatal exposure to ethanol may increase the rate at which offspring develop habits, thus providing a potential endophenotype that predicts the propensity to develop addiction. Here, we tested this hypothesis with a zebrafish model. Initially, we validated the model by examining two known behavioural outcomes of moderate prenatal ethanol exposure: anxiety and conditioned place preference. We found that zebrafish exposed to ethanol showed increased anxiety levels and larger increase in place-preference for ethanol. Finally, we found that the ethanol-exposed fish developed S-R learning earlier in the learning process than non-treated controls. Results are discussed in the context of the mechanisms mediating addiction.
 
2. Developing and Validating Automated Assays for Zebrafish Behavioural Analyses and Drug Discovery
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
ARI SUDWARTS (Queen Mary, University of London), Matthew Parker (Queen Mary, University of London), Caroline H. Brennan (Queen Mary University of London)
Abstract: Within biomedical research, behavioural analyses are commonly been performed on mammals. However, in recent years zebrafish have emerged as an alternative model for behaviour. Their ability to perform two-choice discrimination tasks has huge implications for translational biomedical research. The cognitive skills required for to perform this task (long-term and short-term memory, attention, etc.) demonstrate their efficacy for use in researching neurodegenerative diseases. By reversing this simple task, and/or introducing a shift in interdimentional sets, this behaviour can be used to assess early markers of cognitive decline. Further, it suggests their potential use in drug discrimination assays. Here we present data from our automated assay systems that demonstrate the ability of zebrafish to performing simple 2-choice discrimination tasks, reversal learning, and set shifting.
 
3. Effects of Paired Housing and d-Amphetamine Administration on Delay Discounting in Lewis and Fischer 344 Rats
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
MARISSA TURTURICI (West Virginia University), Karen G. Anderson (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Lewis and Fischer 344 rats differ in various behavioral and neurochemical measures. Lewis rats make more impulsive choices in a delay-discounting task than Fischer 344 rats. In addition, there are disparities between these strains in the number of receptors present in several brain areas that may impact behavior. There is some evidence that social housing of rats may result in neurochemical and behavioral changes that result in decreased delay discounting, i.e., decreased impulsive choice. The present experiment examined impulsive choice in a delay-discounting procedure with pair-housed Lewis and Fischer 344 rats. The data constitute a systematic replication of a previous study from our lab using singly housed Lewis and Fischer 344 rats (Huskinson, Krebs & Anderson, 2010). d-Amphetamine was administered acutely in doses of 0.1 – 1.8 mg/kg. Results are being compared to archival data from the study using singly housed rats. Strain differences in baseline delay discounting and effects of d-amphetamine on delay discounting will be discussed.
 
4. Effects of Glucose Ingestion on Delay Discounting in Humans
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
BRANTLEY JARVIS (University of Florida), Rachel Cassidy (Brown University), Jesse Dallery (University of Florida)
Abstract: Delay discounting (DD) refers to the extent to which a reinforcer’s value decreases as the delay to its receipt increases. Although individual discounting rates tend to be stable some environmental manipulations have been shown to alter these rates. Understanding factors that influence DD may offer insights into the mechanisms behind problem behaviors characterized by high impulsivity (e.g., addiction). One physiological factor, increased blood glucose level, was recently shown to decrease DD. We attempted to directly replicate this finding and extend this work using a more robust measure of discounting. In Experiment 1, 20 undergraduates completed a version of the Multiple Choice Questionnaire to measure DD before and after consuming either a soda with glucose or artificial sweetener. In Experiment 2, 56 undergraduates completed the same procedure but with a titrating adjusting amount DD measure. k values from Experiment 1, which indicate the steepness of individual hyperbolic discounting functions, suggest that there was no systematic effect of glucose on DD. Similarly in Experiment 2, area under the curve measures showed no significant difference in discounting before and after consuming glucose relative to an artificial sweetener. These findings are inconsistent with previous work and indicate that glucose ingestion does not influence DD.
 
5. Effects of Citalopram and Bromazepam on the Reinforcement Value of a Conditioned Reinforcer in a Progressive Ratio Schedule.
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
Yulla Christoffersen Knaus (Universidade de São Paulo), MIRIAM GARCIA-MIJARES (Universidade de Sao Paulo)
Abstract: The use of psychoactive drugs has increased worldwide. Research on the area has followed, although several gaps remain, such as their effect on the Reinforcing Value (RV) of conditioned reinforcers (CR). Many are known to affect the RV of Primary Reinforcers (PRf), but such findings cannot be generalized to CRs without empirical data. The present study proposed to obtain such data, for two commonly used drugs, Citalopram (CIT) and Bromazepam (BRO). 20 female, genetically homogenous Wistar rats were used, subdivided in four groups (Control, CIT, BRO and CITBRO) according to treatment. Drugs were administered intraperitoneally according to individual weight (Cit - 10 mg/kg ; Bro - 1 mg/kg), taking into account daily variations. Subjects underwent six phases: (1) shapping, (2) FR2, (3) Progressive Ratio (PR), (4) PR with drug treatment, (5) Removal of the PRf and (6) Removal of the PRf and CR. PRf was 10% sugar water and CR was a contingent light stimulus. Results did not seem to agree with the literature on PRf, having occurred a decrease in RV for most subjects, additional to a natural time-related decrease. Preliminary data analysis seems to suggest an increase in CR sensibility with BRO and the opposite with CIT.
 
6. Adolescent Cocaine Exposure Disrupts Impulsivity, Reversal Learning, and Cocaine Sensitivity in Adult Mice
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
KATHRYN TEIXEIRA (Auburn University), Blake A. Hutsell (Auburn University), M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University)
Abstract: Behavioral correlates of substance abuse include impaired choice and decision-making, processes that mature during the adolescent period. Cocaine promotes dopamine activity in the in the prefrontal cortex, a region that plays a large role in decision-making and impulse control. During adolescence, this region experiences prominent neural development , the formation of new synapses, and extensive use-dependent pruning of extraneous dendritic connections in a use-dependent fashion, all of which could be distorted by chronic cocaine use. It is possible that chronic cocaine exposure during adolescence will affect decision-making and impulse control later in life. Adolescent mice were exposed to 30 mg/kg/day of cocaine or a saline vehicle for 14 days. When they were adults, they were examined on a spatial discrimination reversal (SDR), delayed discounting procedure, and acute cocaine challenges on a delayed discounting baseline. Adolescent exposure to cocaine resulted in perseverative responding on the SDR during the first reversal and increased sensitivity to reinforcer delay on the delayed discounting procedure. Acute cocaine blunted this delay sensitivity in the mice exposed to cocaine as adolescents but had little effect on controls. [supported in part by a fellowship to KMT by the A.U. Center for Molecular Biology]
 
7. Ketamine-Induced Disruption of an Incremental Repeated Acquisition Procedure is Marginally Attenuated by Clozapine and Haloperidol
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
ANDREW SHEN (Auburn University), M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University)
Abstract: Animal models of schizophrenia utilize pharmacological agents to induce behavior that resembles symptoms of schizophrenic. NMDA antagonists, e.g. ketamine, have been reported to induce positive and negative symptoms of schizophrenia in animals. Typical and atypical antipsychotics vary in their ability to attenuate ketamine-induced deficits in the rodent. In particular, atypical antipsychotics, e.g. clozapine, appear more suitable for treating ketamine-induced deficits in prepulse inhibition of the startle response (a measure of sensorimotor gating) than typical antipsychotics, e.g. haloperidol. However, fewer studies have used complex operant procedures to measure differences in the efficacy to block ketamines disruption between the two types of antipsychotics. The current study aimed to investigate the extent to which clozapine and haloperidol attenuate disruption caused by acute ketamine in BALB/c mice. Subjects learned a multiple schedule incremental repeated acquisition (IRA) procedure. A dose of 30 mg/kg ketamine was administered alone and with clozapine or haloperidol pretreatment. Results showed that ketamine alone severely disrupted responding in both components of the IRA procedure. Clozapine attenuated ketamine-induced deficits to a marginally greater extent than haloperidol, but recovery was only partial. The present findings tentatively support literature proposing reduced cognitive disruption by atypical antipsychotics relative to typical antipsychotics in rodent models of schizophrenia.
 
8. Some Behavioral Effects of Mefloquine on Schedule-Controlled Responding in the Rat
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
ERIN N. ROBY (Allegheny College), Alexis E. Crump (Allegheny College), Rodney D. Clark (Allegheny College)
Abstract: The behavioral effects of Mefloquine (MFQ) were compared with those of Phencyclidine (PCP), Ketamine, Dizocilpine (MK-801), and NMDA in rats responding under a fixed interval (FI) schedule of food presentation. A low dose of MFQ did not alter response rates relative to saline values. However, intermediate doses of MFQ produced marginal increases in response rates. At the highest dose, MFQ generated a marked reduction in responding. Lower doses of the Dissociative Anesthetic, PCP produced dose-related increases in overall response rates as compared to saline control rates. Intermediate to high doses substantially suppressed responding relative to control levels. The remaining Dissociative Anesthetics Ketamine and Dizocilpine engendered similar patterns of behavioral disruption with Dizocilpine about 10 times more potent than PCP and Ketamine substantially less potent than PCP. NMDA, on the other hand produced dose-related decreases in overall rates of responding.
 
9. Anti-Anxiety Drug Ameliorates Negative Incentive Shift-Induced Attack in Pigeons
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
ANDREW T. FOX (The University of Kansas), Stephen Fowler (The University of Kansas), Dean C. Williams (The University of Kansas)
Abstract: Chronic aberrant behavior, such as aggression, stereotypy, or self-injury, is frequently observed among individuals with developmental disabilities. Functional analyses of these behaviors often indicate that they are maintained by escape from task demands or otherwise undesirable conditions. Anecdotal evidence, survey data, and laboratory studies have indicated that transitions between more-and-less desirable scenarios may be particularly likely to evoke chronic aberrant behavior. In an animal model of these "rich-to-lean" transitions, pigeons key-pecked in two multiple-schedule components according to identical fixed-ratio requirements with different reinforcer magnitudes. During probe sessions, a mirror was present in the operant chamber and aggression toward the other pigeon was measured using force transducers placed behind the mirror. Fixed-ratio pausing was longest during rich-to-lean transitions in all 4 pigeons and attack behavior was highest during these transitions in 3 of 4 pigeons. Triazolam, a short-acting sedative-hypnotic of the benzodiazepine class, reduced attack behavior at moderate doses in those same 3 pigeons.
 
10. College Students Delay Discounting of Caffeine and Money
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
SHEA M. LEMLEY (The University of Kansas), David P. Jarmolowicz (The University of Kansas), Michael Sofis (The University of Kansas), Jennifer L. Hudnall (The University of Kansas), Derek D. Reed (The University of Kansas)
Abstract: Delay discounting is a change in the subjective value of a commodity as a result of a delay to its receipt. Previous studies have shown that individuals discount consumable commodities (e.g., sex, drugs, etc.) more rapidly than money, yet the relative discounting of caffeine and money remains unknown. The current study measured delay discounting of caffeine and money in a sample of college students. Participants were enrolled in applied behavioral science undergraduate classes at a large Midwestern university. Upon arrival to the lab, participants received a questionnaire where they reported preferred caffeinated beverage, frequency of caffeine consumption, and an equivalency value regarding how many caffeinated beverages would be worth $100 to them. Each participants preferred caffeinated beverage and equivalency value were used to create a customized caffeine delay discounting form based on the Kirby delay discounting task. After completing unrelated computerized tasks, participants completed the customized caffeine discounting form and the standard Kirby discounting form in a paper and pencil format. Data show differential rates of delay discounting across commodities, with participants discounting delayed caffeine at higher rates than delayed money.
 
11. Diurnal Activity Under Chronic Ethanol Administration in Rhesus Monkeys
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
ANGELES PEREZ-PADILLA (Oregon Health & Science University, Universidad Nacional de Educacion a Distancia  ), Henryk Urbanski (Oregon Health & Science University), Christa Helms (Oregon Health & Science University), Kathleen A. Grant (Oregon Health & Science University  )
Abstract: Behavioral interaction of physical activity and ethanol has been observed repeatedly in both humans and animals models however mechanism responsible remains unclear. Our current research analyzes the voluntary activity level and the voluntary ethanol consumption using oral ethanol self-administration in nonhuman primate model. Adult experimental rhesus monkeys (Macaca mulatta) were given access to ethanol 22h/day (n=11). We observed that higher-moderate monkeys drinkers maintained more activity level than lower and control monkeys during the diurnal period and also, during first ethanol two hours and half interval. The data suggest that activity level before could somehow be a good preceptor of later ethanol consumption.
 
12. The Neurobehavioral Effects of Chronic Atrazine Exposure
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
JENNIFER L. WALTERS (Western Michigan University), Eric Harvey (Western Michigan University), Rachel Burroughs (Western Michigan University), Shelly Hunt (Western Michigan University), Lisa E. Baker (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Atrazine is an herbicide used extensively worldwide to control broadleaf and grassy weeds on crops such as corn, sorghum, and sugarcane. Currently, the adverse effects of this herbicide on human health are not fully understood. Numerous studies utilizing animal models of human exposure have clearly demonstrated atrazine to be an endocrine disrupter, altering hormone functions and having various harmful reproductive effects. There is a paucity of research on the neurobehavioral effects of chronic developmental atrazine exposure. The aim of this study was to investigate the effects of environmentally relevant levels of atrazine exposure on rodent learning, memory, and motor coordination. Male and female Sprague-Dawley rats were mated and upon detection of the vaginal plug indicating pregnancy, 12 dams were randomly assigned to one of three treatment groups. They received daily oral feedings of corn oil or atrazine (100 mg/kg or 10 mg/kg) suspended in corn oil throughout pregnancy and lactation. Within 1 to 2 days of birth, pups were culled to 5 males and 5 females per litter. Upon weaning, the offspring continued daily corn oil or atrazine feedings for an additional five months. Beginning at postnatal day (PND) 30, the offspring were subjected to a series of behavioral assays, including locomotor activity assessments, a walking-beam task, and an operant spatial discrimination/reversal task. Additionally, blood samples were collected on PND 21 and serum was analyzed for testosterone and estrogen. Preliminary results from this ongoing study have revealed increased stereotypy and horizontal activity at 1 month of age in both males and females exposed to 100 mg/kg atrazine compared to controls. Measures of reproductive hormones on PND 21 showed 10 mg/kg atrazine increased serum estradiol and testosterone concentrations in females and increased estradiol concentrations in males. Although the behavioral consequences of these hormonal effects have yet to be determined, these preliminary data provide evidence that developmental exposure to atrazine might pose some risks in mammals.
 
13. Social Transmission of Food Preference: Scopolamine Effects
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
Julio Cesar Venegas-Perez (Facultad de Estudios Superiores Iztacala, Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Jose Eduardo Perez-Reyes (Facultad de Estudios Superiores Iztacala, Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Veronica Viviana Romero-Luna (Facultad de Estudios Superiores Iztacala, Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Gabriela Diaz-Palacios (Facultad de Estudios Superiores Iztacala, Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Maria Guadalupe Ortega-Saavedra (Facultad de Estudios Superiores Iztacala, Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Angela Maria Hermosillo-Garcia (Facultad de Estudios Superiores Iztacala, Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Sara E. Cruz-Morales (Facultad de Estudios Superiores Iztacala, Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), J.C. PEDRO ARRIAGA-RAMIREZ (Facultad de Estudios Superiores Iztacala, Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México)
Abstract: Social transmission of food preference is a procedure in which a demonstrator rat influences a naive rat to prefer a novel taste of food. This procedure has been described as an example of declarative memory. Scopolamine has been found to produce an interference with memory consolidation with different procedures. In this work we studied the effect of scopolamine on recall of trials of social transmission of food preference. Fifteen male Long Evans rats were assigned to three groups. In the control group, subjects were given five trials of food demonstration with three different flavors of food; the saline group was treated as the control group except that an ip saline injection was administered after demonstrations; in the scopolamine group an 8 mg/kg ip dose was administered after demonstrations. Results showed that scopolamine reduced the proportion of trials in which food preference was transmitted to observers. An ANOVA test revealed a significant effect of group F (2, 12) = 4.243, p = .040. A post hoc Bonferroni test revealed a reliable difference between the saline group and the scopolamine group, p = .049. This result showed that scopolamine interfered with the recall of trials of social transmission of food preference.
 
14. Employment-Based Reinforcement of Opiate and Cocaine Abstinence in Out-of-Treatment Injection Drug Users
Area: BPH; Domain: Applied Research
AUGUST F. HOLTYN (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Mikhail Koffarnus (Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute), Anthony DeFulio (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Sigurdur Oli Sigurdsson (Florida Institute of Technology), Eric C. Strain (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Robert P. Schwartz (Friends Research Institute), Kenneth Silverman (Johns Hopkins University)
Abstract: The present study examined the use of employment-based abstinence reinforcement contingencies in out-of-treatment injection drug users. Participants (n=33) could work in the Therapeutic Workplace, a model employment-based program for drug addiction, for 4 hr every weekday for 30 weeks and could earn about $10 per hr. During a 4-week induction, participants only had to work to earn pay. After induction, access to the workplace was contingent on enrollment in methadone treatment. After participants met the methadone contingency for three weeks, participants had to provide opiate-negative urine samples to maintain maximum pay. After participants met those contingencies for three weeks, participants had to provide opiate- and cocaine-negative urine samples. The percentage of drug-negative urine samples remained stable until the abstinence reinforcement contingency for each drug was applied. The percentage of opiate- and cocaine-negative urine samples increased abruptly and significantly after the opiate and cocaine abstinence contingencies, respectively, were applied. Employment-based abstinence reinforcement can increase opiate and cocaine abstinence among out-of-treatment injection drug users.
 
15. Effects of Pramipexole on Repeated Acquisition Performance in Long-Evans Rats
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
MOLLY BARLOW (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Mark A. Vandon Avond (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Amy R. Johnson (Virginia Commonwealth University), Carlee A. Toddes (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Katelyn J. Olson (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), David C. Jewett (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire)
Abstract: Pramipexole is a dopamine agonist used clinically to treat Parkinson's disease and restless leg syndrome. We used a three-step repeated acquisition paradigm to test the effects of pramipexole on error rates in eight Long-Evans rats. During training sessions, subjects were required to emit a specific sequence of responses from a set of three response alternatives. The sequence of correct responses changed daily and error rates measured. Once stable performance on the sequences was established (error rates +/- 10% of the mean), the sequence that produced the lowest error rate (easy) and the sequence that produced the highest error rate (difficult) was determined for each subject and pramipexole tested under these sequences. Pramipexole was administered to the subjects subcutaneously using 2% dimethyl sulfoxide as a vehicle. Under easy sequence conditions, overall error rates for the session were significantly higher than control rates following 0.01 - 0.1 mg/kg pramipexole. In the difficult sequence, the overall error rates for the session were significantly higher than control error rates following 0.1 mg/kg pramipexole. The error rates in the easy sequence were affected at smaller doses than the error rates in the difficult sequence.
 
16. Chronic Exposure to Cocaine in Adolescence Alters Performance on Fixed- and Progressive-Ratio Schedules in Mice
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
STEVEN R BOOMHOWER (Auburn University), Derek Pope (Auburn University), Kathryn Teixeira (Auburn University), M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University)
Abstract: Adolescence is characterized by profound changes in the nervous system, increased susceptibility to drugs of abuse, and heightened levels of impulsivity. Further, fixed-ratio (FR) and progressive-ratio (PR) schedules of reinforcement can characterize behavioral alterations that may result from exposure to substances of abuse, such as cocaine. In the current study, 21 C57BL/6 mice were exposed chronically to 30 mg/kg/day cocaine (n=11) or saline vehicle (n=10) for 14 consecutive days during adolescence. Eight months following exposure, responding was placed under seven FR schedules (FR 1-590) and then a PR schedule. Mathematical Principles of Reinforcement was applied to response-rate functions of individual mice from both schedules. According to the FR model, the rate parameter (lambda) was higher for cocaine compared to saline mice. For the PR model, cocaine mice had lower pause proportions (k) and were quicker to make a response (delta) than saline mice. These results support the notion that adolescence is a vulnerable period and that pharmacological insults during this epoch have far-reaching effects.
 
17. Identifying Mechanisms Which Underly the Reinforcing Effect of Nicotine Using a Condition Place Preference Assay in Adult Zebrafish
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
ALISTAIR BROCK (Queen Mary, University of London), Matthew Parker (Queen Mary, University of London), Robert Walton (Barts and the London, University of London), Caroline H. Brennan (Queen Mary University of London)
Abstract: Drug addiction is one of the leading preventable causes of adult mortality in the world today, however genetic factors that contribute to these disorders remain poorly understood. Since basic neurophysiological processes are highly conserved between species, zebrafish models present a powerful method for identifying key gene variants affecting complex behaviors. Established behavioural assays of drug seeking, compulsive drug taking and relapse in adults, coupled with the vast genetic toolset available, make zebrafish an ideal model for identifying genes which contribute to addictive disorders. To explore this possibility, populations of fish were screened over three generations in a condition placed preference assay to nicotine. Over three generations of selective breeding, the reinforcing potential of nicotine was shown to be a highly heritable trait (effect size = 1.2). This shows zebrafish may be a useful model in screening for genetic variants that cause subtle changes in complex behaviours. Now mutant lines with distinct behavioral phenotypes have been established, it has been possible to establish molecular mechanisms by which nicotine reinforcement occurs in zebrafish. Ultimately this may help to fully understand how drugs with abuse potential abuse hijack the reward systems.
 
18. Modulation of NMDA-antagonist Effects by Degree of Stimulus Control
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
MELISSA DEAL (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Danielle Panoz-Brown (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Amy McClanahan (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Mark Galizio (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract: Drug effects are often portrayed as straight-forward and easily categorized in terms of pharmacological properties. However, drug effects often depend upon features of the behavior that is being measured including the baseline levels of the behavior. The current study was designed to assess the modulating effects of the degree of stimulus control in an incrementing non-matching-to-sample procedure: the Odor Span Task (OST) and the effects of an NMDA-antagonist, dizocilpine (DZP). Subjects were three male Sprague-Dawley rats trained on the OST until stability criteria were met. Degree of stimulus control was manipulated by varying the number of comparison stimuli present in the testing arena on a given trial. Preliminary results indicate that the degree of stimulus control mediates the effects of DZP. Lower degrees of stimulus control reveal drug impairment at lower doses, while impairment with a higher degree of stimulus control did not occur until higher doses of DZP were administered.
 
19. Effects of Rearing Conditions on Persistence for Differential Alcohol Reinforcer Rates.
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
DIANA CORTÉS- PATIÑO (Universidade de São Paulo), Catalina Serrano (Universidade de São Paulo), Miriam Garcia-Mijares (Universidade de Sao Paulo)
Abstract: Social conditions during rearing have shown to affect adult alcohol consumption, however, few experiments had explored the effects of rearing conditions on other behaviors related to alcohol dependence, like persistence of alcohol seeking. This experiment compared the effects of isolation (ISO) and interaction (INT) rearing on persistence for different alcohol reinforcement rates during extinction. Rats were trained to respond for a 10% alcohol solution in an operant chamber; then were exposed to a multiple schedule of reinforcement arranging a higher rate of alcohol delivery in the presence of one stimulus (rich component, variable interval 15s), and a lower rate of delivery in the presence of another stimulus (lean component, variable interval 45s). Then, response was disrupted by extinction for three consecutive days. Both groups showed higher response rates in the rich component during baseline, but ISO rats responded significantly more than INT rats in both components (p < .001). Persistence during extinction sessions in rich and lean components was higher for ISO rats than for INT rats (p < .05). The results confirmed that social isolation increased alcohol consumption and demonstrated that it also affects other aspects of operant behavior maintained by alcohol, as seeking and dependence.
 
 
Keyword(s): poster session
 
Poster Session #465
EAB Mon PM
Monday, May 26, 2014
7:00 PM–9:00 PM
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
20. An Examination of the Potential Reinforcing Effects of Aversive Stimuli
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
IOANNIS ANGELAKIS (Panteion University)
Abstract: Some individuals repeatedly engage in behaviors that may produce pain or other aversive stimulation (e.g., self harming). However, the process by which these behaviors are reinforced often is unclear. This study examined how an aversive stimulus could be conditioned as a reinforcer to discern the underlying operative process. Participants were exposed to a 72 DB tone, which all rated as aversive. Next, they were required to play a computerized game in which mouse clicks on a map produced “treasures” or “bombs.” Participants were told that bombs could be “disabled” for periods of 9 sec by pressing a foot pedal. However, each pedal press produced the aversive tone. Rates of pedal pressing remained high across sessions. Next, participants were told that bombs had been disabled. Pedal presses produced the sound in some sessions and no sound in others. Rates of pedal pressing maintained when the sound was produced; however, pedal pressing eventually ceased when the tone was not produced. Follow-up measures indicated that 90% of the participants still rated the tone as aversive. These findings suggest that the aversive stimulus functioned as a positive reinforcer, given that participants chose to produce the sound even when it did not abate punishing contingencies.
 
21. A Multimodal Investigation of Human Avoidance, Perceived Threat, and Emotion
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MADONNA L. LUDLUM (University of North Texas), Scott Solomon (University Of North Texas), Sandy Magee (University of North Texas), Simon Dymond (Swansea University), Michael W. Schlund (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Avoidance paradigms are widely used in basic and clinical investigations on emotional disorders to understand the interplay between threat (i.e., stimuli correlated with aversive events), emotion and approach/avoidance behavior. One issue that has received increasing attention in clinical affective neuroscience research concerns the extent to which engaging in avoidance is associated with reductions in fear/anxiety---commonly indexed using subjective ratings and autonomic arousal measures (i.e. skin-conductance responses: SCRs). We examined this issue by first having subjects undergo threat conditioning in which levels on a threat meter (ranging from 1 to 10) were paired with increasing probabilities of money loss. Increases in the threat level were found to be associated with incremental increases in ratings of feeling threatened, loss expectancy and SCRs. During a subsequent avoidance task, threat levels were individually presented and subjects chose between (a) avoiding possible loss and (b) earning 10 cents + possible loss. Results showed increases in the threat level were associated with increases in the choice to avoid. However, there was marked variability across subjects with some continuing to show increases in ratings of feeling threatened and SCRs while others showed some reductions. These findings highlight important individual differences that are relevant to research on factors associated with risk of psychopathology.

 
22. Competition Between Appetitive and Aversive Contingencies: Implications for Understanding Excessive Avoidance and Threat Bias in Psychopathology.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
SCOTT SOLOMON (University Of North Texas), Madonna L. Ludlum (University of North Texas), Sandy Magee (University of North Texas), Simon Dymond (Swansea University), Michael W. Schlund (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Many forms of psychopathology are characterized by a negative bias and excessive avoidance which are commonly attributed to an imbalance between approach and avoidance neural systems. We have proposed that negative bias and avoidance may be better understood in terms of a competition between appetitive and aversive contingencies with dysfunction represented as disproportionate aversive control. To examine this competition, our subjects first underwent threat conditioning in which levels on a threat meter (ranging from 1 to 10) were paired with increasing probabilities of money loss. Next, subjects completed an approach-avoidance task where threat levels were individually presented and subjects chose between (a) avoiding possible loss and (b) earning 10 cents + possible loss. Results showed increases in the threat level were associated with increases in the choice to avoid and ratings of feeling threatened, but also loss expectancy. Importantly, an indifference point was obtained for each subject that highlighted the threat level associated with a shift in control from the appetitive to the aversive contingency. This methodology provides a (much needed) quantitative measure of threat bias and creates an opportunity for examining variables designed to reduce bias and associated imbalances.

 
23. The Effect of Cost of Response on Resources Usage on a Common Dilemma Game
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
DYEGO DE CARVALH COSTA (Universida de Brasilia; Universidade Estadual do Piaui), Patricia Luz de Sousa (Universidade Estadual do Piaui), Jocyara Oliveria (Universidade Estadual do Piaui)
Abstract: Hardin (1968) proposed a theory called Tragedy of commons to describe overexploitation of natural resources. These theory suggest that the overexploitation and consequente depleting is controlled by individual consequences. In despite of that, the resources usage is obviously a social behavior. To study that some researcher had studied the field putting together the behavior analysis theory and a game called The Common Dilemma Game of Games Theory. In the same way of Silva (2008), this work manipulated the cost of response as independent variable to decrease this unwanted effect. The game used a fishing scenario with groups of three persons. Each one of them had to choose between three options. One with the biggest cost and consequence (green), another with a small cost and medium amount of points (yellow) e with no cost with the smallest amount of points (red). The cost was manipulated in two different experiments. In experiment 1, the cost was a Tangran game. So to get points they had to finish a tangran that varies of difficulty from one to three, based in number of turns by peace (Effort cost). In Experiment 2, the cost was a payment of part of participants points earned previously (Economy cost). In Experiment 1 the effort was very effective in exert control to avoid the most costly option even when this includes avoiding the more amount of points. The cost was so aversive that to avoid it the participants choose the worst option for the environment finishing the resources with few trials. In Experiment 2, the avoidance was also produced. But in this experiment, the participants analyzed the combinations of earnings and payment to choose, so the cost one was ineffective and cost two had the same result for two of three participants of the experiment 1. In cost three the avoidance produced similar data with effort cost of experiment 1. The two experiment demonstrated the aversive properties of two different kinds of cost, and also that the tangran cost was more effective and aversive that economic cost. These results suggest that physical cost could produce more balanced resources usage and could be used as a consequence like some physical activities to help the resources replenishment as recycling, plant and littering.
 
24. Avoidance of Token-Losses with Pigeons
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
JAMES E. COOK (West Virginia University), Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University)
Abstract: The delivery and loss of tokens can respectively reinforce and punish behavior, but little research has examined behavior that avoids or escapes the loss of tokens (e.g., money) though such contingencies exist in everyday life (e.g., avoiding fines). Humans will respond to avoid the loss of tokens, but there has been no such demonstration using nonhuman animals. Four pigeons responded in a two-component multiple schedule (Avoid and Gain components). Initially, responding was maintained in both components by a variable-ratio (VR) 4 (variable-interval [VI] 30-s) schedule of token exchange and production. Then in the Avoid component, pigeons were given tokens and required to respond on a variable-cycle (VC) 30-s schedule to avoid the removal of tokens. Responding was maintained in the Avoid component for all pigeons. Implementing extinction (EXT) in the Gain component resulted in decreased responding in both components. When the VR 4 (VI 30-s) schedule was reinstated in the Gain component, responding increased in the Gain component but remained low in the Avoid component. These data indicate that the responding of nonhuman animals can be maintained by the avoidance of token-losses, and when arranged in a multiple schedule, avoidance responding can be affected by changes in another component.
 
25. Effect of Timeout Duration on Discriminated Avoidance Behavior in Humans
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
YUKO KOSHITSUKA (Komazawa University), Koichi Ono (Komazawa University)
Abstract: This experiment investigated whether human avoidance responses were affected by long and short duration of timeout in discriminated avoidance procedure. While participants engaged in button press responses which were reinforced by points with variable-interval (VI) 10 s schedules, different duration of timeouts were emerged. Three kinds of timeout duration were 10 s, 30 s, and 60 s, and each was designated by the colors of VI button: green, orange, and red respectively. Timeouts could be removed if participants pressed avoidance button at least once during each VI time-in period. For participants in two of the three groups, each response on the avoidance button yielded one point or ten point loss as a response cost, and for the rest of participants responses produced no point loss. As a result, avoidance responses occurred frequently when the colors of the VI button represented 30 s and 60 s of timeout duration, and few responses occurred when the color of VI button was green (10s timeout). In addition, participants showed the highest sensitivity to each of three discriminative stimuli under one point loss condition.
 
26. Are Rich-to-Lean Transitions Aversive?
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
BILLIE J. KLEIN (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Raymond C. Pitts (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Christine E. Hughes (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract: Pausing during fixed-ratio schedules is maladaptive in the sense that it delays reinforcement. Pausing following reinforcement is especially pronounced during signaled transitions from relatively rich to relatively lean environments. One potential explanation of this extended pause is that such transitions are aversive, and the extended pause functions as escape. The presented study investigated the extended pause demonstrated on multiple fixed-ratio schedules during rich-to-lean transitions, using pigeons as subjects. During the multiple schedule each transition type was signaled by a unique stimulus, allowing for an independent investigation into the function of each transition type. Additionally, during some sessions pigeons were provided a stimulus-termination key. A response to this key changed the schedule key from a multiple-schedule stimulus, which signaled the upcoming transition, to a mixed-schedule stimulus, which did not signal the upcoming transition. Responding during the initial multiple-schedule demonstrated extended pausing during rich-to-lean transitions suggesting an aversive nature of the stimulus signaling a rich-to-lean transition. Continued investigation into responding on an available stimulus-termination key aims to clarify the nature of the rich-to-lean stimulus. If responding were maintained by termination of this stimulus, but not of stimuli signaling other transition types, additional support for the aversive transition hypothesis would be provided.
 
27. The Effects of Varying Levels of Food Deprivation on Escape and Avoidance Responding in Mice
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MATTHEW LEWON (University of Nevada, Reno), Glory R. Finnegan (University of Nevada, Reno), Sarah Hogue (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Motivating operations (MOs) are typically held to alter the extent to which specific stimuli are reinforcing or aversive, which is correlated with changes in an organism’s behavior with respect to those specific stimuli as consequences. It is likely, however, that any given MO affects the reinforcing/punishing efficacy of a wide range of reinforcers and/or aversive stimuli. The present study examined whether the MO of food deprivation, which establishes food as a more effective reinforcer, also alters the extent to which other stimuli function as aversive. Mice were taught to respond on a nose poke apparatus to escape or avoid the presentation of a loud noise in a signaled avoidance procedure, and the rate of responding to terminate or avoid the noise was taken as a measure of the noise’s efficacy as an aversive stimulus. Relative to sessions in which subjects were not deprived of food, substantially more escape/avoidance responses were made during sessions in which subjects were deprived of food for either 16 or 24 hours. These findings suggest that, in addition to altering the value of food as a reinforcer, food deprivation also alters the extent to which noise functions as an aversive stimulus.
 
28. Discrimination Acquisition Rate of Complex and Simple Stimuli in Pigeon Subjects
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
REBECCA HOTCHKISS (Fordham University)
Abstract: Stimuli differ in their simplicity or, conversely, complexity. Carter and Eckerman (1975) researched matching to sample acquisition based on stimuli complexity and found that there was no difference in rate of learning between the two. But information theory (Jensen, Ward, Balsam, 2013) quantifies the idea that complex stimuli contain more information than simple stimuli. Thus with more information it should be easier for the organism to distinguish between complex stimuli rather than between simple stimuli. Two experiments were conducted to investigate the application of this theory to discrimination training in pigeons. The first experiment compared the rate of learning identity matching to sample using colors with the rate of learning symbolic matching to sample using clip art as samples and different clip art as comparisons. A second experiment compared acquisition of discrimination between simple stimuli, shapes, with acquisition of a discrimination between complex stimuli, shapes superimposed over photographs. Both experiments found that discriminations using complex stimuli were acquired at a faster rate than discrimination among simple stimuli, which contradicts previous research that had reverse findings. The present results support the information theory as applied to discrimination learning, where the more information provided by a stimulus allows for a faster learning.
 
29. Exclusion Performance and Emergent Simple Discriminations in Domestic Dogs (Canis Familiaris)
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ISABELA ZAINE (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Camila Domeniconi (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos)
Abstract: Investigation of emergent behaviors in non-human animals may lead to evidence of symbolic behavior in non-verbal organisms. This study aimed to investigate exclusion performance and emergent simple discriminations after visual simple simultaneous discrimination trainings (S+/S-) in four adult domestic dogs. Exclusion was inferred by tests of: 1) choices between the S- set and undefined stimuli (SI); 2) choices between the S+ and another set of undefined stimuli (SI). Choices of SI in test type 1 and S+ in test 2 simultaneously indicate exclusion performance. Trials between SI and SI tested for emergent simple discriminations in which choices of SI indicate emergent repertoire resultant from exclusion trials. Training was conducted in 2 blocks of 6 different pairs of stimuli each. After each training block, 2 cycles of tests were conducted, being the first comprised by 6 trials different from each other, and the second repeated those trials. Exclusion was found for 3 subjects considering training blocks separately or pooled and for all subjects analyzing just cycles 1 from both trainings (Fischers test: p<0.03). Emergent simple discriminations were observed for two subjects, both in the second block of training (binomial p<0.01). Results suggest dogs performed by exclusion, but learning outcomes were not a frequent result.
 
30. The Effect of Pre-exposure to Appetitive and aversive Stimuli on Running and Eating in Activity Based Anorexia With Rats
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ANNE CASTLEY (Bryn Mawr), Paul D. Neuman (Bryn Mawr College)
Abstract: This study examined the effect of pre-exposure to aversive and appetitive stimuli on wheel rotations, food intake and weight loss. 48 Male Sprague Dawley rats at approximately 180 grams were assigned to 4 pre-exposure conditions: handling, heights, immobilization and forced running. The subjects were handled, placed in a Plexiglas box 3.5 feet above the ground, immobilized, or forced to run for 5 minutes daily during baseline. After 5 consecutive days of baseline, the ABA phase began, consisting of restricted food and wheel access until subjects reached 75% of their baseline weight. During the ABA procedure, half of these subjects were randomly selected for continued exposure to the assigned condition while the other half were exposed to ABA only. Once the subjects reached the exclusion criterion of 75% of their baseline weight, they were presented with free access to food and the running wheels were locked. The amount of food consumed, wheel rotations and weight loss during the ABA phase differed based on pre-exposure to the various conditions. These results could be applied to treating people with anorexia nervosa.
 
31. Symmetry in Rats: A Matter of Procedure?
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ASHLEY PRICHARD (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Danielle Panoz-Brown (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Katie Dyer (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Samantha Hess (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Erin Lackey (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Melissa Deal (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Katherine Ely Bruce (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Mark Galizio (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract: The process of category and class formation via trained conditional discriminations facilitates the study of emergent relations, especially related to stimulus equivalence in nonhumans. While most studies of emergent symmetry in nonhumans have yielded negative results (see Lionello-DeNolf, 2009 for review), symmetry has been demonstrated in pigeons using visual stimuli in a Go-No-Go procedure (Frank & Wasserman, 2005; Urcuioli, 2008 and subsequent studies). We attempted to replicate Urcuiolis (2008) study in Sprague-Dawley rats in an automated olfactometer using scents as stimuli and comparisons. Fourteen rats were trained initially on either identity or arbitrary conditional discriminations or a mixture of both types. Few rats met baseline criteria in order to be tested for symmetry, and rats that did showed no emergence of symmetry. Procedural parameters were modified (i.e., decreased ITI and increased sample and comparison exposure to FI10) to examine whether these changes facilitate learning. Additionally, we also tested generalization of identity match-to-sample to evaluate training methods.
 
32. The Illusion of Control in Slot Machine Gambling: A Comparative Survey
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
KIMBERLY LOUDERMILK (University of Nevada, Reno), Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract: There has been a recent trend in behavior analysis has been to focus on gambling research. To help identify potential topics for investigation, the current study polled individuals as to various elements of slot machine gaming and their beliefs on how they operate. In particular, we focused on the illusion of control, in which the gambler endorses an ability to have some influence over the outcome of the gamble either directly (e.g., how the gamble) or indirectly (e.g., when or where they gamble). Two samples were polled; a university sample and an internet-based sample. Results are compared between and within each group. Results show that, typically, students responded similarly to the internet-based sample and that there were definite areas of concern that would be of interest to the gambling researcher. Results are discussed in light of future directions and the generalizability of results from studies with students to the general population.
 
33. Does the Internet Addiction Test Predict Impulsiveness in Temporal Discounting of Non-Essential Internet Access?
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ELWYN MARTIN (Eastern Oregon University), Charles A. Lyons (Eastern Oregon University)
Abstract: Impulsiveness has been proposed as a defining factor of addiction in studies of temporal discounting of addictive commodities. The Internet Addiction Test (I.A.T; Young, 1998) purports to be a reliable and valid measure of addictive use of the Internet. The current study accessed temporal discounting in a series of hypothetical choices involving non-essential Internet access available immediately or after one of six delays. College students ages 18 - 38 completed an online procedure involving temporal discounting of both money ($50 – $6000) and non-essential Internet access (5 minutes – 600 minutes). Initial results reveal sharper discounting (as measured by area under the curve) for non-essential Internet access than for money in delay periods up to one year (p < .001). The I.A.T did not strongly predict the rate of discounting (r = .13) for non-essential Internet access. To the extent that Internet addiction may be reflected by impulsiveness in temporal discounting, we conclude the I.A.T remains unverified as a predictive tool.
 
34. The Analysis of Choice Behavior in Multi-Stage Gambles
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
XIAOTING SHI (Keio University), Takayuki Sakagami (Keio University), Takahide Omori (Keio University)
Abstract:

According to expected utility theory, there should be no preference between gambles that have identical outcomes. However, we sometimes see a preference due to random features of gambling�for example, the order of probabilities. In present study, subjects made 96 choices on a computer between two alternatives. Each consisted of two stages leading with equal joint probability to identical outcomes. In one alternative, the first stage offered higher probability of winning than the second stage. In the other, the first stage offered lower probability than the second. We didn�t tell subjects in advance about the probability of alternatives. There were two conditions, with an ITI in use and without ITI. The function of the ITI was to equate between alternative reinforce rates, and its duration was longer if the subjects didn�t win the first stage than if they won. Blackout was presented during the ITI. As a result, there was no preference between the alternatives without ITI. However, with ITI the subjects preferred the alternative in which the earlier stage had higher probability. The subjects may dislike the alternative with the lower probability in the first stage because they met the longer ITI more times than the other alternative.

 
35. Effects of Stimulus Characteristics on Stimulus Overselectivity
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
TAKAMITSU OKUYAMA (Hosei University), Satoru Shimamune (Hosei University)
Abstract: Stimulus overselectivity refers to the phenomenon whereby stimulus control over behavior is exerted only by a limited subset of the total stimuli. It is displayed not only by individuals with autism but also by normal adults. Previous studies of animals indicated that responses are controlled by strong stimulus characteristics. These effects are commonly known as the overshadowing effect and history effect. The control variables of stimulus overselectivity in humans are not clear. This study investigated the impact of stimulus that emphasized certain characteristics on stimulus overselectivity. Four university students participated. All the participants were trained on delayed identity matching to sample task, and then tested in three conditions. They were given tests with stimuli that emphasized size, difference, and history. The results indicated that overselectivity is controlled by the stimulus characteristics. All four participants showed stimulus overselectivity in the test using stimulus that emphasized size. The same was true for two participants in the test with stimulus that emphasized difference and for three participants in the test with stimulus that emphasized history. Thus, we considered that the control variables of stimulus overselectivity are the overshadowing effect and history effect.
 
36. Fixed-interval pause duration in chained fixed-ratio, fixed-interval schedules
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
LUCAS COUTO DE CARVALHO (Oslo and Akershus University College), Joao Claudio Todorov (Universidade de Brasilia), Kalliu Couto (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Abstract: Ten rats were submitted to chained fixed-ratio (FR), fixed-interval (FI) schedules of reinforcement. A FR schedule at one lever produced a discriminative stimulus associated with a FI 60-s schedule of primary reinforcement (water) at the second response lever. In Experiment 1, the FI schedule was kept constant while the FR requirement was changed from one to seven responses under five different experimental conditions for five rats. Increases in the FR requirement resulted in increases in postreinforcement pauses but also decreases in pauses in the FI schedule. Using another five rats, Experiment 2 tested the hypothesis that short pauses in the FI schedule result from the use of the chained schedules procedure. Baseline was a FI 80-s schedule. In the second condition, chained FR 1 FI 80-s schedules were programmed. The third condition was a return to baseline. In baselines 1 and 2, the FI pause was compatible with the literature but decreased considerably when a chained schedule was used. The present results support the hypothesis that the time between primary reinforcement presentations dominates the control of FI pauses over control by the onset of a discriminative stimulus.
 
37. The Analysis of University students’ Verbal Behaviors in CMC and FtF
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
YUKIKO TAKEUCHI (Tokiwa University), Tetsumi Moriyama (Tokiwa University)
Abstract: The present study aimed to compare the effects of two kinds of communication modes on university students’ verbal behaviors. The two kinds of communication modes were computer-mediated communication (CMC) and face-to-face communication (FtF). The participants were five students and they were paired and exposed to the two communication modes. The topic of each communication came from a picture book. The dependent variables were the participants’ verbal behaviors during each of the communication modes. The verbal behaviors were analyzed based on Skinner’s viewpoint on human verbal behaviors. The results showed that the communication modes evoked much verbal behaviors of each participant based on her partner’s verbal issues irrelevant to the content of the picture book. The number of words per statement was the same in the two communication modes; however, the number of conversation cycles and that of topics of the participants’ conversations in CMC were fewer than in FtF. Although in CMC the participants tacted the content of the picture book, they tacted issues in FtF, irrelevant to the picture book. In conclusion, analyzing verbal behaviors during the communication modes based on behavior analytic view is an efficient way for understanding specific effects of the communication modes on human behaviors.
 
38. Temporal Control in Signaled Response-Initiated Fixed-Interval Schedules: Aggregated and Single-Trial Analyses
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ADAM E. FOX (St. Lawrence University), Dwight Lastinger (West Virginia University), Elizabeth Kyonka (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Five pigeons were exposed to 15- and 30-s fixed-interval (FI), response-initiated fixed-interval (RIFI), and signaled response-initiated fixed-interval (SRIFI) schedules of reinforcement. Conditions were arranged using a multiple schedule in which the FI schedule was always yoked to either the RIFI or SRIFI schedule to equate interreinforcement intervals in the two schedule types. To measure temporal control, one of every five trials was a “peak” trial in which no food was delivered. Response rates were higher in RIFI schedules than in the other schedule types. Normalized mean response-rate gradients and single-trial start and stop times indicated that timing accuracy was similar in all three schedule types, but timing precision was best in the FI schedules, worst in the RIFI schedules, and in between in the SRIFI schedules.
 
39. Sensory Preconditioning in Partial Reinforcement
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
GABRIEL VELAZQUEZ GONZALEZ (Universidad de Guadalajara), Carlos Javier Flores Aguirre (Universidad de Guadalajara), Oscar Garcia Leal (Universidad de Guadalajara)
Abstract: It has been reported that the stimulus-stimulus contingency is an important factor in associative learning. Nevertheless, some studies in the area of partial reinforcement in Pavlovian conditioning have shown contradictory results. Therefore, it is proposed to indirectly assess the learning of an association between stimuli using a sensory preconditioning task. In the first phase, three groups of female rats were exposed to a serial compound of neutral stimuli (AB). In the second phase, one group (Continuous Group) was exposed to a continuous reinforcement schedule (B+), whereas the other two groups received partial reinforcement (B+, B–): for one group (Addition Group) nonreinforced trials were added to the continuous reinforcement schedule, and for other group (Subtraction Group) reinforcers were removed from the continuous reinforcement schedule. In the test phase responding to stimulus A was examined. Stimuli A and B were counterbalanced. In the second phase, subjects in the Continuous Group responded more than subjects in the groups exposed to partial reinforcement. However, in the test phase Continuous and Addition Groups responded more than subjects in the Subtraction Group. These results suggest that the learning of an association between stimuli depends on the stimulus-stimulus contingency and the number of reinforced trials.
 
40. Operant Variation and Learning of Difficult Sequences: Effects of Instructions and Baseline Variation Levels
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
BRUNO ANGELO STRAPASSON (Universidade Federal do Paraná), Maria Helena Leite Hunziker (Universidade de São Paulo)
Abstract: Neuringer (2009) suggested that some discrepancies between humans and nonhumans in studies of operant variability can be due, at last partially, to the content of instructions provided to the humans. This experiment investigated this supposition by asking some participants to find out what they need to do to produce reinforcement while asking other simply to gain reinforcement. Twenty eight students were randomly distributed into two groups and exposed to two phases: 1) CRF reinforcement for sequences of four key press responses (baseline); 2) concurrent reinforcement for (a) sequence variations and (b) emission of a low probability sequence (observed during baseline and referred to as the difficult sequence). Reinforcement would be maximized if the subject learned to emit the difficult sequence. Differential instructions were given at the beginning of Phase 2. The groups did not differ as a function of the differential instructions. However, the level of “spontaneous” variability observed during baseline was inversely related to the probability of emitting the difficult sequence during the second phase (r=-0.654, p<0.001). That is, subjects who varied the least during baseline were most likely to learn the difficult target sequence. These results did not confirm the prediction about instructional control, but they suggest that previous tendencies to vary, presumably originating in the non-experimental environment, can be an important variable determining learning of difficult sequences.
 
41. Can't Answer Response Option (CARO) Disrupts Equivalence Formation in Simultaneous Protocols using Linear-Series Training Structure
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ABDULRAZAQ A. IMAM (John Carroll University), Patricia Jimenez-Jimenez (John Carroll University)
Abstract: Simultaneous protocols and linear-series (LS) training structures typically yield poorer stimulus equivalence outcomes than other protocols and training structures commonly used in equivalence research. Additionally, participants tend to use a cant answer response option (CARO) when available rather than form equivalence classes. Fourteen undergraduate students participated. Whereas their equivalence yields were about equally poor (Fig. 1) in two conditions, one using the standard simultaneous protocol and the other using a hybrid simultaneous training and simple-to-complex testing presenting two independent groups of three three-member equivalence classes, the participants used CARO more with the standard than with the hybrid protocols (Fig. 2). The difference in CARO adoption in the standard simultaneous protocol compared to that in the hybrid simultaneous protocol was statistically significant (t(11) = 4.439, p < .001, ?2 = .64, d = 2.68). The results implicate test order effects in CARO availabilitys disruptive effects and suggest explanations for the difficulty often encountered with the simultaneous protocol.
 
42. Do Ratio Schedules Generate the Characteristic Bitonic Drinking Functions Observed in Schedule-Induced Polydipsia?
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MELISSA M. M. ANDREWS (Central Michigan University), Mark P. Reilly (Central Michigan University)
Abstract: Schedule-induced polydipsia is characterized by drinking copious amounts of water and is produced and maintained by intermittent food delivery. Typically, drinking is bitonically related to the inter-food interval (IFI) when reinforcers are delivered according to interval-based schedules (Falk, 1969). Carlisle (1971), on the other hand, showed that drinking was monotonically related to the fixed-ratio value; however the range of ratios may have been too constricted to show any existing bitonic function. The aim of the present study is to more thoroughly examine the nature of the schedule-induced drinking function when ratio contingencies (specifically large ratios) are in effect. To that end, rats lever pressed for food under a progression of fixed ratios (doubling from 1 to 256) while water was freely available. Following this, the lever was removed and the food was delivered non-contingently according to a fixed-time (FT) schedule yoked to the IFIs generated by the FR schedules. As in Carlisle (1971), the amount of water consumed tended to increase across the FR progression, while water intake across the FT progression was somewhat less consistent. The variables responsible for the shape of these functions are currently under investigation.
 
 
Keyword(s): poster session
 
Poster Session #466
EDC Mon PM
Monday, May 26, 2014
7:00 PM–9:00 PM
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
43. Validation and Utility of The Autism Classroom Evaluation
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
STACY A. CLEVELAND (Marcus Autism Center), Dana Zavatkay (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University), Chiara M. Cunningham (Marcus Autism Center at Children’s Healthcare of Atlanta), Julie Eshleman (Marcus Autism Center), Lisa M. Cymbor (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Increasingly children with autism are being educated in specialized classrooms designed to be sympathetic to the needs of this population and to address the unique cluster of symptoms. A validated evaluation tool is needed to identify strengths and needs of existing educational and behavioral services at the classroom level, to ascertain what consultation and training services are necessary, and to facilitate prioritization of the services. The Autism Classroom Evaluation (ACE) was developed to meet these needs. The ACE is used to assess aspects of classroom environment, skill acquisition programming, inclusion opportunities, and behavior management strategies in each classroom. Specific aspects of 14 constructs are evaluated in accordance with standards of practice for educating children with autism. The ACE has been completed by board certified behavior analysts in 20 classrooms for children with autism in both public and private school settings. Psychometric properties of this tool including inter-rater, test-retest, parallel-forms, and internal consistency reliability will be assessed and results presented. Additional data will show the utility of the ACE as a pre and post test measure to illustrate differences between scores obtained in classrooms with didactic training only and those with extensive consultation in addition to didactic training.
 
44. Peer-Yoked Contingency and Observational Learning
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
HYE-SUK LEE PARK (Kongju National University), Bongsin Kwack (Kongju National University), Heejeung Bang (Kongju National University), Myounghee Lee (Kongju National University), Sungbong Lee (Backsuk University), Hyouja Lee (Korean National University of Transportation), Jung Yeon Cho (Daegu Cyber University), Munbong Yang (Milal Special School)
Abstract: The present study tested effects of peer-yoked contingency on acquisition of observational learning. A 12-year old boy with Autism and a 12-year old boy with brain injury participated in the study. Five picture sets of five unknown items were used as stimuli. During the pre-intervention condition, participants were required to sit next to a peer who was receiving direct instruction on labeling presented stimuli, Set 1and Set 2. The experimenters provided feedback to correct or incorrect responses of the peer and tested if the participants learned the new items through observing the peer receiving instruction. Both of the participants didn't show observational learning during the pre-intervention conditions. During intervention conditions, a yoked contingency was in effect: Both of the participant and the peer should emit correct responses in order to gain an access to reinforcers. Both of the participants demonstrated observational learning with Set 1 and Set 2 after the intervention. The participants showed generalization of the behavior with Set 4 and Set 5. Key words: observational learning, peer-yoked contingency, direct instruction
 
45. The Effects of a Graphic Organizer Training Package on the Persuasive Writing of Middle School Students With Autism
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
ANNE BISHOP (The Ohio State University), Mary Sawyer (The Ohio State University), Sheila R. Alber-Morgan (The Ohio State University), Melissa Boggs (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: This study examined the effects of a graphic organizer intervention package on the quality and quantity of persuasive writing of middle school students with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Quality of students? writing was measured via analytical rubric scores and correct writing sequences. Quantity was measured by assessing total words written. Students were between the ages of 12 and 14, and all four participants had been diagnosed with ASD. The intervention consisted of an examination of a model essay and graphic organizer, a demonstration of planning and writing an essay including a mini-lesson on transitions, and a guide phase in which the interventionist and student plan and write an essay together. A multiple-baseline across participants design was used to evaluate intervention effectiveness. Findings indicated that the quality and quantity of the students? persuasive writing improved as a result of the intervention in all three measurements. A graphic organizer intervention is an effective choice to improve writing quality of students with autism.
 
46. Maximizing the Effectiveness of a Parent Trainjng Program
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
ALEXIS N. BOGLIO (Southwest Autism Research and Resource Center), Jamie Christman (Southwest Autism Research and Resource Center)
Abstract: Father involvement and participation is often overlooked in the literature when evaluating effectiveness of parent training programs. A twenty-five hour intensive parent training model has been demonstrated to help a primary caregiver meet a fidelity of implementation in Pivotal Response Treatment (PRT). Evaluation of fidelity scores for primary caregivers, mothers, who attend alone show lower maintenance scores at follow-up in comparison to mothers who attend with a father. In addition, fathers were able to demonstrate increased levels of fidelity over the training week through observation and not through practice with direct feedback of implementation.
 
47. In Your Own Backyard: A Collaboration Between Public School and Behavior Analysts
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Gabriel Valley (Step By Step), CHRISTINE AUSTIN (Step By Step)
Abstract: A growing trend in education services is to incorporate intensive behavioral intervention (IBI) within public schools, allowing for students to receive behavioral health services to support their educational placement. This descriptive analysis provides a comparison of 3 elementary-aged students’ baseline scores at the beginning of the 2012/2013 school year, to scores received during one-year follow-up evaluations, after receiving IBI. Comparison scores were evaluated with a language skills assessment, The Assessment of Basic Language and Learning Skills – Revised (ABLLS-R), along with scores received on the following standardized assessments: Kaufman Assessment Battery for Children – Second Edition (KABC-2), Social Communication Questionnaire (SCQ), Pervasive Developmental Disorder Behavior Inventory (PDDBI), Scales of Independent Behavior – Revised (SIB-R), and the Parenting Relationship Questionnaire (PRQ). Scores indicate that each student showed marked advances in their verbal knowledge, either maintained or obtained slightly higher nonverbal scores, and showed a decrease in rates of impeding problem behavior. The results suggest that the use of IBI within a school setting can result in increased language development and foster academic success.
 
48. Using The Power Card Strategy To Increase Appropriate Turn-Taking in 4th Grade Students With Autism
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
ANGELA M DAUBERT (Temple University), Shana E. Hornstein (Temple University)
Abstract: Children with autism often have very narrow and special interests. This can result in a lack of variety in play for children with this diagnosis. The Power Card strategy is a visual aid that incorporates the childs special interest in teaching appropriate social interactions including routines, pro-social behaviors, the meaning of language, and the hidden curriculum (Gagnon 2001). The Power Card strategy has been successful with improving game play of a student with autism (Keeling, Smith-Myles, Gagnon & Simpson, 2003). In this study the Power Card was a small card that had a picture of the students favorite Ninja Turtle and how to complete a turn from the point of view of the character. The participants were two male students who are diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders. The research question was, Will the use of the Power Card strategy increase appropriate turn taking? The Power Card increased both initiating a turn and relinquishing a turn for both students. It showed minimal results in increasing spontaneous commenting.
 
49. My Turn, Together, Your Turn: Using Direct Instruction Principles to Teach 3 Young Children With ASD to Read
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER FROSCH (Texas A&M University)
Abstract: This reading intervention study aims to determine the effectiveness of a phonics intervention using the Direct Instruction principles of My Turn, Together, Your Turn and a token economy on reading skills of 3 young children with ASD. Three students (ages 4, 5, and 6) participated in this multiple baseline across students single case research study. Kindergarten students in Texas learn about letters and letter sounds, as well as phonemic awareness skills. Instruction in these skills will be of great benefit and increase participants' literacy skills, in addition to increasing the probability of a successful transition to the primary grades. Phases included baseline, intervention, and maintenance. This reading intervention study aims to determine the effectiveness of a phonics intervention, (along with the use of a token economy) on reading skills of children with ASD. A schedule of activities and materials were presented in a visual format. Data were collected on the number of words read correctly. Specifically, the independent variable involved students blending letter sounds, which are on squares, and sounding out the words as they touched each letter. Direct Instruction procedures were followed and listed on fidelity of implementation checklists. In addition, maintenance data were collected to determine the effects of this intervention on participants' word reading abilities after the intervention is complete.
 
50. Educating Students With ASD and ADHD in the Inclusion Classroom a Research-Based Case Study
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
KIMBERLY P. WEBER (Gonzaga University), Michaela N. Jones (Gonzaga University), Thomas Ford McLaughlin (Gonzaga University)
Abstract: The purpose of the present study was to evaluate the effects of a token economy on on-task behaviors by two seventh grade boys with varying disabilities within a public school inclusion classroom setting. At the end of the study, the participant identified with ASD increased his on-task behaviors approximately 52%. The participant identified with ADHD increased about 59% and decreased an average of 3.3 talk-outs per minute, although there were environmental limitations that impacted the design and confounded the ability to determine an educational effect. One specific limitation was the lack of support for the general education teacher to influence the learning environment to be conducive for the students who required more structure than the curriculum typically provided. It is likely that increased support from the administration to provide training and collaboration with special educators for general education teachers would have increased the on-task behavior and participation of both participants.
 
51. The Effects of Self-Monitoring in a General Education Classroom on the Academic Skills of Elementary School Students With Autism Spectrum Disorders
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
KEN HANDA (University of Tsukuba), Fumiyuki Noro (University of Tsukuba)
Abstract: The present study evaluated the effects of self-monitoring on the academic skills of two elementary school students with autism spectrum disorders in a general education classroom. A multiple-baseline-across-participants design was used. The participants were Kayo (not her real name), who was in fourth grade, and Taro (not his real name), who was in six grade. Assessment information was collected through an interview with homeroom teacher and observation in the classroom setting. The selected target academic skills were (a) listening to teacher's talk with his/her head up and (b) listening to teacher's talk without touching stationaries. The students were instructed to self-monitor own performance of target academic skills. The effects of self-monitoring were measured by behavioral observation in the classroom setting and the contextual fit scores by the teacher assessment. The results showed the students increased the rate of target academic skills in the classroom setting and generalization setting, and its effects were maintained even after a month and three months (Kayo only). Moreover, the result indicated the contextual fit scores by the teacher assessment were high.
 
52. Effects of Two Training Components in Computer-Aided Personalized System of Instruction (CAPSI) on Teaching the Assessment of Basic Learning Abilities (ABLA) to Autism Senior Tutors
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
LEI HU (University of Manitoba), Joseph J. Pear (University of Manitoba), Kirsten M. Wirth (St. Amant Research Centre, University of Manitoba)
Abstract: Training practitioners the Assessment of Basic Learning Abilities (ABLA; an instrument measures an individual's ability to learn some basic behavioral functions) is a major practical priority for applied behavior analysis programs providing services to individuals with an intellectual disability or autism. In the present study, we evaluated the effects of two training components on teaching the ABLA to eight autism senior tutors. The components, which were delivered through a computer-aided personalized system of instruction (CAPSI) program, involved the senior tutors (a) passing mastery-based unit assignments and (b) watching demonstration videos. A multiple baseline design across two training sequences, with a reversed order of the two components, was used to monitor the senior tutors performance. Each senior tutor showed substantial improvements in knowledge performance and in conducting the ABLA following the completion of the two training components. However, differential contributions of the components to training effects were observed; i.e., passing unit assignments was primarily responsible for knowledge acquisition while watching videos facilitated performance on conducting the ABLA. The practical implications of training procedures were also discussed.
 
53. The Effects of Explicit Instruction on Critical Early Literacy Skills in Play Contexts for Children With Developmental Delays
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
BLAKE HANSEN (Brigham Young University), Mallory Roberts (Brigham Young University)
Abstract: Correlational and experimental studies have identified several critical language skills that contribute to the development of reading in young children. The ability to identify and manipulate sounds in words is one of these skills. Although these skills are typically learned incidentally in the environment, some children fail to learn these skills without intervention. The study presented here combines incidental learning opportunities with explicit methods of instruction to teach these skills to six children with developmental delays. The intervention used explicit methods (prompting, time delay, modeling, and error correction) embedded in play contexts to teach kindergarten-age children with intellectual and developmental disabilities to identify and manipulate the sound structure in words. The children learned to segment syllables, identify onset sounds, and blend and segment phonemes (i.e., minimal textual repertoires). Results indicated that the six children who participated were able demonstrate these skills in play and assessment contexts to a socially significant degree. Although incidental approaches have been used in other studies to teach reading and language skills to children in this population, this study demonstrates that a low-dose intervention can increase these critical language skills.
 
54. Effects of Video Self-Modeling on Decreasing Disturbance Behavior in Adolescent With Intellectual Disabilities
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
EUNHEE PAIK (Kongju National University), Hyouja Lee (Korean National University of Transportation), Hyeonjeong Park (Kongju National University), Sungbong Lee (Backsuk University), Youngmo Yang (Kongju National University), Jung Yeon Cho (Daegu Cyber University), Munbong Yang (Milal Special School), Ki Soon Hong (Kongju National University)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to investigate the effects of video self-modeling with cellular phone on the class disturbance behaviors of a middle school student with intellectual Disabilities. In this study, multiple baseline design across settings was utilized to examine the effects of video self-modeling in three settings. (i.e., special education class, inclusion class, and play ground). Target behaviors were aggression toward peers, talking out, and off-task behavior. During the intervention phases, 5-minute videos which showed the participant's appropriate behaviors were used. As the intervention, the participant watched the video with the experimenter prior to each observation session. The experimenter provided specific feedback on his appropriate behaviors and discussed about desired behaviors while they watched videos. Data were collected within 30-minute observation sessions during baseline, intervention, and follow-up phases. IOA was obtained during 25% of sessions of each experimental phase. The mean IOA was 92.77. The results showed that the intervention of video self-modeling with cellular phone was effective in decreasing the rate of the classroom disturbance behaviors across the three settings and the effects were maintained during follow-ups two weeks later. Key Words: self-modeling, cellular phone, video
 
55. The Effects of Phonics Instruction on the Decoding Skills of an Adolescent With Cerebral Palsy
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
PAULA CHAN (The Ohio State University), John Schaefer (The Ohio State University), Moira Konrad (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: Reading is an essential skill for academic success. However, many students with disabilities learn to compensate for their deficits using other skills. For example, a child who struggles to understand phonics might learn to memorize words as sight words, never gaining mastery of phonics. This strategy may be effective for a period of time, but will limit the students potential for becoming a proficient reader. Multiple disabilities such as physical impairment or communication delays can further obscure a persons reading ability. The purpose of this study was measure the effectiveness of explicit phonics and phonemic awareness instruction for a 19-year-old man with cerebral palsy and communication deficits. Despite attending college courses, the participant had reading proficiency comparable to a second grader, with emerging decoding skills. The intervention focused on teaching phonics, segmenting, and blending, using a multiple baseline design across phonemes. Preliminary results indicate the intervention was effective in teaching decoding skills. Authors will discuss the findings and implications for research and practice.
 
56. Procedure of Reading Teaching for Students With Intellectual Disabilities Involving Teachers and Parents
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
PRISCILA BENITEZ (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Ricardo M. Bondioli (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Camila Domeniconi (Universidade Federal de São Carlos)
Abstract: The study aimed to evaluate three interventions applied in three different contexts (regular class, especial class and residence) to reading teaches seven words with three syllables. The interventions were distributed in seven experimental conditions (A, B, C, AB, BC, AC, ACB). The conditions were applied isolated and simultaneous. The condition A was structured by activities computerized to teach isolate word, applied by the special teacher in the special class. The condition B was compound by books applied by parents in the residence. The condition C was compound oral reading of text by regular teacher in the regular class. The condition AB was compound by intervention A plus B and so on. The participants were five learners with intellectual disabilities included regular school. Each learner was exposed to seven alternating teaching conditions. In the pretest except A2 that read five words correct, the others showed low reading performance. In the posttest all learners improved their performances in reading tasks. A3 read all correct words. The procedure was efficient to teach reading tasks for learners with intellectual disabilities, involving formal and informal educators.
 
57. The Effects of Physical Movement Before Class on Decreasing Off-Task Behaviors of Students With Intellectual Disability
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Yi-Tien Tsai (National Tao-Yuan Special School), PEI-YU CHEN (National Taipei University of Education)
Abstract: This study aims to investigate the effects of a 10-minute physical movement before class on decreasing off-task behaviors during instruction. Three students with intellectual disability in a vocational special education school in Taiwan participated in this study. A single-subject A-B-A-B design was applied for each participant. Using a partial interval recording system, two observers recorded four off-task behaviors of each participant, including looking away from the instructor, playing objects, chatting or playing with classmates, delayed response to demands. The inter-observer reliability ranged from 90% to 100% across participants and social validity of the intervention was addressed by interviewing other teachers in the classroom. The results showed that the physical movement before class intervention successfully decreased three out of four off-task behaviors. Although the effect of intervention on delayed response to demand was not as prevalent, the percentage of intervals of two intervention phases still showed a slightly decreasing trend. The results of teacher interview also confirmed the effects of the physical movement intervention on students off-task behaviors. The teachers also reported about the maintenance and generalization effects of the intervention. Application for education and suggestions for future research were provided at the end of this study.
 
58. Teaching Generalized Pretend Play and Related Behaviors To Young Children with Disabilities
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
ERIN E. BARTON (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract: Children with disabilities play less often and demonstrate fewer varied pretend play behaviors than children with typical development. In this study, a multiple probe design was used to examine the relation between teachers’ use of the system of least prompts and contingent imitation and the acquisition, maintenance, and generalization of pretend play and related behaviors by 4 children with disabilities. Results indicated the teachers’ use of the intervention package was functionally related to increases in the children’s frequency and diversity of pretend play and related behaviors. Children also maintained responses in sessions without prompts and generalized across toys and contexts. The findings replicate previous studies on adult prompting of pretend play and extend the literature by assessing generalization of children’s pretend play across contexts and measuring measuring intervention and implementation fidelity. Overall, this study provides a strong argument for engaging in systematic instruction of play, including pretend play, for children who do not display such behaviors.
 
59. Say the Term or the Definition When Using SAFMEDS?
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
CAMERON GREEN (Florida State University, Brohavior  ), Joshua K. Pritchard (Florida Institute of Technology), James Booth (Brohavior), Mark Malady (Brohavior; HSI/WARC), Scott A. Miller (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

This study compared "See Term/Say Definition" to "See Definition/Say Term" when using SAFMEDS to study ABA terms. Two young adult participants practiced six sets of approximately 30 flashcards using the SAFMEDS procedure. The flashcards were accessed online through the website quizlet.com and were terms and defintions about Applied Behavior Analysis. An alternating treatments design was used to evaluate which of two stimulus conditions was more effective at promoting learning (“See Term/Say Definition” or “See Definition/Say Term”). The design was also counterbalanced across participants. Outcome measures included: number of timings required to reach fluency in the opposite channel once fluency was achieved in the first, corrects and incorrects during first trial in opposite channel once fluency was achieved in the first, pre-test/post-test scores and duration on an intro to ABA exam, and pre-test/post-test timings on “Hear Term/Say Definition” channel. As SAFMEDS are often used to study and learn terms and definitions, it is important to address which learning channel leads to the sorts of outcomes students are interested in achieving. One possible flaw with the “See Definition/Say Term” channel is faulty stimulus control: responding could be controlled by irrelevant stimuli such as specific words or definition length.

 
60. Positive Behavior Supports for Challenging Middle School and High School Classes and Settings
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
RICK SHAW (Behavior Issues)
Abstract: Children with Emotional Behavioral Disorders (EBD) can engage in challenging behaviors in the classroom; such as being disruptive noncompliant, and off-task. Teachers are spending valuable instructional time redirecting challenging behaviors, as opposed quality teaching. For response marking, behaviors were marked by the teacher clicking on a tally counter, and giving a verbal statement of expectations. With peer pressure students were encouraged to keep each other on-task, and not engage with students that were being disruptive in class. If the class was at or below the criteria for the frequency of teacher redirections (DRL), they received daily rewards (candy) and bi-weekly rewards (movie). Seven high school classes (six special education classes and one English Language Learner class) participated in this study. There were a total of 84 students, 67 males and 17 females, mostly with specific learning disabilities and/or emotional behavior disorders. Teacher redirections decreased in all classes, which, allowed for more time for lessons, quality instruction, and a less disruptive classroom environment.
 
61. Study of Longitudinal Exposure for Increasing Children’s Vegetable Consumption
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
SUJIN LEE (Yonsei University), Kyong-Mee Chung (Yonsei University)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to examine an effectiveness of longitudinal exposure program for increasing children’s vegetable eating. The data was collected from 3 different daycare centers. 44 parents out of 59 parents who agree to let their children participate in this program were used for the data. Total of 44 children, aged one- year- old to 3-years -old either participated in the exposure program or be assigned to control group for 6 months. Children who were assigned to experiment group participated in the exposure program with real vegetable for 10 minutes twice a week. Results showed that children in experiment group consumed more vegetables after 6months while there was no change in control group. Also, there were significant differences in age groups. 2 years old and 3 years old children eat more vegetables than 1 years old children. However, there was no significant difference between boys and girls. These results showed that longitudinal exposure was an effective method to reduce food neophobia and to increase vegetable consumption. Implications and limitations were also discussed.
 
62. Don't Just Customize, Personalize: Innovative iPad APP Implementation for Unique Learners
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
JONATHAN IZAK (SpecialNeedsWare)
Abstract: This session will focus on advancing clinical outcomes through customization and personalization in implementing AAC and behavior learning technology. Research will be presented on topics including visual scene displays and just-in-time programming that demonstrates how specific customizations, allowed for by advancements in technology, can increase joint attention, turn taking, and language acquisition in learners. Practical applications of this research will then be presented using examples of the specific improvements such techniques have had on behavior and communication outcomes in home, school, community, and vocational environments. These examples will incorporate individuals at a variety of developmental levels and ages, including preschoolers, adolescents and adults. In particular, these examples will show how visual instructional tools, visual expressive tools and visual organizational tools were customized and personalized to meet the needs and abilities of individual learners. Attendees will then be instructed on best practices for assessing individuals to determine the tools best suited to the learner and how to customize them towards their specific needs through the use of the AutisMate app. On the communication side, this will involve determining whether visual scenes or grid displays are appropriate for each individual. Demonstrations of implementation will be given in creating customized content including visual scenes, grid displays, visual schedules, video models, visual stories and more. Each of these areas will be illustrated through real life examples of successful implementations for learners with varying degrees of communication, behavioral and social abilities that have increased their independence and self-determination. Lastly, the importance of communication between, and participation of, family members, educators and professionals is required to successfully personalize assistive technology to the specific needs of an individual, which will result in increased levels of independence. Effective tools and strategies for efficient collaboration of those involved in the development of the learner will be demonstrated, including specific examples of how this has been successfully accomplished in practice.
 
 
Keyword(s): poster session
 
Poster Session #467
OBM Mon PM
Monday, May 26, 2014
7:00 PM–9:00 PM
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
63. What Constitutes Performance in Performance Feedback?
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
CANDICE HANSARD (California Sate University Northridge), Denice Rios (California State University, Northridge), Meline Pogojana (California State University, Northridge), Ellie Kazemi (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract: Previous authors have provided evidence that the delivery of feedback does not uniformly improve performance. In an attempt to improve the effectiveness of feedback, researchers have evaluated various characteristics such as sources and modes of delivery, content, addition of rewards, frequency, and timing. One factor that may contribute to maximizing the effectiveness of feedback delivery, which researchers have yet to take into consideration, is the type of target behavior(s) for which feedback is delivered. In our literature review, we found that researchers provided feedback for performance, or target behavior(s), that involved either skill acquisition (e.g., training novice staff to conduct preference assessments) or staff management (e.g., increasing and maintaining residential staff’s adherence to hand hygiene). Therefore, our objective was to identify whether differences in the use and effectiveness of performance feedback emerged when we divided published studies based on the targeted behavior--either skill acquisition or staff management. We used methods similar to Balcazar et al., (1985) and Alvero et al., (2001) and reviewed a total of 87 articles (27 skill acquisition, 60 staff management) from 2003-2013. We discuss the implications of our findings and future directions for researchers who wish to identify effective methods to deliver performance feedback.
 
64. A Behavioral Systems Analysis Approach of a Startup Software Firm
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Sigurdur Oli Sigurdsson (Florida Institute of Technology), Elizabeth A. Henry (Florida Institute of Technology), Clare Liddon (Florida Institute of Technology), Courtney J. Wolff (The Bay School), BRANDON MARTINEZ-ONSTOTT (Florida Tech)
Abstract: The purpose of the study was to document the processes of a startup and to create a formalized structure based on the BSA Workbook. The needs identified by the organization were addressed throughout this process. A systems approach was adopted to focus on structuring the skeleton of the organization and documenting initial processes. Once the processes were documented, recommendations were created by pinpointing specific performance problems. The methodology used established best practice standards and metrics to evaluate the effectiveness of these processes. Those involved within the startup were satisfied with the process improvements and the organization operated more efficiently as a result.
 
65. From Feedback to Fluency
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
DANIELLE KRETSCHMER (Appalachian State University), Timothy D. Ludwig (Appalachian State University)
Abstract: Journey Management call center agents communicate with drivers at a global oil-services corporation to promote safe occupational driving. This study examined the effects of mastery training and feedback on increasing fluency to a script promoting a greater quality of conversation between call center agents and drivers. Approximately 3,000 calls were recorded, transferred, and analyzed using a behavioral checklist. Behavioral training methods were applied to 28 verbal behaviors that were deemed critical questions as well as optional questions designed to increase the quality of conversations. Training included self-discovery, experiencing an exemplar, role-play, and intensive feedback. Agents attained a targeted 85% adherence rate on all but one critical behavior due to the training and feedback with an average increase of 20 percentage points. In addition, an average increase of 15 percentage points was observed across the behavioral occurrences of optional questions. A small but promising relationship was found between agents providing feedback on driving behaviors (an optional question) and driver conversational utterances during the call.
 
66. Using Public Posting to Improve Staff Data Completion
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
SARAH J. PASTRANA (University of British Columbia), Sheena Crawford (Arcus Community Resources), Sharon E. Baxter (Semiahmoo Behaviour Analysts, Inc.)
Abstract: Public posting of employee performance has been used in a variety of contexts to affect behavior change in workplace settings. This case study examined the use of a simple public posting procedure to improve staff data completion at a residential applied behavior analytic teaching home. We selected five target data requirements being completed inconsistently by staff and used an ABA design to evaluate behavior change. Each week we graphed the total number of data errors recorded across all target tasks and publicly posted the graph in the staff office. Data were collapsed across all employees. This intervention resulted in improved data completion for all staff members but one, and results were maintained following removal of the intervention. Additional training was provided for the staff member whose data completion scores were low. Anecdotal evidence indicated the public posting procedure was acceptable to staff members. This case study replicates in part previous research supporting the effectiveness of performance feedback interventions in workplace settings.
 
67. Effects of Celebrity Endorsement as Discriminative Stimulus in an Apartment Sale Advertising Catalog
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Carla Simone Castro da Silva (Universidade Católica de Goiás), CRISTIANO COELHO (Universidade Catolica de Goias)
Abstract: Major advertisement campaigns use people endorsement to introduce a product. Among these people, its common the celebrities endorsement. The present work tried to investigate the influence of a celebrity on the building consumer evaluation of an ad catalog. This catalog contained or a celebrity, or a non-public person. It was tried to identify which aspects are most influenced by celebrity insertion, since this resource has been used in advertisements in Goiania. We made a hypothesis that this process could be benefited by behavioral science principles, what should potentiate those resources. Ninety eight consumers looking for property in the last years responded to questions about the catalog, including the person, to the venture itself, and to building company. The participants whose received the catalog with the celebrity (CC) evaluated the catalog as cheaper, the venture as more luxurious, and the builder as more expensive as well confident in comparison to the group without celebrity (SC). Besides this, the presence of the celebrity increased the attention to the person, but reduced the attention to others catalog aspects. These data suggest careful in utilize the celebrity endorsement, from the behavior analysis perspective.
 
68. Pyramidal Training Utilizing Feedback in an Adult Dual Diagnosis Residential Treatment Setting
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
HALEY EPPES (The Arc of the Ozarks), April M. Williams (The School of Professional Psychology at Forest Institute)
Abstract: The study author investigated the effectiveness of combining pyramidal training with descriptive feedback in increasing implementation of antecedent and consequent behavior support skills by direct support staff members working with individuals with dual diagnoses (i.e., an intellectual disability plus a psychological disorder) in a residential setting. The training program consisted of training a supervisor how to train other direct support staff members to implement specific behavior support skills using descriptive feedback. The targeted behavior support skills were chosen based on their usefulness with a wide range of consumers. The expectation was that consistent implementation of these specific skills would reduce inappropriate behaviors and increase appropriate behaviors of each client. A multiple baseline across direct support staff members design was used to evaluate the effectiveness of this training program.
 
69. The Relative Effects of Correct vs. Incorrect Response Feedback on Performance and Emotions
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
SEONG EUN KIM (Chung Ang University), Kwangsu Moon (Chung-Ang University), Jaehee Lee (Chung Ang University), Shezeen Oah (Chung Ang University)
Abstract: This study evaluated the relative effectiveness of correct and incorrect response feedback on task performance and perceived emotion for the feedback. Between group design was adopted and 44 participants were randomly assigned to one of the four experimental groups: (1) correct response feedback, (2) incorrect response feedback, (3) correct and incorrect response feedback and (4) control group. Participants were asked to work on a computerized task. They performed 10 tasks per session and attended 4 sessions. The dependent variables were error rate of the completed tasks and perceived emotions for the feedback. The results showed that the group which received incorrect response feedback and correct and incorrect response feedback had lower error rates than the group which received correct response feedback. In addition, the participants in the incorrect feedback group experienced more negative emotion (e, g., dissatisfaction, depressed, and tension), than other two groups.
 
70. The Relative Effects of Individual and Group Feedback on Work Performance
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
KWANGSU MOON (Chung-Ang University), Minjung Cha (Chung-ang University), Kyehoon Lee (Chung-Ang University), Shezeen Oah (Chung Ang University)
Abstract: This study compared the effects of individual and group feedback on work performance. The task was to type English documents on a PC computer and both the number of words typed (quantity) and the percentage of correctly typed words (quality) were measured. Between-group design was adopted and 48 participants were randomly assigned to either individual or group feedback condition. Each group consisted of three participants and completed four sessions together. Under the individual feedback condition, each participant was provided with information on his / her own work performance, while under the group feedback condition, three participants were provided with information on their total work performance. Results showed that the group feedback produced better results on the quantity of performance than the individual feedback. However, there was no difference between two conditions in terms of quality of performance.
 
71. Factors Affecting Observer Error When Using Interval Sampling Methods
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
MATTHEW A. TAYLOR (The National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention), Matthew T. Weaver (Mercyhurst Univesity), Oliver Wirth (The National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention)
Abstract: Observational sampling methods inherently produce measurement error in duration estimates of a target event; however, it is unclear to what extent the observer introduces additional error by scoring intervals incorrectly. As a step towards identifying key factors that contribute to observer error, the present study attempted to rule out two possible variables by minimizing the difficulty of discriminating target events and reducing the attentional demands on the observer. Observer error was assessed across different interval sampling methods, interval durations, event durations, and event frequencies. Participants viewed and scored video depicting easy-to-discriminate safe and at-risk postures of an animated character performing a computer-based task. Computer software (Praxis PinPoint) was used to reduce attentional demands by aiding the viewing and scoring of the videos. Observer error was marginally greater with partial-interval recording and shorter interval durations; nevertheless, interval method, interval duration, event duration, and event frequency had little impact on error. Overall, observer error in duration estimates was less than 5% in all conditions. Results indicate that difficulty discriminating the target event and/or attentional demands associated with traditional paper-and-pencil methods may have been key factors in previous reports of observer error with interval-based observational measurements.
 
72. An Exploratory Comparison of Accurate and Inaccurate Performance Feedback
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
MICHAEL PALMER (Central Michigan University), Carl Merle Johnson (Central Michigan University)
Abstract: Performance Feedback is ubiquitous in Organizational Behavior Management; yet after years of different topographies and uses performance feedback’s function and essential components are still debated. It has been assumed that performance feedback must be accurate, but this assumption has not been empirically validated. Objective feedback, conceptualized as a verbal discriminative stimulus in this study, was tested to see if feedback must be accurate to improve performance. A single subject design (n=3) was conducted with undergraduate students engaged in a data entry task. The number and accuracy of entered data points served as dependent variables. Type of feedback received served as the independent variable: accurate, inaccurate (yoked to another subject’s performance), and doubled in sequential phases for two subjects while the third participant received no feedback (control). Participants worked on this task for thirteen 45-minute sessions. The total number of data points entered per session differed little between all three subjects. Results suggest that performance feedback may not need to be precisely accurate; however these results can be interpreted multiple ways and further research is clearly warranted.
 
73. An Examination of the Impact of Feedback and Acceptance and Commitment Training on the Quantity and Quality of Active Training Provided by Direct Support Professionals
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
JOHN PINGO (Goldie B. Floberg Center), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: This study examined the effect of a verbal and written performance feedback system with a low cost probabilistic contingency reward program and an eight hour Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) training program on the percentage of time Direct Support Professionals (DSPs) spent engaged in active treatment and the technical competence of active treatment provided to people with disabilities. The experiment used a pretest/posttest design with a waitlist control group and two intervention groups. DSPs serving children and adults with developmental disabilities in a residential and small group home settings participated in the experiment. The first intervention group received only the feedback intervention while the second intervention group received the feedback intervention and the ACT training. After attrition the group sizes were control N = 12, feedback only N = 12, and feedback plus ACT N = 17. Both intervention groups performed significantly better than the control group. The feedback plus ACT group outperformed the feedback only group by 27.8% in percentage of observation time engaged in active treatment at posttest. The result was statistically significantly at the .05 level of significance. The feedback plus ACT group also exhibited superior but nonsignificant improvements over the feedback only group in the areas of competency of operant teaching techniques (14.9%), percentage of clients engaged in purposeful activities (10.7%), and percentage of clients with learning or leisure materials within arms reach (11.0%). Regression analyses found a weak positive correlation between age and frequency of active treatment (R2 = .11, F(1, 39) = 4.99, p < .05), a weak positive correlation between psychological flexibility as measured by the Acceptance and Action Questionnaire-2 (AAQ-2) and job satisfaction, a weak negative correlation between psychological flexibility and self-reported workplace stress, and a weak negative correlation between stress and job satisfaction. Self-reported levels of psychological flexibility, workplace stress, and job satisfaction remained stable for all three groups from pre to posttest despite the increased performance expectations on DSPs in the two intervention groups.
 
74. Efficiency of Experimental Analogs of the Employee of the Month Program to Promote Performance
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
PATRICIA ULRICH PINTO (Positivo University), Helder Gusso (Positivo University)
Abstract: The "employee of the month" program is frequently indicated in books about people management to promote performance however there is little empirical evidence on this practice. The objective of this work was to verify through experimental analogs the efficiency of the “employee of the month” programs. By the systematic replication of the study of Johnson and Dickinson (2010), the first experiment was conducted with four college students who individually transcribed audio recordings, along six sessions of 40 minutes. The second and third experiments were conducted with six participants each, also college students, who individually produced origami in social context along five sessions of 15 minutes each. In all three experiments, the participants` performance was measured in each session and it was also verified if the title “employee of the month”, which was accomplished by means of individual context of enhancement in the first, of social context of enhancement in the second and in a social context added to an award in the third, interfered in the performances. In any of the three conditions, significant alterations in the performances were not observed.
 
 
Keyword(s): poster session
 
Poster Session #468
CBM Mon PM
Monday, May 26, 2014
7:00 PM–9:00 PM
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
1. Skills Generalization In Family And Significant Others Of Drug Dependent Individuals
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
LYDIA BARRAGAN (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Abstract: Skills Generalization In Family And Significant Others Of Drug Dependent Individuals Barragán, T.L., Flores, A. A., Pérez M. N., Morales, Ch. S. National Autonomous University of Mexico. Family functioning is one of the main factors associated with retention in substance use and episodes of overdose. Problems are reciprocal: the consumer is affected by the environment and the family by consumption. The intervention to family / person close consolidates durability and endurance of abstinence, environments with cohesion, expressiveness and independence result in less time on treatment for the consumer. This research was designed and delivered to 19 participants in an intervention group with the components: Functional analysis of user’s consumption, emotional control, problem solving, communication, interpersonal relations improve. Results show reduction in depression (17.6 to 8.82), anxiety (17.45 to 7.72), increase in support provided to consumers (57.97 to 70.06), personal satisfaction (6.96 to 8.25), and satisfaction with the consumer coexistence (6.33 to 7.79). The ocurrence record is used to identify the generalization skills in settings that could precipitate consumption. The application of learned behaviors favored a family environment that reinforced support and communication with the consumer and enabling a family atmosphere that would compete with consumer’s friends environment.
 
2. Task Analyses With Patients With Acquired Brain Injuries: Accident Prevention Skills Training
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
MARISOL REYNOSO (Fresno State), Amanda N. Adams (Central California Autism Center)
Abstract: Symptoms experienced after sustaining a brain injury affect many areas of daily living and require the retraining of basic essential skills needed for reintegration into independent community living. Behavior analysis is among the many approaches used in treatment for brain injury, which include cognitive therapy, speech and language therapy, physical therapy, occupational therapy, neurobehavioral therapy, and vocational rehabilitation. The purpose of this study was to train patients that have sustained a brain injury to utilize a task analysis to identify and eliminate potential hazards in a home environment. A multiple baseline across settings design was used and included a baseline measure, a training phase, a task analysis phase, a generalization probe, and a fade plan. Generalization of the accident prevention skills training was evaluated as well as the potential for task analyses to serve as aids for individuals with brain injuries with consequent memory impairments.
 
3. Behavioral Systems Analysis of Barriers to Veterans Accessing Needed Medical and Mental Health Care
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
JOSEPH R. SCOTTI (WHOLE Veterans, PLLC), Nuttha Udhayanang (WHOLE Veterans, PLLC), Vanessa Jacoby (West Virginia University), Claudia Neely (Indiana University of Pennsylvania)
Abstract: The number of veterans requiring care for medical and mental health issues increased dramatically with the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan; however, fewer than 40% of veterans ever seek care through Veteran Affairs (VA) facilities. We conducted a state-wide survey of 1,300 West Virginia veterans of all eras (WWII to present) to examine the barriers (e.g., travel, costs, time) and stigma (e.g., “others will not understand,” “will be seen as weak”) related to seeking care through VA and community-based facilities. Across ages (18-97), nearly 50% of the veterans met criteria for posttraumatic stress disorder and/or depression (PTSD/DEP); 38% of those with PTSD/DEP were at significant risk for suicide. Veterans without PTSD/DEP reported fewer barriers and less stigma related to seeking medical and mental health care than those with PTSD/DEP. Those with PTSD/DEP who were at high risk of suicide reported more barriers and stigma related to mental health care than those at low risk of suicide. Reporting more barriers and stigma was associated with a lower frequency of accessing care in both community and VA facilities. We provide a behavioral systems analysis of the contexts and contingencies associated with accessing care and how those barriers and stigmas may be reduced.
 
4. The Impact of Human-Animal Interactions on Psychological Well-Being and Social Behavior of College Students
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
JOSEPH R. SCOTTI (WHOLE Veterans, PLLC), Nuttha Udhayanang (WHOLE Veterans, PLLC), Claudia Neely (Indiana University of Pennsylvania)
Abstract: There is increasing interest in the role pets may play in the lives of persons with disabilities and mental health problems. Although studies report positive effects on the physical and mental health of people who interact with animals, the majority of studies are anecdotal and qualitative, use poor research designs, and have small sample sizes. We conducted a survey of 900 college students with measures of pet ownership, relationships and interactions with pets, trauma history, measures of posttraumatic stress and depression, and social behavior (giving/receiving assistance). Students reported the periods of their lives during which they had a pet (primarily dogs): childhood, adolescence, or adulthood. Despite no significant difference in the number of traumatic events students experienced by the number of life periods they had a pet, those who had a pet during two or three of these life periods (compared to only one period) had lower scores on posttraumatic stress and depression, and were less likely to meet criteria for a depression diagnosis (40% vs. 60%). Those who owned pets longer had higher scores on bonding with animals. A behavioral model of how longer pet ownership and human-animal bonding may reduce the impact of traumatic events will be presented.
 
5. The Effectiveness of a College-Level Self-Management Course on a Target Behavior and General Regulatory Behaviors
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
JIHYEON SEO (Yonsei University), Kyong-Mee Chung (Yonsei University)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to examine the effectiveness of a college-level self-management (SM) course on improving a target behavior as well as other regulatory behaviors which are unrelated with a target behavior. Among 173 undergraduate students who took a SM course, those who completed all surveys and submitted a final report were included. A total of 93 college students were finally selected, whose target behavior was exercise (n=42), dietary habits (n=30), or study (n=21). The SM course required students to modify their target behavior by using behavioral skills. To evaluate the effectiveness of SM course, participants completed the computerized delay-discounting task and self-report questionnaires at the beginning and end of the course. The results showed that participants in all three groups reported decreases in impulsivity, more regular eating habits, and improved study habits and time management after the course. However, increases in caffeine consumption were also significant in all groups. Although exercise group spent significantly more time on physical activity with decreased alcohol consumption, their junk food consumption increased as well. In conclusion, a SM course seems to be effective in improving a target behavior and general regulatory behaviors in other spheres. Implications and limitations are also discussed.
 
6. Investigation of Mental Health of Smartphone Addiction Group
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
HYUNJI CHOI (Yonsei University), Kyong-Mee Chung (Yonsei University), Uichin Lee (Korea Advanced Institute of Science and Technology), Junehwa Song (Korea Advanced Institute of Science and Technology)
Abstract: Smartphone overuse becomes social issues, but its impact on mental health has not been well studied. In this research, 104 undergraduate students were recruited from 2 universities and their smartphone usage and psychological status were investigated using several self-report questionnaires and discounting test. Participants were divided into 2 groups either by actual usage (overuse vs. average use) or smartphone addiction scale (high scored vs. low scored). The high scored group showed significantly higher level of stress, impulsivity, internalizing problems, externalizing problems and total problems and lower self-esteem. However, their level of impulsivity measured by a delay discounting test was not different from average users. On the contrary, overuse group showed significantly higher level of AUC(Area under the Curve) value, indicating higher level of impulsivity. No other significant difference was found in self-questionnaire.
 
7. An Evaluation of Escape and Attention Extinction With and Without Noncontingent Reinforcement in the Treatment of Pediatric Feeding Disorders
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
SCUDDY FONTENELLE (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Suzanne M. Milnes (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Jennifer M. Kozisek (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

Clinicians commonly use positive reinforcement in conjunction with escape extinction in the treatment of pediatric feeding disorders. Some evidence suggests escape extinction is equally effective with or without positive reinforcement at increasing food acceptance. However, the addition of positive reinforcement to escape extinction may result in lower levels of inappropriate behavior and negative vocalizations for some children (Piazza, Patel, Gulotta, Sevin, & Layer, 2003; Reed et al., 2004). Reed and colleagues demonstrated that the addition of noncontingent reinforcement (NCR), specifically, resulted in lower levels of inappropriate behavior for some children during initial treatment sessions. The purpose of the current investigation was to replicate and extend Reed et al.s findings. We used combination multielement and reversal designs to evaluate and compare the effects of escape and attention extinction to escape and attention extinction with NCR as treatment for 4 children diagnosed with a feeding disorder. Dependent measures included acceptance, inappropriate behavior, and negative vocalizations. The addition of NCR to escape and attention extinction positively impacted levels of acceptance for 1 child, inappropriate behavior for 3 children, and negative vocalizations for 2 children. A discussion will focus on avenues for future research.

 
8. Propensity to Work Among Detoxified Opioid-Dependent Adults
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
BRANDON RING (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Sigurdur Oli Sigurdsson (Florida Institute of Technology), Anthony DeFulio (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Kenneth Silverman (Johns Hopkins University)
Abstract: Unemployment is common in heroin-dependent adults; however the reasons for their unemployment are not fully understood. This study assessed the propensity of detoxified opioid-dependent adults to work when given the opportunity. Participants were given the opportunity to work in a therapeutic workplace, a model employment program for unemployment and drug addiction. Participants (N=113) were enrolled in one of three clinical trials that evaluated the effectiveness of the therapeutic workplace in promoting adherence to the opioid antagonist naltrexone. Participants were invited to work in the therapeutic workplace for 6 months, offered naltrexone and randomly assigned to a Prescription or Contingency group. Prescription participants could work whether or not they took naltrexone. Contingency participants had to take scheduled doses of naltrexone to gain access to paid work. Participants worked significantly more in the therapeutic workplace (66.93 % of days) than they reported working before (3.89 % of days) or six months after discharge (26.11 % of days). Participants also reported working more after than before therapeutic workplace participation, regardless of group assignment. Participants who reported usually working in the three years prior study participation were more likely to have a job following discharge from the therapeutic workplace. These data suggest that unemployed opioid-dependent adults will work when given the opportunity.
 
9. Using Contingency Management Intervention to Decrease Spending Behavior in College Students
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
HAILEY HINKLE (University of Central Oklahoma), Scott Singleton (University of Central Oklahoma)
Abstract: Contingency management intervention is often used in cohorts with drug abuse. Previous research has discovered that using a contingency management intervention could decrease smoking behavior. However, there is not much research looking at contingency management intervention and other addictive behaviors like gambling, excess eating, or overspending. The following study uses a positive contingency management intervention to decrease a college student’s excess spending. Excess spending is defined as expenditures minus living cost. It would not include rent, bills, groceries, or gas Things that were included as excess spending were fast food, clothing, small unessential purchases, and luxury items. The study focuses on if the client could not only decrease the excess spending habit, but do so over a continuous length of time. The positive contingency management intervention shows an individual first how to decrease an addictive behavior. Then the contingency management intervention provides them with more reinforcement that is contingent on lower rates of behavior. These principles have worked efficiently with drug abuse and should be expanded to other areas of addictive behavior. This research provides support in favor of a contingency management intervention decreasing the addictive behavior of excess spending.
 
10. Coping Strategies For Smoking Cessation in People Who do Not Attend Treatment
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER LIRA MANDUJANO (Facultad de Estudios Superiores Iztacala, Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Daniela Moreno Gutierrez (Universidad Michoacana de San Nicolás de Hidalgo), Sara E. Cruz-Morales (FES Iztacala National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Abstract: International literature has pointed out that the coping strategies that have smokers at the time in which decide to quit smoking are crucial to maintain abstinence over time. Therefore the objective of this study was to compare the coping strategies used by people who do not attend a treatment and are interested in quitting. Participants: 20 smokers aged 18 to 40 years. Procedure: Four sessions were conducted from the beginning of withdrawal, in each session the level of carbon monoxide was obtained in each of the participants with Smokerlyzer piCO +. In session 1 the initial interview was applied, the Fagerstrom test for nicotine dependence and a brochure with information about the consequences of cigarette smoking and smoking cessation strategies was given. In session 2 (24 hours of initiation of abstinence) the brochure and self-report were reviewed, in session3 (7 days of abstinence) and session 4 (at 14 days of abstinence) the self-report of each day were reviewed. The results showed the strategies that were used more often and in which the participant resisted smoking were behavioral strategies, specifically maintained they occupied and out / avoid the situation, and the coping strategies that were used and the smoker presented falls were cognitive strategies: thoughts to keep quit.
 
11. Who's the Boss?
Area: CBM; Domain: Theory
MARC D'ANTIN (Brohavior), Mark Malady (Brohavior; HSI/WARC), Ryan Lee O'Donnell (Brohavior)
Abstract: The development of self-management programs is a powerful behavior analytic tool that has great potential for integrating ABA into peoples lives. People with minor life-concerns that wouldnt seek professional help are liable to buy a self-help book based on pseudoscience. Providing an ABA and thus science-based alternative should be a goal of anyone wanting to expand the impact ABA. The practice of self-management is often still heavily reliant on folk lore from other behavior analysts. The field as a whole needs to invest more time in exploring this powerful technology. In this poster I will present data that will compare whether a simple self-management program in and of itself is sufficient to create the necessary and desired behavior change, or whether adding a contingency to achieving behavior goals results in more consistent and/or faster goal reaching. The study uses a multi target multi-element design to compare behavior change in a number of different subjects and using distinct self-selected goals for each subject. Results and avenues for potential future research will be discussed.
 
12. Raising Practices Associated to Oppositional Defiant Disorder and Children Aggressive Behavior
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
SILVIA MORALES CHAINé (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Lydia Barragan (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Cesar Augusto Carrascoza Venegas (FES Iztacala, UNAM)
Abstract:

The raising practices predict the childrens problem behavior. Children antisocial behavior is related to the early adolescents criminal behavior or use of drugs. The goal of the paper was to describe the raising practices related to the oppositional defiant disorder and to aggressive behavior throughout a descriptive study. We assess 300 participants, on a non random sample, of 34 years old average, from 18 states of Mexico, selected from public health institutions, that voluntary assist to participate at the positive raising program because the occurrence of behavioral problems of their children between 2 and 12 years old. All throughout using self-reports and an observational system of de parents behavior at the interactional simulated situations. The results showed that percentage of children with oppositional defiant disorder were greater than the aggressive ones. The parents reports and behavior: alpha commands, rules establishment, problems solve, and positive social interaction, were the raising practices that reliably predicted a report of less oppositional defiant and aggressive behavior for children.

 
13. Eating Problems in Persons with Dementia: Behavioral Interventions
Area: CBM; Domain: Theory
ZHICHUN ZHOU (University of Rochester), David Donnelly (University of Rochester)
Abstract: In the past few years, research on dementia has made a major shiftfrom concentrating exclusively on the cognitive function of persons with dementia to the effects of dementia on their behaviors. One of the prominent behavioral changes is in eating behavior. Depending on the stage of dementia, patients may experience excessive food intake, decreased food intake, altered food choice, pica and/or declined capacity in eating, many of which require more feeding assistance. The causality of these changes in eating behavior ranges from the continuation of neurodegeneration with the progression of dementia, the regression of oral-motor skills to factors that are environmentally-induced (e.g., unfamiliar settings, different preparations of food, medications, dental problems, and insufficient caregiving). The present paper reviewed the literature on the assessment of eating behavior and the behavioral interventions that have been applied effectively in reducing the occurrence of these changes in eating behavior. Recommendations for further areas of investigation are included.
 
14. Improved Serum Phosphorus Through Self-Monitoring of Hemodialysis Diet and Therapist Feedback
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
ALFRED ROYAL TUMINELLO JR. (McNeese State University), Lee Allen Leger (Mcneese State University)
Abstract: Elevated serum phosphorus levels pose a serious mortality risk for hemodialysis patients and maintaining appropriate levels is a challenge, requiring patients to minimize dietary consumption of high-phosphorus foods. This intervention involved using a self-monitoring program, with and without verbal feedback from a therapist, to reduce phosphorus consumption in a 49 year old male diagnosed with chronic kidney disease and intellectual disability. An ABCB design was utilized to evaluate this intervention. The patient’s serum phosphorus levels in condition A were collected for baseline comparison. In condition B, the patient recorded daily consumption in journals and attended weekly 1 hour meetings with a therapist that reviewed the journals and provided feedback. Condition C included only the patient engaging in self-monitoring. Serum phosphorus levels remained inside the targeted range (3.5-5.5 mg/dl) for 87% of the intervention conditions, as compared to only 17% of the baseline condition. Serum phosphorus levels elevated 22% during condition C and decreased 9% upon returning to the second B condition. Results suggest that self-monitoring interventions alone may not provide clinically beneficial outcomes; this is relevant due to self-monitoring being commonly recommended by health professionals. Although the intervention was successful, it involved only a single participant, further investigation is required.
 
15. Evaluation of a Social Skills Training in Type II Diabetes Clients
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
ANTONIA RENTERIA (Fes Iztacala Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Maria Lourdes Rodriguez Campuzano (Fes Iztacala Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Viridiana Rivera Samano (Fes Iztacala Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Carlos Nava Quiroz (Fes Iztacala Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Norma Yolanda Rodriguez Soriano (Fes Iztacala Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico)
Abstract:

Diabetes is a chronic world wide disease with high morbidity, mortality and major public health problem. Treatments are based primarily on a change of diet. The radical change in modern lifestyle contributes to poor adherence to treatment, mainly to the diet, so it is important to understand this phenomenon in all its complexity. Improve dietary adherence in diabetic clients with a social skills training based on psychological health model developed by Ribes (1990), this workshop was designed The main aim of this study was to evaluate strategy employed in this workshop for such skills. The design was longitudinal pretest-posttest, the independent variable was the social skills training and dependent one was the client's behavioral social skills. A voluntary sample of 100 patients aged between 34 and 86 years old, 82% women. In the first phase, in order to assess client's social skillls, an adaptation of the original version of Caballo (2005) EMES-M survey was applied. In phase two, as a kind of diabetes club, modeling techniques, role playing and behavioral rehearsal of social skills were emplyed, this phase lasted approximately three two-hours sessions. In phase three, again survey was applied. A statistically significant difference between pre and post, indicating a positive effect of EHS was found. The need for more studies to provide information on the role of the factors involved in the prevention of diabetic morbidity is appreciated

 
16. Misophonia - An Aversive Conditioned Reflex to Soft Sounds
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
THOMAS H. DOZIER (Misophonia Treatment Institute)
Abstract: Misophonia is a little known condition that affects many people. The onset of misophonia is typically in the preteens, but the age varies greatly. It appears to be a conditioned reflex to soft sounds such as chewing or breathing. A semi-random survey indicated that about 15% of the population has misophonia-like reflex responses to at least one soft sound. Misophonia is characterized by strong negative emotions of anger or rage, but not fear. 30% of individuals report that they only have an emotional reaction to the sound (no physical reaction). Overt operant behavior also occurs after the conditioned response. Misophonia is reported to get worse with exposure therapies. A counterconditioning treatment has been developed that is effective for clients with discriminated trigger sounds. During treatment the emotional response and physical response to the conditioned stimulus are independent. All clients report that the conditioned physical response is the constriction of various muscle groups or other physical reflex, which is unique to each client. The characteristic emotional response and typical operant behavior do not occur during treatment.
 
17. You Count: Mobile Technology for Personalized Data Collection and Graphing
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Travis Luke (Refaction Applications), David Luke (Refactions Application), MOLLI LUKE (Refactions Applications)
Abstract: This poster describes a free iPhone application (You Count-- http://refactionapps.com/youcount/) developed with the aim of improving people's lives through personalized data collection and graphing. You Count is flexible to allow for personalized tracking of important measures, such as behaviors, events and symptoms. It was developed through an interdisciplinary collaboration to combine innovations in mobile technology with empirical research showing positive behavior change as a result of tracking and graphing behavior (e.g., Blick & Test, 1987; Boyle & Hughes, 1994; Carr & Punzo, 1993). The application has several key features such as easy capture of data, immediate graphing and a database that can include notes. There is a dashboard of line graphs as well as a larger, zoom-able graph. The data is privately stored on the device but may be downloaded or shared. The aim of this poster is to describe You Count and enhance it through feedback from other researchers and behavioral experts. It will provide an opportunity to encourage use and development of You Count as a simple and effective technology to use in treatments settings (e.g., clinics, school, organizations), research and personal data collection and graphing (e.g., weight management, symptoms).
 
18. Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder May Lie in the Eyes of the Beholder
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Ana Marina Reyes Sandoval (National University of Mexico), LAURA ACUNA (National University of Mexico)
Abstract: An observer may label some aspect of behavior as either normal or abnormal depending on his/her own conditioning history. Although such history necessarily varies among individuals, some commonalities may be expected among members of different socio-demographic categories. This investigation aimed at determining the propensity of elementary-school teachers (N=691) of different gender, age and social class to label as either normal or abnormal the “frequent” emission of behaviors characteristic of Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD). In accordance to the fourth edition of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-IV), the term “frequent” was left undefined. Results showed that about half of the teacher sample regarded as normal for their children to “frequently” enact behavior that would suggest a psychiatric ADHD diagnosis. Teachers most inclined to label frequent-characteristic ADHD behavior as abnormal were women, aged under 42 years, and belonging to the middle-class. These results were taken to suggest that “frequent”-characteristic ADHD-behavior may or may not be considered abnormal by different observers, that presumably differ in conditioning histories prescribed by their membership to different socio-demographic categories.
 
19. Contingency Contracting to Increase Home-based Physical Therapy Exercise Adherence
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Sefakor K. Adzanku (Central Washington University), Elizabeth M. Street (Central Washington University), WENDY A. WILLIAMS (Central Washington University), Stephanie Stein (Central Washington University)
Abstract: Non-adherence to medical regimens is a common problem that cuts across a range of medical treatments. Physical therapy constitutes an integral part of the rehabilitation process for many disorders and injuries. Between 60% and 80% of patients do not adhere to prescribed home-based physical therapy exercises. The current pilot investigation assessed the efficacy of signed contingency contracts and reminder telephone calls to increase compliance with prescribed exercise programs. A multiple-baseline-across-participants experimental design included concurrent baselines and staggered treatment onsets. Two patients, recruited from a physical therapy clinic, agreed in writing to monitor and report their daily exercise adherence during baseline and treatment phases. Treatment consisted of signed contingency contracts and daily reminder telephone calls. Overall, both participants showed noteworthy improvements in their exercise compliance during treatment. Both participants showed an overall average increase in exercise compliance of 30% or more across all exercises. Adherence rates for exercises that were to be done once a day rose to 100%. The current findings suggest that simple behavioral interventions like contingency contracting may represent cost effective additions to physical therapy management policies that can increase home-based physical therapy exercise for some patients.
 
20. A Review of Treatments for Sleep Interfering Behavior of Young Children
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
SANDY JIN (Eastern Connecticut State University), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University)
Abstract: Sleep problems among children are prevalent, persistent, and negatively impact the well-being of the child and their family. In this paper, we review the efficacy and social acceptability of treatments for problem behavior occurring when children are bid good night, such as crying, calling out, excessive requests, leaving the bedroom, playing in bed, stereotypy, or aggression. We refer to these behaviors that occur following the bid goodnight and prior to sleep onset as sleep interfering behavior (SLIB). Interventions for SLIB are reviewed and categorized according to how the presumed reinforcers for SLIB are managed (i.e., extinction, noncontingent reinforcement, or differential reinforcement) and which, if any, additional changes occur in the environment prior to the bid good night (i.e., manipulations of discriminative stimuli or establishing operations for SLIB or the target of behavioral quietude). The relative advantages and disadvantages of the different treatments and the adequacy of the research are reviewed along with suggestions for important future research.
 
21. A Modified Functional Behavior Assessment for Sedentary Behavior and a Functionally-Based Physical Activity Intervention Program
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
SHIRI AYVAZO (David Yellin Academic College), Elian Aljadeff-Abergel (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Functional Behavior Assessment (FBA) is designed to identify main functions of challenging behaviors. This project sought to extend FBA to sedentary living among normal adults. Sedentary living is a highly concerning public-health epidemic. Despite the importance of physical activity (PA) for healthy lifestyle and the alarming rates of obesity, more than 60% of adults worldwide are inactive. Assessment of Physical Activity (FBA-PA) can aid in revealing conditions maintaining avoidance from PA toward a suitable PA training program. The purpose of this project was to conduct a modified FBA of avoidance from PA of a 23 years-old overweight sedentary female; and to design a functionally-appropriate PA training program. The FBA-PA included low and high-intensity exercise tasks, with and without social attention provided. Heart rate and frequency of negative behaviors towards PA was measured. The subsequent PA training program was 29-sessions long. PA variables measured were: number of steps, sit-ups, biceps curls, triceps extensions, squats and leg curls. The FBA-PA resulted in more displays of negative verbal and non-verbal behaviors during the high-intensity tasks suggesting a possible function of escape from physical demands. The PA program resulted in a stable increase in all PA variables including maintenance of engagement in PA.
 
22. CANCELLED: An Evaluation of Deferred Time-out to Treat Attention-Maintained Noncompliance
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER S. KAZMERSKI (East Carolina University), Jessica Buzenski (East Carolina University), Ryan Ford (East Carolina University)
Abstract:

To increase compliant behavior in children who were unresponsive to traditional time-out (TO) procedures, improve parent-child interaction, and increase parental satisfaction, deferred time-out (DTO) strategies have been implemented in clinical settings (Warzak & Floress, 2009). Original studies describe DTO as a process initiated following a parent TO training procedure for children who were resistant to traditional forms of TO. Results indicated that the DTO strategy significantly reduces TO latency without the need for put-backs or other physical means to gain time-out compliance. In addition to being more time consuming and less effective, these physical strategies are less favorable to caregivers than a solution such as DTO (Kazdin, 1980). Current participants include children between two and seven, who display attention-maintained noncompliance and other minor disruptive behavior. A multiple baseline across participants with a primary dependent variable of response latency for time-out and secondary dependent variables of disruptive behavior (noncompliance, aggression and inappropriate vocalizations) was used. Social validity data will also be reported. The current paper replicates and extends the results of previous evaluations by determining the functional applications of DTO and adding to the standard behavioral strategy of TO.

 
 
Keyword(s): poster session
 
Poster Session #469
PRA Mon PM
Monday, May 26, 2014
7:00 PM–9:00 PM
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
95. Improving College Sleep Problems using an Individualized Self-Management Treatment
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
JOSHUA JESSEL (Western New England University), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University), Erica Lozy (Western New England University)
Abstract: College students have often been reported as a population of concern due to poor sleep, with the prevalence of occasional sleep problems as high as 73% (Buboltz et al., 2001) with 27% at risk for at least one sleep disorder (Gaultney, 2013). In addition, sleep problems in college students have been correlated with daytime drowsiness (Alapin et al., 2000), lower GPAs (Trockel et al., 2000), and an increase in moodiness (Ott & Pilcher, 1998). We assessed the effectiveness of the progressive introduction of two different treatments with three volunteer college students who reported having trouble falling asleep, staying asleep, and or waking up. The initial treatment (Phase I) involved providing the participants with a general tips pamphlet. Following the failure of the pamphlet to improve sleep, an individualized self-management treatment (Phase II) was conducted based on a one-to-one interview using the Modified Sleep Assessment Tool for Dormitory Living (MSAT-DL). The results suggest a tiered model for increasing sleep duration, decreasing sleep onset, and improving self-reported sleep quality of college students experiencing sleep problems.
 
96. Competitive Games and Aberrant Behavior – Trigger Analysis and Intervention
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
EITAN ELDAR (Kibbutzim College)
Abstract: We studied the effect of antecedent manipulation on aberrant behavior within a competitive game, aiming to create an opportunity to practice, rather than avoid, challenging situations. Four versions of the "Are You Square" game (Eldar, Morris, Da Costa, & Wolf, 2006, Eldar, 2008) were played for 16 weeks by 16 male high-school students. The dependent variable, aberrant behavior, was defined as: Rule violations; Passivity; Physical violence; and Verbal violence. A Multielement Design presented the aberrant behaviors emitted under the various conditions. Overall, misbehaviors were differentially affected by the different versions of the game. The highest levels of aberrant behaviors, mainly in the form of rule violations, occurred when the Intensity of the game was increased. Data from this study will be presented, followed by data revealed from similar studies, demonstrating a relation between the manipulation of game conditions and the change in participants’ behavior. An educational procedure for diagnosing and treating aberrant behavior, based on these findings, will be suggested
 
97. The Effects of Response Effort Within a Behavioral Economics Framework as Related to Data Collection on Treatment Fidelity
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
GREGORY R. MANCIL (Louisiana Tech University), Ryan Burke (DBT Center of Western Kentucky)
Abstract: Treatment fidelity, degree to which treatment is implemented as intended, is essential to outcome research (Perepletchikova & Kazdin, 2005). Treatment fidelity levels effects the outcomes of treatments (Wilder, Atwell, and Wine, 2006), with lower levels of fidelity having poorer outcomes, particularly when the levels reach below 50% (Vollmer, Roane, Ringdahl, & Marcus, 1999). Thus, the purpose of this study was to investigate the effects of varying levels of response effort on adherence to data collection procedures, treatment fidelity, and child outcomes. Sessions were conducted at the same time and place each day for 2 male and 2 female participants (teaching assistants). These settings included classroom areas and recreational areas. Each of the four participants implemented the various procedures with his or her independent group of students with autism. Three levels of response effort were varied across participants (i.e., low, medium, and high) regarding response effort required for data collection using a multi-element design. Each participant had higher treatment fidelity for procedures requiring the least amount of response effort and the lowest fidelity for those procedures requiring the greatest amount of response effort. In addition, each group of students challenging behaviors decreased most during low response effort conditions.
 
98. Man versus Machine: A Comparison of Electronic and Paper and Pencil Methods of Data Collection in Behavioral Sciences
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
GENEVIEVE K. COXON MARSHALL (Florida Institute of Technology), Dylan Polasko (Florida Institute of Technology), Nicholas Green (Florida Institute of Technology), Ada C. Harvey (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Although technology is generally viewed as a tool to increase precision and reduce manual labor, there is relatively little empirical support for the accuracy of electronic data collection in behavioral science. Many researchers and clinicians develop strong preferences for data collection systems, but support for the mode and method of data collection systems is warranted. We will evaluate the accuracy of data collected by eight undergraduate students using both pencil and paper (PP) and tablet and application-based or computer assisted (CA) methods. Participants will collect rate, duration, and partial-interval (PIR) data during 30s video clips depicting one-three simple responses (e.g., button pressing) yoked across methods for level of difficulty (e.g., easy, moderate, and advanced). It is the aim of this project to identify conditions under which particular methods of data collection prove better suited when participants without history or bias collect data across dimensions of responding.
 
99. Continuous and Reciprocal Behavioral Supervision: A Standardized Protocol for Assessment and Evaluation
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
NATHAN FITE (University of Cincinnati), Wallace Larkin (University of Cincinnati), Lauren McKinley (University of Cincinnati), Andrea Howard (University of Cincinnati)
Abstract: The goal of supervision is to facilitate the development of professional competencies and effective service delivery. Fundamental to the quality of supervision is the ability to continuously monitor skill acquisition and adherence to programmatic procedural guidelines for both the supervisor and supervisee. Still, many programs have failed to develop a clear and practical model for monitoring supervision and determining whether adequate progress as been achieved. In the present case study we describe a standardized protocol for assessment and evaluation of supervision based on the behavioral problem-solving model applied to 15 second-year school psychology practicum students supervised by 4 advanced doctoral students. Within this framework core competencies along with subsidiary skills were clearly operationalized and measured. The data obtained functioned as a tool that supported case conceptualization, progress monitoring, and the provision of timely feedback. This protocol aimed at enabling a system where mutual assessment of skill deficits and strengths are continuously monitored in order to provide individualized support and to meet measurable goals.
 
100. Practicality of Implementing a Function-Based Point System: Case Study
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
BRYAN DAVIS (Eastern Michigan University), Marilyn K. Bonem (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract: Rearranging complex social contingencies can be efficacious in naturalistic settings. Sainato, et al (1986) increased the interactions of socially withdrawn kindergarteners by designating them as classroom managers. Bowers, et al., (2000) reinforced public reporting of positive behaviors by peers to increase socially appropriate behavior of isolated adolescents in a residential program. The current study applied similar strategies to effectively decrease a 9-year old girl’s inappropriate and disruptive classroom behaviors that had been maintained by peer and teacher attention. The procedure combined variants of differential reinforcement of low rate or other behavior and differential reinforcement of alternative behavior by awarding 0-2 points via a rating scale for each of four behavior categories: following class rules and procedures, listening respectfully, raising hand to share aloud, refraining from making excuses and talking back. Thus, eight points could be earned daily during each of five class periods for a daily maximum of 40 points. Meeting daily point criteria, initially set at 25, allowed her to compete for either a teacher or lottery determined “Most Valuable Student” award, implemented to incorporate functionally similar reinforcement via a teacher assistant role that allowed whole-class participation thereby minimizing peer awareness of who was the target participant.
 
101. Retrospective Analysis of Injury Reports Related to Client Challenging Behavior in an EIBI Program
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
TOBY L. MARTIN (St. Amant Research Centre), Beverley Temple (University of Manitoba), Charmayne Dube (New Directions), Lesley Anne Fuga (St. Amant Research Centre), Chris Fyfe (St. Amant Research Centre), Rose Schwarz (St. Amant Research Centre)
Abstract: Children with autism regularly engage in challenging behaviour, and may injure staff working in Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention (EIBI) programs. We performed a retrospective audit of accident/injury reports over a 1-year period at a community agency serving persons with developmental disabilities and autism in Manitoba, Canada. This agency includes the St.Amant Autism Programs (SAAP), delivering pre-school and school-age intensive (30+ hrs/wk) behavioral intervention. We also interviewed program staff to obtain their perspectives on injuries, policies, and training. During the reporting period (2011-06-01 to 2012-05-31), 231 unique SAAP staff (mean age 27 y; 211 female (91%), 20 male (9%)) in 245 positions (tutors, senior tutors, consultants, coordinators) had at least some exposure to clients. 22 staff reported injuries relating to client behavior, in 32 separate reports. In 5 cases (16%), first-aid or a doctor's visit was required. Notably, the primary corrective action in 29 cases was for the staff to review the existing behavior intervention plan, yet in 0 cases was the primary corrective action new training for staff. The quantitative and qualitative (interview) data obtained suggest that EIBI programs may benefit from systematic examination of injury circumstances in relation to challenging behaviour.
 
102. Using a Fading In Procedure in Order To Increase Compliance in an Instructional Setting
Area: PRA
SUZETTE ROSARIO (May Institute)
Abstract: Acquiring compliance in an instructional setting is a challenge for many practitioners. Some children have never been exposed to an instructional setting (sitting at a table, in a chair, facing forward, attending to stimuli). As a result, children often exhibit problem behaviors when exposed to a controlled setting. Gaining compliance in an instructional setting is crucial in order to prepare children for discrete trials, which can lead to high acquisition rates. It is also a vital functional skill in that it is required for future academic/classroom settings. Some tools used to gain compliance include: pairing the practitioner with reinforcement, slowly introducing demands, and providing reinforcement on a dense schedule. Fading is a behavioral intervention that uses a systematic approach to change behavior over time. In this study, a fading procedure was used to move from the play area to a 1:1 room. The systematic change in requirements was used in order to gain compliance from a three year old male diagnosed with autism. The presented data represent percentage of compliance during the fading procedure.
 
103. CANCELED: Cultural Variables in Parent Training and Research Within Applied Behavior Analysis
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
ANNA GARCIA (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

This poster will focus on the importance of including cultural variables in ABA research and parent training. The information presented is based on a literature review and will include a thematic analysis of articles found in behavior analytic journals. Data will also be presented on the type of paper submitted such as research studies and/or conceptual papers. The results of the literature review will be discussed in the context of including cultural variables in behavioral analytic approaches to parent training.

 
104. CANCELED: Spare me the Lecture: How to Ensure Employees Record Data on Challenging and Replacement Behavior
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
BENJAMIN J THEISEN (Bright Futures Academy), Emily Winebrenner (Bright Futures Academy), Angie DeCormier (Bright Futures Academy), Zachary Bird (Bright Futures Academy), Jeffery LeComte (Bright Futures Academy), Whitney O’Keefe (Wokconsulting), Shawn E Kenyon (Bright Futures Academy), Paula Ribeiro Braga-Kenyon (Bright Futures Academy)
Abstract:

Reliable data collection is an integral part of quality educational and clinical programs for students with special needs. The current study took place at a newly formed non-public school in southern California, serving approximately 130 students presenting with moderate to severe special needs. The clinical team purchased Rethink curriculum and training modules as part of the strategic planning to open a research driven school. Rethink allows staff members to record data and view student progress over time. The current study analyzed frequency of data collection on challenging behaviors and replacement behaviors described in behavior plans and individualized educational plans. A multiple baseline design across students was used to analyze the effects of large group training and individualized coaching and feedback on performance. The results thus far have indicated that large group training did not produce an increase in the frequency with which classroom staff records data. An increase in data collection for challenging behavior has however been observed following individual coaching. Future directions in the study include expanding data collection to replacement behaviors.

 
105. Evaluating the Effects of Preference for Final Products When Teaching Chained Tasks Using Video Modeling
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER LENZ ALEXANDER (University of Georgia), Kevin Ayres (University of Georgia), Katie Smith (University of Georgia), Sally Bereznak Shepley (University of Georgia), Theologia Mataras (University of Georgia)
Abstract: Although video modeling is an empirically established strategy for teaching individuals with developmental disabilities, the variables that may impact its effectiveness are still being evaluated. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the influence of preference for the final product (e.g., eating popcorn) of a chained task (e.g., making popcorn) for four adolescents with autism and moderate intellectual disability. The participants’ preferences for final products of unknown tasks were first assessed over several sessions through a multiple stimulus without replacement procedure. An analysis of the assessment data resulted in the selection of a high preferred and low preferred activity (e.g., eating popcorn) for each participant. Chained tasks to create the final products were then taught through video modeling and effects of preference on acquisition were evaluated in an alternating treatments design. Results showed little difference between the two tasks in rate of acquisition. During maintenance, two of the participants’ level of responding dropped below 100% for the task resulting in the low preferred activity. These limited findings suggest that preference for particular activities at the end of a chain may not effect acquisition, but teaching chains that lead to naturally occurring reinforcement may influence maintenance of acquired tasks.
 
106. CANCELLED: Development of a Relational Skills Assessment: Introduction to Relational Framing and Implications for Clinical Application
Area: PRA; Domain: Theory
ANITA LI (Lodestone Academy), Ryan Lee O'Donnell (Brohavior), Marc D'Antin (Brohavior), Katherine Kavanaugh (Florida Institute of Technology), Joshua K. Pritchard (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Relational Frame Theory (RFT) is an extension of Skinner's Verbal Behavior (Hayes et al. 2001). It is an evidence-based approach to language; however, its reach has not gained application in applied clinical settings. RFT is most commonly associated with Acceptance & Commitment Therapy (ACT) in psychological settings. RFT is commonly misconstrued as mentalistic due to the emergence of "relational frames'. To clarify, relational frames are a metaphor of the relation between stimuli. RFT teaches individuals how to derive information based on relata. This is an important life skill that allows us to form complex verbal events such as metaphors, perspective-taking, and analogies. Currently, there is no relational skills assessment developed to assess individual relational skills or to assist practitioners in developing appropriate programming for relating. This poster will introduce an overview of relational frames, how framing can be taught, and implications for the development of applicable arbitrary relational responding (AARR) in individuals receiving intensive ABA therapy. This preliminary relational skills assessment offers new insight to current practitioners who are seeking how RFT can benefit their service delivery, how to implement it, and offer guidance in programming.

 
107. A Comparison of Three Indirect Behavioural Measures in an Outpatient Child Sample
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
CHRYSTAL E.R. JANSZ (Texas Tech University-Burkhart Center for Autism Education & Research), Nancy I. Salinas (Texas Tech University), Pik Wah Lam (Texas Tech University), Wesley H. Dotson (Texas Tech University)
Abstract: This study sought to replicate and extend a study by Freeman, Walker, and Kaufman (2007) that compared the Questions About Behavioural Function (QABF) and the Motivation Assessment Scale (MAS) in an outpatient child sample. We extended the study by also evaluating the Problem Behaviour Questionnaire (PBQ). The QABF, MAS, and PBQ were administered to 20 children referred to an outpatient clinic for a functional assessment and brief- consultation for problem behaviour. We analyzed both the internal psychometric properties and the convergent validity of all three indirect measures. Results generally replicated the findings of Freeman et al. (2007) for the QABF and MAS, but the PBQ did not correlate well with the other two measures. We discuss the clinical and practical implications of administering multiple indirect measures as well as the use of indirect assessments with populations beyond those for whom they were originally created.
 
108. Should You Repeat a Paired-Stimulus Preference Assessment?
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
MARIANA I. CASTILLO IRAZABAL (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Paired-stimulus preference assessments (PSPA) are used in clinical practice to identify potential reinforcers. Thus, it is essential that PSPAs produce reliable outcomes. This study sought to assess the test-retest reliability of PSPAs. We examined sixty-eight datasets (31 with food; 37 with toys/activities), each with PSPAs conducted three times. We assessed reliability by comparing the first two rounds of the PSPA and the consistency of results across all presentations when the first two assessments did and did not produce good correspondence. When examining correspondence between the first two rounds, the top item matched for 69% of cases, three of the top four matched for 70%, and the correlation between the two rank orders exceeded 0.7 for 57%. With all these measures, if the first two assessments corresponded, the mean rank-order correlation for all possible pairwise permutations was higher than when they did not correspond, suggesting that if one observes good correspondence with two assessments, there may be limited utility in repeating the assessment. All measures of correspondence were greater for edible stimuli than for non-edible stimuli.
 
109. Strategies for Resolving Barriers to Toilet Training: A Review
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
MAEVE G. DONNELLY (New England Center for Children), Amanda Karsten (Western New England University)
Abstract: Considerable behavioral research has been dedicated to achieving independent toileting due to the health benefits and social importance of this skill set. In particular, behavior-analytic toilet training (BATT) methods described in the seminal paper published by Azrin and Foxx (1971) have been reviewed and replicated. Despite the many empirical validations of BATT, children and adults with disabilities may not display independent toileting skills. One reason for these deficits may be the presence of practical barriers manifesting throughout toilet training. Such barriers may include problem behavior, excessive urine retention, persistent accidents during or following training, physical deficits/impairments or lower motor skills, lack of independent initiations to toilet, or persistent nocturnal enuresis after daytime continence is achieved. These barriers may interfere with toilet training to the extent that toilet training is postponed, discontinued, or not initiated. However, a proportion of the toilet training literature includes strategies designed to surmount these barriers, leading to successful toilet training for children with disabilities. The purpose of this review paper is to synthesize the collection of research-supported solutions for problems or barriers that may interfere with BATT with the goal of assisting practitioners in adopting and implementing BATT with individuals with disabilities.
 
 
Keyword(s): poster session
 
Poster Session #470
DDA Mon PM
Monday, May 26, 2014
7:00 PM–9:00 PM
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
110. Analysis of a Free/Say Fluency Technique on Novel Activity Involvement and Problem Behaviors
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
OANH LUC (University of Nevada, Reno), Alison Szarko (University of Nevada, Reno), Melissa Nosik (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: The current data were collected during clinical work at a day treatment facility for adults with developmental disabilities. At our facility we use a Free/Say fluency procedure to familiarize some of our individuals that struggle with following some of the rules that are important to follow when in this environment. Additionally, the language of the contractual rules needs some simplification to facilitate understanding. In the cases presented, the individuals also had data tracking in place for decreasing problem behavior and increasing the amount of novel activities they participate in daily. The comprised rules are written in a more accessible language represented using: Dos and Donts. Since the participants have fluent language skills and can articulate them when prompted, it is assumed by rule-governance that they will be more likely to adhere to the rules if they are fluent and able to tact them. The data represent the results of this clinical training strategy.
 
111. Interventions for Individuals With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities Who Engage in Inappropriate Sexual Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
ALICIA KOBYLECKY (Baylor University), Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University), Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon), Vincent E. Campbell (University of Oregon), Sarah E. Pinkelman (University of Oregon), Rachel Scalzo (Baylor University)
Abstract: Although inappropriate sexual behaviors among individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities may often be considered a taboo topic, it is essential that practitioners are prepared to intervene when such behaviors occur. Inappropriate sexual behaviors are defined as a response class performed within an environment that deems the sexual behavior unacceptable either by societal standards and/or by consequence of the potential harm the behavior poses to self or others. Inappropriate sexual behaviors demonstrated among this population include behaviors such as public masturbation, public disrobing, and inappropriate sexual touching of others. We conducted a systematic search to identify studies that implemented a behavior analytic intervention to reduce inappropriate sexual behavior among participant(s) with intellectual or developmental disabilities. Results were analyzed in terms of (a) participant characteristics, (b) target behaviors, (c) intervention characteristics, and (d) study outcomes. Results conclude that a variety of both reinforcement and punishment techniques have been used across the literature to reduce inappropriate sexual behaviors. Practical implications for practitioners are discussed.
 
112. Enhancing the Therapeutic Value of Special Olympics Programs for Young Children with Autism and Developmental Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
KATHERINE R. MEZHER (Miami University (Ohio))
Abstract: The Special Olympics International Young Athletes™ program reaches large numbers of children under the age of 8 with developmental disabilities across the globe. With not only an emphasis on sports and physical development, the program also targets communication and socialization skill development. As a relatively new program, research should focus on aspects of the program that most benefit participants and their families. This paper describes how and why the systematic incorporation of applied behavior analysis techniques into the program model is a worthwhile undertaking. Program adaptations that incorporate research-based interventions for youth with autism and developmental disabilities (e.g., visual supports, appropriate prompting and prompt fading procedures, effective use of reinforcement by parent and teacher facilitators) have the potential to improve outcomes for children in schools and communities across the world. The current session describes this unique service delivery model, laid out in stages, with recommended program adaptations included. In this way, the therapeutic value of the Young Athletes™ program may be enhanced. Additionally, materials developed for the program will be presented (e.g., visual schedules for participants, training materials for facilitators). Discussion focuses on international dissemination of applied behavior analysis techniques and empirically-based interventions for children with autism and developmental disabilities.
 
113. Functional Communication Training (FCT) for a Child with Multiple Profound Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
SHAUNA COSTELLO (Western Michigan University), Thomas Ratkos (Western Michigan University), Jessica E. Frieder (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: The effects of Functional Communication Training (FCT) with the use of Talk Blocks™ were assessed for a 9-year child with profound developmental disabilities including cerebral palsy and severe mental retardation. The child was non-ambulatory, non-vocal, and mostly blind engaged in aberrant behaviors including eye gouging, mouthing of fingers (to the point of amputation), and pulling out a gastrointestinal tube (GI-Tube). Many studies have demonstrated that FCT is an effective treatment in reducing severe problem behaviors while increasing an alternative response (e.g., Wacker, Wiggins, Fowler, & Berg, 1988). Dependent measures included frequency of responding on different available Talk Blocks™ and the frequency of aberrant behavior throughout the day. Preliminary data demonstrate vast improvements in the alternative behavior of pressing the Talk Blocks™ and a decrease in aberrant behavior. Continued directions and intervention troubleshooting will be discussed.
 
114. The Use Of A Token Economy System And Reinforcement To Increase Self-Feeding During Meal Time
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
KATARZYNA M BABIK (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Carrie S. W. Borrero (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: The purpose of the current study was to investigate the token economy system as an intervention to increase self-feeding (independency) during mealtimes. Token economy systems have been used to increase different topographies of appropriate behavior with different populations. One application of a token economy may be to increase self-feeding with children who have a history of food refusal. We evaluated the use of a differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) procedure paired with tokens in a reversal design to determine if access to a tangible would increase self-feeding. One 5-year-old-male admitted to an intensive feeding program designed to assess and treat inappropriate mealtime behavior, participated. Highly preferred activities were identified via a preference assessment. Initially each instance of self-feeding resulted in access to a token that could be immediately exchanged for 15-s access to a preferred activity. Following an increase in self-feeding, we increased the tokens required for exchange. Results demonstrated that the DRA and token system increased levels of self-feeding from baseline.
 
116. Using Precision Teaching to Increase Staff Fluency With the Content of Behavior Support Plans
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
ALISON BRANCH (Northumberland Behaviour Analysis and Intervention Team, Northumberland, Tyne and Wear NHS Foundation Trust), J. Carl Hughes (Bangor University), Richard P. Hastings (University of Warwick), Michael Beverley (Bangor University)
Abstract: The use of behavior support plans (BSP) by staff working with adults with challenging behavior is essential. However, non-adherence to such guidance is common. One possible explanation for failure to adhere to the plan is that staff lack fluent knowledge of its content. Non-fluent knowledge has been shown to prevent learners from applying and retaining information. This study investigated the effectiveness of fluency training (FT) and precision teaching on learning BSP with community residential staff. An intervention group (n = 14) completed timed fluency drills using flashcards to increase the rate of learning key BSP components. A non-equivalent control group (n = 10) received consultation as usual (CAU), comprising standard support for learning a BSP. All staff completed pre- and post-intervention tests measuring frequency of component skills recall and their application. Results indicated the FT group made significantly greater gains in component skill recall which were maintained at follow-up, F (1, 22) = 34.70; p < .001, d = 2.46, and significantly higher scores in component skill application, F (1, 22) = 17.26, p < .001, d = 1.73. This study offers further evidence of the efficacy of precision teaching and fluency building procedures.
 
117. Clinical Outcomes of Behavioral Treatments for Pica in Individuals With Developmental Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CHRISTINA SIMMONS (University of Georgia), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center), Jessica Alvarez (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Pica, the recurrent ingestion of inedible or nonnutritive substances, is a severe form of self-injurious behavior most frequently exhibited by individuals with developmental disabilities. Although effective behavior analytic interventions for pica have appeared in the literature, the fact that successful outcomes are more likely to be published makes it difficult to ascertain the probability of successful outcomes. This study extends the literature by quantifying the overall effect size of behavioral treatment for all clients seen for treatment of pica through an intensive day treatment clinical setting, irrespective of treatment success. Ten individuals with developmental disabilities (8 males; 2 females), with a mean age of 10.3 years (range=6-19 years) were included in this analysis, representing 2.5 times the number of participants in any single previously published study. Nonoverlap of All Pairs (NAP) scores, an index of overlap of data between phases, were calculated for each client and a mean NAP score and Cohens d effect size were calculated across clients. The resulting treatment outcomes were: overall percent reduction=95.90%; NAP=0.955477; and Cohens d=2.00216. The large overall treatment effect size indicates that behavioral intervention is a highly effective method of reducing pica to near zero rates.
 
118. Using Percentile Schedules to Shape Longer Voids during Toilet Training
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
KELLY AUTRY (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Seth B. Clark (Marcus Autism Center), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center), Andrea R. Reavis (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

Percentile schedules offer a consistent and precise method for shaping behaviors while maintaining a constant rate of reinforcement. Percentile schedules have been used with children with developmental disabilities to shape new behaviors such as eye contact, to increase task engagement, and to increase behavioral variability. In the present evaluation, a percentile schedule was included as part of a rapid toilet training protocol with two children with autism to increase the duration of voids. During the implementation of a rapid toilet training package, urinations were usually brief (often 1 s or less), resulting in a failure to fully empty the bladder and frequent accidents. During application of the percentile schedule, voids lasting longer than the upper 50% of the distribution of the last 10 voids were reinforced. Results indicate that the percentile schedule increased the duration of continent voids for both participants from averages of 0.2 s and 1 s in baseline to averages of 2.9 s and 3.3 s, respectively. Discussion will focus on the potential utility of percentile schedules in applied settings based on these preliminary data.

 
119. Assessment of Training Methods to Train New Staff to Conduct Discrete Trial Training (DTT)
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
THOURAYA AL-NASSER (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno), Jenn Gheno (University of Nevada, Reno), Josette O'Mealia (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Discrete trial training (DTT) is a systematic teaching methodology that includes frequent learning opportunities, shaping behavior by proper prompting hierarchies and delivering reinforcement and error correction. This often occurs in a one-to-one structured setting with fast paced training methods. Delivering a good service is often associated with staffs effective training and accurate application. There have been a number of training procedures and methods used in training staff with one mutual goal to increase staffs accuracy and effectiveness in applying ABAs methods while working with clients. Behavioral Skills Training (BST) is one of the most prominent training packages that is evidence-based in reducing undesired and disruptive behaviors. Other training methods introduced either alone or in combination with other procedures include: instructional procedures, role play, modeling, feedback, selfmanagement and self-monitoring , video tape training, computer based training (CBT). However, most of these trainings require the presence of expert trainers to train staff which might not be feasible all the time due to financial issues or issues in matching the trainers schedule with the staffs availability. In this poster a literary review will examine the pros and cons of a number of training methods comparing them to a self training packet training new staff with no behavior analysis background to conduct discrete trial training with no feedback given.
 
 
Keyword(s): poster session
 
Poster Session #471
AUT Mon PM
Monday, May 26, 2014
7:00 PM–9:00 PM
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
120. A Comparison of Video Modeling and Visual Schedule on Increasing Independent Task Transitioning
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
NING HSU (Purdue University), Teresa A. Doughty (Purdue University)
Abstract: The goal of this study is to evaluate the effect of video modeling and photographic visual schedule on increasing independent task transitioning. An alternating treatment design research was conducted on two high school-aged individuals with autism in a classroom setting. Participants were given either video modeling or visual schedule prior to task transition. The frequency of independent transitioning and level of prompting required were recorded across baseline, intervention, follow-up, and maintenance phases. The results indicated increases on independent transitioning from task to task under both video modeling and visual schedule conditions. Although there were no significant differences between two conditions, both participants performed slightly better under visual schedule condition. Participants’ preference, implications, and direction for future research will be presented.
 
121. Using the Ipad to Increase Conversation Skills
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
EMILY GREGORI (Baylor University)
Abstract: Deficits in communication and social skills are a hallmark trait of autism spectrum disorders (ASD); specifically, conversation skills are significantly impaired. Theory of Mind research has revealed, that while individuals with ASD perform below their typically developing peers in social skills, through intervention these skills can be learned. Previous research has shown that video modeling (VM) is an effective way to teach these skills. The present study sought to extend previous VM research by measuring the effects of the iPad as a VM tool for a four year old male with Asperger syndrome. Results showed an increase in the participant’s ability to have an age appropriate conversation.
 
122. Merge of Behavior Analysis Procedures into a Speech-Language Pathology Autism Clinic
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
ELIZABETH SIMONS (James Madison University), Heather White (James Madison University), Marsha Longerbeam (James Madison University), Trevor F. Stokes (James Madison University)
Abstract: This study developed applied behavior analysis skills in a different discipline through training and coaching speech-language pathology graduate students providing therapy services in a program for children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. Two graduate students in applied behavior analysis trained seven graduate students in speech-language pathology in three concepts: function of behavior, positive reinforcement and differential reinforcement. After training, each participant received bug-in-the-ear coaching on the use of positive reinforcement daily for five days during therapy delivery. At the end of each day therapists developed a list of activities that their clients preferred that day. The following day, coaching encouraged therapists to provide these activities, social praise, and positive touch to the client if the client was on task. If the client was off-task, these reinforcers were withheld. Coaching focused primarily on differential attention to providing access to reinforcement when the client was on task, as well as a few prompts, due to therapist requests regarding the style of coaching. Results indicated that speech-language pathology graduate students increased the percent of intervals in which they implemented positive reinforcement. Furthermore, if therapists implemented positive reinforcement for on-task behavior in 60% of observed intervals, the likelihood of maintenance and durability was stronger when coaching was discontinued.
 
123. The Use of the iPod Touch as an Augmentative and Alternative Communication (AAC) Device to Improve Communication Skills for Adults With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KAORI G. NEPO (Chimes), Matthew Tincani (Temple University), Saul Axelrod (Temple University)
Abstract: Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) often suffer from limited communication skills. Augmentative and Alternative Communication (AAC) devices have increasingly gained attention as an effective strategy to teach functional communication skills for individuals with ASD. The recent technological advancement has made more portable devices such as the iPod Touch available as an option for AAC. In this study, we will examine the efficacy of the iPod Touch as an AAC device to improve communication skills of three adults with ASD via a multiple baseline design. The impact of the iPod Touch on their independent manding, maladaptive behaviors, and the results of social validity survey will be discussed. Additionally, generalization of the skills will be assessed in a controlled setting first and then in the vocational program.
 
124. Behavior Analysis and the Dentist: An Oral Health Desensitization Program for a Young Adult with Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
PRISCILLA BURNHAM RIOSA (Brock University)
Abstract: While dental procedures may be challenging for many individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD), those most severely affected by ASD are at a particularly high risk for oral health problems and have a high amount of unmet oral health care needs. Among several effective behavior analytic techniques to teach compliance in dental procedures, desensitization is one in which individuals are exposed in a gradual manner to the fear-provoking dental situation. The purpose of this study was to teach an 18-year-old male with ASD to comply with a basic oral health examination in a simulated dental environment. A hierarchy of steps was created. Each step within the desensitization hierarchy was considered mastered when there were three consecutive correct sessions across at least two people administering the program. All sessions were videotaped. Interobserver agreement data were collected on baseline and intervention sessions (IOA = 100%). Visual inspection of the data indicated that the intervention has been effective such that the participant has moved through the steps of the task analysis successfully. Practical implications of the program and challenges associated with completing the intervention and generalizing the analogue results to an in vivo dental environment will be explored.
 
125. Translating Indirect Assessments to Spanish With an Eye Toward Reliability and Validity
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CRISTINA VEGA (Seek Education, Inc.), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles), Marisela Alvarado (FCDS), Adriana Gracias (A.B.E.D.I. Inc.)
Abstract: Indirect behavioral assessment instruments are used as a preliminarily strategy in identifying potential functions of behavior and have traditionally been available only in English. Many families in America and around the world do not speak English and finding a fluent Board Certified Behavior Analyst in their native language is difficult, if not impossible. Thus, the need exists to develop assessment instruments in other languages. This study developed a Spanish version of the Questions About Behavioral Function (QABF) and the Indirect Functional Assessment (IFA) instruments. Forward and back-adaptation committees were used in the translation process. The QABF and the QABF-Spanish (QABF-S) were administered to a group of 80 bilingual participants to assess both the reliability and validity of the assessments. A factor analysis yield four factors that were consistent with the four subscales examined in this study. Reliability coefficients were good for the attention, escape, and tangible subscales on both the QABF and QABF-S. The QABF-S and the IFA-Spanish (IFA-S) version were then administered to Spanish speaking parents during a functional behavior assessment and results were compared to those of a functional analysis (FA). Agreement between the QABF-S, the IFA-S version and FA results was high. Limitations and future research are discussed.
 
126. In Our Own Words: Competitive Employment for Adults With Autism Through the RAISE Program
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
RUSTY HORRNIG-ROHAN (Global Autism Project), Emily Boshkoff-Johnson (Global Autism Project)
Abstract: There are many people throughout the world who are employed individuals; however, many people with autism are unemployed. Across the world, only 4% of adults with autism are competitively employed. For the very few people with autism who are employed, they are not being paid for the work that they have done for certain time periods. The Global Autism Project has adopted a RAISE program to employ individuals with autism. The acronym RAISE stands for Real Advancement Independence Social Skills and Empowerment, which encourages people with autism to become very independent and have better social skills. As an adult with autism, I will present information on this poster about the importance of employment for individuals with autism and the benefits of the RAISE program. Adults with autism should have more opportunities to be competitively employed and this poster is about how the RAISE program and Global Autism Project have helped me to achieve that.
 
127. Comparing Low-Tech and High-Tech Picture Activity Schedules to Increase Independence in Adolescents With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
DR. TINA MARIE COVINGTON (Hawthorne Country Day School), Julie A. Bates (Hawthorne Foundation), Daren Cerrone (Hawthorne Country Day School), Vaughn Clarke (Hawthorne Country Day Scho0l), Cynthia Milite (Hawthorne Country Day Scho0l)
Abstract:

As students with severe disabilities transition from school to adult services, it becomes increasingly important that they have the skill to complete and transition to activities independently; however, it is common for adolescents with autism and severe disabilities to have a difficult time learning to independently complete tasks without the support of an aide or teacher. One tactic in the literature that has shown to be effective in teaching independent activity and transition skills is picture schedules. With the advancement in technology, traditional low-tech picture schedules have become more advanced. While research has demonstrated the effectiveness of picture schedules, it has not evaluated the effectiveness of traditional low-tech schedules to more high-tech schedules with individuals with severe disabilities. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of two different visual activity schedules. An alternating treatments design was used to compare traditional, low-tech static picture schedules to high-tech picture schedules presented on an iPad. Three adolescents with severe intellectual disabilities participated in the study. The data will be analyzed by comparing the learn units to criterion for each condition, the impact both interventions have on increasing independent responding, and student preference for treatment will be evaluated.

 
128. Using iPads as Stimulus Prompts to Increase On-Task Behavior in Preschool Aged Students With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KATHLEEN MCCABE-ODRI (Partners in Learning, Inc.), Nicole Pease (Partners in Learning, Inc.), Lauren DeGrazia (Partners in Learning, Inc.), Jennifer Cornely (Partners in Learning, Inc.), Nicole M. Rzemyk (Partners in Learning, Inc.)
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) often struggle with social communication and interactions as well as engage in repetitive patterns of behavior (American Psychiatric Association, 2013). These deficits can lead to challenges in including individuals with ASD in regular education classrooms. Some of these challenges could include behavior outbursts, comprehension delays, low-socially mediated behavior, and failure to recognize environmental cues as discriminative stimulus. While these challenges may occur, it is necessary to provide an inclusive environment with opportunities to interact with typically developing peers as part of intervention for children with ASD (Strain, Schwartz & Barton, 2011).While previous research has been conducted on using iPads within educational programs focusing on academic, communication, employment and leisure skills for those with developmental disabilities there is limited research on using iPads to increase on-task behavior in students with autism (Kagohara, et al., 2013). There is some evidence that by utilizing iPads and applications one can save time and materials (Murray & Olcese, 2011). There is also evidence that utilizing iPads for individuals with ASD can be less socially stigmatizing due to the popularity of the devices with typically developing peers (Neely, Rispoli, Camargo, Davis & Boles 2013). The purpose of this study is to examine the effects of using an iPad and the SMART Notebook application as a method of stimulus prompting to increase on-task behavior for students with autism in an inclusive preschool classroom. Two preschool aged students diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder participated in this study. The study included three phases: baseline, iPad training, and maintenance phases. Results show that the use of iPads was effective for both subjects, showing significant increase on-task behavior at circle time. Both subjects maintained on-task gains at one month follow-up, with one subject scoring an increased level of attending post study.
 
129. CANCELED: Children's Preference for Descriptive Versus General Praise During Discrete-Trial Teaching
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SEAN ANGLIN (Beacon ABA Services), John Claude Ward-Horner (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract:

The use of descriptive praise is widely recommended practice with children diagnosed with autism. Nevertheless, comparison studies have indicated that students' performance on skill acquisition and maintenance tasks are similar regardless of whether descriptive or general praise is provided. The present study sought to further examine the effects of different praise statements on student preference for descriptive versus general praise statements by using a concurrent chains arrangement. Three toddlers diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders participated in the study. Participants selected initial link stimuli associated with either descriptive, general, and no praise terminal conditions, and skill acquisition targets were then taught according to the respective condition. Researchers measured participants' preference by recording the cumulative number of choices for each initial link. The results indicate that children did not display differential preference for either type of praise. The results are discussed in terms of variables that may affect praise as a conditioned reinforcer and general practice recommendations in favor of descriptive praise.

 
130. Improving Quality in Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention (EIBI) in a Mainstream Preschool Setting Using the Periodic Service Review (PSR)
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
MARIANNE MJOS (Norway), Roy Tonnesen (
Pedagogisk Psykologisk Tjeneste
), Sigmund Eldevik (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences  )
Abstract: The Autism Department (Avdeling Autisme) is a tax payer funded department in the city of Bergen, Norway providing Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention to children with autism in mainstream pre-school settings. We have developed a checklist based on the logic of the PSR to evaluate and improve quality of Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention. In a mainstream pre-school setting there are many elements that have to be organized between different departments in the city. This requires a highly systematic approach detailing the contribution of each entity. The Periodic Service Review provides a framework for evaluating and improving quality for employees and organizational performance. Data was collected in the PSR system on all the clients served between august 2010 and august 2013. Data are registered every month for each client. Data show an increase in the quality scores from and average of ca. 60% to ca. 80% after monitoring started.
 
131. Adult Autism Services and Best Practice
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KRISTINE TURKO (University of Mount Union)
Abstract: The care and well-being of adults with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) is a growing concern. While this concern is on the radar of researchers and practitioners, little action has been taken because of the ever present need to keep up with the diagnosis and treatment of the younger population. Effective services for adults with autism are needed in order for them to continue their education, establish work, become involved in the community, and find suitable living accommodations. This poster presents data related to adult autism services. A questionnaire was used to examine the concerns and needs of caregivers of people with autism. The key components of the questionnaire included: transition to adulthood, best practice, and the efficacy of professionals who work with the adult autism population. The findings suggest that caregivers of individuals with ASD identify more basic and fundamental goals (independence in Activities of Daily Living, continuation of progress socially and intellectually, etc.) for their children than previous research has suggested. The findings can be used to develop a guide for best practice, and serve as an empirical foundation for future research on the topic of autism in adulthood.
 
132. Comparing Choice-Based Preference Assessments: Multiple-Stimulus Without Replacement Versus Paired-Stimulus
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
MAYA MADZHAROVA (Institute for Basic Research), Niall James Toner (Institute for Basic Research)
Abstract: A choice assessment has been found to be a more accurate method of identifying preferences than is single-item presentation (Piazza, Fisher, Hagopian, Bowman, & Toole, 1996). Multiple-stimulus without replacement (MSWO) and paired-stimulus (PS) are two common choice-based preference assessment methods that identify and rank stimuli. These stimuli could potentially serve as motivation for behavior change in individuals with developmental disabilities. Previous research suggest, that MSWO requires substantially less time than PS and will yield consistent outcomes (Deleon & Iwata, 1996). In the current study, the authors conducted both assessment methods with 5 students with autism in New York City public schools, to identify their most preferred stimuli. The authors seek to add to the literature the average time necessary for each method and whether these methods yield similar results across edible and tangible stimuli. The researchers predict a strong correlation between the three most preferred stimuli identified through each method. Results of the comparison between methods and stimuli will be discussed.
 
133. An Evaluation of a Desensitization Procedure for Tolerating Hair Clippers in an Adolescent With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
TODD FRISCHMANN (Rutgers University), Zachary Brown (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Naomi Coral (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Erin Henricksen (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Ethan Eisdorfer (Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey)
Abstract: Appropriate grooming behavior can be challenge for individuals on the autism spectrum and their caregivers. Individuals with ASD often exhibit fearful reactions and/or hypersensitivity to grooming instruments (e.g., scissors and/or hair clippers). This reaction to grooming instruments can have detrimental effects on personal appearance and personal hygiene. A variation of a changing criterion design was used to investigate the effectiveness of a desensitization procedure for increasing compliance with hair cutting in an adolescent diagnosed with autism. Results demonstrated the efficacy of desensitization in increasing compliance with hair cutting. At the time that this presentation was submitted, the student had progressed from avoidance behaviors occurring in response to the sound of clippers without a visual cue to tolerating 5 seconds of direct contact with the clippers on his head without problem behaviors occurring. These findings suggest that systematically exposing individuals with aversive stimuli (i.e., hair clippers) can be used for the purpose of desensitization, which can have profound implications for the personal hygiene of individuals on the autism spectrum
 
134. Assessment and Treatment of Probing Behavior in an Adolescent With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SHAWNA UEYAMA (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Erica Dashow (Rutgers University), Rachel Mislavsky (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Robert W. Isenhower (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Chariana Guzik (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Denise McNair (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract: The presence of self-stimulatory behavior is common among individuals with autism spectrum disorders. This self-stimulatory behavior may include repetitive motor movements, noncontextual vocalizations or other types of sensation-seeking behavior. One topography of self-stimulatory behavior that presents unique challenges is rectal probing. Probing is socially stigmatizing, can interfere with potential job placement opportunities, and can pose significant health risks - especially when paired with coprophagia. In the current investigation, we sought to assess and treat the rectal probing for an adolescent male with autism. The results of the functional analysis revealed that probing was maintained by automatic reinforcement. The probing behavior was specifically observed during the alone condition, suggesting that the presence of staff controlled the behavior. A treatment package that included access to a competing item (iPad), a belt for his pants, and 30-second staff check-ins was implemented. The treatment was evaluated in a reversal design that showed an 81% reduction in probing. The results are discussed in the context of using antecedent-based intervention to reduce covert, automatically-reinforced probing behavior.
 
135. The Assessment and Treatment of Darting and Elopement Maintained by Automatic Reinforcement
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
LAUREN DAVISON (Melmark), Elizabeth Dayton (Melmark)
Abstract: Functional analyses (Iwata et al., 1982/1994) are utilized to determine the variables that maintain problem behavior by manipulating the antecedents and consequences in a students natural environment (Cooper et al., 2007). Functional analyses have been effective for the treatment of a variety of problem behaviors, including elopement. However, the research on analysis and treatment of elopement that is maintained by multiple sources of reinforcement is limited. In the current study, we evaluated darting and elopement by conducting a functional analysis for an automatic function utilizing an extended alone condition and in addition, social negative and social positive functions were analyzed utilizing a latency functional analysis. The results of the functional analysis yielded a function of automatic reinforcement and access to tangibles for the elopement of one student diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder and intellectual disability. A treatment was developed to address the combined function of access to items and automatic reinforcement. Results and implications are discussed.
 
136. Using Stimulus Re-Presentation to Facilitate Discrimination Training in an Individual With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ROBERT W. ISENHOWER (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Kate E. Fiske Massey (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University  )
Abstract:

The ability to discriminate between and among stimuli involves a complex set of skills that many individuals with autism have difficulties acquiring, generalizing, and maintaining. Use of differential reinforcement (i.e., reinforcement for responding to the S+ and not to the S-) is a common means of teaching discriminations between stimuli; however, criterion levels of responding may not be attained solely through the application of differential reinforcement. In the current study we examined the use of stimulus re-presentation (i.e., not removing the stimulus array until the learner changed their response to the S+) on acquisition of a visual discrimination task. An 11 year old boy with autism, who had previously been unable to acquire reliable simple discriminations in a separate protocol, participated. Using a combination of stimulus re-presentation and differential reinforcement, he learned to reliably respond to the S+ across three pairs of targets. The results support stimulus re-presentation as viable supplemental tool for teaching discrimination skills. Results will be discussed in terms of the possible negative reinforcement contingency (i.e., not terminating the work demand until correct responding is emitted) utilized by stimulus re-presentation in conjunction with the positive reinforcement contingency (i.e., delivery of a preferred edible) utilized by differential reinforcement.

 
137. The Factors that Influence Parents Decisions on the Intensity of EIBI Services
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
AMY MUEHLBERGER (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services), John Claude Ward-Horner (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract: Current research in Early Intervention (EI) services for young children with autism supports that children who receive intensive services utilizing the principles of applied behavior analysis (ABA) have outcomes that are greater than those students who receive fewer hours of services or an eclectic service model (Howard, J., Sparkman, C., Cohen, H., Green, G., & Stanislaw, H., 2005). The current study examined factors that influenced parents' decisions to choose ABA and the total number of hours of services at start of ABA services. A survey was presented to families entering an ABA program within one month of the start of services. The participants were families with children aged 24-36 months of age who were also enrolled in their local early intervention programs and had chosen ABA as an intervention. The results indicate the diagnosing physician and their early intervention Service coordinator were the professionals that influenced parents' choice of intervention and intervention intensity. Results will be used to target outreach efforts to influential professionals that are working with families around making informed decisions on service intensity and expected outcomes.
 
138. CANCELED: The Effects of Treatment of Parent Mental Health on Treatment Fidelity of Child Diagnosed With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JACKELYN HART (Wesley Spectrum Services), Claudia Neely (Wesley Spectrum Services)
Abstract:

Because so few programs for individuals diagnosed with an Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) address family mental health along with treatment for the individual diagnosed with ASD, the examined program provides a unique platform to assess the interaction between behavioral-based mental health interventions and behaviorally-based programming for children and families affected by ASD . Some behavioral-based mental health interventions with empirical support include Behavioral Activation for depression, Exposure Therapy for trauma, and Exposure and Response Prevention Therapy for obsessive compulsive disorders. Some parents of children with ASD in the examined program requested individual mental health therapy for anxiety, depression, and/or OCD. Individual and family therapy included one of the evidence-based behavioral mental health interventions. The researchers used a withdrawal to examine the impact of family mental health intervention on parent fidelity to treatment and child treatment outcomes when combined with parent coaching, and behavioral interventions for autism.

 
139. Mothers' Perception of Intensive Behavioral Intervention With Children on the Autistic Spectrum in Quebec
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
NADIA ABOUZEID (University of Quebec in Montreal), Ariane Leroux-Boudreault (University of Quebec in Montreal), Nathalie Poirier (University of Quebec in Montreal)
Abstract: Introduction : Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) is a neurodevelopmental disorder affecting nearly 1 % of the population. It is mainly characterized by social communication and interactions deficits as well as stereotyped, restrictive and repetitive behaviours and interests (APA, 2013). These limitations alter the development and functioning of individuals with ASD. To overcome some of these difficulties, various programs are provided. For instance, in Quebec, rehabilitation centers offer ABA intervention, more specifically Intensive Behavioural Interventions (IBI) services to children with ASD aged between 2 and 5 years old (MSSS, 2003). Objective : This study aims to portray, through parents perception, the Intensive Behavioral Intervention (IBI) received by children with ASD in Quebec as well as their impact on their child development and functioning. Method : Participants : 15 mothers of children with ASD in Quebec Instruments : semi-structured interviews Analysis : qualitative (thematic analysis) Results : Children received in average 20 hours per week of IBI. Half of children received IBI as of the age of 4 years old for approximately 24 months. Conditions of the interventions were variable from a case to another. Some children benefited from an individual intervention, regular supervision for more than two years and complementary services such as speech and occupational therapy. However, other children were offered group intervention, very little supervision and no complementary services. Even though weaknesses were observed, the majority of parents perceived the intervention positively as it brought significant improvements in children and their familys lives. Improvements of language, social skills and behaviour were noticed. Parents believe it is necessary to provide services to children with ASD after the age of 5. Conclusion : Mothers of this study have a positive perception of IBI. However, it appears there are weaknesses in the way the intervention is implemented, especially when compared to results of previous studies revealing requirement for a successful intervention. Further research is imperative to achieve better standards in terms of intervening with children with ASD and to ensure the efficacy of the treatment.
 
140. Increasing Instructional Trials in Order to Decrease Problem Behavior in a Classroom Setting
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
LINDSEY MARIE VAN ALSTYNE (Hawthorne Country Day School), Nicole Piechowicz (Hawthorne Country Day School)
Abstract: The purpose of this study is to test the effects of increasing the number of trials presented and contingent escape to a student on the maladaptive behaviors emitted throughout the school day. The participant in this study is an eight-year old student diagnosed with Autism who emits self-injurious behaviors, aggressive behaviors, and property destruction in a variety of school settings. Results of this study revealed a decrease in maladaptive behaviors when instructional trials were increased. Limitations of the design and implications of the findings are discussed.
 
141. Immediate and Subsequent Effects of Behavioral Interventions for Socially Reinforced Behavior in Schools
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MARC J. LANOVAZ (Université de Montréal)
Abstract: When attempting to change behavior in schools, educators in classrooms with high student:staff ratio may have insufficient time to implement behavioral interventions across the entire school day. As such, some educators may only implement behavioral interventions for short periods of time when a child’s target behavior, or lack thereof, impedes learning or engagement in ongoing activities most. From a clinical standpoint, it may thus be important to examine the effects of subsequently withdrawing the intervention. Using multielement designs, we examined the immediate and subsequent effects of behavioral interventions on engagement in both appropriate and inappropriate socially reinforced behavior in three children with autism spectrum disorders. The behavioral interventions produced idiosyncratic effects across participants. Notably, the interventions produced subsequent increases in problem behavior in two participants, subsequent increases in appropriate behavior in two participants, and subsequent reductions in appropriate behavior in one participant. The results highlight the potential clinical utility of measuring the postintervention effects of behavioral interventions for socially reinforced behavior in applied settings.
 
142. CANCELATION: Teaching Challenges in Autism School in Bangladesh-Teachers Perception
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
MD. ZAHIR UDDIN AKANDA (Alokito Shishu)
Abstract:

Education is one of the fundamental human rights for all children. The right is equal for children with disabilities (CWD) also. So, integrating the children with Autism spectrum Disorder (ASD) into special education, mainstream education and ECD program is therefore a human rights and social justice issue. In Bangladesh the number of special school and inclusive school are very few. Although there are some special needs schools in the main Dhaka city areas, some of them are for the children with ASD. Due to insufficient constructive physical environments, low special educated teachers in this field and low trained up and poor education and learning opportunities make the quality of the teachers are not so high. The present study was a qualitative phenomenological study due to exploratory nature. Researcher wanted to get as much information as possible that come as close as possible to knowing what it is like. How much the problems they face? The study aims to explore the experience and perception of the teachers who are teaching the children with ASD at autism schools. Its purpose is also to develop hypothesis, concept and theory according to teachers view. This study shows that majority of the participants have satisfactorily knowledge about autism and the management of children with autism spectrum disorder at schools. They have included various challenges when teaching the children with autism spectrum disorder at schools. Some same activities of autism schools are use of choice board, drawing, singing, play, group play, self care activities like brushing, combing, dressing, etc. various challenges include aggressive behavior, repetitive behavior, stereotype behavior, compulsive behavior, Sensory processing dysfunction, Literal and visual thinker, sexual behavior, Low space of class room and play ground, parents attitude, schools rules, limited resources, Limited opportunities of training etc. for these kind of challenges they include various suggestions like Always engaged the child in purposeful activities, Avoid noisy child from working environment, Support each other in all activities, Negative rewards when necessary to avoid unwanted behavior, some times singing therapy plays a important role to get their attention, and support from supervisor and specialist. They also include that different professionals has their own different roles in schools settings.

 
143. From 1968 to Present: Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis and Autism Spectrum Disorders
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory
Erkan Kurnaz (Anadolu University), Melih Cattik (Anadolu University), Meral Koldas (Anadolu University), Elif Sanal (Anadolu University), Serife Sahin (Anadolu University), SERIFE YUCESOY OZKAN (Anadolu University)
Abstract:

The Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA) was established in 1968 as a peer-reviewed, psychology journal, that publishes research about applications of the experimental analysis of behavior to problems of social importance. The journal was created by Donald Baer, Sidney W. Bijou, Todd Risley, and Montrose Wolf. The JABA has been published quarterly (Spring-Summer-Autumn-Winter) on a regular basis since 1968. In this study, papers published in JABA for 45 years were examined in terms of autism spectrum disorders. For this purpose, first of all papers published in JABA for 45 years were examined individually and determined the number of papers by years. Then papers were classified according to types and research studies were determined after this classification. Research studies were examined in terms of participants and studies conducted with participants with autism spectrum disorder were included. Dependent variables were investigated in terms of communication, social interaction and repetitive behaviors and independent variables were investigated in terms of evidence-based interventions included in the report of National Autism Center (2009).

 
144. Effects of Continued Behavioral Intervention Into School Age for Children With Developmental Disorders
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CATHRINE OLSSON (Centre for Early Intervention (STI)), Sigmund Eldevik (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Kim Henrik Liland (Centre for Early Intervention (STI)), Astri Valmo (Centre for Early Intervention (STI)), Hanne Skau (Centre for Early Intervention (STI)), Elisabeth Ulvestad (Center for Early Intervention (STI))
Abstract: We found better outcome in intelligence and adaptive behavior scores for those children who continued to receive behavioral intervention in school compared to those children who ended their intervention. We compare the two groups of children during intervention in preschool, then eight and at nine years of age. The group of children (n=10) who received behavioral intervention in school continued to gain in intelligence and adaptive behavior scores, whereas the group that stopped (n=8) lost points. The difference in scores increased from when they were 8 years (see figure 1) to when they were 9 years of age (see figure 2). This finding supports the hypotheses that behavioral intervention can continue to benefit some children with autism and other developmental disorders well into school age. We have not been able to detect any clear indications for stopping behavioral intervention, although it appears that children with scores in the normal range have more stable scores.
 
145. Development and Evaluation of the Online and Applied System for Intervention Skills (OASIS) Training Program for Hispanic Parents of Children With an Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LINDA S. HEITZMAN-POWELL (The University of Kansas Medical Center), Joseph Furman Buzhardt (Juniper Gardens Children's Project), Sylvia Maack (The University of Kansas Medical Center), Ashley McGrath (The University of Kansas Medical Center)
Abstract: While the general prevalence of autism (ASD) in America continues to rise with rates cited as occurring in 1 in every 88 children (CDC, 2013), researchers report a lower prevalence among Hispanic children (Avila & Blumberg, 2008). Research suggests that early intervention produces the best outcomes; however cost and language/cultural barriers may prevent many Hispanic children from accessing early intervention. Parent training can significantly reduce the cost of services but language and cultural barriers may prohibit many families from accessing appropriate training. Hispanics are now the largest ethnic minority group in the U.S. (Borrego et al., 2006) and historically have utilized health services less than other groups (Martinez & Eddy, 2005) perhaps in part to their limited access to appropriate social/mental health services (Liptak et al., 2008). Further, few interventions have been evaluated with culturally diverse populations (Bernal, 2006). This project addresses these challenges by adapting the OASIS Training Program for use with parents who speak Spanish and have a child with an ASD. Preliminary data suggest that adaptations made to the English version of OASIS result in increases in both knowledge of evidence-based practices and application of those practices in Hispanic parents of young children with autism.
 
146. National Standards Project 2: Findings
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
HANNA C. RUE (National Autism Center), Maria Knox (National Autism Center)
Abstract: The National Standards Project 2 (NSP2) is a follow up and extension of the National Standards Project released in 2009. The NSP2 evaluated the quality of science and beneficial treatment effects of over 350 treatment outcome studies for individuals with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD). There were 350 treatment outcome studies that included participants under the age of 22 years. There were 25 treatment outcome studies that included participants ages 22 years and older. Over 60% of the treatment articles evaluated were single-case studies. The Scientific Merit Rating Scale (SMRS) was once again used to determine the quality of science of the treatment outcome studies evaluated in the systematic review. All treatment outcome studies were then evaluated for beneficial treatment effects and categorized according the Strength of Evidence Classification System. The NSP2 included participation of 27 expert panelists from across the United States and 53 article reviewers. The results suggest that interventions based on behavior analytic principles continue to have strong empirical support.
 
147. Data Analysis Involving Emergency Department Visits and Individual's With an Autism Spectrum Diagnosis
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
KIMBERLY N. FRAME (University of Memphis), Jeffrey B. Smith (Independent ABA Consultant), Laura Baylot Casey (University of Memphis), Robert Williamson (The University of Memphis), Elisabeth Claire Langford (University of Memphis)
Abstract: Previously conducted research targeting the cost of medical services have indicated an increase in financial burden for caregivers with children with an autism spectrum diagnosis (ASD). There have been several studies which have examined the medical expenditures as they relate to this population; however, none have looked at the actual costs associated with this type of care. Research on the financial expenditures for caring for the healthcare needs of a child with an ASD can help inform legislators when creating public policy and inform health insurers how to strategically expand services. This study seeks to extend the literature on the actual financial costs of treating children with ASDs by focusing on the actual costs for treatment in a pediatric emergency department in an urban setting. Descriptive statistics were obtained for three variables which include the number of tests conducted per ER visit, cost per visit, and time spent at the ER. Results indicated that overall, few differences exist between the care of those with ASD versus those without ASD in the emergency room setting. Furthermore, more patients with an ASD and/or their caregivers thought they had a neurological condition when presenting to the emergency room for care. However, most were not diagnosed with a neurological condition upon discharge. Patients with an ASD were also diagnosed with similar categorical conditions as those without an ASD in the emergency room setting.
 
148. Electroencephalographic (EEG) Abnormalities in Individuals with Severe, Non-verbal Autism: A Preliminary Study
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
OLIVER WENDT (Purdue University), Jane Yip (Purdue University)
Abstract: Background: ASDs are neurodevelopmental disorders defined behaviorally as deficits in social and communication deficits and the presence of restricted interests/repetitive behaviors. Recently, there has been increasing interest in the search for a signature electroencephalograms (EEGs) profile in ASDs known as biomarker (Bosl et al., 2011). However, a robust profile of EEG in the severe autism phenotype has not been reported. Objectives: This study examined the frequency and the nature of EEGs abnormalities in a sample of 9 individuals with severe autism who are non-verbal (ASDs) compared to 9 neurotypicals. Methods: Our sample consisted of 9 males, aged 4-15 years with a diagnosis of ASDs who are severe and non-verbal and 9 neurotypicals (5 females and 3 males), aged 4-20. Each participant was tested with an awake-sleep EEG registration. Results: The 78% of the participants with ASD showed EEGs abnormalities in the left frontal lobe region in the delta frequency band (1-4 Hz), up to three standard deviation. There were anomalies in amplitude asymmetry in the delta (1-4 Hz), theta (4-8 Hz) and alpha (8-12 Hz) frequency band in 67% of the ASD participants. Coherence abnormalities were observed in all 9 ASD participants compared to the neurotypicals; this might constitute an EEG coherence based phenotype of severe autism in agreement with Duffy, 2012.
 
149. Facilitating Discriminative Control During Functional Communication Training Using Response Restriction
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JOHN LAMPHERE (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center  ), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Brian D. Greer (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Angie Christine Querim (Ball State University), Nicole DeRosa (The Kelberman Center and Upstate Medical University)
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) is the most widely published function-based treatment of problem behavior (Tiger & Hanley, 2008). However, FCT schedule thinning often generates high rates of requests for reinforcement, making it increasingly difficult for caregivers to deliver reinforcement for each request. Hanley, Iwata, and Thompson (2001) demonstrated that signaled periods of reinforcer availability and unavailability (i.e., multiple schedules) decrease high levels of requests while maintaining low levels of problem behavior. In a recent component analysis of FCT, Betz, Fisher, Roane, Mintz, and Owen (2013) found discrimination between periods of reinforcement availability and unavailability to be a critical component of FCT. However, some children struggle to discriminate multiple-schedule components. The current investigation was designed to evaluate response restriction (Roane et al., 2004) as a method of teaching children to discriminate reinforcement availability and unavailability during FCT. Results for 5 children who engaged in severe problem behavior suggest response restriction facilitated discriminated responding during FCT while maintaining low levels of problem behavior.
 
150. The Use of Competing Activities and Protective Equiptment to Reduce Skin Picking in a 7-year-old Child With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
BAILEY KING (BADD Consultants, LLC), Lloyd R. Thomas (Behavior, Attention, and Developmental Disabilities Consultants)
Abstract: Skin picking behavior can lead to a decrease in social interaction and increase in mental and helpth concerns. Skin picking was defined as any self-injurious behaviorbehavior involving pulling, scratching, lancing, digging, or gouging of one's body. In the current study, a service delivery intervention included a functional assessment and antecedent manipulations during academic instruction to decrease skin picking behavior in a 7 year-old boy with autism. The functional assessment revealed that the skin picking behavior was maintained by automatic reinforcement and was occuring at very high rates (16 times per minute) during baseline. Mulick et.al. (1978) used competing activities to decrease skin picking and Dorsey et. al. (1982) used continuous protective equipment. This study uses both competing activities (i.e. stem belt) and protective equipment (i.e. finger covers) to decrease skin picking behavior. The treatment package was implemented in both the school and home setting during an 18 week period.. A stem belt was first implemented reducing skin picking, but not at significant rates. Finger covers were then implemented showing a great decrease to near zero occurrences. The success enabled this of this intervention enabled this student to engage in longer periods of academic instruction.
 
151. Functional Analysis of Problem Behavior Using a Reversal Design and a Divided Attention Condition
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KATELYN SELVER (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Matthew L. Edelstein (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University  ), Jaimie Mulcahy (Rutgers University), Kimberly Sloman (Rutgers University)
Abstract: Research has shown that functional analysis is effective in identifying the environmental determinants of problem behavior (Iwata et al., 1982). Traditional multielement designs do not always yield differentiated results, rendering it difficult to develop a treatment plan targeting the factors maintaining problem behavior (Vollmer and Iwata, 1992). Vollmer and colleagues (1993) implemented a traditional functional analysis using a reversal design to clarify the function of SIB in four individuals with developmental disabilities. Fahmie, Iwata, Harper, and Querim (2013) further showed that functional analyses including a divided attention condition produce faster acquisition and more efficient results. The purpose of the present study was to evaluate the efficacy of a functional analysis using a reversal design including a divided attention condition in determining the function of problem behavior. The participant was a 10-year-old boy with autism referred for assessment of self-injurious behavior, classroom disruptions, eloping, spitting, and aggressions, all of which were reported by staff to be maintained by access to attention. First, a traditional functional analysis was conducted in the classroom using procedures described by Iwata, Dorsey, Slifer, Bauman, and Richmand, 1982. Results were undifferentiated. Next, a modified functional analysis including a divided attention condition using a reversal design was conducted. Clear results were obtained and indicated that problem behavior was maintained by access to attention when staffs attention was divided between the participant and other students in the classroom. These results replicate the previous studies that showed that reversal designs may be helpful in clarifying undifferentiated functional analysis results.
 
152. A Sequence for Assessing and Teaching Self-Monitoring Skills to an Adolescent Male With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MICHAEL DEFILIPPO (Alpine Learning Group), Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract:

We developed and tested a sequence for teaching self-monitoring skills to an adolescent male with autism. The primary goal was for the participant to learn to identify occurrences and non-occurrences of his own behavior so that he could eventually accurately monitor his own DRO for problem behavior. Assessment 1 tested his ability to answer yes and no questions regarding common actions of others. Adults were videotaped performing common actions such as jumping, standing, walking, reading etc. Video clips of these actions were presented to the participant and he was asked yes/no questions such as, Is he walking? and Is she reading? He was able to answer over 80% of these questions correctly on the first assessment and 100% on the second assessment. In Assessment 2, we assessed his ability to answer yes and no questions regarding his own common actions and to score those responses on a data sheet. We created videos of the participant engaged in common actions such as sitting and standing. He watched 2 minute video clips of these actions. Approximately every 30 seconds, he was prompted by a vibrating pager to look at the video clip and to record the correct action by marking a box under a picture on the data sheet corresponding to the action. He was not able to accurately record these actions on the data sheet. These results serve as baseline data. During intervention, we will assess the effects of using verbal instructions, gestural prompts, manual guidance, and reinforcement on accurately recording the occurrences of his own behavior viewed on these video clips. Once the participant reaches criterion on this phase, we will then assess his ability to accurately record the occurrences of his own problem behavior as an intervention for reducing that behavior.

 
153. Generalizing a Differential Reinforcement of Alternative Behavior Procedure to Decrease Escape-Maintained Maladaptive Behaviors
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LATOYA KINARD (Bancroft), Lauren Dvorak (Bancroft)
Abstract: Differential Reinforcement of Alternative behavior (DRA), a commonly used treatment for problem behavior, typically involves withholding reinforcers following problem behavior (extinction) and providing reinforcers contingent on some appropriate, alternative response (St. Peter Pipkin et al., 2010). Functional Communication Training (FCT) is a good example of how information from a functional analysis may be applied to a DRA-based treatment (Mace et al., 2010). Compliance also serves as a desirable alternative to escape-maintained behavior. The current study was conducted using 4 individuals who were diagnosed with Autism and admitted to a residential behavioral stabilization program for engagement in severe escape-maintained maladaptive behaviors. Target behaviors included aggression, self-injury, disruption and dropping. Reinforcement was provided for engagement in an alternative response (compliance or FCT) and all maladaptive behaviors were placed on extinction. Several studies have found that DRA is less effective at decreasing problem behavior when implemented without extinction (Athens et al., 2010). Sessions were conducted in various educational and residential settings across several instructors and caregivers. Results indicated that Differential Reinforcement of Alternative Behavior is an effective treatment for reducing maladaptive behaviors and generalizing alternative appropriate behaviors during the presentation of non-preferred activities.
 
154. Manipulating Establishing Operations to Evaluate Mand Training With iPod Touch
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JESSICA WEBER (Florida International University), Anibal Gutierrez Jr. (Florida International University)
Abstract: For some children, vocal language presents a significant challenge and augmentative and alternative communication methods (e.g. speech-generating devices (SGDs)) may aid in teaching functional communication. With advances in technology there has been increased interest in using devices, such as the Apple iPod as an SGD. The current study evaluated the utility of the iPod in teaching discriminated mands to a young boy with autism. An establishing operation (EO) manipulation was used to evaluate and establish discriminated manding. Initially the participant was taught to mand for two preferred items. Subsequently, the EO manipulation allowed the child free access to one item, removing the motivation to mand for this item, while motivation for the other item was present. The results show that although discrimination between an icon and a distracter was established during training, discriminated responding in the presence of two icons was not observed. This suggests that children may learn to functionally use the iPod to request a preferred item when only one icon is present but that discrimination training may not be sufficient to teach discriminated manding when more than one icon is presented simultaneously. Implications for using an iPod as an SGD with young children will be discussed.
 
155. Effects of Controlled Access to Stereotypic Behavior and DRO During Demand Conditions
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SUZANNE SIMARD (University of West Florida), Wayne S. Robb (University of West Florida), Dayna Beddick (University of West Florida), Leasha Barry (University of West Florida)
Abstract: The effect of controlled access to stereotypic behavior and differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) during demand condition was evaluated for decreasing stereotypy in a kindergarten student with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Baseline and intervention phases occurred during 15 min center sessions four times a week consisting of tabletop activities. A single subject ABAB design showed a reduction in stereotypy after the participant was permitted to engage stereotypic behavior prior to demand situations. Primary reinforcement was delivered when stereotypic behavior did not occur for 15 consecutive seconds during treatment. Results are discussed in terms of the advantages of this approach as one solution for decreasing stereotypy during tabletop activities for students with a diagnosis of ASD.
 
156. The Effects of a Simultaneous Prompting Procedure on the Acquisition of Calculating Elapsed Time
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MIRELA CENGHER (City University of New York, The Graduate Center), Heyde Ramirez (Queens College, City University New York), Daniel Mark Fienup (Queens College, City University of New York)
Abstract: Simultaneous prompting has been effective in teaching a variety of skills, of different levels of complexity, to children with learning difficulties. The current study replicated and extended the literature by teaching three children with developmental disabilities to calculate elapsed time. Elapsed time is the duration from a start to end time. When the minutes of the start time are greater than the end time, regrouping is necessary. Simultaneous prompting was used to teach participants to conditionally discriminate the type of problem and engage in the respective behavior chain for problems that required (5-step) and did not require (3-step) regrouping. Results demonstrated that all three participants readily acquired the respective behavior chains and were able to accurately report the elapsed time for both types of problems. The findings have implications for teaching complex behaviors that are governed by 4-, or more, term contingencies.
 
157. HANDS in Autism: Supporting Professionals and Families Working With Individuals With ASD across 10 Years
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
J. BLAKE WAREHAM (HANDS in Autism, Indiana University School of Medicine), Tiffany Neal (HANDS in Autism, Indiana University School of Medicine), Naomi Swiezy (HANDS in Autism, Indiana University School of Medicine), Iryna V. Ashby (HANDS in Autism, Indiana University School of Medicine), Megan Marie Stevenson (HANDS in Autism, Indiana University School of Medicine), Anne Fletcher (HANDS in Autism, Indiana University School of Medicine)
Abstract:

The HANDS in Autism Interdisciplinary Training and Resource Center was founded in 2004 to extend the outreach and training offered by the Christian Sarkine Autism Treatment Center at Riley Hospital at Indiana University Health and the Indiana University School of Medicine. The mission of the HANDS in Autism Center is to continually evolve a model system of outreach, education, and training that will facilitate the development of local capacity within schools, districts, and communities in serving individuals and families affected by autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and other developmental disabilities (DD). This mission is accomplished through two primary goals: 1) bridging across multiple environments (educational, medical/clinical, home/community) to establish a common language regarding ASD/DD and collaborate in creating comprehensive, proactive programming across settings; 2) training professionals and caregivers across settings to provide individualized programming based on best practices and data-driven decision making. Across 10 years, over 800 trainings have been conducted and greater than three thousand people have been educated with materials and resources disseminated to diverse and ever expanding audiences through web-based, toolkit, and hard copy formats. A systematic evaluation of the design, implementation, outcomes, evolution, and recommendations on transportability and replication of programs will be explored.

 
158. iPad Applications As A Preferred Visual Schedule Modality For An Adolescent Student With ASD
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER ANDERSEN (University of Iowa), Lisa Kemmerer (College Community Schools), James Stachowiak (Iowa Center for Assistive Technology Education, and Research, University of Iowa)
Abstract: The use of picture schedules has been shown to increase on-task and on-schedule activities in students with disabilities, including Autism (Spriggs, Gast, & Ayres, 2007; Banda & Grimmett, 2008; Bryan & Gast, 2000). Cihak (2011) found that the use of visual schedules increased on-task behaviors in all student participants and that preferences of individual students may lead to higher or lower outcomes depending on the modality used. Banda and Grimmett (2008) highlighted that there is a lack of literature analyzing the differences in success between various types of modalities. The purpose of this study was to improve the independence level of a middle school student with autism in the completion of functional work tasks comparing two different schedule modalities- an iPad app and a paper picture schedule. Baseline data suggested that initial curriculum strategies (system of least restrictive prompts) produced slight improvements for the student but stabilized at around 30% independence. Both the iPad App and paper schedule produced a significant increase in rate of independence. The iPad App showed a higher increasing trend toward independence; after only three trials, these data suggested over 90% independence. Implications of these results will be presented.
 
159. Evaluating Reinforcer Density in Multiple Schedules During Functional Communication Training
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ASHLEY NIEBAUER (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center  ), Scott A. Miller (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Brian D. Greer (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Multiple (Mult) schedules of reinforcement have been successfully used within functional communication training (FCT) to decrease excessive rates of functional communication responses (FCRs) while decreasing destructive behavior (Hanley, Iwata, & Thompson, 2001). Betz, Fisher, Roane, Mintz, and Owen (2013) found discriminative stimuli associated with Mult FCT to facilitate FCRs when Mult FCT was compared to a condition in which discriminative stimuli were removed (i.e., during Mixed-FCT sessions). The current study contributes to research on Mult FCT by examining the effects of two schedules of reinforcement (dense or lean) used with separate schedule-correlated stimuli in separate contexts. Decreased levels of destructive behavior were observed in both contexts, regardless of whether dense or lean reinforcement schedules were used. These data replicate Study 3 results from Betz, Fisher, Roane, Mintz, and Owen (2013) and suggest future research should further investigate the role of stimulus control within the context of Mult FCT.
 
160. Increasing Variety of Foods Consumed by Children With Autism and Severe Food Selectivity
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
STEPHANIE MILLER (Clinic 4 Kidz), Meeta R. Patel (Clinic 4 Kidz), Sherrene B. Fu (Clinic 4 Kidz), Aida Miles (Clinic 4 Kidz)
Abstract: Feeding problems are frequent among children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD), in particular food selectivity. Food selectivity is categorized by type, texture, type and texture, and total refusal and may be as specific as brand, temperature, and even color. Behavioral programs have been utilized in clinical settings to treat food selectivity including texture fading, blending, stimulus fading, differential reinforcement, escape extinction, simultaneous presentation, sequential presentation, and choice arrangements. The purpose of this study was to increase variety of food in 2 boys diagnosed with ASD through a home program. Jack was a 6-year-old male who was referred to intensive feeding therapy for severe food selectivity. His treatment included escape extinction, positive reinforcement, texture fading, and a choice arrangement. Matt was a 12-year-old male diagnosed with ASD and was referred for severe foods selectivity and nasogastric tube dependence. His treatment included noncontingent reinforcement, response cost, and escape extinction. Results showed that both participants successfully accepted a larger variety of foods at age-appropriate portions. In addition, Matt was no longer dependent on supplemental tube feedings upon discharge.
 
161. Teaching Functional Communication Skills to a Child With Autism Within a Group Treatment Setting
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SHEELA RAJARAM (The Etobicoke Children's Centre), Erica Laframboise (The Etobicoke Children's Centre), Emily Zaltz (The Etobiocke Children's Centre)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to decrease problem behaviour through Functional Communication Training (FCT), for a child with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) in a group setting. Research has demonstrated the effectiveness of FCT in decreasing problem behaviour by teaching alternative responding (Carr & Durand, 1985). The participant in this study was taught to request help as an alternative response to engaging in problem behaviour (such as; crying, property destruction and flopping to the floor). The intervention was conducted within a regional ABA group Treatment Program. The group consisted of 4 boys with ASD between the ages of 4-6yrs and 2 ABA facilitators. The participant was a 5 year old boy with limited verbal skills, who frequently engaged in problem behaviour that was hypothesized to be maintained by access to adult assistance in order to assemble preferred toys during structured play activities. Data was collected on a per opportunity basis. The participant learned to exchange the help icon with the ABA facilitator within the group setting. The results indicated that FCT was effective in increasing the use of an alternative adaptive response that resulted in the same class of reinforcement.
 
162. Training Adults with High Functioning Autism to Use Incidental Teaching to Increase Language Acquisition for Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LYNN HAWKINS (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Amy Terrell (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract: Using a multiple baseline design, this study evaluated a program to teach adults with autism and no intellectual disabilities (aged 20 to 23 years) how to implement incidental teaching with young children with autism. Three adults participated in the study. The dependent variable for the adults or trainers was the percentage of 15 steps of incidental teaching implemented correctly to promote language acquisition in the children (in the form of picture exchange, signs, or vocalization). Training consisted of written instructions, modeling, role-play, and feedback. Each adult trainer mastered incidental teaching with a confederate and with two children within a few sessions. The mean inter-rater reliability score for trainer behavior was 91%. Most of the children increased their language skills with average independent responses ranging from 0-87%. The mean inter-rater reliability score for child behavior was 91.8%. These results demonstrated the success of adults with high functioning autism using incidental teaching with children with autism, expanding the possible vocational opportunities for this population.
 
163. The Effects of Behavioral Momentum on the Compliance Rates of an Adult With ASD
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
DONNA C. CHANEY (Behaviour Institute), Joel P. Hundert (Behaviour Institute and McMaster University), Marie-Sjaan Berends (Behaviour Institute)
Abstract: Non-compliance can be a major challenge and significant barrier in teaching new skills to children and adults with ASD. Behavioral momentum is a strategy that has been demonstrated to increase generalized compliance in individuals with ASD and other disabilities. This procedure involves creating a hierarchy of behaviours which the individual has either high, medium or low probabilities of performing when instructed. Instructions are then systematically sequenced so that the introduction of increasingly difficult tasks are gradual and are embedded with easier tasks. The instructions used represented complex, multistep tasks (e.g. Time to shave. Let's go for a walk. Make a sandwich.). This poster describes the results of the application of this strategy with a 22 year old man with ASD, who presented with high rates of non-compliance, using an AB design. Compliance rates to a combination of low, medium and high probability instructions that were originally low were significantly higher when delivered by parents and staff, according to probe data. To ensure reliable and valid data was collected, inter-observer agreement and procedural fidelity was examined.
 
164. An Analysis of Specific Skill Acquisition, Rate of Acquisition, and Problem Behavior as Indicators for Placement in Desirable Academic Settings for Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory
JOSEPH T. SHANE (Western Michigan University), Jennifer Lynn Mrljak (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention (EIBI) has become widely accepted as a highly efficacious treatment option for children with autism. A substantial number of studies have shown significant improvements in participants who received Discrete Trial Training (DTT). However, studies with large numbers of participants consistently report a proportion of students who fail to make much progress with the standard EIBI treatment package. A concern, therefore, of everyone providing early intervention should be to determine why these children do not make adequate progress. Theories and rationales for slow progress are numerous. Some children may have lower cognitive abilities, some may exhibit high rates of interfering problem behaviors, and some appear to lack effective reinforcers, along with other barriers to learning. This poster will discuss the authors’ attempts to isolate certain characteristics that may be indicative of long-term success or failure in an EIBI program. Data were analyzed from children who were placed into desirable academic settings following graduation from a DTT classroom, and compared to data from children who transitioned to less desirable, more restrictive settings. Discussion of the key differences, and further research into this area, should allow the field to determine how to best help the typical “low performers.”
 
165. Reducing Nighttime Wakefulness in Children With Autism: A Treatment Package Approach
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KARINA M. KOENIG (Central Michigan University), Carl Merle Johnson (Central Michigan University)
Abstract: An empirically-supported, non-invasive, and parent-approved sleep treatment package was applied to reduce settling difficulties and night wakings in children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD). Participants included six families with children that ranged in age from 3 to- 6 -years -old. The treatment package included circadian rhythm management (CRM), positive bedtime routines (PBR), limit setting by parents, and 40-60 dB of white noise played continuously throughout the night. After intervention, a follow-up was conducted that included an additional week of sleep diary data and a treatment satisfaction survey. A non-concurrent multiple baseline across participants design was used to analyze the effectiveness of the treatment package. Data were divided and graphed into three groups by dependent variables: duration of settling at bedtime, frequency of night wakings, and duration of night wakings. Not all six participants had both night waking and settling difficulties. A reduction in length of settling was found during treatment for all four children with settling difficulties. Follow-up data showed that settling time increased from treatment levels for three of the four children with settling difficulties. Two of these three had settling times that were still below pre-treatment levels. The third child went back to pre-treatment levels; however, he still showed a reduction in night waking frequency and duration. The fourth child showed even further reduction in settling time from treatment to follow-up. Frequencies of night wakings were reduced during treatment for three of the five children with night waking difficulties. Four of these five children showed a decrease in the duration of night wakings during treatment. The fifth child also showed a decrease when data with special circumstances were removed. During follow-up, all five children with night waking difficulties showed further reductions in duration of night wakings. Follow-up data also indicated less fragmented sleep patterns for all participants. All parents reported satisfaction with treatment results, and indicated that administering the treatment package was within their skill level, and was worth the effort.
 
166. Training Intraverbal Responding in an Individual With Autism Using Text Prompts Embedded in Conditional Discrimination Tasks
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JOELLE KRANTZ (Nova Southeastern University), Kenneth Shamlian (Nova Southeastern University), Brenna Cavanaugh (Nova Southeastern University), Jillian Benson (Nova Southeastern University), John Borgen (Nova Southeastern University), Danielle Tarver (Nova Southeastern University), Stephanie Trauschke (Nova Southeastern University)
Abstract:

Intraverbals are responses that have no point-to-point correspondence or formal similarity with the verbal stimuli that evoke the response (Cihon, 2007). Children with autism spectrum disorders often have difficulty acquiring language skills; of particular relevance, those that involve answering questions related to their safety or well-being. While text prompts (i.e. presentation of the written target word) have proven to be an effective method for training intraverbal responses, it has been recommended that conditional discriminations be incorporated to ensure correct responding regardless of the formal similarity to the initial or ending part of the discriminative stimulus. An eleven-year-old boy with autism was exposed to two training conditions consisting of a progressive prompt delay using either (a) text prompts or (b) text prompts embedded within a conditional discrimination task. The conditions were presented in an alternating treatment design. Results showed that text prompts embedded in conditional discrimination tasks were more efficient in establishing accurate responding to personal/safety information questions, were associated with lower levels of problem behavior during training, and moreover, were more efficient in establishing accurate responding to personal/safety information questions across novel staff and settings.

 
167. Environmental Coordination and Guidance for Children With Autism to Encourage Voluntary Activities
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
AYAKO OKA (Kwansei Gakuin University Graduate School of Humanities)
Abstract: Many children with autism prefer not to participate in a schools voluntary activities related to learning situations and real-life issues. Power to participate in activities themselves does not grow in care and guidance of the individual. Therefore, it is necessary to provide support and guidance to children with autism in group living situations so that they can more fully engage in such voluntary activities. In this study, we provided a coordinated environment and guidance to increase childrens involvement in voluntary activities during the morning meeting of a special-needs school, and we instructed the children them the distribution of the meetings goods among themselves and to use host cards with their photos. As a result, the children were able to work proactively to take advantage of the provided clues in the morning meeting. In addition, the children were able to interact among themselves in other situations. Therefore, environmental coordination and guidance is an effective way to encourage children to take part in voluntary activities.
 
168. Teaching an Adult With Autism Self-Advocacy Responses Using a Time Delay Procedure
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
DANIELLE SCHATZ (Alpine Learning Group), Erin Richard White (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract: Little research has explored procedures for teaching adults with autism to make self-advocacy statements. The purpose of the present study is to evaluate the effects of using a text prompt and time delay procedure on the acquisition and generalization of self-advocacy responses. A twenty-five year old adult with autism is participating in the study. A multiple probe design across stimulus categories is being used to examine the effects of a time delay procedure on the use of self-advocacy responses. During sessions, the participant will be presented with situations that require a self-advocacy response (e.g., she asks for a soda and the instructor gives her water instead). During baseline, if the participant responds correctly, the instructor corrects the situation, and if the participant errors, the instructor does not correct the situation. During intervention, a text prompt will be used to prompt a self-advocacy response for each situation, and upon a correct response, the instructor will correct the situation and provide reinforcement on the participants motivational system. Across subsequent sessions, the text prompt will be faded using a time delay. Correct situations (e.g., she asks for a soda and the instructor gives her a soda) will be intermixed in order to ensure discrimination of situations in which the self-advocacy statements are appropriate, versus inappropriate. For each situation, generalization will be assessed throughout intervention.
 
 
Keyword(s): poster session
 
Special Event #472
ABAI Social
Monday, May 26, 2014
9:00 PM–1:00 AM
Regency Ballroom A-B (Hyatt Regency McCormick Place)
Chair: Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Please join us, your friends, and colleagues for music and dancing.
Keyword(s): dancing, music, social
 

BACK TO THE TOP

 

Back to Top
ValidatorError
  
Modifed by Eddie Soh
DONATE
{"isActive":false}